| File: | src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/liblldbPluginTypeSystem/../../../llvm/lldb/source/Plugins/TypeSystem/Clang/TypeSystemClang.cpp |
| Warning: | line 3157, column 33 Called C++ object pointer is null |
Press '?' to see keyboard shortcuts
Keyboard shortcuts:
| 1 | //===-- TypeSystemClang.cpp -----------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 2 | // | |||
| 3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. | |||
| 4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. | |||
| 5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception | |||
| 6 | // | |||
| 7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
| 8 | ||||
| 9 | #include "TypeSystemClang.h" | |||
| 10 | ||||
| 11 | #include "llvm/Support/FormatAdapters.h" | |||
| 12 | #include "llvm/Support/FormatVariadic.h" | |||
| 13 | ||||
| 14 | #include <mutex> | |||
| 15 | #include <string> | |||
| 16 | #include <vector> | |||
| 17 | ||||
| 18 | #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" | |||
| 19 | #include "clang/AST/ASTImporter.h" | |||
| 20 | #include "clang/AST/Attr.h" | |||
| 21 | #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" | |||
| 22 | #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" | |||
| 23 | #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" | |||
| 24 | #include "clang/AST/Mangle.h" | |||
| 25 | #include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h" | |||
| 26 | #include "clang/AST/Type.h" | |||
| 27 | #include "clang/AST/VTableBuilder.h" | |||
| 28 | #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" | |||
| 29 | #include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h" | |||
| 30 | #include "clang/Basic/FileManager.h" | |||
| 31 | #include "clang/Basic/FileSystemOptions.h" | |||
| 32 | #include "clang/Basic/LangStandard.h" | |||
| 33 | #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" | |||
| 34 | #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" | |||
| 35 | #include "clang/Basic/TargetOptions.h" | |||
| 36 | #include "clang/Frontend/FrontendOptions.h" | |||
| 37 | #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" | |||
| 38 | #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearchOptions.h" | |||
| 39 | #include "clang/Lex/ModuleMap.h" | |||
| 40 | #include "clang/Sema/Sema.h" | |||
| 41 | ||||
| 42 | #include "llvm/Support/Signals.h" | |||
| 43 | #include "llvm/Support/Threading.h" | |||
| 44 | ||||
| 45 | #include "Plugins/ExpressionParser/Clang/ClangASTImporter.h" | |||
| 46 | #include "Plugins/ExpressionParser/Clang/ClangASTMetadata.h" | |||
| 47 | #include "Plugins/ExpressionParser/Clang/ClangExternalASTSourceCallbacks.h" | |||
| 48 | #include "Plugins/ExpressionParser/Clang/ClangFunctionCaller.h" | |||
| 49 | #include "Plugins/ExpressionParser/Clang/ClangPersistentVariables.h" | |||
| 50 | #include "Plugins/ExpressionParser/Clang/ClangUserExpression.h" | |||
| 51 | #include "Plugins/ExpressionParser/Clang/ClangUtil.h" | |||
| 52 | #include "Plugins/ExpressionParser/Clang/ClangUtilityFunction.h" | |||
| 53 | #include "lldb/Utility/ArchSpec.h" | |||
| 54 | #include "lldb/Utility/Flags.h" | |||
| 55 | ||||
| 56 | #include "lldb/Core/DumpDataExtractor.h" | |||
| 57 | #include "lldb/Core/Module.h" | |||
| 58 | #include "lldb/Core/PluginManager.h" | |||
| 59 | #include "lldb/Core/StreamFile.h" | |||
| 60 | #include "lldb/Core/ThreadSafeDenseMap.h" | |||
| 61 | #include "lldb/Core/UniqueCStringMap.h" | |||
| 62 | #include "lldb/Symbol/ObjectFile.h" | |||
| 63 | #include "lldb/Symbol/SymbolFile.h" | |||
| 64 | #include "lldb/Target/ExecutionContext.h" | |||
| 65 | #include "lldb/Target/Language.h" | |||
| 66 | #include "lldb/Target/Process.h" | |||
| 67 | #include "lldb/Target/Target.h" | |||
| 68 | #include "lldb/Utility/DataExtractor.h" | |||
| 69 | #include "lldb/Utility/LLDBAssert.h" | |||
| 70 | #include "lldb/Utility/Log.h" | |||
| 71 | #include "lldb/Utility/RegularExpression.h" | |||
| 72 | #include "lldb/Utility/Scalar.h" | |||
| 73 | ||||
| 74 | #include "Plugins/LanguageRuntime/ObjC/ObjCLanguageRuntime.h" | |||
| 75 | #include "Plugins/SymbolFile/DWARF/DWARFASTParserClang.h" | |||
| 76 | #include "Plugins/SymbolFile/PDB/PDBASTParser.h" | |||
| 77 | ||||
| 78 | #include <cstdio> | |||
| 79 | ||||
| 80 | #include <mutex> | |||
| 81 | ||||
| 82 | using namespace lldb; | |||
| 83 | using namespace lldb_private; | |||
| 84 | using namespace clang; | |||
| 85 | using llvm::StringSwitch; | |||
| 86 | ||||
| 87 | LLDB_PLUGIN_DEFINE(TypeSystemClang)namespace lldb_private { void lldb_initialize_TypeSystemClang () { TypeSystemClang::Initialize(); } void lldb_terminate_TypeSystemClang () { TypeSystemClang::Terminate(); } } | |||
| 88 | ||||
| 89 | namespace { | |||
| 90 | static void VerifyDecl(clang::Decl *decl) { | |||
| 91 | assert(decl && "VerifyDecl called with nullptr?")((void)0); | |||
| 92 | #ifndef NDEBUG1 | |||
| 93 | // We don't care about the actual access value here but only want to trigger | |||
| 94 | // that Clang calls its internal Decl::AccessDeclContextSanity check. | |||
| 95 | decl->getAccess(); | |||
| 96 | #endif | |||
| 97 | } | |||
| 98 | ||||
| 99 | static inline bool | |||
| 100 | TypeSystemClangSupportsLanguage(lldb::LanguageType language) { | |||
| 101 | return language == eLanguageTypeUnknown || // Clang is the default type system | |||
| 102 | lldb_private::Language::LanguageIsC(language) || | |||
| 103 | lldb_private::Language::LanguageIsCPlusPlus(language) || | |||
| 104 | lldb_private::Language::LanguageIsObjC(language) || | |||
| 105 | lldb_private::Language::LanguageIsPascal(language) || | |||
| 106 | // Use Clang for Rust until there is a proper language plugin for it | |||
| 107 | language == eLanguageTypeRust || | |||
| 108 | language == eLanguageTypeExtRenderScript || | |||
| 109 | // Use Clang for D until there is a proper language plugin for it | |||
| 110 | language == eLanguageTypeD || | |||
| 111 | // Open Dylan compiler debug info is designed to be Clang-compatible | |||
| 112 | language == eLanguageTypeDylan; | |||
| 113 | } | |||
| 114 | ||||
| 115 | // Checks whether m1 is an overload of m2 (as opposed to an override). This is | |||
| 116 | // called by addOverridesForMethod to distinguish overrides (which share a | |||
| 117 | // vtable entry) from overloads (which require distinct entries). | |||
| 118 | bool isOverload(clang::CXXMethodDecl *m1, clang::CXXMethodDecl *m2) { | |||
| 119 | // FIXME: This should detect covariant return types, but currently doesn't. | |||
| 120 | lldbassert(&m1->getASTContext() == &m2->getASTContext() &&lldb_private::lldb_assert(static_cast<bool>(&m1-> getASTContext() == &m2->getASTContext() && "Methods should have the same AST context" ), "&m1->getASTContext() == &m2->getASTContext() && \"Methods should have the same AST context\"" , __FUNCTION__, "/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/liblldbPluginTypeSystem/../../../llvm/lldb/source/Plugins/TypeSystem/Clang/TypeSystemClang.cpp" , 121) | |||
| 121 | "Methods should have the same AST context")lldb_private::lldb_assert(static_cast<bool>(&m1-> getASTContext() == &m2->getASTContext() && "Methods should have the same AST context" ), "&m1->getASTContext() == &m2->getASTContext() && \"Methods should have the same AST context\"" , __FUNCTION__, "/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/liblldbPluginTypeSystem/../../../llvm/lldb/source/Plugins/TypeSystem/Clang/TypeSystemClang.cpp" , 121); | |||
| 122 | clang::ASTContext &context = m1->getASTContext(); | |||
| 123 | ||||
| 124 | const auto *m1Type = llvm::cast<clang::FunctionProtoType>( | |||
| 125 | context.getCanonicalType(m1->getType())); | |||
| 126 | ||||
| 127 | const auto *m2Type = llvm::cast<clang::FunctionProtoType>( | |||
| 128 | context.getCanonicalType(m2->getType())); | |||
| 129 | ||||
| 130 | auto compareArgTypes = [&context](const clang::QualType &m1p, | |||
| 131 | const clang::QualType &m2p) { | |||
| 132 | return context.hasSameType(m1p.getUnqualifiedType(), | |||
| 133 | m2p.getUnqualifiedType()); | |||
| 134 | }; | |||
| 135 | ||||
| 136 | // FIXME: In C++14 and later, we can just pass m2Type->param_type_end() | |||
| 137 | // as a fourth parameter to std::equal(). | |||
| 138 | return (m1->getNumParams() != m2->getNumParams()) || | |||
| 139 | !std::equal(m1Type->param_type_begin(), m1Type->param_type_end(), | |||
| 140 | m2Type->param_type_begin(), compareArgTypes); | |||
| 141 | } | |||
| 142 | ||||
| 143 | // If decl is a virtual method, walk the base classes looking for methods that | |||
| 144 | // decl overrides. This table of overridden methods is used by IRGen to | |||
| 145 | // determine the vtable layout for decl's parent class. | |||
| 146 | void addOverridesForMethod(clang::CXXMethodDecl *decl) { | |||
| 147 | if (!decl->isVirtual()) | |||
| 148 | return; | |||
| 149 | ||||
| 150 | clang::CXXBasePaths paths; | |||
| 151 | llvm::SmallVector<clang::NamedDecl *, 4> decls; | |||
| 152 | ||||
| 153 | auto find_overridden_methods = | |||
| 154 | [&decls, decl](const clang::CXXBaseSpecifier *specifier, | |||
| 155 | clang::CXXBasePath &path) { | |||
| 156 | if (auto *base_record = llvm::dyn_cast<clang::CXXRecordDecl>( | |||
| 157 | specifier->getType()->getAs<clang::RecordType>()->getDecl())) { | |||
| 158 | ||||
| 159 | clang::DeclarationName name = decl->getDeclName(); | |||
| 160 | ||||
| 161 | // If this is a destructor, check whether the base class destructor is | |||
| 162 | // virtual. | |||
| 163 | if (name.getNameKind() == clang::DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) | |||
| 164 | if (auto *baseDtorDecl = base_record->getDestructor()) { | |||
| 165 | if (baseDtorDecl->isVirtual()) { | |||
| 166 | decls.push_back(baseDtorDecl); | |||
| 167 | return true; | |||
| 168 | } else | |||
| 169 | return false; | |||
| 170 | } | |||
| 171 | ||||
| 172 | // Otherwise, search for name in the base class. | |||
| 173 | for (path.Decls = base_record->lookup(name).begin(); | |||
| 174 | path.Decls != path.Decls.end(); ++path.Decls) { | |||
| 175 | if (auto *method_decl = | |||
| 176 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::CXXMethodDecl>(*path.Decls)) | |||
| 177 | if (method_decl->isVirtual() && !isOverload(decl, method_decl)) { | |||
| 178 | decls.push_back(method_decl); | |||
| 179 | return true; | |||
| 180 | } | |||
| 181 | } | |||
| 182 | } | |||
| 183 | ||||
| 184 | return false; | |||
| 185 | }; | |||
| 186 | ||||
| 187 | if (decl->getParent()->lookupInBases(find_overridden_methods, paths)) { | |||
| 188 | for (auto *overridden_decl : decls) | |||
| 189 | decl->addOverriddenMethod( | |||
| 190 | llvm::cast<clang::CXXMethodDecl>(overridden_decl)); | |||
| 191 | } | |||
| 192 | } | |||
| 193 | } | |||
| 194 | ||||
| 195 | static lldb::addr_t GetVTableAddress(Process &process, | |||
| 196 | VTableContextBase &vtable_ctx, | |||
| 197 | ValueObject &valobj, | |||
| 198 | const ASTRecordLayout &record_layout) { | |||
| 199 | // Retrieve type info | |||
| 200 | CompilerType pointee_type; | |||
| 201 | CompilerType this_type(valobj.GetCompilerType()); | |||
| 202 | uint32_t type_info = this_type.GetTypeInfo(&pointee_type); | |||
| 203 | if (!type_info) | |||
| 204 | return LLDB_INVALID_ADDRESS0xffffffffffffffffULL; | |||
| 205 | ||||
| 206 | // Check if it's a pointer or reference | |||
| 207 | bool ptr_or_ref = false; | |||
| 208 | if (type_info & (eTypeIsPointer | eTypeIsReference)) { | |||
| 209 | ptr_or_ref = true; | |||
| 210 | type_info = pointee_type.GetTypeInfo(); | |||
| 211 | } | |||
| 212 | ||||
| 213 | // We process only C++ classes | |||
| 214 | const uint32_t cpp_class = eTypeIsClass | eTypeIsCPlusPlus; | |||
| 215 | if ((type_info & cpp_class) != cpp_class) | |||
| 216 | return LLDB_INVALID_ADDRESS0xffffffffffffffffULL; | |||
| 217 | ||||
| 218 | // Calculate offset to VTable pointer | |||
| 219 | lldb::offset_t vbtable_ptr_offset = | |||
| 220 | vtable_ctx.isMicrosoft() ? record_layout.getVBPtrOffset().getQuantity() | |||
| 221 | : 0; | |||
| 222 | ||||
| 223 | if (ptr_or_ref) { | |||
| 224 | // We have a pointer / ref to object, so read | |||
| 225 | // VTable pointer from process memory | |||
| 226 | ||||
| 227 | if (valobj.GetAddressTypeOfChildren() != eAddressTypeLoad) | |||
| 228 | return LLDB_INVALID_ADDRESS0xffffffffffffffffULL; | |||
| 229 | ||||
| 230 | auto vbtable_ptr_addr = valobj.GetValueAsUnsigned(LLDB_INVALID_ADDRESS0xffffffffffffffffULL); | |||
| 231 | if (vbtable_ptr_addr == LLDB_INVALID_ADDRESS0xffffffffffffffffULL) | |||
| 232 | return LLDB_INVALID_ADDRESS0xffffffffffffffffULL; | |||
| 233 | ||||
| 234 | vbtable_ptr_addr += vbtable_ptr_offset; | |||
| 235 | ||||
| 236 | Status err; | |||
| 237 | return process.ReadPointerFromMemory(vbtable_ptr_addr, err); | |||
| 238 | } | |||
| 239 | ||||
| 240 | // We have an object already read from process memory, | |||
| 241 | // so just extract VTable pointer from it | |||
| 242 | ||||
| 243 | DataExtractor data; | |||
| 244 | Status err; | |||
| 245 | auto size = valobj.GetData(data, err); | |||
| 246 | if (err.Fail() || vbtable_ptr_offset + data.GetAddressByteSize() > size) | |||
| 247 | return LLDB_INVALID_ADDRESS0xffffffffffffffffULL; | |||
| 248 | ||||
| 249 | return data.GetAddress(&vbtable_ptr_offset); | |||
| 250 | } | |||
| 251 | ||||
| 252 | static int64_t ReadVBaseOffsetFromVTable(Process &process, | |||
| 253 | VTableContextBase &vtable_ctx, | |||
| 254 | lldb::addr_t vtable_ptr, | |||
| 255 | const CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl, | |||
| 256 | const CXXRecordDecl *base_class_decl) { | |||
| 257 | if (vtable_ctx.isMicrosoft()) { | |||
| 258 | clang::MicrosoftVTableContext &msoft_vtable_ctx = | |||
| 259 | static_cast<clang::MicrosoftVTableContext &>(vtable_ctx); | |||
| 260 | ||||
| 261 | // Get the index into the virtual base table. The | |||
| 262 | // index is the index in uint32_t from vbtable_ptr | |||
| 263 | const unsigned vbtable_index = | |||
| 264 | msoft_vtable_ctx.getVBTableIndex(cxx_record_decl, base_class_decl); | |||
| 265 | const lldb::addr_t base_offset_addr = vtable_ptr + vbtable_index * 4; | |||
| 266 | Status err; | |||
| 267 | return process.ReadSignedIntegerFromMemory(base_offset_addr, 4, INT64_MAX0x7fffffffffffffffLL, | |||
| 268 | err); | |||
| 269 | } | |||
| 270 | ||||
| 271 | clang::ItaniumVTableContext &itanium_vtable_ctx = | |||
| 272 | static_cast<clang::ItaniumVTableContext &>(vtable_ctx); | |||
| 273 | ||||
| 274 | clang::CharUnits base_offset_offset = | |||
| 275 | itanium_vtable_ctx.getVirtualBaseOffsetOffset(cxx_record_decl, | |||
| 276 | base_class_decl); | |||
| 277 | const lldb::addr_t base_offset_addr = | |||
| 278 | vtable_ptr + base_offset_offset.getQuantity(); | |||
| 279 | const uint32_t base_offset_size = process.GetAddressByteSize(); | |||
| 280 | Status err; | |||
| 281 | return process.ReadSignedIntegerFromMemory(base_offset_addr, base_offset_size, | |||
| 282 | INT64_MAX0x7fffffffffffffffLL, err); | |||
| 283 | } | |||
| 284 | ||||
| 285 | static bool GetVBaseBitOffset(VTableContextBase &vtable_ctx, | |||
| 286 | ValueObject &valobj, | |||
| 287 | const ASTRecordLayout &record_layout, | |||
| 288 | const CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl, | |||
| 289 | const CXXRecordDecl *base_class_decl, | |||
| 290 | int32_t &bit_offset) { | |||
| 291 | ExecutionContext exe_ctx(valobj.GetExecutionContextRef()); | |||
| 292 | Process *process = exe_ctx.GetProcessPtr(); | |||
| 293 | if (!process) | |||
| 294 | return false; | |||
| 295 | ||||
| 296 | lldb::addr_t vtable_ptr = | |||
| 297 | GetVTableAddress(*process, vtable_ctx, valobj, record_layout); | |||
| 298 | if (vtable_ptr == LLDB_INVALID_ADDRESS0xffffffffffffffffULL) | |||
| 299 | return false; | |||
| 300 | ||||
| 301 | auto base_offset = ReadVBaseOffsetFromVTable( | |||
| 302 | *process, vtable_ctx, vtable_ptr, cxx_record_decl, base_class_decl); | |||
| 303 | if (base_offset == INT64_MAX0x7fffffffffffffffLL) | |||
| 304 | return false; | |||
| 305 | ||||
| 306 | bit_offset = base_offset * 8; | |||
| 307 | ||||
| 308 | return true; | |||
| 309 | } | |||
| 310 | ||||
| 311 | typedef lldb_private::ThreadSafeDenseMap<clang::ASTContext *, TypeSystemClang *> | |||
| 312 | ClangASTMap; | |||
| 313 | ||||
| 314 | static ClangASTMap &GetASTMap() { | |||
| 315 | static ClangASTMap *g_map_ptr = nullptr; | |||
| 316 | static llvm::once_flag g_once_flag; | |||
| 317 | llvm::call_once(g_once_flag, []() { | |||
| 318 | g_map_ptr = new ClangASTMap(); // leaked on purpose to avoid spins | |||
| 319 | }); | |||
| 320 | return *g_map_ptr; | |||
| 321 | } | |||
| 322 | ||||
| 323 | TypePayloadClang::TypePayloadClang(OptionalClangModuleID owning_module, | |||
| 324 | bool is_complete_objc_class) | |||
| 325 | : m_payload(owning_module.GetValue()) { | |||
| 326 | SetIsCompleteObjCClass(is_complete_objc_class); | |||
| 327 | } | |||
| 328 | ||||
| 329 | void TypePayloadClang::SetOwningModule(OptionalClangModuleID id) { | |||
| 330 | assert(id.GetValue() < ObjCClassBit)((void)0); | |||
| 331 | bool is_complete = IsCompleteObjCClass(); | |||
| 332 | m_payload = id.GetValue(); | |||
| 333 | SetIsCompleteObjCClass(is_complete); | |||
| 334 | } | |||
| 335 | ||||
| 336 | static void SetMemberOwningModule(clang::Decl *member, | |||
| 337 | const clang::Decl *parent) { | |||
| 338 | if (!member || !parent) | |||
| 339 | return; | |||
| 340 | ||||
| 341 | OptionalClangModuleID id(parent->getOwningModuleID()); | |||
| 342 | if (!id.HasValue()) | |||
| 343 | return; | |||
| 344 | ||||
| 345 | member->setFromASTFile(); | |||
| 346 | member->setOwningModuleID(id.GetValue()); | |||
| 347 | member->setModuleOwnershipKind(clang::Decl::ModuleOwnershipKind::Visible); | |||
| 348 | if (llvm::isa<clang::NamedDecl>(member)) | |||
| 349 | if (auto *dc = llvm::dyn_cast<clang::DeclContext>(parent)) { | |||
| 350 | dc->setHasExternalVisibleStorage(true); | |||
| 351 | // This triggers ExternalASTSource::FindExternalVisibleDeclsByName() to be | |||
| 352 | // called when searching for members. | |||
| 353 | dc->setHasExternalLexicalStorage(true); | |||
| 354 | } | |||
| 355 | } | |||
| 356 | ||||
| 357 | char TypeSystemClang::ID; | |||
| 358 | ||||
| 359 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsOperator(llvm::StringRef name, | |||
| 360 | clang::OverloadedOperatorKind &op_kind) { | |||
| 361 | // All operators have to start with "operator". | |||
| 362 | if (!name.consume_front("operator")) | |||
| 363 | return false; | |||
| 364 | ||||
| 365 | // Remember if there was a space after "operator". This is necessary to | |||
| 366 | // check for collisions with strangely named functions like "operatorint()". | |||
| 367 | bool space_after_operator = name.consume_front(" "); | |||
| 368 | ||||
| 369 | op_kind = StringSwitch<clang::OverloadedOperatorKind>(name) | |||
| 370 | .Case("+", clang::OO_Plus) | |||
| 371 | .Case("+=", clang::OO_PlusEqual) | |||
| 372 | .Case("++", clang::OO_PlusPlus) | |||
| 373 | .Case("-", clang::OO_Minus) | |||
| 374 | .Case("-=", clang::OO_MinusEqual) | |||
| 375 | .Case("--", clang::OO_MinusMinus) | |||
| 376 | .Case("->", clang::OO_Arrow) | |||
| 377 | .Case("->*", clang::OO_ArrowStar) | |||
| 378 | .Case("*", clang::OO_Star) | |||
| 379 | .Case("*=", clang::OO_StarEqual) | |||
| 380 | .Case("/", clang::OO_Slash) | |||
| 381 | .Case("/=", clang::OO_SlashEqual) | |||
| 382 | .Case("%", clang::OO_Percent) | |||
| 383 | .Case("%=", clang::OO_PercentEqual) | |||
| 384 | .Case("^", clang::OO_Caret) | |||
| 385 | .Case("^=", clang::OO_CaretEqual) | |||
| 386 | .Case("&", clang::OO_Amp) | |||
| 387 | .Case("&=", clang::OO_AmpEqual) | |||
| 388 | .Case("&&", clang::OO_AmpAmp) | |||
| 389 | .Case("|", clang::OO_Pipe) | |||
| 390 | .Case("|=", clang::OO_PipeEqual) | |||
| 391 | .Case("||", clang::OO_PipePipe) | |||
| 392 | .Case("~", clang::OO_Tilde) | |||
| 393 | .Case("!", clang::OO_Exclaim) | |||
| 394 | .Case("!=", clang::OO_ExclaimEqual) | |||
| 395 | .Case("=", clang::OO_Equal) | |||
| 396 | .Case("==", clang::OO_EqualEqual) | |||
| 397 | .Case("<", clang::OO_Less) | |||
| 398 | .Case("<<", clang::OO_LessLess) | |||
| 399 | .Case("<<=", clang::OO_LessLessEqual) | |||
| 400 | .Case("<=", clang::OO_LessEqual) | |||
| 401 | .Case(">", clang::OO_Greater) | |||
| 402 | .Case(">>", clang::OO_GreaterGreater) | |||
| 403 | .Case(">>=", clang::OO_GreaterGreaterEqual) | |||
| 404 | .Case(">=", clang::OO_GreaterEqual) | |||
| 405 | .Case("()", clang::OO_Call) | |||
| 406 | .Case("[]", clang::OO_Subscript) | |||
| 407 | .Case(",", clang::OO_Comma) | |||
| 408 | .Default(clang::NUM_OVERLOADED_OPERATORS); | |||
| 409 | ||||
| 410 | // We found a fitting operator, so we can exit now. | |||
| 411 | if (op_kind != clang::NUM_OVERLOADED_OPERATORS) | |||
| 412 | return true; | |||
| 413 | ||||
| 414 | // After the "operator " or "operator" part is something unknown. This means | |||
| 415 | // it's either one of the named operators (new/delete), a conversion operator | |||
| 416 | // (e.g. operator bool) or a function which name starts with "operator" | |||
| 417 | // (e.g. void operatorbool). | |||
| 418 | ||||
| 419 | // If it's a function that starts with operator it can't have a space after | |||
| 420 | // "operator" because identifiers can't contain spaces. | |||
| 421 | // E.g. "operator int" (conversion operator) | |||
| 422 | // vs. "operatorint" (function with colliding name). | |||
| 423 | if (!space_after_operator) | |||
| 424 | return false; // not an operator. | |||
| 425 | ||||
| 426 | // Now the operator is either one of the named operators or a conversion | |||
| 427 | // operator. | |||
| 428 | op_kind = StringSwitch<clang::OverloadedOperatorKind>(name) | |||
| 429 | .Case("new", clang::OO_New) | |||
| 430 | .Case("new[]", clang::OO_Array_New) | |||
| 431 | .Case("delete", clang::OO_Delete) | |||
| 432 | .Case("delete[]", clang::OO_Array_Delete) | |||
| 433 | // conversion operators hit this case. | |||
| 434 | .Default(clang::NUM_OVERLOADED_OPERATORS); | |||
| 435 | ||||
| 436 | return true; | |||
| 437 | } | |||
| 438 | ||||
| 439 | clang::AccessSpecifier | |||
| 440 | TypeSystemClang::ConvertAccessTypeToAccessSpecifier(AccessType access) { | |||
| 441 | switch (access) { | |||
| 442 | default: | |||
| 443 | break; | |||
| 444 | case eAccessNone: | |||
| 445 | return AS_none; | |||
| 446 | case eAccessPublic: | |||
| 447 | return AS_public; | |||
| 448 | case eAccessPrivate: | |||
| 449 | return AS_private; | |||
| 450 | case eAccessProtected: | |||
| 451 | return AS_protected; | |||
| 452 | } | |||
| 453 | return AS_none; | |||
| 454 | } | |||
| 455 | ||||
| 456 | static void ParseLangArgs(LangOptions &Opts, InputKind IK, const char *triple) { | |||
| 457 | // FIXME: Cleanup per-file based stuff. | |||
| 458 | ||||
| 459 | // Set some properties which depend solely on the input kind; it would be | |||
| 460 | // nice to move these to the language standard, and have the driver resolve | |||
| 461 | // the input kind + language standard. | |||
| 462 | if (IK.getLanguage() == clang::Language::Asm) { | |||
| 463 | Opts.AsmPreprocessor = 1; | |||
| 464 | } else if (IK.isObjectiveC()) { | |||
| 465 | Opts.ObjC = 1; | |||
| 466 | } | |||
| 467 | ||||
| 468 | LangStandard::Kind LangStd = LangStandard::lang_unspecified; | |||
| 469 | ||||
| 470 | if (LangStd == LangStandard::lang_unspecified) { | |||
| 471 | // Based on the base language, pick one. | |||
| 472 | switch (IK.getLanguage()) { | |||
| 473 | case clang::Language::Unknown: | |||
| 474 | case clang::Language::LLVM_IR: | |||
| 475 | case clang::Language::RenderScript: | |||
| 476 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid input kind!")__builtin_unreachable(); | |||
| 477 | case clang::Language::OpenCL: | |||
| 478 | LangStd = LangStandard::lang_opencl10; | |||
| 479 | break; | |||
| 480 | case clang::Language::OpenCLCXX: | |||
| 481 | LangStd = LangStandard::lang_openclcpp; | |||
| 482 | break; | |||
| 483 | case clang::Language::CUDA: | |||
| 484 | LangStd = LangStandard::lang_cuda; | |||
| 485 | break; | |||
| 486 | case clang::Language::Asm: | |||
| 487 | case clang::Language::C: | |||
| 488 | case clang::Language::ObjC: | |||
| 489 | LangStd = LangStandard::lang_gnu99; | |||
| 490 | break; | |||
| 491 | case clang::Language::CXX: | |||
| 492 | case clang::Language::ObjCXX: | |||
| 493 | LangStd = LangStandard::lang_gnucxx98; | |||
| 494 | break; | |||
| 495 | case clang::Language::HIP: | |||
| 496 | LangStd = LangStandard::lang_hip; | |||
| 497 | break; | |||
| 498 | } | |||
| 499 | } | |||
| 500 | ||||
| 501 | const LangStandard &Std = LangStandard::getLangStandardForKind(LangStd); | |||
| 502 | Opts.LineComment = Std.hasLineComments(); | |||
| 503 | Opts.C99 = Std.isC99(); | |||
| 504 | Opts.CPlusPlus = Std.isCPlusPlus(); | |||
| 505 | Opts.CPlusPlus11 = Std.isCPlusPlus11(); | |||
| 506 | Opts.Digraphs = Std.hasDigraphs(); | |||
| 507 | Opts.GNUMode = Std.isGNUMode(); | |||
| 508 | Opts.GNUInline = !Std.isC99(); | |||
| 509 | Opts.HexFloats = Std.hasHexFloats(); | |||
| 510 | Opts.ImplicitInt = Std.hasImplicitInt(); | |||
| 511 | ||||
| 512 | Opts.WChar = true; | |||
| 513 | ||||
| 514 | // OpenCL has some additional defaults. | |||
| 515 | if (LangStd == LangStandard::lang_opencl10) { | |||
| 516 | Opts.OpenCL = 1; | |||
| 517 | Opts.AltiVec = 1; | |||
| 518 | Opts.CXXOperatorNames = 1; | |||
| 519 | Opts.setLaxVectorConversions(LangOptions::LaxVectorConversionKind::All); | |||
| 520 | } | |||
| 521 | ||||
| 522 | // OpenCL and C++ both have bool, true, false keywords. | |||
| 523 | Opts.Bool = Opts.OpenCL || Opts.CPlusPlus; | |||
| 524 | ||||
| 525 | Opts.setValueVisibilityMode(DefaultVisibility); | |||
| 526 | ||||
| 527 | // Mimicing gcc's behavior, trigraphs are only enabled if -trigraphs is | |||
| 528 | // specified, or -std is set to a conforming mode. | |||
| 529 | Opts.Trigraphs = !Opts.GNUMode; | |||
| 530 | Opts.CharIsSigned = ArchSpec(triple).CharIsSignedByDefault(); | |||
| 531 | Opts.OptimizeSize = 0; | |||
| 532 | ||||
| 533 | // FIXME: Eliminate this dependency. | |||
| 534 | // unsigned Opt = | |||
| 535 | // Args.hasArg(OPT_Os) ? 2 : getLastArgIntValue(Args, OPT_O, 0, Diags); | |||
| 536 | // Opts.Optimize = Opt != 0; | |||
| 537 | unsigned Opt = 0; | |||
| 538 | ||||
| 539 | // This is the __NO_INLINE__ define, which just depends on things like the | |||
| 540 | // optimization level and -fno-inline, not actually whether the backend has | |||
| 541 | // inlining enabled. | |||
| 542 | // | |||
| 543 | // FIXME: This is affected by other options (-fno-inline). | |||
| 544 | Opts.NoInlineDefine = !Opt; | |||
| 545 | ||||
| 546 | // This is needed to allocate the extra space for the owning module | |||
| 547 | // on each decl. | |||
| 548 | Opts.ModulesLocalVisibility = 1; | |||
| 549 | } | |||
| 550 | ||||
| 551 | TypeSystemClang::TypeSystemClang(llvm::StringRef name, | |||
| 552 | llvm::Triple target_triple) { | |||
| 553 | m_display_name = name.str(); | |||
| 554 | if (!target_triple.str().empty()) | |||
| 555 | SetTargetTriple(target_triple.str()); | |||
| 556 | // The caller didn't pass an ASTContext so create a new one for this | |||
| 557 | // TypeSystemClang. | |||
| 558 | CreateASTContext(); | |||
| 559 | } | |||
| 560 | ||||
| 561 | TypeSystemClang::TypeSystemClang(llvm::StringRef name, | |||
| 562 | ASTContext &existing_ctxt) { | |||
| 563 | m_display_name = name.str(); | |||
| 564 | SetTargetTriple(existing_ctxt.getTargetInfo().getTriple().str()); | |||
| 565 | ||||
| 566 | m_ast_up.reset(&existing_ctxt); | |||
| 567 | GetASTMap().Insert(&existing_ctxt, this); | |||
| 568 | } | |||
| 569 | ||||
| 570 | // Destructor | |||
| 571 | TypeSystemClang::~TypeSystemClang() { Finalize(); } | |||
| 572 | ||||
| 573 | ConstString TypeSystemClang::GetPluginNameStatic() { | |||
| 574 | return ConstString("clang"); | |||
| 575 | } | |||
| 576 | ||||
| 577 | ConstString TypeSystemClang::GetPluginName() { | |||
| 578 | return TypeSystemClang::GetPluginNameStatic(); | |||
| 579 | } | |||
| 580 | ||||
| 581 | uint32_t TypeSystemClang::GetPluginVersion() { return 1; } | |||
| 582 | ||||
| 583 | lldb::TypeSystemSP TypeSystemClang::CreateInstance(lldb::LanguageType language, | |||
| 584 | lldb_private::Module *module, | |||
| 585 | Target *target) { | |||
| 586 | if (!TypeSystemClangSupportsLanguage(language)) | |||
| 587 | return lldb::TypeSystemSP(); | |||
| 588 | ArchSpec arch; | |||
| 589 | if (module) | |||
| 590 | arch = module->GetArchitecture(); | |||
| 591 | else if (target) | |||
| 592 | arch = target->GetArchitecture(); | |||
| 593 | ||||
| 594 | if (!arch.IsValid()) | |||
| 595 | return lldb::TypeSystemSP(); | |||
| 596 | ||||
| 597 | llvm::Triple triple = arch.GetTriple(); | |||
| 598 | // LLVM wants this to be set to iOS or MacOSX; if we're working on | |||
| 599 | // a bare-boards type image, change the triple for llvm's benefit. | |||
| 600 | if (triple.getVendor() == llvm::Triple::Apple && | |||
| 601 | triple.getOS() == llvm::Triple::UnknownOS) { | |||
| 602 | if (triple.getArch() == llvm::Triple::arm || | |||
| 603 | triple.getArch() == llvm::Triple::aarch64 || | |||
| 604 | triple.getArch() == llvm::Triple::aarch64_32 || | |||
| 605 | triple.getArch() == llvm::Triple::thumb) { | |||
| 606 | triple.setOS(llvm::Triple::IOS); | |||
| 607 | } else { | |||
| 608 | triple.setOS(llvm::Triple::MacOSX); | |||
| 609 | } | |||
| 610 | } | |||
| 611 | ||||
| 612 | if (module) { | |||
| 613 | std::string ast_name = | |||
| 614 | "ASTContext for '" + module->GetFileSpec().GetPath() + "'"; | |||
| 615 | return std::make_shared<TypeSystemClang>(ast_name, triple); | |||
| 616 | } else if (target && target->IsValid()) | |||
| 617 | return std::make_shared<ScratchTypeSystemClang>(*target, triple); | |||
| 618 | return lldb::TypeSystemSP(); | |||
| 619 | } | |||
| 620 | ||||
| 621 | LanguageSet TypeSystemClang::GetSupportedLanguagesForTypes() { | |||
| 622 | LanguageSet languages; | |||
| 623 | languages.Insert(lldb::eLanguageTypeC89); | |||
| 624 | languages.Insert(lldb::eLanguageTypeC); | |||
| 625 | languages.Insert(lldb::eLanguageTypeC11); | |||
| 626 | languages.Insert(lldb::eLanguageTypeC_plus_plus); | |||
| 627 | languages.Insert(lldb::eLanguageTypeC99); | |||
| 628 | languages.Insert(lldb::eLanguageTypeObjC); | |||
| 629 | languages.Insert(lldb::eLanguageTypeObjC_plus_plus); | |||
| 630 | languages.Insert(lldb::eLanguageTypeC_plus_plus_03); | |||
| 631 | languages.Insert(lldb::eLanguageTypeC_plus_plus_11); | |||
| 632 | languages.Insert(lldb::eLanguageTypeC11); | |||
| 633 | languages.Insert(lldb::eLanguageTypeC_plus_plus_14); | |||
| 634 | return languages; | |||
| 635 | } | |||
| 636 | ||||
| 637 | LanguageSet TypeSystemClang::GetSupportedLanguagesForExpressions() { | |||
| 638 | LanguageSet languages; | |||
| 639 | languages.Insert(lldb::eLanguageTypeC_plus_plus); | |||
| 640 | languages.Insert(lldb::eLanguageTypeObjC_plus_plus); | |||
| 641 | languages.Insert(lldb::eLanguageTypeC_plus_plus_03); | |||
| 642 | languages.Insert(lldb::eLanguageTypeC_plus_plus_11); | |||
| 643 | languages.Insert(lldb::eLanguageTypeC_plus_plus_14); | |||
| 644 | return languages; | |||
| 645 | } | |||
| 646 | ||||
| 647 | void TypeSystemClang::Initialize() { | |||
| 648 | PluginManager::RegisterPlugin( | |||
| 649 | GetPluginNameStatic(), "clang base AST context plug-in", CreateInstance, | |||
| 650 | GetSupportedLanguagesForTypes(), GetSupportedLanguagesForExpressions()); | |||
| 651 | } | |||
| 652 | ||||
| 653 | void TypeSystemClang::Terminate() { | |||
| 654 | PluginManager::UnregisterPlugin(CreateInstance); | |||
| 655 | } | |||
| 656 | ||||
| 657 | void TypeSystemClang::Finalize() { | |||
| 658 | assert(m_ast_up)((void)0); | |||
| 659 | GetASTMap().Erase(m_ast_up.get()); | |||
| 660 | if (!m_ast_owned) | |||
| 661 | m_ast_up.release(); | |||
| 662 | ||||
| 663 | m_builtins_up.reset(); | |||
| 664 | m_selector_table_up.reset(); | |||
| 665 | m_identifier_table_up.reset(); | |||
| 666 | m_target_info_up.reset(); | |||
| 667 | m_target_options_rp.reset(); | |||
| 668 | m_diagnostics_engine_up.reset(); | |||
| 669 | m_source_manager_up.reset(); | |||
| 670 | m_language_options_up.reset(); | |||
| 671 | } | |||
| 672 | ||||
| 673 | void TypeSystemClang::setSema(Sema *s) { | |||
| 674 | // Ensure that the new sema actually belongs to our ASTContext. | |||
| 675 | assert(s == nullptr || &s->getASTContext() == m_ast_up.get())((void)0); | |||
| 676 | m_sema = s; | |||
| 677 | } | |||
| 678 | ||||
| 679 | const char *TypeSystemClang::GetTargetTriple() { | |||
| 680 | return m_target_triple.c_str(); | |||
| 681 | } | |||
| 682 | ||||
| 683 | void TypeSystemClang::SetTargetTriple(llvm::StringRef target_triple) { | |||
| 684 | m_target_triple = target_triple.str(); | |||
| 685 | } | |||
| 686 | ||||
| 687 | void TypeSystemClang::SetExternalSource( | |||
| 688 | llvm::IntrusiveRefCntPtr<ExternalASTSource> &ast_source_up) { | |||
| 689 | ASTContext &ast = getASTContext(); | |||
| 690 | ast.getTranslationUnitDecl()->setHasExternalLexicalStorage(true); | |||
| 691 | ast.setExternalSource(ast_source_up); | |||
| 692 | } | |||
| 693 | ||||
| 694 | ASTContext &TypeSystemClang::getASTContext() { | |||
| 695 | assert(m_ast_up)((void)0); | |||
| 696 | return *m_ast_up; | |||
| 697 | } | |||
| 698 | ||||
| 699 | class NullDiagnosticConsumer : public DiagnosticConsumer { | |||
| 700 | public: | |||
| 701 | NullDiagnosticConsumer() { | |||
| 702 | m_log = lldb_private::GetLogIfAllCategoriesSet(LIBLLDB_LOG_EXPRESSIONS(1u << 8)); | |||
| 703 | } | |||
| 704 | ||||
| 705 | void HandleDiagnostic(DiagnosticsEngine::Level DiagLevel, | |||
| 706 | const clang::Diagnostic &info) override { | |||
| 707 | if (m_log) { | |||
| 708 | llvm::SmallVector<char, 32> diag_str(10); | |||
| 709 | info.FormatDiagnostic(diag_str); | |||
| 710 | diag_str.push_back('\0'); | |||
| 711 | LLDB_LOGF(m_log, "Compiler diagnostic: %s\n", diag_str.data())do { ::lldb_private::Log *log_private = (m_log); if (log_private ) log_private->Printf("Compiler diagnostic: %s\n", diag_str .data()); } while (0); | |||
| 712 | } | |||
| 713 | } | |||
| 714 | ||||
| 715 | DiagnosticConsumer *clone(DiagnosticsEngine &Diags) const { | |||
| 716 | return new NullDiagnosticConsumer(); | |||
| 717 | } | |||
| 718 | ||||
| 719 | private: | |||
| 720 | Log *m_log; | |||
| 721 | }; | |||
| 722 | ||||
| 723 | void TypeSystemClang::CreateASTContext() { | |||
| 724 | assert(!m_ast_up)((void)0); | |||
| 725 | m_ast_owned = true; | |||
| 726 | ||||
| 727 | m_language_options_up = std::make_unique<LangOptions>(); | |||
| 728 | ParseLangArgs(*m_language_options_up, clang::Language::ObjCXX, | |||
| 729 | GetTargetTriple()); | |||
| 730 | ||||
| 731 | m_identifier_table_up = | |||
| 732 | std::make_unique<IdentifierTable>(*m_language_options_up, nullptr); | |||
| 733 | m_builtins_up = std::make_unique<Builtin::Context>(); | |||
| 734 | ||||
| 735 | m_selector_table_up = std::make_unique<SelectorTable>(); | |||
| 736 | ||||
| 737 | clang::FileSystemOptions file_system_options; | |||
| 738 | m_file_manager_up = std::make_unique<clang::FileManager>( | |||
| 739 | file_system_options, FileSystem::Instance().GetVirtualFileSystem()); | |||
| 740 | ||||
| 741 | llvm::IntrusiveRefCntPtr<DiagnosticIDs> diag_id_sp(new DiagnosticIDs()); | |||
| 742 | m_diagnostics_engine_up = | |||
| 743 | std::make_unique<DiagnosticsEngine>(diag_id_sp, new DiagnosticOptions()); | |||
| 744 | ||||
| 745 | m_source_manager_up = std::make_unique<clang::SourceManager>( | |||
| 746 | *m_diagnostics_engine_up, *m_file_manager_up); | |||
| 747 | m_ast_up = std::make_unique<ASTContext>( | |||
| 748 | *m_language_options_up, *m_source_manager_up, *m_identifier_table_up, | |||
| 749 | *m_selector_table_up, *m_builtins_up, TU_Complete); | |||
| 750 | ||||
| 751 | m_diagnostic_consumer_up = std::make_unique<NullDiagnosticConsumer>(); | |||
| 752 | m_ast_up->getDiagnostics().setClient(m_diagnostic_consumer_up.get(), false); | |||
| 753 | ||||
| 754 | // This can be NULL if we don't know anything about the architecture or if | |||
| 755 | // the target for an architecture isn't enabled in the llvm/clang that we | |||
| 756 | // built | |||
| 757 | TargetInfo *target_info = getTargetInfo(); | |||
| 758 | if (target_info) | |||
| 759 | m_ast_up->InitBuiltinTypes(*target_info); | |||
| 760 | ||||
| 761 | GetASTMap().Insert(m_ast_up.get(), this); | |||
| 762 | ||||
| 763 | llvm::IntrusiveRefCntPtr<clang::ExternalASTSource> ast_source_up( | |||
| 764 | new ClangExternalASTSourceCallbacks(*this)); | |||
| 765 | SetExternalSource(ast_source_up); | |||
| 766 | } | |||
| 767 | ||||
| 768 | TypeSystemClang *TypeSystemClang::GetASTContext(clang::ASTContext *ast) { | |||
| 769 | TypeSystemClang *clang_ast = GetASTMap().Lookup(ast); | |||
| 770 | return clang_ast; | |||
| 771 | } | |||
| 772 | ||||
| 773 | clang::MangleContext *TypeSystemClang::getMangleContext() { | |||
| 774 | if (m_mangle_ctx_up == nullptr) | |||
| 775 | m_mangle_ctx_up.reset(getASTContext().createMangleContext()); | |||
| 776 | return m_mangle_ctx_up.get(); | |||
| 777 | } | |||
| 778 | ||||
| 779 | std::shared_ptr<clang::TargetOptions> &TypeSystemClang::getTargetOptions() { | |||
| 780 | if (m_target_options_rp == nullptr && !m_target_triple.empty()) { | |||
| 781 | m_target_options_rp = std::make_shared<clang::TargetOptions>(); | |||
| 782 | if (m_target_options_rp != nullptr) | |||
| 783 | m_target_options_rp->Triple = m_target_triple; | |||
| 784 | } | |||
| 785 | return m_target_options_rp; | |||
| 786 | } | |||
| 787 | ||||
| 788 | TargetInfo *TypeSystemClang::getTargetInfo() { | |||
| 789 | // target_triple should be something like "x86_64-apple-macosx" | |||
| 790 | if (m_target_info_up == nullptr && !m_target_triple.empty()) | |||
| 791 | m_target_info_up.reset(TargetInfo::CreateTargetInfo( | |||
| 792 | getASTContext().getDiagnostics(), getTargetOptions())); | |||
| 793 | return m_target_info_up.get(); | |||
| 794 | } | |||
| 795 | ||||
| 796 | #pragma mark Basic Types | |||
| 797 | ||||
| 798 | static inline bool QualTypeMatchesBitSize(const uint64_t bit_size, | |||
| 799 | ASTContext &ast, QualType qual_type) { | |||
| 800 | uint64_t qual_type_bit_size = ast.getTypeSize(qual_type); | |||
| 801 | return qual_type_bit_size == bit_size; | |||
| 802 | } | |||
| 803 | ||||
| 804 | CompilerType | |||
| 805 | TypeSystemClang::GetBuiltinTypeForEncodingAndBitSize(Encoding encoding, | |||
| 806 | size_t bit_size) { | |||
| 807 | ASTContext &ast = getASTContext(); | |||
| 808 | switch (encoding) { | |||
| 809 | case eEncodingInvalid: | |||
| 810 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.VoidPtrTy)) | |||
| 811 | return GetType(ast.VoidPtrTy); | |||
| 812 | break; | |||
| 813 | ||||
| 814 | case eEncodingUint: | |||
| 815 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.UnsignedCharTy)) | |||
| 816 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedCharTy); | |||
| 817 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.UnsignedShortTy)) | |||
| 818 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedShortTy); | |||
| 819 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.UnsignedIntTy)) | |||
| 820 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedIntTy); | |||
| 821 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.UnsignedLongTy)) | |||
| 822 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedLongTy); | |||
| 823 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.UnsignedLongLongTy)) | |||
| 824 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedLongLongTy); | |||
| 825 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.UnsignedInt128Ty)) | |||
| 826 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedInt128Ty); | |||
| 827 | break; | |||
| 828 | ||||
| 829 | case eEncodingSint: | |||
| 830 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.SignedCharTy)) | |||
| 831 | return GetType(ast.SignedCharTy); | |||
| 832 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.ShortTy)) | |||
| 833 | return GetType(ast.ShortTy); | |||
| 834 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.IntTy)) | |||
| 835 | return GetType(ast.IntTy); | |||
| 836 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.LongTy)) | |||
| 837 | return GetType(ast.LongTy); | |||
| 838 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.LongLongTy)) | |||
| 839 | return GetType(ast.LongLongTy); | |||
| 840 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.Int128Ty)) | |||
| 841 | return GetType(ast.Int128Ty); | |||
| 842 | break; | |||
| 843 | ||||
| 844 | case eEncodingIEEE754: | |||
| 845 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.FloatTy)) | |||
| 846 | return GetType(ast.FloatTy); | |||
| 847 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.DoubleTy)) | |||
| 848 | return GetType(ast.DoubleTy); | |||
| 849 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.LongDoubleTy)) | |||
| 850 | return GetType(ast.LongDoubleTy); | |||
| 851 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.HalfTy)) | |||
| 852 | return GetType(ast.HalfTy); | |||
| 853 | break; | |||
| 854 | ||||
| 855 | case eEncodingVector: | |||
| 856 | // Sanity check that bit_size is a multiple of 8's. | |||
| 857 | if (bit_size && !(bit_size & 0x7u)) | |||
| 858 | return GetType(ast.getExtVectorType(ast.UnsignedCharTy, bit_size / 8)); | |||
| 859 | break; | |||
| 860 | } | |||
| 861 | ||||
| 862 | return CompilerType(); | |||
| 863 | } | |||
| 864 | ||||
| 865 | lldb::BasicType | |||
| 866 | TypeSystemClang::GetBasicTypeEnumeration(ConstString name) { | |||
| 867 | if (name) { | |||
| 868 | typedef UniqueCStringMap<lldb::BasicType> TypeNameToBasicTypeMap; | |||
| 869 | static TypeNameToBasicTypeMap g_type_map; | |||
| 870 | static llvm::once_flag g_once_flag; | |||
| 871 | llvm::call_once(g_once_flag, []() { | |||
| 872 | // "void" | |||
| 873 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("void"), eBasicTypeVoid); | |||
| 874 | ||||
| 875 | // "char" | |||
| 876 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("char"), eBasicTypeChar); | |||
| 877 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("signed char"), eBasicTypeSignedChar); | |||
| 878 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("unsigned char"), eBasicTypeUnsignedChar); | |||
| 879 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("wchar_t"), eBasicTypeWChar); | |||
| 880 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("signed wchar_t"), eBasicTypeSignedWChar); | |||
| 881 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("unsigned wchar_t"), | |||
| 882 | eBasicTypeUnsignedWChar); | |||
| 883 | // "short" | |||
| 884 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("short"), eBasicTypeShort); | |||
| 885 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("short int"), eBasicTypeShort); | |||
| 886 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("unsigned short"), eBasicTypeUnsignedShort); | |||
| 887 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("unsigned short int"), | |||
| 888 | eBasicTypeUnsignedShort); | |||
| 889 | ||||
| 890 | // "int" | |||
| 891 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("int"), eBasicTypeInt); | |||
| 892 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("signed int"), eBasicTypeInt); | |||
| 893 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("unsigned int"), eBasicTypeUnsignedInt); | |||
| 894 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("unsigned"), eBasicTypeUnsignedInt); | |||
| 895 | ||||
| 896 | // "long" | |||
| 897 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("long"), eBasicTypeLong); | |||
| 898 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("long int"), eBasicTypeLong); | |||
| 899 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("unsigned long"), eBasicTypeUnsignedLong); | |||
| 900 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("unsigned long int"), | |||
| 901 | eBasicTypeUnsignedLong); | |||
| 902 | ||||
| 903 | // "long long" | |||
| 904 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("long long"), eBasicTypeLongLong); | |||
| 905 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("long long int"), eBasicTypeLongLong); | |||
| 906 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("unsigned long long"), | |||
| 907 | eBasicTypeUnsignedLongLong); | |||
| 908 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("unsigned long long int"), | |||
| 909 | eBasicTypeUnsignedLongLong); | |||
| 910 | ||||
| 911 | // "int128" | |||
| 912 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("__int128_t"), eBasicTypeInt128); | |||
| 913 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("__uint128_t"), eBasicTypeUnsignedInt128); | |||
| 914 | ||||
| 915 | // Miscellaneous | |||
| 916 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("bool"), eBasicTypeBool); | |||
| 917 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("float"), eBasicTypeFloat); | |||
| 918 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("double"), eBasicTypeDouble); | |||
| 919 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("long double"), eBasicTypeLongDouble); | |||
| 920 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("id"), eBasicTypeObjCID); | |||
| 921 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("SEL"), eBasicTypeObjCSel); | |||
| 922 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("nullptr"), eBasicTypeNullPtr); | |||
| 923 | g_type_map.Sort(); | |||
| 924 | }); | |||
| 925 | ||||
| 926 | return g_type_map.Find(name, eBasicTypeInvalid); | |||
| 927 | } | |||
| 928 | return eBasicTypeInvalid; | |||
| 929 | } | |||
| 930 | ||||
| 931 | uint32_t TypeSystemClang::GetPointerByteSize() { | |||
| 932 | if (m_pointer_byte_size == 0) | |||
| 933 | if (auto size = GetBasicType(lldb::eBasicTypeVoid) | |||
| 934 | .GetPointerType() | |||
| 935 | .GetByteSize(nullptr)) | |||
| 936 | m_pointer_byte_size = *size; | |||
| 937 | return m_pointer_byte_size; | |||
| 938 | } | |||
| 939 | ||||
| 940 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::GetBasicType(lldb::BasicType basic_type) { | |||
| 941 | clang::ASTContext &ast = getASTContext(); | |||
| 942 | ||||
| 943 | lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t clang_type = | |||
| 944 | GetOpaqueCompilerType(&ast, basic_type); | |||
| 945 | ||||
| 946 | if (clang_type) | |||
| 947 | return CompilerType(this, clang_type); | |||
| 948 | return CompilerType(); | |||
| 949 | } | |||
| 950 | ||||
| 951 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::GetBuiltinTypeForDWARFEncodingAndBitSize( | |||
| 952 | llvm::StringRef type_name, uint32_t dw_ate, uint32_t bit_size) { | |||
| 953 | ASTContext &ast = getASTContext(); | |||
| 954 | ||||
| 955 | switch (dw_ate) { | |||
| 956 | default: | |||
| 957 | break; | |||
| 958 | ||||
| 959 | case DW_ATE_address: | |||
| 960 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.VoidPtrTy)) | |||
| 961 | return GetType(ast.VoidPtrTy); | |||
| 962 | break; | |||
| 963 | ||||
| 964 | case DW_ATE_boolean: | |||
| 965 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.BoolTy)) | |||
| 966 | return GetType(ast.BoolTy); | |||
| 967 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.UnsignedCharTy)) | |||
| 968 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedCharTy); | |||
| 969 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.UnsignedShortTy)) | |||
| 970 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedShortTy); | |||
| 971 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.UnsignedIntTy)) | |||
| 972 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedIntTy); | |||
| 973 | break; | |||
| 974 | ||||
| 975 | case DW_ATE_lo_user: | |||
| 976 | // This has been seen to mean DW_AT_complex_integer | |||
| 977 | if (type_name.contains("complex")) { | |||
| 978 | CompilerType complex_int_clang_type = | |||
| 979 | GetBuiltinTypeForDWARFEncodingAndBitSize("int", DW_ATE_signed, | |||
| 980 | bit_size / 2); | |||
| 981 | return GetType( | |||
| 982 | ast.getComplexType(ClangUtil::GetQualType(complex_int_clang_type))); | |||
| 983 | } | |||
| 984 | break; | |||
| 985 | ||||
| 986 | case DW_ATE_complex_float: | |||
| 987 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.FloatComplexTy)) | |||
| 988 | return GetType(ast.FloatComplexTy); | |||
| 989 | else if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.DoubleComplexTy)) | |||
| 990 | return GetType(ast.DoubleComplexTy); | |||
| 991 | else if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.LongDoubleComplexTy)) | |||
| 992 | return GetType(ast.LongDoubleComplexTy); | |||
| 993 | else { | |||
| 994 | CompilerType complex_float_clang_type = | |||
| 995 | GetBuiltinTypeForDWARFEncodingAndBitSize("float", DW_ATE_float, | |||
| 996 | bit_size / 2); | |||
| 997 | return GetType( | |||
| 998 | ast.getComplexType(ClangUtil::GetQualType(complex_float_clang_type))); | |||
| 999 | } | |||
| 1000 | break; | |||
| 1001 | ||||
| 1002 | case DW_ATE_float: | |||
| 1003 | if (type_name == "float" && | |||
| 1004 | QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.FloatTy)) | |||
| 1005 | return GetType(ast.FloatTy); | |||
| 1006 | if (type_name == "double" && | |||
| 1007 | QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.DoubleTy)) | |||
| 1008 | return GetType(ast.DoubleTy); | |||
| 1009 | if (type_name == "long double" && | |||
| 1010 | QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.LongDoubleTy)) | |||
| 1011 | return GetType(ast.LongDoubleTy); | |||
| 1012 | // Fall back to not requiring a name match | |||
| 1013 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.FloatTy)) | |||
| 1014 | return GetType(ast.FloatTy); | |||
| 1015 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.DoubleTy)) | |||
| 1016 | return GetType(ast.DoubleTy); | |||
| 1017 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.LongDoubleTy)) | |||
| 1018 | return GetType(ast.LongDoubleTy); | |||
| 1019 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.HalfTy)) | |||
| 1020 | return GetType(ast.HalfTy); | |||
| 1021 | break; | |||
| 1022 | ||||
| 1023 | case DW_ATE_signed: | |||
| 1024 | if (!type_name.empty()) { | |||
| 1025 | if (type_name == "wchar_t" && | |||
| 1026 | QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.WCharTy) && | |||
| 1027 | (getTargetInfo() && | |||
| 1028 | TargetInfo::isTypeSigned(getTargetInfo()->getWCharType()))) | |||
| 1029 | return GetType(ast.WCharTy); | |||
| 1030 | if (type_name == "void" && | |||
| 1031 | QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.VoidTy)) | |||
| 1032 | return GetType(ast.VoidTy); | |||
| 1033 | if (type_name.contains("long long") && | |||
| 1034 | QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.LongLongTy)) | |||
| 1035 | return GetType(ast.LongLongTy); | |||
| 1036 | if (type_name.contains("long") && | |||
| 1037 | QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.LongTy)) | |||
| 1038 | return GetType(ast.LongTy); | |||
| 1039 | if (type_name.contains("short") && | |||
| 1040 | QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.ShortTy)) | |||
| 1041 | return GetType(ast.ShortTy); | |||
| 1042 | if (type_name.contains("char")) { | |||
| 1043 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.CharTy)) | |||
| 1044 | return GetType(ast.CharTy); | |||
| 1045 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.SignedCharTy)) | |||
| 1046 | return GetType(ast.SignedCharTy); | |||
| 1047 | } | |||
| 1048 | if (type_name.contains("int")) { | |||
| 1049 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.IntTy)) | |||
| 1050 | return GetType(ast.IntTy); | |||
| 1051 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.Int128Ty)) | |||
| 1052 | return GetType(ast.Int128Ty); | |||
| 1053 | } | |||
| 1054 | } | |||
| 1055 | // We weren't able to match up a type name, just search by size | |||
| 1056 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.CharTy)) | |||
| 1057 | return GetType(ast.CharTy); | |||
| 1058 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.ShortTy)) | |||
| 1059 | return GetType(ast.ShortTy); | |||
| 1060 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.IntTy)) | |||
| 1061 | return GetType(ast.IntTy); | |||
| 1062 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.LongTy)) | |||
| 1063 | return GetType(ast.LongTy); | |||
| 1064 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.LongLongTy)) | |||
| 1065 | return GetType(ast.LongLongTy); | |||
| 1066 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.Int128Ty)) | |||
| 1067 | return GetType(ast.Int128Ty); | |||
| 1068 | break; | |||
| 1069 | ||||
| 1070 | case DW_ATE_signed_char: | |||
| 1071 | if (ast.getLangOpts().CharIsSigned && type_name == "char") { | |||
| 1072 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.CharTy)) | |||
| 1073 | return GetType(ast.CharTy); | |||
| 1074 | } | |||
| 1075 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.SignedCharTy)) | |||
| 1076 | return GetType(ast.SignedCharTy); | |||
| 1077 | break; | |||
| 1078 | ||||
| 1079 | case DW_ATE_unsigned: | |||
| 1080 | if (!type_name.empty()) { | |||
| 1081 | if (type_name == "wchar_t") { | |||
| 1082 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.WCharTy)) { | |||
| 1083 | if (!(getTargetInfo() && | |||
| 1084 | TargetInfo::isTypeSigned(getTargetInfo()->getWCharType()))) | |||
| 1085 | return GetType(ast.WCharTy); | |||
| 1086 | } | |||
| 1087 | } | |||
| 1088 | if (type_name.contains("long long")) { | |||
| 1089 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.UnsignedLongLongTy)) | |||
| 1090 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedLongLongTy); | |||
| 1091 | } else if (type_name.contains("long")) { | |||
| 1092 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.UnsignedLongTy)) | |||
| 1093 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedLongTy); | |||
| 1094 | } else if (type_name.contains("short")) { | |||
| 1095 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.UnsignedShortTy)) | |||
| 1096 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedShortTy); | |||
| 1097 | } else if (type_name.contains("char")) { | |||
| 1098 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.UnsignedCharTy)) | |||
| 1099 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedCharTy); | |||
| 1100 | } else if (type_name.contains("int")) { | |||
| 1101 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.UnsignedIntTy)) | |||
| 1102 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedIntTy); | |||
| 1103 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.UnsignedInt128Ty)) | |||
| 1104 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedInt128Ty); | |||
| 1105 | } | |||
| 1106 | } | |||
| 1107 | // We weren't able to match up a type name, just search by size | |||
| 1108 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.UnsignedCharTy)) | |||
| 1109 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedCharTy); | |||
| 1110 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.UnsignedShortTy)) | |||
| 1111 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedShortTy); | |||
| 1112 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.UnsignedIntTy)) | |||
| 1113 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedIntTy); | |||
| 1114 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.UnsignedLongTy)) | |||
| 1115 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedLongTy); | |||
| 1116 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.UnsignedLongLongTy)) | |||
| 1117 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedLongLongTy); | |||
| 1118 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.UnsignedInt128Ty)) | |||
| 1119 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedInt128Ty); | |||
| 1120 | break; | |||
| 1121 | ||||
| 1122 | case DW_ATE_unsigned_char: | |||
| 1123 | if (!ast.getLangOpts().CharIsSigned && type_name == "char") { | |||
| 1124 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.CharTy)) | |||
| 1125 | return GetType(ast.CharTy); | |||
| 1126 | } | |||
| 1127 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.UnsignedCharTy)) | |||
| 1128 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedCharTy); | |||
| 1129 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.UnsignedShortTy)) | |||
| 1130 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedShortTy); | |||
| 1131 | break; | |||
| 1132 | ||||
| 1133 | case DW_ATE_imaginary_float: | |||
| 1134 | break; | |||
| 1135 | ||||
| 1136 | case DW_ATE_UTF: | |||
| 1137 | switch (bit_size) { | |||
| 1138 | case 8: | |||
| 1139 | return GetType(ast.Char8Ty); | |||
| 1140 | case 16: | |||
| 1141 | return GetType(ast.Char16Ty); | |||
| 1142 | case 32: | |||
| 1143 | return GetType(ast.Char32Ty); | |||
| 1144 | default: | |||
| 1145 | if (!type_name.empty()) { | |||
| 1146 | if (type_name == "char16_t") | |||
| 1147 | return GetType(ast.Char16Ty); | |||
| 1148 | if (type_name == "char32_t") | |||
| 1149 | return GetType(ast.Char32Ty); | |||
| 1150 | if (type_name == "char8_t") | |||
| 1151 | return GetType(ast.Char8Ty); | |||
| 1152 | } | |||
| 1153 | } | |||
| 1154 | break; | |||
| 1155 | } | |||
| 1156 | // This assert should fire for anything that we don't catch above so we know | |||
| 1157 | // to fix any issues we run into. | |||
| 1158 | if (!type_name.empty()) { | |||
| 1159 | std::string type_name_str = type_name.str(); | |||
| 1160 | Host::SystemLog(Host::eSystemLogError, | |||
| 1161 | "error: need to add support for DW_TAG_base_type '%s' " | |||
| 1162 | "encoded with DW_ATE = 0x%x, bit_size = %u\n", | |||
| 1163 | type_name_str.c_str(), dw_ate, bit_size); | |||
| 1164 | } else { | |||
| 1165 | Host::SystemLog(Host::eSystemLogError, "error: need to add support for " | |||
| 1166 | "DW_TAG_base_type encoded with " | |||
| 1167 | "DW_ATE = 0x%x, bit_size = %u\n", | |||
| 1168 | dw_ate, bit_size); | |||
| 1169 | } | |||
| 1170 | return CompilerType(); | |||
| 1171 | } | |||
| 1172 | ||||
| 1173 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::GetCStringType(bool is_const) { | |||
| 1174 | ASTContext &ast = getASTContext(); | |||
| 1175 | QualType char_type(ast.CharTy); | |||
| 1176 | ||||
| 1177 | if (is_const) | |||
| 1178 | char_type.addConst(); | |||
| 1179 | ||||
| 1180 | return GetType(ast.getPointerType(char_type)); | |||
| 1181 | } | |||
| 1182 | ||||
| 1183 | bool TypeSystemClang::AreTypesSame(CompilerType type1, CompilerType type2, | |||
| 1184 | bool ignore_qualifiers) { | |||
| 1185 | TypeSystemClang *ast = | |||
| 1186 | llvm::dyn_cast_or_null<TypeSystemClang>(type1.GetTypeSystem()); | |||
| 1187 | if (!ast || ast != type2.GetTypeSystem()) | |||
| 1188 | return false; | |||
| 1189 | ||||
| 1190 | if (type1.GetOpaqueQualType() == type2.GetOpaqueQualType()) | |||
| 1191 | return true; | |||
| 1192 | ||||
| 1193 | QualType type1_qual = ClangUtil::GetQualType(type1); | |||
| 1194 | QualType type2_qual = ClangUtil::GetQualType(type2); | |||
| 1195 | ||||
| 1196 | if (ignore_qualifiers) { | |||
| 1197 | type1_qual = type1_qual.getUnqualifiedType(); | |||
| 1198 | type2_qual = type2_qual.getUnqualifiedType(); | |||
| 1199 | } | |||
| 1200 | ||||
| 1201 | return ast->getASTContext().hasSameType(type1_qual, type2_qual); | |||
| 1202 | } | |||
| 1203 | ||||
| 1204 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::GetTypeForDecl(void *opaque_decl) { | |||
| 1205 | if (!opaque_decl) | |||
| 1206 | return CompilerType(); | |||
| 1207 | ||||
| 1208 | clang::Decl *decl = static_cast<clang::Decl *>(opaque_decl); | |||
| 1209 | if (auto *named_decl = llvm::dyn_cast<clang::NamedDecl>(decl)) | |||
| 1210 | return GetTypeForDecl(named_decl); | |||
| 1211 | return CompilerType(); | |||
| 1212 | } | |||
| 1213 | ||||
| 1214 | CompilerDeclContext TypeSystemClang::CreateDeclContext(DeclContext *ctx) { | |||
| 1215 | // Check that the DeclContext actually belongs to this ASTContext. | |||
| 1216 | assert(&ctx->getParentASTContext() == &getASTContext())((void)0); | |||
| 1217 | return CompilerDeclContext(this, ctx); | |||
| 1218 | } | |||
| 1219 | ||||
| 1220 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::GetTypeForDecl(clang::NamedDecl *decl) { | |||
| 1221 | if (clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *interface_decl = | |||
| 1222 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl>(decl)) | |||
| 1223 | return GetTypeForDecl(interface_decl); | |||
| 1224 | if (clang::TagDecl *tag_decl = llvm::dyn_cast<clang::TagDecl>(decl)) | |||
| 1225 | return GetTypeForDecl(tag_decl); | |||
| 1226 | return CompilerType(); | |||
| 1227 | } | |||
| 1228 | ||||
| 1229 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::GetTypeForDecl(TagDecl *decl) { | |||
| 1230 | return GetType(getASTContext().getTagDeclType(decl)); | |||
| 1231 | } | |||
| 1232 | ||||
| 1233 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::GetTypeForDecl(ObjCInterfaceDecl *decl) { | |||
| 1234 | return GetType(getASTContext().getObjCInterfaceType(decl)); | |||
| 1235 | } | |||
| 1236 | ||||
| 1237 | #pragma mark Structure, Unions, Classes | |||
| 1238 | ||||
| 1239 | void TypeSystemClang::SetOwningModule(clang::Decl *decl, | |||
| 1240 | OptionalClangModuleID owning_module) { | |||
| 1241 | if (!decl || !owning_module.HasValue()) | |||
| 1242 | return; | |||
| 1243 | ||||
| 1244 | decl->setFromASTFile(); | |||
| 1245 | decl->setOwningModuleID(owning_module.GetValue()); | |||
| 1246 | decl->setModuleOwnershipKind(clang::Decl::ModuleOwnershipKind::Visible); | |||
| 1247 | } | |||
| 1248 | ||||
| 1249 | OptionalClangModuleID | |||
| 1250 | TypeSystemClang::GetOrCreateClangModule(llvm::StringRef name, | |||
| 1251 | OptionalClangModuleID parent, | |||
| 1252 | bool is_framework, bool is_explicit) { | |||
| 1253 | // Get the external AST source which holds the modules. | |||
| 1254 | auto *ast_source = llvm::dyn_cast_or_null<ClangExternalASTSourceCallbacks>( | |||
| 1255 | getASTContext().getExternalSource()); | |||
| 1256 | assert(ast_source && "external ast source was lost")((void)0); | |||
| 1257 | if (!ast_source) | |||
| 1258 | return {}; | |||
| 1259 | ||||
| 1260 | // Lazily initialize the module map. | |||
| 1261 | if (!m_header_search_up) { | |||
| 1262 | auto HSOpts = std::make_shared<clang::HeaderSearchOptions>(); | |||
| 1263 | m_header_search_up = std::make_unique<clang::HeaderSearch>( | |||
| 1264 | HSOpts, *m_source_manager_up, *m_diagnostics_engine_up, | |||
| 1265 | *m_language_options_up, m_target_info_up.get()); | |||
| 1266 | m_module_map_up = std::make_unique<clang::ModuleMap>( | |||
| 1267 | *m_source_manager_up, *m_diagnostics_engine_up, *m_language_options_up, | |||
| 1268 | m_target_info_up.get(), *m_header_search_up); | |||
| 1269 | } | |||
| 1270 | ||||
| 1271 | // Get or create the module context. | |||
| 1272 | bool created; | |||
| 1273 | clang::Module *module; | |||
| 1274 | auto parent_desc = ast_source->getSourceDescriptor(parent.GetValue()); | |||
| 1275 | std::tie(module, created) = m_module_map_up->findOrCreateModule( | |||
| 1276 | name, parent_desc ? parent_desc->getModuleOrNull() : nullptr, | |||
| 1277 | is_framework, is_explicit); | |||
| 1278 | if (!created) | |||
| 1279 | return ast_source->GetIDForModule(module); | |||
| 1280 | ||||
| 1281 | return ast_source->RegisterModule(module); | |||
| 1282 | } | |||
| 1283 | ||||
| 1284 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::CreateRecordType( | |||
| 1285 | clang::DeclContext *decl_ctx, OptionalClangModuleID owning_module, | |||
| 1286 | AccessType access_type, llvm::StringRef name, int kind, | |||
| 1287 | LanguageType language, ClangASTMetadata *metadata, bool exports_symbols) { | |||
| 1288 | ASTContext &ast = getASTContext(); | |||
| 1289 | ||||
| 1290 | if (decl_ctx == nullptr) | |||
| 1291 | decl_ctx = ast.getTranslationUnitDecl(); | |||
| 1292 | ||||
| 1293 | if (language == eLanguageTypeObjC || | |||
| 1294 | language == eLanguageTypeObjC_plus_plus) { | |||
| 1295 | bool isForwardDecl = true; | |||
| 1296 | bool isInternal = false; | |||
| 1297 | return CreateObjCClass(name, decl_ctx, owning_module, isForwardDecl, | |||
| 1298 | isInternal, metadata); | |||
| 1299 | } | |||
| 1300 | ||||
| 1301 | // NOTE: Eventually CXXRecordDecl will be merged back into RecordDecl and | |||
| 1302 | // we will need to update this code. I was told to currently always use the | |||
| 1303 | // CXXRecordDecl class since we often don't know from debug information if | |||
| 1304 | // something is struct or a class, so we default to always use the more | |||
| 1305 | // complete definition just in case. | |||
| 1306 | ||||
| 1307 | bool has_name = !name.empty(); | |||
| 1308 | CXXRecordDecl *decl = CXXRecordDecl::CreateDeserialized(ast, 0); | |||
| 1309 | decl->setTagKind(static_cast<TagDecl::TagKind>(kind)); | |||
| 1310 | decl->setDeclContext(decl_ctx); | |||
| 1311 | if (has_name) | |||
| 1312 | decl->setDeclName(&ast.Idents.get(name)); | |||
| 1313 | SetOwningModule(decl, owning_module); | |||
| 1314 | ||||
| 1315 | if (!has_name) { | |||
| 1316 | // In C++ a lambda is also represented as an unnamed class. This is | |||
| 1317 | // different from an *anonymous class* that the user wrote: | |||
| 1318 | // | |||
| 1319 | // struct A { | |||
| 1320 | // // anonymous class (GNU/MSVC extension) | |||
| 1321 | // struct { | |||
| 1322 | // int x; | |||
| 1323 | // }; | |||
| 1324 | // // unnamed class within a class | |||
| 1325 | // struct { | |||
| 1326 | // int y; | |||
| 1327 | // } B; | |||
| 1328 | // }; | |||
| 1329 | // | |||
| 1330 | // void f() { | |||
| 1331 | // // unammed class outside of a class | |||
| 1332 | // struct { | |||
| 1333 | // int z; | |||
| 1334 | // } C; | |||
| 1335 | // } | |||
| 1336 | // | |||
| 1337 | // Anonymous classes is a GNU/MSVC extension that clang supports. It | |||
| 1338 | // requires the anonymous class be embedded within a class. So the new | |||
| 1339 | // heuristic verifies this condition. | |||
| 1340 | if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(decl_ctx) && exports_symbols) | |||
| 1341 | decl->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); | |||
| 1342 | } | |||
| 1343 | ||||
| 1344 | if (decl) { | |||
| 1345 | if (metadata) | |||
| 1346 | SetMetadata(decl, *metadata); | |||
| 1347 | ||||
| 1348 | if (access_type != eAccessNone) | |||
| 1349 | decl->setAccess(ConvertAccessTypeToAccessSpecifier(access_type)); | |||
| 1350 | ||||
| 1351 | if (decl_ctx) | |||
| 1352 | decl_ctx->addDecl(decl); | |||
| 1353 | ||||
| 1354 | return GetType(ast.getTagDeclType(decl)); | |||
| 1355 | } | |||
| 1356 | return CompilerType(); | |||
| 1357 | } | |||
| 1358 | ||||
| 1359 | namespace { | |||
| 1360 | /// Returns true iff the given TemplateArgument should be represented as an | |||
| 1361 | /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl in the AST. | |||
| 1362 | bool IsValueParam(const clang::TemplateArgument &argument) { | |||
| 1363 | return argument.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Integral; | |||
| 1364 | } | |||
| 1365 | } | |||
| 1366 | ||||
| 1367 | static TemplateParameterList *CreateTemplateParameterList( | |||
| 1368 | ASTContext &ast, | |||
| 1369 | const TypeSystemClang::TemplateParameterInfos &template_param_infos, | |||
| 1370 | llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 8> &template_param_decls) { | |||
| 1371 | const bool parameter_pack = false; | |||
| 1372 | const bool is_typename = false; | |||
| 1373 | const unsigned depth = 0; | |||
| 1374 | const size_t num_template_params = template_param_infos.args.size(); | |||
| 1375 | DeclContext *const decl_context = | |||
| 1376 | ast.getTranslationUnitDecl(); // Is this the right decl context?, | |||
| 1377 | for (size_t i = 0; i < num_template_params; ++i) { | |||
| 1378 | const char *name = template_param_infos.names[i]; | |||
| 1379 | ||||
| 1380 | IdentifierInfo *identifier_info = nullptr; | |||
| 1381 | if (name && name[0]) | |||
| 1382 | identifier_info = &ast.Idents.get(name); | |||
| 1383 | if (IsValueParam(template_param_infos.args[i])) { | |||
| 1384 | QualType template_param_type = | |||
| 1385 | template_param_infos.args[i].getIntegralType(); | |||
| 1386 | template_param_decls.push_back(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create( | |||
| 1387 | ast, decl_context, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), depth, i, | |||
| 1388 | identifier_info, template_param_type, parameter_pack, | |||
| 1389 | ast.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(template_param_type))); | |||
| 1390 | } else { | |||
| 1391 | template_param_decls.push_back(TemplateTypeParmDecl::Create( | |||
| 1392 | ast, decl_context, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), depth, i, | |||
| 1393 | identifier_info, is_typename, parameter_pack)); | |||
| 1394 | } | |||
| 1395 | } | |||
| 1396 | ||||
| 1397 | if (template_param_infos.packed_args) { | |||
| 1398 | IdentifierInfo *identifier_info = nullptr; | |||
| 1399 | if (template_param_infos.pack_name && template_param_infos.pack_name[0]) | |||
| 1400 | identifier_info = &ast.Idents.get(template_param_infos.pack_name); | |||
| 1401 | const bool parameter_pack_true = true; | |||
| 1402 | ||||
| 1403 | if (!template_param_infos.packed_args->args.empty() && | |||
| 1404 | IsValueParam(template_param_infos.packed_args->args[0])) { | |||
| 1405 | QualType template_param_type = | |||
| 1406 | template_param_infos.packed_args->args[0].getIntegralType(); | |||
| 1407 | template_param_decls.push_back(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create( | |||
| 1408 | ast, decl_context, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), depth, | |||
| 1409 | num_template_params, identifier_info, template_param_type, | |||
| 1410 | parameter_pack_true, | |||
| 1411 | ast.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(template_param_type))); | |||
| 1412 | } else { | |||
| 1413 | template_param_decls.push_back(TemplateTypeParmDecl::Create( | |||
| 1414 | ast, decl_context, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), depth, | |||
| 1415 | num_template_params, identifier_info, is_typename, | |||
| 1416 | parameter_pack_true)); | |||
| 1417 | } | |||
| 1418 | } | |||
| 1419 | clang::Expr *const requires_clause = nullptr; // TODO: Concepts | |||
| 1420 | TemplateParameterList *template_param_list = TemplateParameterList::Create( | |||
| 1421 | ast, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), template_param_decls, | |||
| 1422 | SourceLocation(), requires_clause); | |||
| 1423 | return template_param_list; | |||
| 1424 | } | |||
| 1425 | ||||
| 1426 | clang::FunctionTemplateDecl *TypeSystemClang::CreateFunctionTemplateDecl( | |||
| 1427 | clang::DeclContext *decl_ctx, OptionalClangModuleID owning_module, | |||
| 1428 | clang::FunctionDecl *func_decl, | |||
| 1429 | const TemplateParameterInfos &template_param_infos) { | |||
| 1430 | // /// Create a function template node. | |||
| 1431 | ASTContext &ast = getASTContext(); | |||
| 1432 | ||||
| 1433 | llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 8> template_param_decls; | |||
| 1434 | TemplateParameterList *template_param_list = CreateTemplateParameterList( | |||
| 1435 | ast, template_param_infos, template_param_decls); | |||
| 1436 | FunctionTemplateDecl *func_tmpl_decl = | |||
| 1437 | FunctionTemplateDecl::CreateDeserialized(ast, 0); | |||
| 1438 | func_tmpl_decl->setDeclContext(decl_ctx); | |||
| 1439 | func_tmpl_decl->setLocation(func_decl->getLocation()); | |||
| 1440 | func_tmpl_decl->setDeclName(func_decl->getDeclName()); | |||
| 1441 | func_tmpl_decl->init(func_decl, template_param_list); | |||
| 1442 | SetOwningModule(func_tmpl_decl, owning_module); | |||
| 1443 | ||||
| 1444 | for (size_t i = 0, template_param_decl_count = template_param_decls.size(); | |||
| 1445 | i < template_param_decl_count; ++i) { | |||
| 1446 | // TODO: verify which decl context we should put template_param_decls into.. | |||
| 1447 | template_param_decls[i]->setDeclContext(func_decl); | |||
| 1448 | } | |||
| 1449 | // Function templates inside a record need to have an access specifier. | |||
| 1450 | // It doesn't matter what access specifier we give the template as LLDB | |||
| 1451 | // anyway allows accessing everything inside a record. | |||
| 1452 | if (decl_ctx->isRecord()) | |||
| 1453 | func_tmpl_decl->setAccess(clang::AccessSpecifier::AS_public); | |||
| 1454 | ||||
| 1455 | return func_tmpl_decl; | |||
| 1456 | } | |||
| 1457 | ||||
| 1458 | void TypeSystemClang::CreateFunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo( | |||
| 1459 | FunctionDecl *func_decl, clang::FunctionTemplateDecl *func_tmpl_decl, | |||
| 1460 | const TemplateParameterInfos &infos) { | |||
| 1461 | TemplateArgumentList *template_args_ptr = | |||
| 1462 | TemplateArgumentList::CreateCopy(func_decl->getASTContext(), infos.args); | |||
| 1463 | ||||
| 1464 | func_decl->setFunctionTemplateSpecialization(func_tmpl_decl, | |||
| 1465 | template_args_ptr, nullptr); | |||
| 1466 | } | |||
| 1467 | ||||
| 1468 | /// Returns true if the given template parameter can represent the given value. | |||
| 1469 | /// For example, `typename T` can represent `int` but not integral values such | |||
| 1470 | /// as `int I = 3`. | |||
| 1471 | static bool TemplateParameterAllowsValue(NamedDecl *param, | |||
| 1472 | const TemplateArgument &value) { | |||
| 1473 | if (auto *type_param = llvm::dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(param)) { | |||
| 1474 | // Compare the argument kind, i.e. ensure that <typename> != <int>. | |||
| 1475 | if (value.getKind() != TemplateArgument::Type) | |||
| 1476 | return false; | |||
| 1477 | } else if (auto *type_param = | |||
| 1478 | llvm::dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(param)) { | |||
| 1479 | // Compare the argument kind, i.e. ensure that <typename> != <int>. | |||
| 1480 | if (!IsValueParam(value)) | |||
| 1481 | return false; | |||
| 1482 | // Compare the integral type, i.e. ensure that <int> != <char>. | |||
| 1483 | if (type_param->getType() != value.getIntegralType()) | |||
| 1484 | return false; | |||
| 1485 | } else { | |||
| 1486 | // There is no way to create other parameter decls at the moment, so we | |||
| 1487 | // can't reach this case during normal LLDB usage. Log that this happened | |||
| 1488 | // and assert. | |||
| 1489 | Log *log = lldb_private::GetLogIfAllCategoriesSet(LIBLLDB_LOG_EXPRESSIONS(1u << 8)); | |||
| 1490 | LLDB_LOG(log,do { ::lldb_private::Log *log_private = (log); if (log_private ) log_private->Format("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/liblldbPluginTypeSystem/../../../llvm/lldb/source/Plugins/TypeSystem/Clang/TypeSystemClang.cpp" , __func__, "Don't know how to compare template parameter to passed" " value. Decl kind of parameter is: {0}", param->getDeclKindName ()); } while (0) | |||
| 1491 | "Don't know how to compare template parameter to passed"do { ::lldb_private::Log *log_private = (log); if (log_private ) log_private->Format("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/liblldbPluginTypeSystem/../../../llvm/lldb/source/Plugins/TypeSystem/Clang/TypeSystemClang.cpp" , __func__, "Don't know how to compare template parameter to passed" " value. Decl kind of parameter is: {0}", param->getDeclKindName ()); } while (0) | |||
| 1492 | " value. Decl kind of parameter is: {0}",do { ::lldb_private::Log *log_private = (log); if (log_private ) log_private->Format("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/liblldbPluginTypeSystem/../../../llvm/lldb/source/Plugins/TypeSystem/Clang/TypeSystemClang.cpp" , __func__, "Don't know how to compare template parameter to passed" " value. Decl kind of parameter is: {0}", param->getDeclKindName ()); } while (0) | |||
| 1493 | param->getDeclKindName())do { ::lldb_private::Log *log_private = (log); if (log_private ) log_private->Format("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/liblldbPluginTypeSystem/../../../llvm/lldb/source/Plugins/TypeSystem/Clang/TypeSystemClang.cpp" , __func__, "Don't know how to compare template parameter to passed" " value. Decl kind of parameter is: {0}", param->getDeclKindName ()); } while (0); | |||
| 1494 | lldbassert(false && "Can't compare this TemplateParmDecl subclass")lldb_private::lldb_assert(static_cast<bool>(false && "Can't compare this TemplateParmDecl subclass"), "false && \"Can't compare this TemplateParmDecl subclass\"" , __FUNCTION__, "/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/liblldbPluginTypeSystem/../../../llvm/lldb/source/Plugins/TypeSystem/Clang/TypeSystemClang.cpp" , 1494); | |||
| 1495 | // In release builds just fall back to marking the parameter as not | |||
| 1496 | // accepting the value so that we don't try to fit an instantiation to a | |||
| 1497 | // template that doesn't fit. E.g., avoid that `S<1>` is being connected to | |||
| 1498 | // `template<typename T> struct S;`. | |||
| 1499 | return false; | |||
| 1500 | } | |||
| 1501 | return true; | |||
| 1502 | } | |||
| 1503 | ||||
| 1504 | /// Returns true if the given class template declaration could produce an | |||
| 1505 | /// instantiation with the specified values. | |||
| 1506 | /// For example, `<typename T>` allows the arguments `float`, but not for | |||
| 1507 | /// example `bool, float` or `3` (as an integer parameter value). | |||
| 1508 | static bool ClassTemplateAllowsToInstantiationArgs( | |||
| 1509 | ClassTemplateDecl *class_template_decl, | |||
| 1510 | const TypeSystemClang::TemplateParameterInfos &instantiation_values) { | |||
| 1511 | ||||
| 1512 | TemplateParameterList ¶ms = *class_template_decl->getTemplateParameters(); | |||
| 1513 | ||||
| 1514 | // Save some work by iterating only once over the found parameters and | |||
| 1515 | // calculate the information related to parameter packs. | |||
| 1516 | ||||
| 1517 | // Contains the first pack parameter (or non if there are none). | |||
| 1518 | llvm::Optional<NamedDecl *> pack_parameter; | |||
| 1519 | // Contains the number of non-pack parameters. | |||
| 1520 | size_t non_pack_params = params.size(); | |||
| 1521 | for (size_t i = 0; i < params.size(); ++i) { | |||
| 1522 | NamedDecl *param = params.getParam(i); | |||
| 1523 | if (param->isParameterPack()) { | |||
| 1524 | pack_parameter = param; | |||
| 1525 | non_pack_params = i; | |||
| 1526 | break; | |||
| 1527 | } | |||
| 1528 | } | |||
| 1529 | ||||
| 1530 | // The found template needs to have compatible non-pack template arguments. | |||
| 1531 | // E.g., ensure that <typename, typename> != <typename>. | |||
| 1532 | // The pack parameters are compared later. | |||
| 1533 | if (non_pack_params != instantiation_values.args.size()) | |||
| 1534 | return false; | |||
| 1535 | ||||
| 1536 | // Ensure that <typename...> != <typename>. | |||
| 1537 | if (pack_parameter.hasValue() != instantiation_values.hasParameterPack()) | |||
| 1538 | return false; | |||
| 1539 | ||||
| 1540 | // Compare the first pack parameter that was found with the first pack | |||
| 1541 | // parameter value. The special case of having an empty parameter pack value | |||
| 1542 | // always fits to a pack parameter. | |||
| 1543 | // E.g., ensure that <int...> != <typename...>. | |||
| 1544 | if (pack_parameter && !instantiation_values.packed_args->args.empty() && | |||
| 1545 | !TemplateParameterAllowsValue( | |||
| 1546 | *pack_parameter, instantiation_values.packed_args->args.front())) | |||
| 1547 | return false; | |||
| 1548 | ||||
| 1549 | // Compare all the non-pack parameters now. | |||
| 1550 | // E.g., ensure that <int> != <long>. | |||
| 1551 | for (const auto pair : llvm::zip_first(instantiation_values.args, params)) { | |||
| 1552 | const TemplateArgument &passed_arg = std::get<0>(pair); | |||
| 1553 | NamedDecl *found_param = std::get<1>(pair); | |||
| 1554 | if (!TemplateParameterAllowsValue(found_param, passed_arg)) | |||
| 1555 | return false; | |||
| 1556 | } | |||
| 1557 | ||||
| 1558 | return class_template_decl; | |||
| 1559 | } | |||
| 1560 | ||||
| 1561 | ClassTemplateDecl *TypeSystemClang::CreateClassTemplateDecl( | |||
| 1562 | DeclContext *decl_ctx, OptionalClangModuleID owning_module, | |||
| 1563 | lldb::AccessType access_type, const char *class_name, int kind, | |||
| 1564 | const TemplateParameterInfos &template_param_infos) { | |||
| 1565 | ASTContext &ast = getASTContext(); | |||
| 1566 | ||||
| 1567 | ClassTemplateDecl *class_template_decl = nullptr; | |||
| 1568 | if (decl_ctx == nullptr) | |||
| 1569 | decl_ctx = ast.getTranslationUnitDecl(); | |||
| 1570 | ||||
| 1571 | IdentifierInfo &identifier_info = ast.Idents.get(class_name); | |||
| 1572 | DeclarationName decl_name(&identifier_info); | |||
| 1573 | ||||
| 1574 | // Search the AST for an existing ClassTemplateDecl that could be reused. | |||
| 1575 | clang::DeclContext::lookup_result result = decl_ctx->lookup(decl_name); | |||
| 1576 | for (NamedDecl *decl : result) { | |||
| 1577 | class_template_decl = dyn_cast<clang::ClassTemplateDecl>(decl); | |||
| 1578 | if (!class_template_decl) | |||
| 1579 | continue; | |||
| 1580 | // The class template has to be able to represents the instantiation | |||
| 1581 | // values we received. Without this we might end up putting an instantiation | |||
| 1582 | // with arguments such as <int, int> to a template such as: | |||
| 1583 | // template<typename T> struct S; | |||
| 1584 | // Connecting the instantiation to an incompatible template could cause | |||
| 1585 | // problems later on. | |||
| 1586 | if (!ClassTemplateAllowsToInstantiationArgs(class_template_decl, | |||
| 1587 | template_param_infos)) | |||
| 1588 | continue; | |||
| 1589 | return class_template_decl; | |||
| 1590 | } | |||
| 1591 | ||||
| 1592 | llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 8> template_param_decls; | |||
| 1593 | ||||
| 1594 | TemplateParameterList *template_param_list = CreateTemplateParameterList( | |||
| 1595 | ast, template_param_infos, template_param_decls); | |||
| 1596 | ||||
| 1597 | CXXRecordDecl *template_cxx_decl = CXXRecordDecl::CreateDeserialized(ast, 0); | |||
| 1598 | template_cxx_decl->setTagKind(static_cast<TagDecl::TagKind>(kind)); | |||
| 1599 | // What decl context do we use here? TU? The actual decl context? | |||
| 1600 | template_cxx_decl->setDeclContext(decl_ctx); | |||
| 1601 | template_cxx_decl->setDeclName(decl_name); | |||
| 1602 | SetOwningModule(template_cxx_decl, owning_module); | |||
| 1603 | ||||
| 1604 | for (size_t i = 0, template_param_decl_count = template_param_decls.size(); | |||
| 1605 | i < template_param_decl_count; ++i) { | |||
| 1606 | template_param_decls[i]->setDeclContext(template_cxx_decl); | |||
| 1607 | } | |||
| 1608 | ||||
| 1609 | // With templated classes, we say that a class is templated with | |||
| 1610 | // specializations, but that the bare class has no functions. | |||
| 1611 | // template_cxx_decl->startDefinition(); | |||
| 1612 | // template_cxx_decl->completeDefinition(); | |||
| 1613 | ||||
| 1614 | class_template_decl = ClassTemplateDecl::CreateDeserialized(ast, 0); | |||
| 1615 | // What decl context do we use here? TU? The actual decl context? | |||
| 1616 | class_template_decl->setDeclContext(decl_ctx); | |||
| 1617 | class_template_decl->setDeclName(decl_name); | |||
| 1618 | class_template_decl->init(template_cxx_decl, template_param_list); | |||
| 1619 | template_cxx_decl->setDescribedClassTemplate(class_template_decl); | |||
| 1620 | SetOwningModule(class_template_decl, owning_module); | |||
| 1621 | ||||
| 1622 | if (class_template_decl) { | |||
| 1623 | if (access_type != eAccessNone) | |||
| 1624 | class_template_decl->setAccess( | |||
| 1625 | ConvertAccessTypeToAccessSpecifier(access_type)); | |||
| 1626 | ||||
| 1627 | decl_ctx->addDecl(class_template_decl); | |||
| 1628 | ||||
| 1629 | VerifyDecl(class_template_decl); | |||
| 1630 | } | |||
| 1631 | ||||
| 1632 | return class_template_decl; | |||
| 1633 | } | |||
| 1634 | ||||
| 1635 | TemplateTemplateParmDecl * | |||
| 1636 | TypeSystemClang::CreateTemplateTemplateParmDecl(const char *template_name) { | |||
| 1637 | ASTContext &ast = getASTContext(); | |||
| 1638 | ||||
| 1639 | auto *decl_ctx = ast.getTranslationUnitDecl(); | |||
| 1640 | ||||
| 1641 | IdentifierInfo &identifier_info = ast.Idents.get(template_name); | |||
| 1642 | llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 8> template_param_decls; | |||
| 1643 | ||||
| 1644 | TypeSystemClang::TemplateParameterInfos template_param_infos; | |||
| 1645 | TemplateParameterList *template_param_list = CreateTemplateParameterList( | |||
| 1646 | ast, template_param_infos, template_param_decls); | |||
| 1647 | ||||
| 1648 | // LLDB needs to create those decls only to be able to display a | |||
| 1649 | // type that includes a template template argument. Only the name matters for | |||
| 1650 | // this purpose, so we use dummy values for the other characteristics of the | |||
| 1651 | // type. | |||
| 1652 | return TemplateTemplateParmDecl::Create( | |||
| 1653 | ast, decl_ctx, SourceLocation(), | |||
| 1654 | /*Depth*/ 0, /*Position*/ 0, | |||
| 1655 | /*IsParameterPack*/ false, &identifier_info, template_param_list); | |||
| 1656 | } | |||
| 1657 | ||||
| 1658 | ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl * | |||
| 1659 | TypeSystemClang::CreateClassTemplateSpecializationDecl( | |||
| 1660 | DeclContext *decl_ctx, OptionalClangModuleID owning_module, | |||
| 1661 | ClassTemplateDecl *class_template_decl, int kind, | |||
| 1662 | const TemplateParameterInfos &template_param_infos) { | |||
| 1663 | ASTContext &ast = getASTContext(); | |||
| 1664 | llvm::SmallVector<clang::TemplateArgument, 2> args( | |||
| 1665 | template_param_infos.args.size() + | |||
| 1666 | (template_param_infos.packed_args ? 1 : 0)); | |||
| 1667 | std::copy(template_param_infos.args.begin(), template_param_infos.args.end(), | |||
| 1668 | args.begin()); | |||
| 1669 | if (template_param_infos.packed_args) { | |||
| 1670 | args[args.size() - 1] = TemplateArgument::CreatePackCopy( | |||
| 1671 | ast, template_param_infos.packed_args->args); | |||
| 1672 | } | |||
| 1673 | ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *class_template_specialization_decl = | |||
| 1674 | ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl::CreateDeserialized(ast, 0); | |||
| 1675 | class_template_specialization_decl->setTagKind( | |||
| 1676 | static_cast<TagDecl::TagKind>(kind)); | |||
| 1677 | class_template_specialization_decl->setDeclContext(decl_ctx); | |||
| 1678 | class_template_specialization_decl->setInstantiationOf(class_template_decl); | |||
| 1679 | class_template_specialization_decl->setTemplateArgs( | |||
| 1680 | TemplateArgumentList::CreateCopy(ast, args)); | |||
| 1681 | ast.getTypeDeclType(class_template_specialization_decl, nullptr); | |||
| 1682 | class_template_specialization_decl->setDeclName( | |||
| 1683 | class_template_decl->getDeclName()); | |||
| 1684 | SetOwningModule(class_template_specialization_decl, owning_module); | |||
| 1685 | decl_ctx->addDecl(class_template_specialization_decl); | |||
| 1686 | ||||
| 1687 | class_template_specialization_decl->setSpecializationKind( | |||
| 1688 | TSK_ExplicitSpecialization); | |||
| 1689 | ||||
| 1690 | return class_template_specialization_decl; | |||
| 1691 | } | |||
| 1692 | ||||
| 1693 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::CreateClassTemplateSpecializationType( | |||
| 1694 | ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *class_template_specialization_decl) { | |||
| 1695 | if (class_template_specialization_decl) { | |||
| 1696 | ASTContext &ast = getASTContext(); | |||
| 1697 | return GetType(ast.getTagDeclType(class_template_specialization_decl)); | |||
| 1698 | } | |||
| 1699 | return CompilerType(); | |||
| 1700 | } | |||
| 1701 | ||||
| 1702 | static inline bool check_op_param(bool is_method, | |||
| 1703 | clang::OverloadedOperatorKind op_kind, | |||
| 1704 | bool unary, bool binary, | |||
| 1705 | uint32_t num_params) { | |||
| 1706 | // Special-case call since it can take any number of operands | |||
| 1707 | if (op_kind == OO_Call) | |||
| 1708 | return true; | |||
| 1709 | ||||
| 1710 | // The parameter count doesn't include "this" | |||
| 1711 | if (is_method) | |||
| 1712 | ++num_params; | |||
| 1713 | if (num_params == 1) | |||
| 1714 | return unary; | |||
| 1715 | if (num_params == 2) | |||
| 1716 | return binary; | |||
| 1717 | else | |||
| 1718 | return false; | |||
| 1719 | } | |||
| 1720 | ||||
| 1721 | bool TypeSystemClang::CheckOverloadedOperatorKindParameterCount( | |||
| 1722 | bool is_method, clang::OverloadedOperatorKind op_kind, | |||
| 1723 | uint32_t num_params) { | |||
| 1724 | switch (op_kind) { | |||
| 1725 | default: | |||
| 1726 | break; | |||
| 1727 | // C++ standard allows any number of arguments to new/delete | |||
| 1728 | case OO_New: | |||
| 1729 | case OO_Array_New: | |||
| 1730 | case OO_Delete: | |||
| 1731 | case OO_Array_Delete: | |||
| 1732 | return true; | |||
| 1733 | } | |||
| 1734 | ||||
| 1735 | #define OVERLOADED_OPERATOR(Name, Spelling, Token, Unary, Binary, MemberOnly) \ | |||
| 1736 | case OO_##Name: \ | |||
| 1737 | return check_op_param(is_method, op_kind, Unary, Binary, num_params); | |||
| 1738 | switch (op_kind) { | |||
| 1739 | #include "clang/Basic/OperatorKinds.def" | |||
| 1740 | default: | |||
| 1741 | break; | |||
| 1742 | } | |||
| 1743 | return false; | |||
| 1744 | } | |||
| 1745 | ||||
| 1746 | clang::AccessSpecifier | |||
| 1747 | TypeSystemClang::UnifyAccessSpecifiers(clang::AccessSpecifier lhs, | |||
| 1748 | clang::AccessSpecifier rhs) { | |||
| 1749 | // Make the access equal to the stricter of the field and the nested field's | |||
| 1750 | // access | |||
| 1751 | if (lhs == AS_none || rhs == AS_none) | |||
| 1752 | return AS_none; | |||
| 1753 | if (lhs == AS_private || rhs == AS_private) | |||
| 1754 | return AS_private; | |||
| 1755 | if (lhs == AS_protected || rhs == AS_protected) | |||
| 1756 | return AS_protected; | |||
| 1757 | return AS_public; | |||
| 1758 | } | |||
| 1759 | ||||
| 1760 | bool TypeSystemClang::FieldIsBitfield(FieldDecl *field, | |||
| 1761 | uint32_t &bitfield_bit_size) { | |||
| 1762 | ASTContext &ast = getASTContext(); | |||
| 1763 | if (field == nullptr) | |||
| 1764 | return false; | |||
| 1765 | ||||
| 1766 | if (field->isBitField()) { | |||
| 1767 | Expr *bit_width_expr = field->getBitWidth(); | |||
| 1768 | if (bit_width_expr) { | |||
| 1769 | if (Optional<llvm::APSInt> bit_width_apsint = | |||
| 1770 | bit_width_expr->getIntegerConstantExpr(ast)) { | |||
| 1771 | bitfield_bit_size = bit_width_apsint->getLimitedValue(UINT32_MAX0xffffffffU); | |||
| 1772 | return true; | |||
| 1773 | } | |||
| 1774 | } | |||
| 1775 | } | |||
| 1776 | return false; | |||
| 1777 | } | |||
| 1778 | ||||
| 1779 | bool TypeSystemClang::RecordHasFields(const RecordDecl *record_decl) { | |||
| 1780 | if (record_decl == nullptr) | |||
| 1781 | return false; | |||
| 1782 | ||||
| 1783 | if (!record_decl->field_empty()) | |||
| 1784 | return true; | |||
| 1785 | ||||
| 1786 | // No fields, lets check this is a CXX record and check the base classes | |||
| 1787 | const CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(record_decl); | |||
| 1788 | if (cxx_record_decl) { | |||
| 1789 | CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator base_class, base_class_end; | |||
| 1790 | for (base_class = cxx_record_decl->bases_begin(), | |||
| 1791 | base_class_end = cxx_record_decl->bases_end(); | |||
| 1792 | base_class != base_class_end; ++base_class) { | |||
| 1793 | const CXXRecordDecl *base_class_decl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>( | |||
| 1794 | base_class->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); | |||
| 1795 | if (RecordHasFields(base_class_decl)) | |||
| 1796 | return true; | |||
| 1797 | } | |||
| 1798 | } | |||
| 1799 | return false; | |||
| 1800 | } | |||
| 1801 | ||||
| 1802 | #pragma mark Objective-C Classes | |||
| 1803 | ||||
| 1804 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::CreateObjCClass( | |||
| 1805 | llvm::StringRef name, clang::DeclContext *decl_ctx, | |||
| 1806 | OptionalClangModuleID owning_module, bool isForwardDecl, bool isInternal, | |||
| 1807 | ClangASTMetadata *metadata) { | |||
| 1808 | ASTContext &ast = getASTContext(); | |||
| 1809 | assert(!name.empty())((void)0); | |||
| 1810 | if (!decl_ctx) | |||
| 1811 | decl_ctx = ast.getTranslationUnitDecl(); | |||
| 1812 | ||||
| 1813 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *decl = ObjCInterfaceDecl::CreateDeserialized(ast, 0); | |||
| 1814 | decl->setDeclContext(decl_ctx); | |||
| 1815 | decl->setDeclName(&ast.Idents.get(name)); | |||
| 1816 | /*isForwardDecl,*/ | |||
| 1817 | decl->setImplicit(isInternal); | |||
| 1818 | SetOwningModule(decl, owning_module); | |||
| 1819 | ||||
| 1820 | if (decl && metadata) | |||
| 1821 | SetMetadata(decl, *metadata); | |||
| 1822 | ||||
| 1823 | return GetType(ast.getObjCInterfaceType(decl)); | |||
| 1824 | } | |||
| 1825 | ||||
| 1826 | static inline bool BaseSpecifierIsEmpty(const CXXBaseSpecifier *b) { | |||
| 1827 | return !TypeSystemClang::RecordHasFields(b->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl()); | |||
| 1828 | } | |||
| 1829 | ||||
| 1830 | uint32_t | |||
| 1831 | TypeSystemClang::GetNumBaseClasses(const CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl, | |||
| 1832 | bool omit_empty_base_classes) { | |||
| 1833 | uint32_t num_bases = 0; | |||
| 1834 | if (cxx_record_decl) { | |||
| 1835 | if (omit_empty_base_classes) { | |||
| 1836 | CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator base_class, base_class_end; | |||
| 1837 | for (base_class = cxx_record_decl->bases_begin(), | |||
| 1838 | base_class_end = cxx_record_decl->bases_end(); | |||
| 1839 | base_class != base_class_end; ++base_class) { | |||
| 1840 | // Skip empty base classes | |||
| 1841 | if (BaseSpecifierIsEmpty(base_class)) | |||
| 1842 | continue; | |||
| 1843 | ++num_bases; | |||
| 1844 | } | |||
| 1845 | } else | |||
| 1846 | num_bases = cxx_record_decl->getNumBases(); | |||
| 1847 | } | |||
| 1848 | return num_bases; | |||
| 1849 | } | |||
| 1850 | ||||
| 1851 | #pragma mark Namespace Declarations | |||
| 1852 | ||||
| 1853 | NamespaceDecl *TypeSystemClang::GetUniqueNamespaceDeclaration( | |||
| 1854 | const char *name, clang::DeclContext *decl_ctx, | |||
| 1855 | OptionalClangModuleID owning_module, bool is_inline) { | |||
| 1856 | NamespaceDecl *namespace_decl = nullptr; | |||
| 1857 | ASTContext &ast = getASTContext(); | |||
| 1858 | TranslationUnitDecl *translation_unit_decl = ast.getTranslationUnitDecl(); | |||
| 1859 | if (!decl_ctx) | |||
| 1860 | decl_ctx = translation_unit_decl; | |||
| 1861 | ||||
| 1862 | if (name) { | |||
| 1863 | IdentifierInfo &identifier_info = ast.Idents.get(name); | |||
| 1864 | DeclarationName decl_name(&identifier_info); | |||
| 1865 | clang::DeclContext::lookup_result result = decl_ctx->lookup(decl_name); | |||
| 1866 | for (NamedDecl *decl : result) { | |||
| 1867 | namespace_decl = dyn_cast<clang::NamespaceDecl>(decl); | |||
| 1868 | if (namespace_decl) | |||
| 1869 | return namespace_decl; | |||
| 1870 | } | |||
| 1871 | ||||
| 1872 | namespace_decl = | |||
| 1873 | NamespaceDecl::Create(ast, decl_ctx, is_inline, SourceLocation(), | |||
| 1874 | SourceLocation(), &identifier_info, nullptr); | |||
| 1875 | ||||
| 1876 | decl_ctx->addDecl(namespace_decl); | |||
| 1877 | } else { | |||
| 1878 | if (decl_ctx == translation_unit_decl) { | |||
| 1879 | namespace_decl = translation_unit_decl->getAnonymousNamespace(); | |||
| 1880 | if (namespace_decl) | |||
| 1881 | return namespace_decl; | |||
| 1882 | ||||
| 1883 | namespace_decl = | |||
| 1884 | NamespaceDecl::Create(ast, decl_ctx, false, SourceLocation(), | |||
| 1885 | SourceLocation(), nullptr, nullptr); | |||
| 1886 | translation_unit_decl->setAnonymousNamespace(namespace_decl); | |||
| 1887 | translation_unit_decl->addDecl(namespace_decl); | |||
| 1888 | assert(namespace_decl == translation_unit_decl->getAnonymousNamespace())((void)0); | |||
| 1889 | } else { | |||
| 1890 | NamespaceDecl *parent_namespace_decl = cast<NamespaceDecl>(decl_ctx); | |||
| 1891 | if (parent_namespace_decl) { | |||
| 1892 | namespace_decl = parent_namespace_decl->getAnonymousNamespace(); | |||
| 1893 | if (namespace_decl) | |||
| 1894 | return namespace_decl; | |||
| 1895 | namespace_decl = | |||
| 1896 | NamespaceDecl::Create(ast, decl_ctx, false, SourceLocation(), | |||
| 1897 | SourceLocation(), nullptr, nullptr); | |||
| 1898 | parent_namespace_decl->setAnonymousNamespace(namespace_decl); | |||
| 1899 | parent_namespace_decl->addDecl(namespace_decl); | |||
| 1900 | assert(namespace_decl ==((void)0) | |||
| 1901 | parent_namespace_decl->getAnonymousNamespace())((void)0); | |||
| 1902 | } else { | |||
| 1903 | assert(false && "GetUniqueNamespaceDeclaration called with no name and "((void)0) | |||
| 1904 | "no namespace as decl_ctx")((void)0); | |||
| 1905 | } | |||
| 1906 | } | |||
| 1907 | } | |||
| 1908 | // Note: namespaces can span multiple modules, so perhaps this isn't a good | |||
| 1909 | // idea. | |||
| 1910 | SetOwningModule(namespace_decl, owning_module); | |||
| 1911 | ||||
| 1912 | VerifyDecl(namespace_decl); | |||
| 1913 | return namespace_decl; | |||
| 1914 | } | |||
| 1915 | ||||
| 1916 | clang::BlockDecl * | |||
| 1917 | TypeSystemClang::CreateBlockDeclaration(clang::DeclContext *ctx, | |||
| 1918 | OptionalClangModuleID owning_module) { | |||
| 1919 | if (ctx) { | |||
| 1920 | clang::BlockDecl *decl = | |||
| 1921 | clang::BlockDecl::CreateDeserialized(getASTContext(), 0); | |||
| 1922 | decl->setDeclContext(ctx); | |||
| 1923 | ctx->addDecl(decl); | |||
| 1924 | SetOwningModule(decl, owning_module); | |||
| 1925 | return decl; | |||
| 1926 | } | |||
| 1927 | return nullptr; | |||
| 1928 | } | |||
| 1929 | ||||
| 1930 | clang::DeclContext *FindLCABetweenDecls(clang::DeclContext *left, | |||
| 1931 | clang::DeclContext *right, | |||
| 1932 | clang::DeclContext *root) { | |||
| 1933 | if (root == nullptr) | |||
| 1934 | return nullptr; | |||
| 1935 | ||||
| 1936 | std::set<clang::DeclContext *> path_left; | |||
| 1937 | for (clang::DeclContext *d = left; d != nullptr; d = d->getParent()) | |||
| 1938 | path_left.insert(d); | |||
| 1939 | ||||
| 1940 | for (clang::DeclContext *d = right; d != nullptr; d = d->getParent()) | |||
| 1941 | if (path_left.find(d) != path_left.end()) | |||
| 1942 | return d; | |||
| 1943 | ||||
| 1944 | return nullptr; | |||
| 1945 | } | |||
| 1946 | ||||
| 1947 | clang::UsingDirectiveDecl *TypeSystemClang::CreateUsingDirectiveDeclaration( | |||
| 1948 | clang::DeclContext *decl_ctx, OptionalClangModuleID owning_module, | |||
| 1949 | clang::NamespaceDecl *ns_decl) { | |||
| 1950 | if (decl_ctx && ns_decl) { | |||
| 1951 | auto *translation_unit = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); | |||
| 1952 | clang::UsingDirectiveDecl *using_decl = clang::UsingDirectiveDecl::Create( | |||
| 1953 | getASTContext(), decl_ctx, clang::SourceLocation(), | |||
| 1954 | clang::SourceLocation(), clang::NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), | |||
| 1955 | clang::SourceLocation(), ns_decl, | |||
| 1956 | FindLCABetweenDecls(decl_ctx, ns_decl, | |||
| 1957 | translation_unit)); | |||
| 1958 | decl_ctx->addDecl(using_decl); | |||
| 1959 | SetOwningModule(using_decl, owning_module); | |||
| 1960 | return using_decl; | |||
| 1961 | } | |||
| 1962 | return nullptr; | |||
| 1963 | } | |||
| 1964 | ||||
| 1965 | clang::UsingDecl * | |||
| 1966 | TypeSystemClang::CreateUsingDeclaration(clang::DeclContext *current_decl_ctx, | |||
| 1967 | OptionalClangModuleID owning_module, | |||
| 1968 | clang::NamedDecl *target) { | |||
| 1969 | if (current_decl_ctx && target) { | |||
| 1970 | clang::UsingDecl *using_decl = clang::UsingDecl::Create( | |||
| 1971 | getASTContext(), current_decl_ctx, clang::SourceLocation(), | |||
| 1972 | clang::NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), clang::DeclarationNameInfo(), false); | |||
| 1973 | SetOwningModule(using_decl, owning_module); | |||
| 1974 | clang::UsingShadowDecl *shadow_decl = clang::UsingShadowDecl::Create( | |||
| 1975 | getASTContext(), current_decl_ctx, clang::SourceLocation(), | |||
| 1976 | target->getDeclName(), using_decl, target); | |||
| 1977 | SetOwningModule(shadow_decl, owning_module); | |||
| 1978 | using_decl->addShadowDecl(shadow_decl); | |||
| 1979 | current_decl_ctx->addDecl(using_decl); | |||
| 1980 | return using_decl; | |||
| 1981 | } | |||
| 1982 | return nullptr; | |||
| 1983 | } | |||
| 1984 | ||||
| 1985 | clang::VarDecl *TypeSystemClang::CreateVariableDeclaration( | |||
| 1986 | clang::DeclContext *decl_context, OptionalClangModuleID owning_module, | |||
| 1987 | const char *name, clang::QualType type) { | |||
| 1988 | if (decl_context) { | |||
| 1989 | clang::VarDecl *var_decl = | |||
| 1990 | clang::VarDecl::CreateDeserialized(getASTContext(), 0); | |||
| 1991 | var_decl->setDeclContext(decl_context); | |||
| 1992 | if (name && name[0]) | |||
| 1993 | var_decl->setDeclName(&getASTContext().Idents.getOwn(name)); | |||
| 1994 | var_decl->setType(type); | |||
| 1995 | SetOwningModule(var_decl, owning_module); | |||
| 1996 | var_decl->setAccess(clang::AS_public); | |||
| 1997 | decl_context->addDecl(var_decl); | |||
| 1998 | return var_decl; | |||
| 1999 | } | |||
| 2000 | return nullptr; | |||
| 2001 | } | |||
| 2002 | ||||
| 2003 | lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t | |||
| 2004 | TypeSystemClang::GetOpaqueCompilerType(clang::ASTContext *ast, | |||
| 2005 | lldb::BasicType basic_type) { | |||
| 2006 | switch (basic_type) { | |||
| 2007 | case eBasicTypeVoid: | |||
| 2008 | return ast->VoidTy.getAsOpaquePtr(); | |||
| 2009 | case eBasicTypeChar: | |||
| 2010 | return ast->CharTy.getAsOpaquePtr(); | |||
| 2011 | case eBasicTypeSignedChar: | |||
| 2012 | return ast->SignedCharTy.getAsOpaquePtr(); | |||
| 2013 | case eBasicTypeUnsignedChar: | |||
| 2014 | return ast->UnsignedCharTy.getAsOpaquePtr(); | |||
| 2015 | case eBasicTypeWChar: | |||
| 2016 | return ast->getWCharType().getAsOpaquePtr(); | |||
| 2017 | case eBasicTypeSignedWChar: | |||
| 2018 | return ast->getSignedWCharType().getAsOpaquePtr(); | |||
| 2019 | case eBasicTypeUnsignedWChar: | |||
| 2020 | return ast->getUnsignedWCharType().getAsOpaquePtr(); | |||
| 2021 | case eBasicTypeChar16: | |||
| 2022 | return ast->Char16Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(); | |||
| 2023 | case eBasicTypeChar32: | |||
| 2024 | return ast->Char32Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(); | |||
| 2025 | case eBasicTypeShort: | |||
| 2026 | return ast->ShortTy.getAsOpaquePtr(); | |||
| 2027 | case eBasicTypeUnsignedShort: | |||
| 2028 | return ast->UnsignedShortTy.getAsOpaquePtr(); | |||
| 2029 | case eBasicTypeInt: | |||
| 2030 | return ast->IntTy.getAsOpaquePtr(); | |||
| 2031 | case eBasicTypeUnsignedInt: | |||
| 2032 | return ast->UnsignedIntTy.getAsOpaquePtr(); | |||
| 2033 | case eBasicTypeLong: | |||
| 2034 | return ast->LongTy.getAsOpaquePtr(); | |||
| 2035 | case eBasicTypeUnsignedLong: | |||
| 2036 | return ast->UnsignedLongTy.getAsOpaquePtr(); | |||
| 2037 | case eBasicTypeLongLong: | |||
| 2038 | return ast->LongLongTy.getAsOpaquePtr(); | |||
| 2039 | case eBasicTypeUnsignedLongLong: | |||
| 2040 | return ast->UnsignedLongLongTy.getAsOpaquePtr(); | |||
| 2041 | case eBasicTypeInt128: | |||
| 2042 | return ast->Int128Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(); | |||
| 2043 | case eBasicTypeUnsignedInt128: | |||
| 2044 | return ast->UnsignedInt128Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(); | |||
| 2045 | case eBasicTypeBool: | |||
| 2046 | return ast->BoolTy.getAsOpaquePtr(); | |||
| 2047 | case eBasicTypeHalf: | |||
| 2048 | return ast->HalfTy.getAsOpaquePtr(); | |||
| 2049 | case eBasicTypeFloat: | |||
| 2050 | return ast->FloatTy.getAsOpaquePtr(); | |||
| 2051 | case eBasicTypeDouble: | |||
| 2052 | return ast->DoubleTy.getAsOpaquePtr(); | |||
| 2053 | case eBasicTypeLongDouble: | |||
| 2054 | return ast->LongDoubleTy.getAsOpaquePtr(); | |||
| 2055 | case eBasicTypeFloatComplex: | |||
| 2056 | return ast->FloatComplexTy.getAsOpaquePtr(); | |||
| 2057 | case eBasicTypeDoubleComplex: | |||
| 2058 | return ast->DoubleComplexTy.getAsOpaquePtr(); | |||
| 2059 | case eBasicTypeLongDoubleComplex: | |||
| 2060 | return ast->LongDoubleComplexTy.getAsOpaquePtr(); | |||
| 2061 | case eBasicTypeObjCID: | |||
| 2062 | return ast->getObjCIdType().getAsOpaquePtr(); | |||
| 2063 | case eBasicTypeObjCClass: | |||
| 2064 | return ast->getObjCClassType().getAsOpaquePtr(); | |||
| 2065 | case eBasicTypeObjCSel: | |||
| 2066 | return ast->getObjCSelType().getAsOpaquePtr(); | |||
| 2067 | case eBasicTypeNullPtr: | |||
| 2068 | return ast->NullPtrTy.getAsOpaquePtr(); | |||
| 2069 | default: | |||
| 2070 | return nullptr; | |||
| 2071 | } | |||
| 2072 | } | |||
| 2073 | ||||
| 2074 | #pragma mark Function Types | |||
| 2075 | ||||
| 2076 | clang::DeclarationName | |||
| 2077 | TypeSystemClang::GetDeclarationName(llvm::StringRef name, | |||
| 2078 | const CompilerType &function_clang_type) { | |||
| 2079 | clang::OverloadedOperatorKind op_kind = clang::NUM_OVERLOADED_OPERATORS; | |||
| 2080 | if (!IsOperator(name, op_kind) || op_kind == clang::NUM_OVERLOADED_OPERATORS) | |||
| 2081 | return DeclarationName(&getASTContext().Idents.get( | |||
| 2082 | name)); // Not operator, but a regular function. | |||
| 2083 | ||||
| 2084 | // Check the number of operator parameters. Sometimes we have seen bad DWARF | |||
| 2085 | // that doesn't correctly describe operators and if we try to create a method | |||
| 2086 | // and add it to the class, clang will assert and crash, so we need to make | |||
| 2087 | // sure things are acceptable. | |||
| 2088 | clang::QualType method_qual_type(ClangUtil::GetQualType(function_clang_type)); | |||
| 2089 | const clang::FunctionProtoType *function_type = | |||
| 2090 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::FunctionProtoType>(method_qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
| 2091 | if (function_type == nullptr) | |||
| 2092 | return clang::DeclarationName(); | |||
| 2093 | ||||
| 2094 | const bool is_method = false; | |||
| 2095 | const unsigned int num_params = function_type->getNumParams(); | |||
| 2096 | if (!TypeSystemClang::CheckOverloadedOperatorKindParameterCount( | |||
| 2097 | is_method, op_kind, num_params)) | |||
| 2098 | return clang::DeclarationName(); | |||
| 2099 | ||||
| 2100 | return getASTContext().DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(op_kind); | |||
| 2101 | } | |||
| 2102 | ||||
| 2103 | PrintingPolicy TypeSystemClang::GetTypePrintingPolicy() { | |||
| 2104 | clang::PrintingPolicy printing_policy(getASTContext().getPrintingPolicy()); | |||
| 2105 | printing_policy.SuppressTagKeyword = true; | |||
| 2106 | // Inline namespaces are important for some type formatters (e.g., libc++ | |||
| 2107 | // and libstdc++ are differentiated by their inline namespaces). | |||
| 2108 | printing_policy.SuppressInlineNamespace = false; | |||
| 2109 | printing_policy.SuppressUnwrittenScope = false; | |||
| 2110 | // Default arguments are also always important for type formatters. Otherwise | |||
| 2111 | // we would need to always specify two type names for the setups where we do | |||
| 2112 | // know the default arguments and where we don't know default arguments. | |||
| 2113 | // | |||
| 2114 | // For example, without this we would need to have formatters for both: | |||
| 2115 | // std::basic_string<char> | |||
| 2116 | // and | |||
| 2117 | // std::basic_string<char, std::char_traits<char>, std::allocator<char> > | |||
| 2118 | // to support setups where LLDB was able to reconstruct default arguments | |||
| 2119 | // (and we then would have suppressed them from the type name) and also setups | |||
| 2120 | // where LLDB wasn't able to reconstruct the default arguments. | |||
| 2121 | printing_policy.SuppressDefaultTemplateArgs = false; | |||
| 2122 | return printing_policy; | |||
| 2123 | } | |||
| 2124 | ||||
| 2125 | std::string TypeSystemClang::GetTypeNameForDecl(const NamedDecl *named_decl) { | |||
| 2126 | clang::PrintingPolicy printing_policy = GetTypePrintingPolicy(); | |||
| 2127 | std::string result; | |||
| 2128 | llvm::raw_string_ostream os(result); | |||
| 2129 | named_decl->printQualifiedName(os, printing_policy); | |||
| 2130 | return result; | |||
| 2131 | } | |||
| 2132 | ||||
| 2133 | FunctionDecl *TypeSystemClang::CreateFunctionDeclaration( | |||
| 2134 | clang::DeclContext *decl_ctx, OptionalClangModuleID owning_module, | |||
| 2135 | llvm::StringRef name, const CompilerType &function_clang_type, | |||
| 2136 | clang::StorageClass storage, bool is_inline) { | |||
| 2137 | FunctionDecl *func_decl = nullptr; | |||
| 2138 | ASTContext &ast = getASTContext(); | |||
| 2139 | if (!decl_ctx) | |||
| 2140 | decl_ctx = ast.getTranslationUnitDecl(); | |||
| 2141 | ||||
| 2142 | const bool hasWrittenPrototype = true; | |||
| 2143 | const bool isConstexprSpecified = false; | |||
| 2144 | ||||
| 2145 | clang::DeclarationName declarationName = | |||
| 2146 | GetDeclarationName(name, function_clang_type); | |||
| 2147 | func_decl = FunctionDecl::CreateDeserialized(ast, 0); | |||
| 2148 | func_decl->setDeclContext(decl_ctx); | |||
| 2149 | func_decl->setDeclName(declarationName); | |||
| 2150 | func_decl->setType(ClangUtil::GetQualType(function_clang_type)); | |||
| 2151 | func_decl->setStorageClass(storage); | |||
| 2152 | func_decl->setInlineSpecified(is_inline); | |||
| 2153 | func_decl->setHasWrittenPrototype(hasWrittenPrototype); | |||
| 2154 | func_decl->setConstexprKind(isConstexprSpecified | |||
| 2155 | ? ConstexprSpecKind::Constexpr | |||
| 2156 | : ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified); | |||
| 2157 | SetOwningModule(func_decl, owning_module); | |||
| 2158 | if (func_decl) | |||
| 2159 | decl_ctx->addDecl(func_decl); | |||
| 2160 | ||||
| 2161 | VerifyDecl(func_decl); | |||
| 2162 | ||||
| 2163 | return func_decl; | |||
| 2164 | } | |||
| 2165 | ||||
| 2166 | CompilerType | |||
| 2167 | TypeSystemClang::CreateFunctionType(const CompilerType &result_type, | |||
| 2168 | const CompilerType *args, unsigned num_args, | |||
| 2169 | bool is_variadic, unsigned type_quals, | |||
| 2170 | clang::CallingConv cc) { | |||
| 2171 | if (!result_type || !ClangUtil::IsClangType(result_type)) | |||
| 2172 | return CompilerType(); // invalid return type | |||
| 2173 | ||||
| 2174 | std::vector<QualType> qual_type_args; | |||
| 2175 | if (num_args > 0 && args == nullptr) | |||
| 2176 | return CompilerType(); // invalid argument array passed in | |||
| 2177 | ||||
| 2178 | // Verify that all arguments are valid and the right type | |||
| 2179 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < num_args; ++i) { | |||
| 2180 | if (args[i]) { | |||
| 2181 | // Make sure we have a clang type in args[i] and not a type from another | |||
| 2182 | // language whose name might match | |||
| 2183 | const bool is_clang_type = ClangUtil::IsClangType(args[i]); | |||
| 2184 | lldbassert(is_clang_type)lldb_private::lldb_assert(static_cast<bool>(is_clang_type ), "is_clang_type", __FUNCTION__, "/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/liblldbPluginTypeSystem/../../../llvm/lldb/source/Plugins/TypeSystem/Clang/TypeSystemClang.cpp" , 2184); | |||
| 2185 | if (is_clang_type) | |||
| 2186 | qual_type_args.push_back(ClangUtil::GetQualType(args[i])); | |||
| 2187 | else | |||
| 2188 | return CompilerType(); // invalid argument type (must be a clang type) | |||
| 2189 | } else | |||
| 2190 | return CompilerType(); // invalid argument type (empty) | |||
| 2191 | } | |||
| 2192 | ||||
| 2193 | // TODO: Detect calling convention in DWARF? | |||
| 2194 | FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo proto_info; | |||
| 2195 | proto_info.ExtInfo = cc; | |||
| 2196 | proto_info.Variadic = is_variadic; | |||
| 2197 | proto_info.ExceptionSpec = EST_None; | |||
| 2198 | proto_info.TypeQuals = clang::Qualifiers::fromFastMask(type_quals); | |||
| 2199 | proto_info.RefQualifier = RQ_None; | |||
| 2200 | ||||
| 2201 | return GetType(getASTContext().getFunctionType( | |||
| 2202 | ClangUtil::GetQualType(result_type), qual_type_args, proto_info)); | |||
| 2203 | } | |||
| 2204 | ||||
| 2205 | ParmVarDecl *TypeSystemClang::CreateParameterDeclaration( | |||
| 2206 | clang::DeclContext *decl_ctx, OptionalClangModuleID owning_module, | |||
| 2207 | const char *name, const CompilerType ¶m_type, int storage, | |||
| 2208 | bool add_decl) { | |||
| 2209 | ASTContext &ast = getASTContext(); | |||
| 2210 | auto *decl = ParmVarDecl::CreateDeserialized(ast, 0); | |||
| 2211 | decl->setDeclContext(decl_ctx); | |||
| 2212 | if (name && name[0]) | |||
| 2213 | decl->setDeclName(&ast.Idents.get(name)); | |||
| 2214 | decl->setType(ClangUtil::GetQualType(param_type)); | |||
| 2215 | decl->setStorageClass(static_cast<clang::StorageClass>(storage)); | |||
| 2216 | SetOwningModule(decl, owning_module); | |||
| 2217 | if (add_decl) | |||
| 2218 | decl_ctx->addDecl(decl); | |||
| 2219 | ||||
| 2220 | return decl; | |||
| 2221 | } | |||
| 2222 | ||||
| 2223 | void TypeSystemClang::SetFunctionParameters( | |||
| 2224 | FunctionDecl *function_decl, llvm::ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> params) { | |||
| 2225 | if (function_decl) | |||
| 2226 | function_decl->setParams(params); | |||
| 2227 | } | |||
| 2228 | ||||
| 2229 | CompilerType | |||
| 2230 | TypeSystemClang::CreateBlockPointerType(const CompilerType &function_type) { | |||
| 2231 | QualType block_type = m_ast_up->getBlockPointerType( | |||
| 2232 | clang::QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(function_type.GetOpaqueQualType())); | |||
| 2233 | ||||
| 2234 | return GetType(block_type); | |||
| 2235 | } | |||
| 2236 | ||||
| 2237 | #pragma mark Array Types | |||
| 2238 | ||||
| 2239 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::CreateArrayType(const CompilerType &element_type, | |||
| 2240 | size_t element_count, | |||
| 2241 | bool is_vector) { | |||
| 2242 | if (element_type.IsValid()) { | |||
| 2243 | ASTContext &ast = getASTContext(); | |||
| 2244 | ||||
| 2245 | if (is_vector) { | |||
| 2246 | return GetType(ast.getExtVectorType(ClangUtil::GetQualType(element_type), | |||
| 2247 | element_count)); | |||
| 2248 | } else { | |||
| 2249 | ||||
| 2250 | llvm::APInt ap_element_count(64, element_count); | |||
| 2251 | if (element_count == 0) { | |||
| 2252 | return GetType(ast.getIncompleteArrayType( | |||
| 2253 | ClangUtil::GetQualType(element_type), clang::ArrayType::Normal, 0)); | |||
| 2254 | } else { | |||
| 2255 | return GetType(ast.getConstantArrayType( | |||
| 2256 | ClangUtil::GetQualType(element_type), ap_element_count, nullptr, | |||
| 2257 | clang::ArrayType::Normal, 0)); | |||
| 2258 | } | |||
| 2259 | } | |||
| 2260 | } | |||
| 2261 | return CompilerType(); | |||
| 2262 | } | |||
| 2263 | ||||
| 2264 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::CreateStructForIdentifier( | |||
| 2265 | ConstString type_name, | |||
| 2266 | const std::initializer_list<std::pair<const char *, CompilerType>> | |||
| 2267 | &type_fields, | |||
| 2268 | bool packed) { | |||
| 2269 | CompilerType type; | |||
| 2270 | if (!type_name.IsEmpty() && | |||
| 2271 | (type = GetTypeForIdentifier<clang::CXXRecordDecl>(type_name)) | |||
| 2272 | .IsValid()) { | |||
| 2273 | lldbassert(0 && "Trying to create a type for an existing name")lldb_private::lldb_assert(static_cast<bool>(0 && "Trying to create a type for an existing name"), "0 && \"Trying to create a type for an existing name\"" , __FUNCTION__, "/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/liblldbPluginTypeSystem/../../../llvm/lldb/source/Plugins/TypeSystem/Clang/TypeSystemClang.cpp" , 2273); | |||
| 2274 | return type; | |||
| 2275 | } | |||
| 2276 | ||||
| 2277 | type = CreateRecordType(nullptr, OptionalClangModuleID(), lldb::eAccessPublic, | |||
| 2278 | type_name.GetCString(), clang::TTK_Struct, | |||
| 2279 | lldb::eLanguageTypeC); | |||
| 2280 | StartTagDeclarationDefinition(type); | |||
| 2281 | for (const auto &field : type_fields) | |||
| 2282 | AddFieldToRecordType(type, field.first, field.second, lldb::eAccessPublic, | |||
| 2283 | 0); | |||
| 2284 | if (packed) | |||
| 2285 | SetIsPacked(type); | |||
| 2286 | CompleteTagDeclarationDefinition(type); | |||
| 2287 | return type; | |||
| 2288 | } | |||
| 2289 | ||||
| 2290 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::GetOrCreateStructForIdentifier( | |||
| 2291 | ConstString type_name, | |||
| 2292 | const std::initializer_list<std::pair<const char *, CompilerType>> | |||
| 2293 | &type_fields, | |||
| 2294 | bool packed) { | |||
| 2295 | CompilerType type; | |||
| 2296 | if ((type = GetTypeForIdentifier<clang::CXXRecordDecl>(type_name)).IsValid()) | |||
| 2297 | return type; | |||
| 2298 | ||||
| 2299 | return CreateStructForIdentifier(type_name, type_fields, packed); | |||
| 2300 | } | |||
| 2301 | ||||
| 2302 | #pragma mark Enumeration Types | |||
| 2303 | ||||
| 2304 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::CreateEnumerationType( | |||
| 2305 | const char *name, clang::DeclContext *decl_ctx, | |||
| 2306 | OptionalClangModuleID owning_module, const Declaration &decl, | |||
| 2307 | const CompilerType &integer_clang_type, bool is_scoped) { | |||
| 2308 | // TODO: Do something intelligent with the Declaration object passed in | |||
| 2309 | // like maybe filling in the SourceLocation with it... | |||
| 2310 | ASTContext &ast = getASTContext(); | |||
| 2311 | ||||
| 2312 | // TODO: ask about these... | |||
| 2313 | // const bool IsFixed = false; | |||
| 2314 | EnumDecl *enum_decl = EnumDecl::CreateDeserialized(ast, 0); | |||
| 2315 | enum_decl->setDeclContext(decl_ctx); | |||
| 2316 | if (name && name[0]) | |||
| 2317 | enum_decl->setDeclName(&ast.Idents.get(name)); | |||
| 2318 | enum_decl->setScoped(is_scoped); | |||
| 2319 | enum_decl->setScopedUsingClassTag(is_scoped); | |||
| 2320 | enum_decl->setFixed(false); | |||
| 2321 | SetOwningModule(enum_decl, owning_module); | |||
| 2322 | if (enum_decl) { | |||
| 2323 | if (decl_ctx) | |||
| 2324 | decl_ctx->addDecl(enum_decl); | |||
| 2325 | ||||
| 2326 | // TODO: check if we should be setting the promotion type too? | |||
| 2327 | enum_decl->setIntegerType(ClangUtil::GetQualType(integer_clang_type)); | |||
| 2328 | ||||
| 2329 | enum_decl->setAccess(AS_public); // TODO respect what's in the debug info | |||
| 2330 | ||||
| 2331 | return GetType(ast.getTagDeclType(enum_decl)); | |||
| 2332 | } | |||
| 2333 | return CompilerType(); | |||
| 2334 | } | |||
| 2335 | ||||
| 2336 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::GetIntTypeFromBitSize(size_t bit_size, | |||
| 2337 | bool is_signed) { | |||
| 2338 | clang::ASTContext &ast = getASTContext(); | |||
| 2339 | ||||
| 2340 | if (is_signed) { | |||
| 2341 | if (bit_size == ast.getTypeSize(ast.SignedCharTy)) | |||
| 2342 | return GetType(ast.SignedCharTy); | |||
| 2343 | ||||
| 2344 | if (bit_size == ast.getTypeSize(ast.ShortTy)) | |||
| 2345 | return GetType(ast.ShortTy); | |||
| 2346 | ||||
| 2347 | if (bit_size == ast.getTypeSize(ast.IntTy)) | |||
| 2348 | return GetType(ast.IntTy); | |||
| 2349 | ||||
| 2350 | if (bit_size == ast.getTypeSize(ast.LongTy)) | |||
| 2351 | return GetType(ast.LongTy); | |||
| 2352 | ||||
| 2353 | if (bit_size == ast.getTypeSize(ast.LongLongTy)) | |||
| 2354 | return GetType(ast.LongLongTy); | |||
| 2355 | ||||
| 2356 | if (bit_size == ast.getTypeSize(ast.Int128Ty)) | |||
| 2357 | return GetType(ast.Int128Ty); | |||
| 2358 | } else { | |||
| 2359 | if (bit_size == ast.getTypeSize(ast.UnsignedCharTy)) | |||
| 2360 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedCharTy); | |||
| 2361 | ||||
| 2362 | if (bit_size == ast.getTypeSize(ast.UnsignedShortTy)) | |||
| 2363 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedShortTy); | |||
| 2364 | ||||
| 2365 | if (bit_size == ast.getTypeSize(ast.UnsignedIntTy)) | |||
| 2366 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedIntTy); | |||
| 2367 | ||||
| 2368 | if (bit_size == ast.getTypeSize(ast.UnsignedLongTy)) | |||
| 2369 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedLongTy); | |||
| 2370 | ||||
| 2371 | if (bit_size == ast.getTypeSize(ast.UnsignedLongLongTy)) | |||
| 2372 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedLongLongTy); | |||
| 2373 | ||||
| 2374 | if (bit_size == ast.getTypeSize(ast.UnsignedInt128Ty)) | |||
| 2375 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedInt128Ty); | |||
| 2376 | } | |||
| 2377 | return CompilerType(); | |||
| 2378 | } | |||
| 2379 | ||||
| 2380 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::GetPointerSizedIntType(bool is_signed) { | |||
| 2381 | return GetIntTypeFromBitSize( | |||
| 2382 | getASTContext().getTypeSize(getASTContext().VoidPtrTy), is_signed); | |||
| 2383 | } | |||
| 2384 | ||||
| 2385 | void TypeSystemClang::DumpDeclContextHiearchy(clang::DeclContext *decl_ctx) { | |||
| 2386 | if (decl_ctx) { | |||
| 2387 | DumpDeclContextHiearchy(decl_ctx->getParent()); | |||
| 2388 | ||||
| 2389 | clang::NamedDecl *named_decl = llvm::dyn_cast<clang::NamedDecl>(decl_ctx); | |||
| 2390 | if (named_decl) { | |||
| 2391 | printf("%20s: %s\n", decl_ctx->getDeclKindName(), | |||
| 2392 | named_decl->getDeclName().getAsString().c_str()); | |||
| 2393 | } else { | |||
| 2394 | printf("%20s\n", decl_ctx->getDeclKindName()); | |||
| 2395 | } | |||
| 2396 | } | |||
| 2397 | } | |||
| 2398 | ||||
| 2399 | void TypeSystemClang::DumpDeclHiearchy(clang::Decl *decl) { | |||
| 2400 | if (decl == nullptr) | |||
| 2401 | return; | |||
| 2402 | DumpDeclContextHiearchy(decl->getDeclContext()); | |||
| 2403 | ||||
| 2404 | clang::RecordDecl *record_decl = llvm::dyn_cast<clang::RecordDecl>(decl); | |||
| 2405 | if (record_decl) { | |||
| 2406 | printf("%20s: %s%s\n", decl->getDeclKindName(), | |||
| 2407 | record_decl->getDeclName().getAsString().c_str(), | |||
| 2408 | record_decl->isInjectedClassName() ? " (injected class name)" : ""); | |||
| 2409 | ||||
| 2410 | } else { | |||
| 2411 | clang::NamedDecl *named_decl = llvm::dyn_cast<clang::NamedDecl>(decl); | |||
| 2412 | if (named_decl) { | |||
| 2413 | printf("%20s: %s\n", decl->getDeclKindName(), | |||
| 2414 | named_decl->getDeclName().getAsString().c_str()); | |||
| 2415 | } else { | |||
| 2416 | printf("%20s\n", decl->getDeclKindName()); | |||
| 2417 | } | |||
| 2418 | } | |||
| 2419 | } | |||
| 2420 | ||||
| 2421 | bool TypeSystemClang::DeclsAreEquivalent(clang::Decl *lhs_decl, | |||
| 2422 | clang::Decl *rhs_decl) { | |||
| 2423 | if (lhs_decl && rhs_decl) { | |||
| 2424 | // Make sure the decl kinds match first | |||
| 2425 | const clang::Decl::Kind lhs_decl_kind = lhs_decl->getKind(); | |||
| 2426 | const clang::Decl::Kind rhs_decl_kind = rhs_decl->getKind(); | |||
| 2427 | ||||
| 2428 | if (lhs_decl_kind == rhs_decl_kind) { | |||
| 2429 | // Now check that the decl contexts kinds are all equivalent before we | |||
| 2430 | // have to check any names of the decl contexts... | |||
| 2431 | clang::DeclContext *lhs_decl_ctx = lhs_decl->getDeclContext(); | |||
| 2432 | clang::DeclContext *rhs_decl_ctx = rhs_decl->getDeclContext(); | |||
| 2433 | if (lhs_decl_ctx && rhs_decl_ctx) { | |||
| 2434 | while (true) { | |||
| 2435 | if (lhs_decl_ctx && rhs_decl_ctx) { | |||
| 2436 | const clang::Decl::Kind lhs_decl_ctx_kind = | |||
| 2437 | lhs_decl_ctx->getDeclKind(); | |||
| 2438 | const clang::Decl::Kind rhs_decl_ctx_kind = | |||
| 2439 | rhs_decl_ctx->getDeclKind(); | |||
| 2440 | if (lhs_decl_ctx_kind == rhs_decl_ctx_kind) { | |||
| 2441 | lhs_decl_ctx = lhs_decl_ctx->getParent(); | |||
| 2442 | rhs_decl_ctx = rhs_decl_ctx->getParent(); | |||
| 2443 | ||||
| 2444 | if (lhs_decl_ctx == nullptr && rhs_decl_ctx == nullptr) | |||
| 2445 | break; | |||
| 2446 | } else | |||
| 2447 | return false; | |||
| 2448 | } else | |||
| 2449 | return false; | |||
| 2450 | } | |||
| 2451 | ||||
| 2452 | // Now make sure the name of the decls match | |||
| 2453 | clang::NamedDecl *lhs_named_decl = | |||
| 2454 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::NamedDecl>(lhs_decl); | |||
| 2455 | clang::NamedDecl *rhs_named_decl = | |||
| 2456 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::NamedDecl>(rhs_decl); | |||
| 2457 | if (lhs_named_decl && rhs_named_decl) { | |||
| 2458 | clang::DeclarationName lhs_decl_name = lhs_named_decl->getDeclName(); | |||
| 2459 | clang::DeclarationName rhs_decl_name = rhs_named_decl->getDeclName(); | |||
| 2460 | if (lhs_decl_name.getNameKind() == rhs_decl_name.getNameKind()) { | |||
| 2461 | if (lhs_decl_name.getAsString() != rhs_decl_name.getAsString()) | |||
| 2462 | return false; | |||
| 2463 | } else | |||
| 2464 | return false; | |||
| 2465 | } else | |||
| 2466 | return false; | |||
| 2467 | ||||
| 2468 | // We know that the decl context kinds all match, so now we need to | |||
| 2469 | // make sure the names match as well | |||
| 2470 | lhs_decl_ctx = lhs_decl->getDeclContext(); | |||
| 2471 | rhs_decl_ctx = rhs_decl->getDeclContext(); | |||
| 2472 | while (true) { | |||
| 2473 | switch (lhs_decl_ctx->getDeclKind()) { | |||
| 2474 | case clang::Decl::TranslationUnit: | |||
| 2475 | // We don't care about the translation unit names | |||
| 2476 | return true; | |||
| 2477 | default: { | |||
| 2478 | clang::NamedDecl *lhs_named_decl = | |||
| 2479 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::NamedDecl>(lhs_decl_ctx); | |||
| 2480 | clang::NamedDecl *rhs_named_decl = | |||
| 2481 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::NamedDecl>(rhs_decl_ctx); | |||
| 2482 | if (lhs_named_decl && rhs_named_decl) { | |||
| 2483 | clang::DeclarationName lhs_decl_name = | |||
| 2484 | lhs_named_decl->getDeclName(); | |||
| 2485 | clang::DeclarationName rhs_decl_name = | |||
| 2486 | rhs_named_decl->getDeclName(); | |||
| 2487 | if (lhs_decl_name.getNameKind() == rhs_decl_name.getNameKind()) { | |||
| 2488 | if (lhs_decl_name.getAsString() != rhs_decl_name.getAsString()) | |||
| 2489 | return false; | |||
| 2490 | } else | |||
| 2491 | return false; | |||
| 2492 | } else | |||
| 2493 | return false; | |||
| 2494 | } break; | |||
| 2495 | } | |||
| 2496 | lhs_decl_ctx = lhs_decl_ctx->getParent(); | |||
| 2497 | rhs_decl_ctx = rhs_decl_ctx->getParent(); | |||
| 2498 | } | |||
| 2499 | } | |||
| 2500 | } | |||
| 2501 | } | |||
| 2502 | return false; | |||
| 2503 | } | |||
| 2504 | bool TypeSystemClang::GetCompleteDecl(clang::ASTContext *ast, | |||
| 2505 | clang::Decl *decl) { | |||
| 2506 | if (!decl) | |||
| 2507 | return false; | |||
| 2508 | ||||
| 2509 | ExternalASTSource *ast_source = ast->getExternalSource(); | |||
| 2510 | ||||
| 2511 | if (!ast_source) | |||
| 2512 | return false; | |||
| 2513 | ||||
| 2514 | if (clang::TagDecl *tag_decl = llvm::dyn_cast<clang::TagDecl>(decl)) { | |||
| 2515 | if (tag_decl->isCompleteDefinition()) | |||
| 2516 | return true; | |||
| 2517 | ||||
| 2518 | if (!tag_decl->hasExternalLexicalStorage()) | |||
| 2519 | return false; | |||
| 2520 | ||||
| 2521 | ast_source->CompleteType(tag_decl); | |||
| 2522 | ||||
| 2523 | return !tag_decl->getTypeForDecl()->isIncompleteType(); | |||
| 2524 | } else if (clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *objc_interface_decl = | |||
| 2525 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl>(decl)) { | |||
| 2526 | if (objc_interface_decl->getDefinition()) | |||
| 2527 | return true; | |||
| 2528 | ||||
| 2529 | if (!objc_interface_decl->hasExternalLexicalStorage()) | |||
| 2530 | return false; | |||
| 2531 | ||||
| 2532 | ast_source->CompleteType(objc_interface_decl); | |||
| 2533 | ||||
| 2534 | return !objc_interface_decl->getTypeForDecl()->isIncompleteType(); | |||
| 2535 | } else { | |||
| 2536 | return false; | |||
| 2537 | } | |||
| 2538 | } | |||
| 2539 | ||||
| 2540 | void TypeSystemClang::SetMetadataAsUserID(const clang::Decl *decl, | |||
| 2541 | user_id_t user_id) { | |||
| 2542 | ClangASTMetadata meta_data; | |||
| 2543 | meta_data.SetUserID(user_id); | |||
| 2544 | SetMetadata(decl, meta_data); | |||
| 2545 | } | |||
| 2546 | ||||
| 2547 | void TypeSystemClang::SetMetadataAsUserID(const clang::Type *type, | |||
| 2548 | user_id_t user_id) { | |||
| 2549 | ClangASTMetadata meta_data; | |||
| 2550 | meta_data.SetUserID(user_id); | |||
| 2551 | SetMetadata(type, meta_data); | |||
| 2552 | } | |||
| 2553 | ||||
| 2554 | void TypeSystemClang::SetMetadata(const clang::Decl *object, | |||
| 2555 | ClangASTMetadata &metadata) { | |||
| 2556 | m_decl_metadata[object] = metadata; | |||
| 2557 | } | |||
| 2558 | ||||
| 2559 | void TypeSystemClang::SetMetadata(const clang::Type *object, | |||
| 2560 | ClangASTMetadata &metadata) { | |||
| 2561 | m_type_metadata[object] = metadata; | |||
| 2562 | } | |||
| 2563 | ||||
| 2564 | ClangASTMetadata *TypeSystemClang::GetMetadata(const clang::Decl *object) { | |||
| 2565 | auto It = m_decl_metadata.find(object); | |||
| 2566 | if (It != m_decl_metadata.end()) | |||
| 2567 | return &It->second; | |||
| 2568 | return nullptr; | |||
| 2569 | } | |||
| 2570 | ||||
| 2571 | ClangASTMetadata *TypeSystemClang::GetMetadata(const clang::Type *object) { | |||
| 2572 | auto It = m_type_metadata.find(object); | |||
| 2573 | if (It != m_type_metadata.end()) | |||
| 2574 | return &It->second; | |||
| 2575 | return nullptr; | |||
| 2576 | } | |||
| 2577 | ||||
| 2578 | clang::DeclContext * | |||
| 2579 | TypeSystemClang::GetDeclContextForType(const CompilerType &type) { | |||
| 2580 | return GetDeclContextForType(ClangUtil::GetQualType(type)); | |||
| 2581 | } | |||
| 2582 | ||||
| 2583 | /// Aggressively desugar the provided type, skipping past various kinds of | |||
| 2584 | /// syntactic sugar and other constructs one typically wants to ignore. | |||
| 2585 | /// The \p mask argument allows one to skip certain kinds of simplifications, | |||
| 2586 | /// when one wishes to handle a certain kind of type directly. | |||
| 2587 | static QualType | |||
| 2588 | RemoveWrappingTypes(QualType type, ArrayRef<clang::Type::TypeClass> mask = {}) { | |||
| 2589 | while (true) { | |||
| 2590 | if (find(mask, type->getTypeClass()) != mask.end()) | |||
| 2591 | return type; | |||
| 2592 | switch (type->getTypeClass()) { | |||
| 2593 | // This is not fully correct as _Atomic is more than sugar, but it is | |||
| 2594 | // sufficient for the purposes we care about. | |||
| 2595 | case clang::Type::Atomic: | |||
| 2596 | type = cast<clang::AtomicType>(type)->getValueType(); | |||
| 2597 | break; | |||
| 2598 | case clang::Type::Auto: | |||
| 2599 | case clang::Type::Decltype: | |||
| 2600 | case clang::Type::Elaborated: | |||
| 2601 | case clang::Type::Paren: | |||
| 2602 | case clang::Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm: | |||
| 2603 | case clang::Type::TemplateSpecialization: | |||
| 2604 | case clang::Type::Typedef: | |||
| 2605 | case clang::Type::TypeOf: | |||
| 2606 | case clang::Type::TypeOfExpr: | |||
| 2607 | type = type->getLocallyUnqualifiedSingleStepDesugaredType(); | |||
| 2608 | break; | |||
| 2609 | default: | |||
| 2610 | return type; | |||
| 2611 | } | |||
| 2612 | } | |||
| 2613 | } | |||
| 2614 | ||||
| 2615 | clang::DeclContext * | |||
| 2616 | TypeSystemClang::GetDeclContextForType(clang::QualType type) { | |||
| 2617 | if (type.isNull()) | |||
| 2618 | return nullptr; | |||
| 2619 | ||||
| 2620 | clang::QualType qual_type = RemoveWrappingTypes(type.getCanonicalType()); | |||
| 2621 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | |||
| 2622 | switch (type_class) { | |||
| 2623 | case clang::Type::ObjCInterface: | |||
| 2624 | return llvm::cast<clang::ObjCObjectType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()) | |||
| 2625 | ->getInterface(); | |||
| 2626 | case clang::Type::ObjCObjectPointer: | |||
| 2627 | return GetDeclContextForType( | |||
| 2628 | llvm::cast<clang::ObjCObjectPointerType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()) | |||
| 2629 | ->getPointeeType()); | |||
| 2630 | case clang::Type::Record: | |||
| 2631 | return llvm::cast<clang::RecordType>(qual_type)->getDecl(); | |||
| 2632 | case clang::Type::Enum: | |||
| 2633 | return llvm::cast<clang::EnumType>(qual_type)->getDecl(); | |||
| 2634 | default: | |||
| 2635 | break; | |||
| 2636 | } | |||
| 2637 | // No DeclContext in this type... | |||
| 2638 | return nullptr; | |||
| 2639 | } | |||
| 2640 | ||||
| 2641 | static bool GetCompleteQualType(clang::ASTContext *ast, | |||
| 2642 | clang::QualType qual_type, | |||
| 2643 | bool allow_completion = true) { | |||
| 2644 | qual_type = RemoveWrappingTypes(qual_type); | |||
| 2645 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | |||
| 2646 | switch (type_class) { | |||
| 2647 | case clang::Type::ConstantArray: | |||
| 2648 | case clang::Type::IncompleteArray: | |||
| 2649 | case clang::Type::VariableArray: { | |||
| 2650 | const clang::ArrayType *array_type = | |||
| 2651 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ArrayType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
| 2652 | ||||
| 2653 | if (array_type) | |||
| 2654 | return GetCompleteQualType(ast, array_type->getElementType(), | |||
| 2655 | allow_completion); | |||
| 2656 | } break; | |||
| 2657 | case clang::Type::Record: { | |||
| 2658 | clang::CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl = qual_type->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | |||
| 2659 | if (cxx_record_decl) { | |||
| 2660 | if (cxx_record_decl->hasExternalLexicalStorage()) { | |||
| 2661 | const bool is_complete = cxx_record_decl->isCompleteDefinition(); | |||
| 2662 | const bool fields_loaded = | |||
| 2663 | cxx_record_decl->hasLoadedFieldsFromExternalStorage(); | |||
| 2664 | if (is_complete && fields_loaded) | |||
| 2665 | return true; | |||
| 2666 | ||||
| 2667 | if (!allow_completion) | |||
| 2668 | return false; | |||
| 2669 | ||||
| 2670 | // Call the field_begin() accessor to for it to use the external source | |||
| 2671 | // to load the fields... | |||
| 2672 | clang::ExternalASTSource *external_ast_source = | |||
| 2673 | ast->getExternalSource(); | |||
| 2674 | if (external_ast_source) { | |||
| 2675 | external_ast_source->CompleteType(cxx_record_decl); | |||
| 2676 | if (cxx_record_decl->isCompleteDefinition()) { | |||
| 2677 | cxx_record_decl->field_begin(); | |||
| 2678 | cxx_record_decl->setHasLoadedFieldsFromExternalStorage(true); | |||
| 2679 | } | |||
| 2680 | } | |||
| 2681 | } | |||
| 2682 | } | |||
| 2683 | const clang::TagType *tag_type = | |||
| 2684 | llvm::cast<clang::TagType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
| 2685 | return !tag_type->isIncompleteType(); | |||
| 2686 | } break; | |||
| 2687 | ||||
| 2688 | case clang::Type::Enum: { | |||
| 2689 | const clang::TagType *tag_type = | |||
| 2690 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::TagType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
| 2691 | if (tag_type) { | |||
| 2692 | clang::TagDecl *tag_decl = tag_type->getDecl(); | |||
| 2693 | if (tag_decl) { | |||
| 2694 | if (tag_decl->getDefinition()) | |||
| 2695 | return true; | |||
| 2696 | ||||
| 2697 | if (!allow_completion) | |||
| 2698 | return false; | |||
| 2699 | ||||
| 2700 | if (tag_decl->hasExternalLexicalStorage()) { | |||
| 2701 | if (ast) { | |||
| 2702 | clang::ExternalASTSource *external_ast_source = | |||
| 2703 | ast->getExternalSource(); | |||
| 2704 | if (external_ast_source) { | |||
| 2705 | external_ast_source->CompleteType(tag_decl); | |||
| 2706 | return !tag_type->isIncompleteType(); | |||
| 2707 | } | |||
| 2708 | } | |||
| 2709 | } | |||
| 2710 | return false; | |||
| 2711 | } | |||
| 2712 | } | |||
| 2713 | ||||
| 2714 | } break; | |||
| 2715 | case clang::Type::ObjCObject: | |||
| 2716 | case clang::Type::ObjCInterface: { | |||
| 2717 | const clang::ObjCObjectType *objc_class_type = | |||
| 2718 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ObjCObjectType>(qual_type); | |||
| 2719 | if (objc_class_type) { | |||
| 2720 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl = | |||
| 2721 | objc_class_type->getInterface(); | |||
| 2722 | // We currently can't complete objective C types through the newly added | |||
| 2723 | // ASTContext because it only supports TagDecl objects right now... | |||
| 2724 | if (class_interface_decl) { | |||
| 2725 | if (class_interface_decl->getDefinition()) | |||
| 2726 | return true; | |||
| 2727 | ||||
| 2728 | if (!allow_completion) | |||
| 2729 | return false; | |||
| 2730 | ||||
| 2731 | if (class_interface_decl->hasExternalLexicalStorage()) { | |||
| 2732 | if (ast) { | |||
| 2733 | clang::ExternalASTSource *external_ast_source = | |||
| 2734 | ast->getExternalSource(); | |||
| 2735 | if (external_ast_source) { | |||
| 2736 | external_ast_source->CompleteType(class_interface_decl); | |||
| 2737 | return !objc_class_type->isIncompleteType(); | |||
| 2738 | } | |||
| 2739 | } | |||
| 2740 | } | |||
| 2741 | return false; | |||
| 2742 | } | |||
| 2743 | } | |||
| 2744 | } break; | |||
| 2745 | ||||
| 2746 | case clang::Type::Attributed: | |||
| 2747 | return GetCompleteQualType( | |||
| 2748 | ast, llvm::cast<clang::AttributedType>(qual_type)->getModifiedType(), | |||
| 2749 | allow_completion); | |||
| 2750 | ||||
| 2751 | default: | |||
| 2752 | break; | |||
| 2753 | } | |||
| 2754 | ||||
| 2755 | return true; | |||
| 2756 | } | |||
| 2757 | ||||
| 2758 | static clang::ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl | |||
| 2759 | ConvertAccessTypeToObjCIvarAccessControl(AccessType access) { | |||
| 2760 | switch (access) { | |||
| 2761 | case eAccessNone: | |||
| 2762 | return clang::ObjCIvarDecl::None; | |||
| 2763 | case eAccessPublic: | |||
| 2764 | return clang::ObjCIvarDecl::Public; | |||
| 2765 | case eAccessPrivate: | |||
| 2766 | return clang::ObjCIvarDecl::Private; | |||
| 2767 | case eAccessProtected: | |||
| 2768 | return clang::ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; | |||
| 2769 | case eAccessPackage: | |||
| 2770 | return clang::ObjCIvarDecl::Package; | |||
| 2771 | } | |||
| 2772 | return clang::ObjCIvarDecl::None; | |||
| 2773 | } | |||
| 2774 | ||||
| 2775 | // Tests | |||
| 2776 | ||||
| 2777 | #ifndef NDEBUG1 | |||
| 2778 | bool TypeSystemClang::Verify(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
| 2779 | return !type || llvm::isa<clang::Type>(GetQualType(type).getTypePtr()); | |||
| 2780 | } | |||
| 2781 | #endif | |||
| 2782 | ||||
| 2783 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsAggregateType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
| 2784 | clang::QualType qual_type(RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type))); | |||
| 2785 | ||||
| 2786 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | |||
| 2787 | switch (type_class) { | |||
| 2788 | case clang::Type::IncompleteArray: | |||
| 2789 | case clang::Type::VariableArray: | |||
| 2790 | case clang::Type::ConstantArray: | |||
| 2791 | case clang::Type::ExtVector: | |||
| 2792 | case clang::Type::Vector: | |||
| 2793 | case clang::Type::Record: | |||
| 2794 | case clang::Type::ObjCObject: | |||
| 2795 | case clang::Type::ObjCInterface: | |||
| 2796 | return true; | |||
| 2797 | default: | |||
| 2798 | break; | |||
| 2799 | } | |||
| 2800 | // The clang type does have a value | |||
| 2801 | return false; | |||
| 2802 | } | |||
| 2803 | ||||
| 2804 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsAnonymousType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
| 2805 | clang::QualType qual_type(RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type))); | |||
| 2806 | ||||
| 2807 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | |||
| 2808 | switch (type_class) { | |||
| 2809 | case clang::Type::Record: { | |||
| 2810 | if (const clang::RecordType *record_type = | |||
| 2811 | llvm::dyn_cast_or_null<clang::RecordType>( | |||
| 2812 | qual_type.getTypePtrOrNull())) { | |||
| 2813 | if (const clang::RecordDecl *record_decl = record_type->getDecl()) { | |||
| 2814 | return record_decl->isAnonymousStructOrUnion(); | |||
| 2815 | } | |||
| 2816 | } | |||
| 2817 | break; | |||
| 2818 | } | |||
| 2819 | default: | |||
| 2820 | break; | |||
| 2821 | } | |||
| 2822 | // The clang type does have a value | |||
| 2823 | return false; | |||
| 2824 | } | |||
| 2825 | ||||
| 2826 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsArrayType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | |||
| 2827 | CompilerType *element_type_ptr, | |||
| 2828 | uint64_t *size, bool *is_incomplete) { | |||
| 2829 | clang::QualType qual_type(RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type))); | |||
| 2830 | ||||
| 2831 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | |||
| 2832 | switch (type_class) { | |||
| 2833 | default: | |||
| 2834 | break; | |||
| 2835 | ||||
| 2836 | case clang::Type::ConstantArray: | |||
| 2837 | if (element_type_ptr) | |||
| 2838 | element_type_ptr->SetCompilerType( | |||
| 2839 | this, llvm::cast<clang::ConstantArrayType>(qual_type) | |||
| 2840 | ->getElementType() | |||
| 2841 | .getAsOpaquePtr()); | |||
| 2842 | if (size) | |||
| 2843 | *size = llvm::cast<clang::ConstantArrayType>(qual_type) | |||
| 2844 | ->getSize() | |||
| 2845 | .getLimitedValue(ULLONG_MAX(9223372036854775807LL*2ULL+1ULL)); | |||
| 2846 | if (is_incomplete) | |||
| 2847 | *is_incomplete = false; | |||
| 2848 | return true; | |||
| 2849 | ||||
| 2850 | case clang::Type::IncompleteArray: | |||
| 2851 | if (element_type_ptr) | |||
| 2852 | element_type_ptr->SetCompilerType( | |||
| 2853 | this, llvm::cast<clang::IncompleteArrayType>(qual_type) | |||
| 2854 | ->getElementType() | |||
| 2855 | .getAsOpaquePtr()); | |||
| 2856 | if (size) | |||
| 2857 | *size = 0; | |||
| 2858 | if (is_incomplete) | |||
| 2859 | *is_incomplete = true; | |||
| 2860 | return true; | |||
| 2861 | ||||
| 2862 | case clang::Type::VariableArray: | |||
| 2863 | if (element_type_ptr) | |||
| 2864 | element_type_ptr->SetCompilerType( | |||
| 2865 | this, llvm::cast<clang::VariableArrayType>(qual_type) | |||
| 2866 | ->getElementType() | |||
| 2867 | .getAsOpaquePtr()); | |||
| 2868 | if (size) | |||
| 2869 | *size = 0; | |||
| 2870 | if (is_incomplete) | |||
| 2871 | *is_incomplete = false; | |||
| 2872 | return true; | |||
| 2873 | ||||
| 2874 | case clang::Type::DependentSizedArray: | |||
| 2875 | if (element_type_ptr) | |||
| 2876 | element_type_ptr->SetCompilerType( | |||
| 2877 | this, llvm::cast<clang::DependentSizedArrayType>(qual_type) | |||
| 2878 | ->getElementType() | |||
| 2879 | .getAsOpaquePtr()); | |||
| 2880 | if (size) | |||
| 2881 | *size = 0; | |||
| 2882 | if (is_incomplete) | |||
| 2883 | *is_incomplete = false; | |||
| 2884 | return true; | |||
| 2885 | } | |||
| 2886 | if (element_type_ptr) | |||
| 2887 | element_type_ptr->Clear(); | |||
| 2888 | if (size) | |||
| 2889 | *size = 0; | |||
| 2890 | if (is_incomplete) | |||
| 2891 | *is_incomplete = false; | |||
| 2892 | return false; | |||
| 2893 | } | |||
| 2894 | ||||
| 2895 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsVectorType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | |||
| 2896 | CompilerType *element_type, uint64_t *size) { | |||
| 2897 | clang::QualType qual_type(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | |||
| 2898 | ||||
| 2899 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | |||
| 2900 | switch (type_class) { | |||
| 2901 | case clang::Type::Vector: { | |||
| 2902 | const clang::VectorType *vector_type = | |||
| 2903 | qual_type->getAs<clang::VectorType>(); | |||
| 2904 | if (vector_type) { | |||
| 2905 | if (size) | |||
| 2906 | *size = vector_type->getNumElements(); | |||
| 2907 | if (element_type) | |||
| 2908 | *element_type = GetType(vector_type->getElementType()); | |||
| 2909 | } | |||
| 2910 | return true; | |||
| 2911 | } break; | |||
| 2912 | case clang::Type::ExtVector: { | |||
| 2913 | const clang::ExtVectorType *ext_vector_type = | |||
| 2914 | qual_type->getAs<clang::ExtVectorType>(); | |||
| 2915 | if (ext_vector_type) { | |||
| 2916 | if (size) | |||
| 2917 | *size = ext_vector_type->getNumElements(); | |||
| 2918 | if (element_type) | |||
| 2919 | *element_type = | |||
| 2920 | CompilerType(this, ext_vector_type->getElementType().getAsOpaquePtr()); | |||
| 2921 | } | |||
| 2922 | return true; | |||
| 2923 | } | |||
| 2924 | default: | |||
| 2925 | break; | |||
| 2926 | } | |||
| 2927 | return false; | |||
| 2928 | } | |||
| 2929 | ||||
| 2930 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsRuntimeGeneratedType( | |||
| 2931 | lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
| 2932 | clang::DeclContext *decl_ctx = GetDeclContextForType(GetQualType(type)); | |||
| 2933 | if (!decl_ctx) | |||
| 2934 | return false; | |||
| 2935 | ||||
| 2936 | if (!llvm::isa<clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl>(decl_ctx)) | |||
| 2937 | return false; | |||
| 2938 | ||||
| 2939 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *result_iface_decl = | |||
| 2940 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl>(decl_ctx); | |||
| 2941 | ||||
| 2942 | ClangASTMetadata *ast_metadata = GetMetadata(result_iface_decl); | |||
| 2943 | if (!ast_metadata) | |||
| 2944 | return false; | |||
| 2945 | return (ast_metadata->GetISAPtr() != 0); | |||
| 2946 | } | |||
| 2947 | ||||
| 2948 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsCharType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
| 2949 | return GetQualType(type).getUnqualifiedType()->isCharType(); | |||
| 2950 | } | |||
| 2951 | ||||
| 2952 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsCompleteType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
| 2953 | const bool allow_completion = false; | |||
| 2954 | return GetCompleteQualType(&getASTContext(), GetQualType(type), | |||
| 2955 | allow_completion); | |||
| 2956 | } | |||
| 2957 | ||||
| 2958 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsConst(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
| 2959 | return GetQualType(type).isConstQualified(); | |||
| 2960 | } | |||
| 2961 | ||||
| 2962 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsCStringType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | |||
| 2963 | uint32_t &length) { | |||
| 2964 | CompilerType pointee_or_element_clang_type; | |||
| 2965 | length = 0; | |||
| 2966 | Flags type_flags(GetTypeInfo(type, &pointee_or_element_clang_type)); | |||
| 2967 | ||||
| 2968 | if (!pointee_or_element_clang_type.IsValid()) | |||
| 2969 | return false; | |||
| 2970 | ||||
| 2971 | if (type_flags.AnySet(eTypeIsArray | eTypeIsPointer)) { | |||
| 2972 | if (pointee_or_element_clang_type.IsCharType()) { | |||
| 2973 | if (type_flags.Test(eTypeIsArray)) { | |||
| 2974 | // We know the size of the array and it could be a C string since it is | |||
| 2975 | // an array of characters | |||
| 2976 | length = llvm::cast<clang::ConstantArrayType>( | |||
| 2977 | GetCanonicalQualType(type).getTypePtr()) | |||
| 2978 | ->getSize() | |||
| 2979 | .getLimitedValue(); | |||
| 2980 | } | |||
| 2981 | return true; | |||
| 2982 | } | |||
| 2983 | } | |||
| 2984 | return false; | |||
| 2985 | } | |||
| 2986 | ||||
| 2987 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsFunctionType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
| 2988 | if (type) { | |||
| 2989 | clang::QualType qual_type = RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | |||
| 2990 | ||||
| 2991 | if (qual_type->isFunctionType()) { | |||
| 2992 | return true; | |||
| 2993 | } | |||
| 2994 | ||||
| 2995 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | |||
| 2996 | switch (type_class) { | |||
| 2997 | default: | |||
| 2998 | break; | |||
| 2999 | case clang::Type::LValueReference: | |||
| 3000 | case clang::Type::RValueReference: { | |||
| 3001 | const clang::ReferenceType *reference_type = | |||
| 3002 | llvm::cast<clang::ReferenceType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
| 3003 | if (reference_type) | |||
| 3004 | return IsFunctionType( | |||
| 3005 | reference_type->getPointeeType().getAsOpaquePtr()); | |||
| 3006 | } break; | |||
| 3007 | } | |||
| 3008 | } | |||
| 3009 | return false; | |||
| 3010 | } | |||
| 3011 | ||||
| 3012 | // Used to detect "Homogeneous Floating-point Aggregates" | |||
| 3013 | uint32_t | |||
| 3014 | TypeSystemClang::IsHomogeneousAggregate(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | |||
| 3015 | CompilerType *base_type_ptr) { | |||
| 3016 | if (!type) | |||
| 3017 | return 0; | |||
| 3018 | ||||
| 3019 | clang::QualType qual_type(RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type))); | |||
| 3020 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | |||
| 3021 | switch (type_class) { | |||
| 3022 | case clang::Type::Record: | |||
| 3023 | if (GetCompleteType(type)) { | |||
| 3024 | const clang::CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl = | |||
| 3025 | qual_type->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | |||
| 3026 | if (cxx_record_decl) { | |||
| 3027 | if (cxx_record_decl->getNumBases() || cxx_record_decl->isDynamicClass()) | |||
| 3028 | return 0; | |||
| 3029 | } | |||
| 3030 | const clang::RecordType *record_type = | |||
| 3031 | llvm::cast<clang::RecordType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
| 3032 | if (record_type) { | |||
| 3033 | const clang::RecordDecl *record_decl = record_type->getDecl(); | |||
| 3034 | if (record_decl) { | |||
| 3035 | // We are looking for a structure that contains only floating point | |||
| 3036 | // types | |||
| 3037 | clang::RecordDecl::field_iterator field_pos, | |||
| 3038 | field_end = record_decl->field_end(); | |||
| 3039 | uint32_t num_fields = 0; | |||
| 3040 | bool is_hva = false; | |||
| 3041 | bool is_hfa = false; | |||
| 3042 | clang::QualType base_qual_type; | |||
| 3043 | uint64_t base_bitwidth = 0; | |||
| 3044 | for (field_pos = record_decl->field_begin(); field_pos != field_end; | |||
| 3045 | ++field_pos) { | |||
| 3046 | clang::QualType field_qual_type = field_pos->getType(); | |||
| 3047 | uint64_t field_bitwidth = getASTContext().getTypeSize(qual_type); | |||
| 3048 | if (field_qual_type->isFloatingType()) { | |||
| 3049 | if (field_qual_type->isComplexType()) | |||
| 3050 | return 0; | |||
| 3051 | else { | |||
| 3052 | if (num_fields == 0) | |||
| 3053 | base_qual_type = field_qual_type; | |||
| 3054 | else { | |||
| 3055 | if (is_hva) | |||
| 3056 | return 0; | |||
| 3057 | is_hfa = true; | |||
| 3058 | if (field_qual_type.getTypePtr() != | |||
| 3059 | base_qual_type.getTypePtr()) | |||
| 3060 | return 0; | |||
| 3061 | } | |||
| 3062 | } | |||
| 3063 | } else if (field_qual_type->isVectorType() || | |||
| 3064 | field_qual_type->isExtVectorType()) { | |||
| 3065 | if (num_fields == 0) { | |||
| 3066 | base_qual_type = field_qual_type; | |||
| 3067 | base_bitwidth = field_bitwidth; | |||
| 3068 | } else { | |||
| 3069 | if (is_hfa) | |||
| 3070 | return 0; | |||
| 3071 | is_hva = true; | |||
| 3072 | if (base_bitwidth != field_bitwidth) | |||
| 3073 | return 0; | |||
| 3074 | if (field_qual_type.getTypePtr() != base_qual_type.getTypePtr()) | |||
| 3075 | return 0; | |||
| 3076 | } | |||
| 3077 | } else | |||
| 3078 | return 0; | |||
| 3079 | ++num_fields; | |||
| 3080 | } | |||
| 3081 | if (base_type_ptr) | |||
| 3082 | *base_type_ptr = CompilerType(this, base_qual_type.getAsOpaquePtr()); | |||
| 3083 | return num_fields; | |||
| 3084 | } | |||
| 3085 | } | |||
| 3086 | } | |||
| 3087 | break; | |||
| 3088 | ||||
| 3089 | default: | |||
| 3090 | break; | |||
| 3091 | } | |||
| 3092 | return 0; | |||
| 3093 | } | |||
| 3094 | ||||
| 3095 | size_t TypeSystemClang::GetNumberOfFunctionArguments( | |||
| 3096 | lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
| 3097 | if (type) { | |||
| 3098 | clang::QualType qual_type(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | |||
| 3099 | const clang::FunctionProtoType *func = | |||
| 3100 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::FunctionProtoType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
| 3101 | if (func) | |||
| 3102 | return func->getNumParams(); | |||
| 3103 | } | |||
| 3104 | return 0; | |||
| 3105 | } | |||
| 3106 | ||||
| 3107 | CompilerType | |||
| 3108 | TypeSystemClang::GetFunctionArgumentAtIndex(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | |||
| 3109 | const size_t index) { | |||
| 3110 | if (type) { | |||
| 3111 | clang::QualType qual_type(GetQualType(type)); | |||
| 3112 | const clang::FunctionProtoType *func = | |||
| 3113 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::FunctionProtoType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
| 3114 | if (func) { | |||
| 3115 | if (index < func->getNumParams()) | |||
| 3116 | return CompilerType(this, func->getParamType(index).getAsOpaquePtr()); | |||
| 3117 | } | |||
| 3118 | } | |||
| 3119 | return CompilerType(); | |||
| 3120 | } | |||
| 3121 | ||||
| 3122 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsFunctionPointerType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
| 3123 | if (type) { | |||
| 3124 | clang::QualType qual_type = RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | |||
| 3125 | ||||
| 3126 | if (qual_type->isFunctionPointerType()) | |||
| 3127 | return true; | |||
| 3128 | ||||
| 3129 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | |||
| 3130 | switch (type_class) { | |||
| 3131 | default: | |||
| 3132 | break; | |||
| 3133 | ||||
| 3134 | case clang::Type::LValueReference: | |||
| 3135 | case clang::Type::RValueReference: { | |||
| 3136 | const clang::ReferenceType *reference_type = | |||
| 3137 | llvm::cast<clang::ReferenceType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
| 3138 | if (reference_type) | |||
| 3139 | return IsFunctionPointerType( | |||
| 3140 | reference_type->getPointeeType().getAsOpaquePtr()); | |||
| 3141 | } break; | |||
| 3142 | } | |||
| 3143 | } | |||
| 3144 | return false; | |||
| 3145 | } | |||
| 3146 | ||||
| 3147 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsBlockPointerType( | |||
| 3148 | lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | |||
| 3149 | CompilerType *function_pointer_type_ptr) { | |||
| 3150 | if (type) { | |||
| ||||
| 3151 | clang::QualType qual_type = RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | |||
| 3152 | ||||
| 3153 | if (qual_type->isBlockPointerType()) { | |||
| 3154 | if (function_pointer_type_ptr) { | |||
| 3155 | const clang::BlockPointerType *block_pointer_type = | |||
| 3156 | qual_type->getAs<clang::BlockPointerType>(); | |||
| 3157 | QualType pointee_type = block_pointer_type->getPointeeType(); | |||
| ||||
| 3158 | QualType function_pointer_type = m_ast_up->getPointerType(pointee_type); | |||
| 3159 | *function_pointer_type_ptr = | |||
| 3160 | CompilerType(this, function_pointer_type.getAsOpaquePtr()); | |||
| 3161 | } | |||
| 3162 | return true; | |||
| 3163 | } | |||
| 3164 | ||||
| 3165 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | |||
| 3166 | switch (type_class) { | |||
| 3167 | default: | |||
| 3168 | break; | |||
| 3169 | ||||
| 3170 | case clang::Type::LValueReference: | |||
| 3171 | case clang::Type::RValueReference: { | |||
| 3172 | const clang::ReferenceType *reference_type = | |||
| 3173 | llvm::cast<clang::ReferenceType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
| 3174 | if (reference_type) | |||
| 3175 | return IsBlockPointerType( | |||
| 3176 | reference_type->getPointeeType().getAsOpaquePtr(), | |||
| 3177 | function_pointer_type_ptr); | |||
| 3178 | } break; | |||
| 3179 | } | |||
| 3180 | } | |||
| 3181 | return false; | |||
| 3182 | } | |||
| 3183 | ||||
| 3184 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsIntegerType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | |||
| 3185 | bool &is_signed) { | |||
| 3186 | if (!type) | |||
| 3187 | return false; | |||
| 3188 | ||||
| 3189 | clang::QualType qual_type(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | |||
| 3190 | const clang::BuiltinType *builtin_type = | |||
| 3191 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::BuiltinType>(qual_type->getCanonicalTypeInternal()); | |||
| 3192 | ||||
| 3193 | if (builtin_type) { | |||
| 3194 | if (builtin_type->isInteger()) { | |||
| 3195 | is_signed = builtin_type->isSignedInteger(); | |||
| 3196 | return true; | |||
| 3197 | } | |||
| 3198 | } | |||
| 3199 | ||||
| 3200 | return false; | |||
| 3201 | } | |||
| 3202 | ||||
| 3203 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsEnumerationType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | |||
| 3204 | bool &is_signed) { | |||
| 3205 | if (type) { | |||
| 3206 | const clang::EnumType *enum_type = llvm::dyn_cast<clang::EnumType>( | |||
| 3207 | GetCanonicalQualType(type)->getCanonicalTypeInternal()); | |||
| 3208 | ||||
| 3209 | if (enum_type) { | |||
| 3210 | IsIntegerType(enum_type->getDecl()->getIntegerType().getAsOpaquePtr(), | |||
| 3211 | is_signed); | |||
| 3212 | return true; | |||
| 3213 | } | |||
| 3214 | } | |||
| 3215 | ||||
| 3216 | return false; | |||
| 3217 | } | |||
| 3218 | ||||
| 3219 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsScopedEnumerationType( | |||
| 3220 | lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
| 3221 | if (type) { | |||
| 3222 | const clang::EnumType *enum_type = llvm::dyn_cast<clang::EnumType>( | |||
| 3223 | GetCanonicalQualType(type)->getCanonicalTypeInternal()); | |||
| 3224 | ||||
| 3225 | if (enum_type) { | |||
| 3226 | return enum_type->isScopedEnumeralType(); | |||
| 3227 | } | |||
| 3228 | } | |||
| 3229 | ||||
| 3230 | return false; | |||
| 3231 | } | |||
| 3232 | ||||
| 3233 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsPointerType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | |||
| 3234 | CompilerType *pointee_type) { | |||
| 3235 | if (type) { | |||
| 3236 | clang::QualType qual_type = RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | |||
| 3237 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | |||
| 3238 | switch (type_class) { | |||
| 3239 | case clang::Type::Builtin: | |||
| 3240 | switch (llvm::cast<clang::BuiltinType>(qual_type)->getKind()) { | |||
| 3241 | default: | |||
| 3242 | break; | |||
| 3243 | case clang::BuiltinType::ObjCId: | |||
| 3244 | case clang::BuiltinType::ObjCClass: | |||
| 3245 | return true; | |||
| 3246 | } | |||
| 3247 | return false; | |||
| 3248 | case clang::Type::ObjCObjectPointer: | |||
| 3249 | if (pointee_type) | |||
| 3250 | pointee_type->SetCompilerType( | |||
| 3251 | this, llvm::cast<clang::ObjCObjectPointerType>(qual_type) | |||
| 3252 | ->getPointeeType() | |||
| 3253 | .getAsOpaquePtr()); | |||
| 3254 | return true; | |||
| 3255 | case clang::Type::BlockPointer: | |||
| 3256 | if (pointee_type) | |||
| 3257 | pointee_type->SetCompilerType( | |||
| 3258 | this, llvm::cast<clang::BlockPointerType>(qual_type) | |||
| 3259 | ->getPointeeType() | |||
| 3260 | .getAsOpaquePtr()); | |||
| 3261 | return true; | |||
| 3262 | case clang::Type::Pointer: | |||
| 3263 | if (pointee_type) | |||
| 3264 | pointee_type->SetCompilerType(this, | |||
| 3265 | llvm::cast<clang::PointerType>(qual_type) | |||
| 3266 | ->getPointeeType() | |||
| 3267 | .getAsOpaquePtr()); | |||
| 3268 | return true; | |||
| 3269 | case clang::Type::MemberPointer: | |||
| 3270 | if (pointee_type) | |||
| 3271 | pointee_type->SetCompilerType( | |||
| 3272 | this, llvm::cast<clang::MemberPointerType>(qual_type) | |||
| 3273 | ->getPointeeType() | |||
| 3274 | .getAsOpaquePtr()); | |||
| 3275 | return true; | |||
| 3276 | default: | |||
| 3277 | break; | |||
| 3278 | } | |||
| 3279 | } | |||
| 3280 | if (pointee_type) | |||
| 3281 | pointee_type->Clear(); | |||
| 3282 | return false; | |||
| 3283 | } | |||
| 3284 | ||||
| 3285 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsPointerOrReferenceType( | |||
| 3286 | lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, CompilerType *pointee_type) { | |||
| 3287 | if (type) { | |||
| 3288 | clang::QualType qual_type = RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | |||
| 3289 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | |||
| 3290 | switch (type_class) { | |||
| 3291 | case clang::Type::Builtin: | |||
| 3292 | switch (llvm::cast<clang::BuiltinType>(qual_type)->getKind()) { | |||
| 3293 | default: | |||
| 3294 | break; | |||
| 3295 | case clang::BuiltinType::ObjCId: | |||
| 3296 | case clang::BuiltinType::ObjCClass: | |||
| 3297 | return true; | |||
| 3298 | } | |||
| 3299 | return false; | |||
| 3300 | case clang::Type::ObjCObjectPointer: | |||
| 3301 | if (pointee_type) | |||
| 3302 | pointee_type->SetCompilerType( | |||
| 3303 | this, llvm::cast<clang::ObjCObjectPointerType>(qual_type) | |||
| 3304 | ->getPointeeType().getAsOpaquePtr()); | |||
| 3305 | return true; | |||
| 3306 | case clang::Type::BlockPointer: | |||
| 3307 | if (pointee_type) | |||
| 3308 | pointee_type->SetCompilerType( | |||
| 3309 | this, llvm::cast<clang::BlockPointerType>(qual_type) | |||
| 3310 | ->getPointeeType() | |||
| 3311 | .getAsOpaquePtr()); | |||
| 3312 | return true; | |||
| 3313 | case clang::Type::Pointer: | |||
| 3314 | if (pointee_type) | |||
| 3315 | pointee_type->SetCompilerType(this, | |||
| 3316 | llvm::cast<clang::PointerType>(qual_type) | |||
| 3317 | ->getPointeeType() | |||
| 3318 | .getAsOpaquePtr()); | |||
| 3319 | return true; | |||
| 3320 | case clang::Type::MemberPointer: | |||
| 3321 | if (pointee_type) | |||
| 3322 | pointee_type->SetCompilerType( | |||
| 3323 | this, llvm::cast<clang::MemberPointerType>(qual_type) | |||
| 3324 | ->getPointeeType() | |||
| 3325 | .getAsOpaquePtr()); | |||
| 3326 | return true; | |||
| 3327 | case clang::Type::LValueReference: | |||
| 3328 | if (pointee_type) | |||
| 3329 | pointee_type->SetCompilerType( | |||
| 3330 | this, llvm::cast<clang::LValueReferenceType>(qual_type) | |||
| 3331 | ->desugar() | |||
| 3332 | .getAsOpaquePtr()); | |||
| 3333 | return true; | |||
| 3334 | case clang::Type::RValueReference: | |||
| 3335 | if (pointee_type) | |||
| 3336 | pointee_type->SetCompilerType( | |||
| 3337 | this, llvm::cast<clang::RValueReferenceType>(qual_type) | |||
| 3338 | ->desugar() | |||
| 3339 | .getAsOpaquePtr()); | |||
| 3340 | return true; | |||
| 3341 | default: | |||
| 3342 | break; | |||
| 3343 | } | |||
| 3344 | } | |||
| 3345 | if (pointee_type) | |||
| 3346 | pointee_type->Clear(); | |||
| 3347 | return false; | |||
| 3348 | } | |||
| 3349 | ||||
| 3350 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsReferenceType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | |||
| 3351 | CompilerType *pointee_type, | |||
| 3352 | bool *is_rvalue) { | |||
| 3353 | if (type) { | |||
| 3354 | clang::QualType qual_type = RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | |||
| 3355 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | |||
| 3356 | ||||
| 3357 | switch (type_class) { | |||
| 3358 | case clang::Type::LValueReference: | |||
| 3359 | if (pointee_type) | |||
| 3360 | pointee_type->SetCompilerType( | |||
| 3361 | this, llvm::cast<clang::LValueReferenceType>(qual_type) | |||
| 3362 | ->desugar() | |||
| 3363 | .getAsOpaquePtr()); | |||
| 3364 | if (is_rvalue) | |||
| 3365 | *is_rvalue = false; | |||
| 3366 | return true; | |||
| 3367 | case clang::Type::RValueReference: | |||
| 3368 | if (pointee_type) | |||
| 3369 | pointee_type->SetCompilerType( | |||
| 3370 | this, llvm::cast<clang::RValueReferenceType>(qual_type) | |||
| 3371 | ->desugar() | |||
| 3372 | .getAsOpaquePtr()); | |||
| 3373 | if (is_rvalue) | |||
| 3374 | *is_rvalue = true; | |||
| 3375 | return true; | |||
| 3376 | ||||
| 3377 | default: | |||
| 3378 | break; | |||
| 3379 | } | |||
| 3380 | } | |||
| 3381 | if (pointee_type) | |||
| 3382 | pointee_type->Clear(); | |||
| 3383 | return false; | |||
| 3384 | } | |||
| 3385 | ||||
| 3386 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsFloatingPointType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | |||
| 3387 | uint32_t &count, bool &is_complex) { | |||
| 3388 | if (type) { | |||
| 3389 | clang::QualType qual_type(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | |||
| 3390 | ||||
| 3391 | if (const clang::BuiltinType *BT = llvm::dyn_cast<clang::BuiltinType>( | |||
| 3392 | qual_type->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { | |||
| 3393 | clang::BuiltinType::Kind kind = BT->getKind(); | |||
| 3394 | if (kind >= clang::BuiltinType::Float && | |||
| 3395 | kind <= clang::BuiltinType::LongDouble) { | |||
| 3396 | count = 1; | |||
| 3397 | is_complex = false; | |||
| 3398 | return true; | |||
| 3399 | } | |||
| 3400 | } else if (const clang::ComplexType *CT = | |||
| 3401 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ComplexType>( | |||
| 3402 | qual_type->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { | |||
| 3403 | if (IsFloatingPointType(CT->getElementType().getAsOpaquePtr(), count, | |||
| 3404 | is_complex)) { | |||
| 3405 | count = 2; | |||
| 3406 | is_complex = true; | |||
| 3407 | return true; | |||
| 3408 | } | |||
| 3409 | } else if (const clang::VectorType *VT = llvm::dyn_cast<clang::VectorType>( | |||
| 3410 | qual_type->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { | |||
| 3411 | if (IsFloatingPointType(VT->getElementType().getAsOpaquePtr(), count, | |||
| 3412 | is_complex)) { | |||
| 3413 | count = VT->getNumElements(); | |||
| 3414 | is_complex = false; | |||
| 3415 | return true; | |||
| 3416 | } | |||
| 3417 | } | |||
| 3418 | } | |||
| 3419 | count = 0; | |||
| 3420 | is_complex = false; | |||
| 3421 | return false; | |||
| 3422 | } | |||
| 3423 | ||||
| 3424 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsDefined(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
| 3425 | if (!type) | |||
| 3426 | return false; | |||
| 3427 | ||||
| 3428 | clang::QualType qual_type(GetQualType(type)); | |||
| 3429 | const clang::TagType *tag_type = | |||
| 3430 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::TagType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
| 3431 | if (tag_type) { | |||
| 3432 | clang::TagDecl *tag_decl = tag_type->getDecl(); | |||
| 3433 | if (tag_decl) | |||
| 3434 | return tag_decl->isCompleteDefinition(); | |||
| 3435 | return false; | |||
| 3436 | } else { | |||
| 3437 | const clang::ObjCObjectType *objc_class_type = | |||
| 3438 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ObjCObjectType>(qual_type); | |||
| 3439 | if (objc_class_type) { | |||
| 3440 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl = | |||
| 3441 | objc_class_type->getInterface(); | |||
| 3442 | if (class_interface_decl) | |||
| 3443 | return class_interface_decl->getDefinition() != nullptr; | |||
| 3444 | return false; | |||
| 3445 | } | |||
| 3446 | } | |||
| 3447 | return true; | |||
| 3448 | } | |||
| 3449 | ||||
| 3450 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsObjCClassType(const CompilerType &type) { | |||
| 3451 | if (ClangUtil::IsClangType(type)) { | |||
| 3452 | clang::QualType qual_type(ClangUtil::GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | |||
| 3453 | ||||
| 3454 | const clang::ObjCObjectPointerType *obj_pointer_type = | |||
| 3455 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ObjCObjectPointerType>(qual_type); | |||
| 3456 | ||||
| 3457 | if (obj_pointer_type) | |||
| 3458 | return obj_pointer_type->isObjCClassType(); | |||
| 3459 | } | |||
| 3460 | return false; | |||
| 3461 | } | |||
| 3462 | ||||
| 3463 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsObjCObjectOrInterfaceType(const CompilerType &type) { | |||
| 3464 | if (ClangUtil::IsClangType(type)) | |||
| 3465 | return ClangUtil::GetCanonicalQualType(type)->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType(); | |||
| 3466 | return false; | |||
| 3467 | } | |||
| 3468 | ||||
| 3469 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsClassType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
| 3470 | if (!type) | |||
| 3471 | return false; | |||
| 3472 | clang::QualType qual_type(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | |||
| 3473 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | |||
| 3474 | return (type_class == clang::Type::Record); | |||
| 3475 | } | |||
| 3476 | ||||
| 3477 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsEnumType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
| 3478 | if (!type) | |||
| 3479 | return false; | |||
| 3480 | clang::QualType qual_type(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | |||
| 3481 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | |||
| 3482 | return (type_class == clang::Type::Enum); | |||
| 3483 | } | |||
| 3484 | ||||
| 3485 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsPolymorphicClass(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
| 3486 | if (type) { | |||
| 3487 | clang::QualType qual_type(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | |||
| 3488 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | |||
| 3489 | switch (type_class) { | |||
| 3490 | case clang::Type::Record: | |||
| 3491 | if (GetCompleteType(type)) { | |||
| 3492 | const clang::RecordType *record_type = | |||
| 3493 | llvm::cast<clang::RecordType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
| 3494 | const clang::RecordDecl *record_decl = record_type->getDecl(); | |||
| 3495 | if (record_decl) { | |||
| 3496 | const clang::CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl = | |||
| 3497 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::CXXRecordDecl>(record_decl); | |||
| 3498 | if (cxx_record_decl) | |||
| 3499 | return cxx_record_decl->isPolymorphic(); | |||
| 3500 | } | |||
| 3501 | } | |||
| 3502 | break; | |||
| 3503 | ||||
| 3504 | default: | |||
| 3505 | break; | |||
| 3506 | } | |||
| 3507 | } | |||
| 3508 | return false; | |||
| 3509 | } | |||
| 3510 | ||||
| 3511 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsPossibleDynamicType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | |||
| 3512 | CompilerType *dynamic_pointee_type, | |||
| 3513 | bool check_cplusplus, | |||
| 3514 | bool check_objc) { | |||
| 3515 | clang::QualType pointee_qual_type; | |||
| 3516 | if (type) { | |||
| 3517 | clang::QualType qual_type = RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | |||
| 3518 | bool success = false; | |||
| 3519 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | |||
| 3520 | switch (type_class) { | |||
| 3521 | case clang::Type::Builtin: | |||
| 3522 | if (check_objc && | |||
| 3523 | llvm::cast<clang::BuiltinType>(qual_type)->getKind() == | |||
| 3524 | clang::BuiltinType::ObjCId) { | |||
| 3525 | if (dynamic_pointee_type) | |||
| 3526 | dynamic_pointee_type->SetCompilerType(this, type); | |||
| 3527 | return true; | |||
| 3528 | } | |||
| 3529 | break; | |||
| 3530 | ||||
| 3531 | case clang::Type::ObjCObjectPointer: | |||
| 3532 | if (check_objc) { | |||
| 3533 | if (const auto *objc_pointee_type = | |||
| 3534 | qual_type->getPointeeType().getTypePtrOrNull()) { | |||
| 3535 | if (const auto *objc_object_type = | |||
| 3536 | llvm::dyn_cast_or_null<clang::ObjCObjectType>( | |||
| 3537 | objc_pointee_type)) { | |||
| 3538 | if (objc_object_type->isObjCClass()) | |||
| 3539 | return false; | |||
| 3540 | } | |||
| 3541 | } | |||
| 3542 | if (dynamic_pointee_type) | |||
| 3543 | dynamic_pointee_type->SetCompilerType( | |||
| 3544 | this, llvm::cast<clang::ObjCObjectPointerType>(qual_type) | |||
| 3545 | ->getPointeeType() | |||
| 3546 | .getAsOpaquePtr()); | |||
| 3547 | return true; | |||
| 3548 | } | |||
| 3549 | break; | |||
| 3550 | ||||
| 3551 | case clang::Type::Pointer: | |||
| 3552 | pointee_qual_type = | |||
| 3553 | llvm::cast<clang::PointerType>(qual_type)->getPointeeType(); | |||
| 3554 | success = true; | |||
| 3555 | break; | |||
| 3556 | ||||
| 3557 | case clang::Type::LValueReference: | |||
| 3558 | case clang::Type::RValueReference: | |||
| 3559 | pointee_qual_type = | |||
| 3560 | llvm::cast<clang::ReferenceType>(qual_type)->getPointeeType(); | |||
| 3561 | success = true; | |||
| 3562 | break; | |||
| 3563 | ||||
| 3564 | default: | |||
| 3565 | break; | |||
| 3566 | } | |||
| 3567 | ||||
| 3568 | if (success) { | |||
| 3569 | // Check to make sure what we are pointing too is a possible dynamic C++ | |||
| 3570 | // type We currently accept any "void *" (in case we have a class that | |||
| 3571 | // has been watered down to an opaque pointer) and virtual C++ classes. | |||
| 3572 | const clang::Type::TypeClass pointee_type_class = | |||
| 3573 | pointee_qual_type.getCanonicalType()->getTypeClass(); | |||
| 3574 | switch (pointee_type_class) { | |||
| 3575 | case clang::Type::Builtin: | |||
| 3576 | switch (llvm::cast<clang::BuiltinType>(pointee_qual_type)->getKind()) { | |||
| 3577 | case clang::BuiltinType::UnknownAny: | |||
| 3578 | case clang::BuiltinType::Void: | |||
| 3579 | if (dynamic_pointee_type) | |||
| 3580 | dynamic_pointee_type->SetCompilerType( | |||
| 3581 | this, pointee_qual_type.getAsOpaquePtr()); | |||
| 3582 | return true; | |||
| 3583 | default: | |||
| 3584 | break; | |||
| 3585 | } | |||
| 3586 | break; | |||
| 3587 | ||||
| 3588 | case clang::Type::Record: | |||
| 3589 | if (check_cplusplus) { | |||
| 3590 | clang::CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl = | |||
| 3591 | pointee_qual_type->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | |||
| 3592 | if (cxx_record_decl) { | |||
| 3593 | bool is_complete = cxx_record_decl->isCompleteDefinition(); | |||
| 3594 | ||||
| 3595 | if (is_complete) | |||
| 3596 | success = cxx_record_decl->isDynamicClass(); | |||
| 3597 | else { | |||
| 3598 | ClangASTMetadata *metadata = GetMetadata(cxx_record_decl); | |||
| 3599 | if (metadata) | |||
| 3600 | success = metadata->GetIsDynamicCXXType(); | |||
| 3601 | else { | |||
| 3602 | is_complete = GetType(pointee_qual_type).GetCompleteType(); | |||
| 3603 | if (is_complete) | |||
| 3604 | success = cxx_record_decl->isDynamicClass(); | |||
| 3605 | else | |||
| 3606 | success = false; | |||
| 3607 | } | |||
| 3608 | } | |||
| 3609 | ||||
| 3610 | if (success) { | |||
| 3611 | if (dynamic_pointee_type) | |||
| 3612 | dynamic_pointee_type->SetCompilerType( | |||
| 3613 | this, pointee_qual_type.getAsOpaquePtr()); | |||
| 3614 | return true; | |||
| 3615 | } | |||
| 3616 | } | |||
| 3617 | } | |||
| 3618 | break; | |||
| 3619 | ||||
| 3620 | case clang::Type::ObjCObject: | |||
| 3621 | case clang::Type::ObjCInterface: | |||
| 3622 | if (check_objc) { | |||
| 3623 | if (dynamic_pointee_type) | |||
| 3624 | dynamic_pointee_type->SetCompilerType( | |||
| 3625 | this, pointee_qual_type.getAsOpaquePtr()); | |||
| 3626 | return true; | |||
| 3627 | } | |||
| 3628 | break; | |||
| 3629 | ||||
| 3630 | default: | |||
| 3631 | break; | |||
| 3632 | } | |||
| 3633 | } | |||
| 3634 | } | |||
| 3635 | if (dynamic_pointee_type) | |||
| 3636 | dynamic_pointee_type->Clear(); | |||
| 3637 | return false; | |||
| 3638 | } | |||
| 3639 | ||||
| 3640 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsScalarType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
| 3641 | if (!type) | |||
| 3642 | return false; | |||
| 3643 | ||||
| 3644 | return (GetTypeInfo(type, nullptr) & eTypeIsScalar) != 0; | |||
| 3645 | } | |||
| 3646 | ||||
| 3647 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsTypedefType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
| 3648 | if (!type) | |||
| 3649 | return false; | |||
| 3650 | return RemoveWrappingTypes(GetQualType(type), {clang::Type::Typedef}) | |||
| 3651 | ->getTypeClass() == clang::Type::Typedef; | |||
| 3652 | } | |||
| 3653 | ||||
| 3654 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsVoidType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
| 3655 | if (!type) | |||
| 3656 | return false; | |||
| 3657 | return GetCanonicalQualType(type)->isVoidType(); | |||
| 3658 | } | |||
| 3659 | ||||
| 3660 | bool TypeSystemClang::CanPassInRegisters(const CompilerType &type) { | |||
| 3661 | if (auto *record_decl = | |||
| 3662 | TypeSystemClang::GetAsRecordDecl(type)) { | |||
| 3663 | return record_decl->canPassInRegisters(); | |||
| 3664 | } | |||
| 3665 | return false; | |||
| 3666 | } | |||
| 3667 | ||||
| 3668 | bool TypeSystemClang::SupportsLanguage(lldb::LanguageType language) { | |||
| 3669 | return TypeSystemClangSupportsLanguage(language); | |||
| 3670 | } | |||
| 3671 | ||||
| 3672 | Optional<std::string> | |||
| 3673 | TypeSystemClang::GetCXXClassName(const CompilerType &type) { | |||
| 3674 | if (!type) | |||
| 3675 | return llvm::None; | |||
| 3676 | ||||
| 3677 | clang::QualType qual_type(ClangUtil::GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | |||
| 3678 | if (qual_type.isNull()) | |||
| 3679 | return llvm::None; | |||
| 3680 | ||||
| 3681 | clang::CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl = qual_type->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | |||
| 3682 | if (!cxx_record_decl) | |||
| 3683 | return llvm::None; | |||
| 3684 | ||||
| 3685 | return std::string(cxx_record_decl->getIdentifier()->getNameStart()); | |||
| 3686 | } | |||
| 3687 | ||||
| 3688 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsCXXClassType(const CompilerType &type) { | |||
| 3689 | if (!type) | |||
| 3690 | return false; | |||
| 3691 | ||||
| 3692 | clang::QualType qual_type(ClangUtil::GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | |||
| 3693 | return !qual_type.isNull() && qual_type->getAsCXXRecordDecl() != nullptr; | |||
| 3694 | } | |||
| 3695 | ||||
| 3696 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsBeingDefined(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
| 3697 | if (!type) | |||
| 3698 | return false; | |||
| 3699 | clang::QualType qual_type(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | |||
| 3700 | const clang::TagType *tag_type = llvm::dyn_cast<clang::TagType>(qual_type); | |||
| 3701 | if (tag_type) | |||
| 3702 | return tag_type->isBeingDefined(); | |||
| 3703 | return false; | |||
| 3704 | } | |||
| 3705 | ||||
| 3706 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsObjCObjectPointerType(const CompilerType &type, | |||
| 3707 | CompilerType *class_type_ptr) { | |||
| 3708 | if (!ClangUtil::IsClangType(type)) | |||
| 3709 | return false; | |||
| 3710 | ||||
| 3711 | clang::QualType qual_type(ClangUtil::GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | |||
| 3712 | ||||
| 3713 | if (!qual_type.isNull() && qual_type->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { | |||
| 3714 | if (class_type_ptr) { | |||
| 3715 | if (!qual_type->isObjCClassType() && !qual_type->isObjCIdType()) { | |||
| 3716 | const clang::ObjCObjectPointerType *obj_pointer_type = | |||
| 3717 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ObjCObjectPointerType>(qual_type); | |||
| 3718 | if (obj_pointer_type == nullptr) | |||
| 3719 | class_type_ptr->Clear(); | |||
| 3720 | else | |||
| 3721 | class_type_ptr->SetCompilerType( | |||
| 3722 | type.GetTypeSystem(), | |||
| 3723 | clang::QualType(obj_pointer_type->getInterfaceType(), 0) | |||
| 3724 | .getAsOpaquePtr()); | |||
| 3725 | } | |||
| 3726 | } | |||
| 3727 | return true; | |||
| 3728 | } | |||
| 3729 | if (class_type_ptr) | |||
| 3730 | class_type_ptr->Clear(); | |||
| 3731 | return false; | |||
| 3732 | } | |||
| 3733 | ||||
| 3734 | // Type Completion | |||
| 3735 | ||||
| 3736 | bool TypeSystemClang::GetCompleteType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
| 3737 | if (!type) | |||
| 3738 | return false; | |||
| 3739 | const bool allow_completion = true; | |||
| 3740 | return GetCompleteQualType(&getASTContext(), GetQualType(type), | |||
| 3741 | allow_completion); | |||
| 3742 | } | |||
| 3743 | ||||
| 3744 | ConstString TypeSystemClang::GetTypeName(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
| 3745 | if (!type) | |||
| 3746 | return ConstString(); | |||
| 3747 | ||||
| 3748 | clang::QualType qual_type(GetQualType(type)); | |||
| 3749 | ||||
| 3750 | // Remove certain type sugar from the name. Sugar such as elaborated types | |||
| 3751 | // or template types which only serve to improve diagnostics shouldn't | |||
| 3752 | // act as their own types from the user's perspective (e.g., formatter | |||
| 3753 | // shouldn't format a variable differently depending on how the ser has | |||
| 3754 | // specified the type. '::Type' and 'Type' should behave the same). | |||
| 3755 | // Typedefs and atomic derived types are not removed as they are actually | |||
| 3756 | // useful for identifiying specific types. | |||
| 3757 | qual_type = RemoveWrappingTypes(qual_type, | |||
| 3758 | {clang::Type::Typedef, clang::Type::Atomic}); | |||
| 3759 | ||||
| 3760 | // For a typedef just return the qualified name. | |||
| 3761 | if (const auto *typedef_type = qual_type->getAs<clang::TypedefType>()) { | |||
| 3762 | const clang::TypedefNameDecl *typedef_decl = typedef_type->getDecl(); | |||
| 3763 | return ConstString(GetTypeNameForDecl(typedef_decl)); | |||
| 3764 | } | |||
| 3765 | ||||
| 3766 | return ConstString(qual_type.getAsString(GetTypePrintingPolicy())); | |||
| 3767 | } | |||
| 3768 | ||||
| 3769 | ConstString | |||
| 3770 | TypeSystemClang::GetDisplayTypeName(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
| 3771 | if (!type) | |||
| 3772 | return ConstString(); | |||
| 3773 | ||||
| 3774 | clang::QualType qual_type(GetQualType(type)); | |||
| 3775 | clang::PrintingPolicy printing_policy(getASTContext().getPrintingPolicy()); | |||
| 3776 | printing_policy.SuppressTagKeyword = true; | |||
| 3777 | printing_policy.SuppressScope = false; | |||
| 3778 | printing_policy.SuppressUnwrittenScope = true; | |||
| 3779 | printing_policy.SuppressInlineNamespace = true; | |||
| 3780 | return ConstString(qual_type.getAsString(printing_policy)); | |||
| 3781 | } | |||
| 3782 | ||||
| 3783 | uint32_t | |||
| 3784 | TypeSystemClang::GetTypeInfo(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | |||
| 3785 | CompilerType *pointee_or_element_clang_type) { | |||
| 3786 | if (!type) | |||
| 3787 | return 0; | |||
| 3788 | ||||
| 3789 | if (pointee_or_element_clang_type) | |||
| 3790 | pointee_or_element_clang_type->Clear(); | |||
| 3791 | ||||
| 3792 | clang::QualType qual_type = | |||
| 3793 | RemoveWrappingTypes(GetQualType(type), {clang::Type::Typedef}); | |||
| 3794 | ||||
| 3795 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | |||
| 3796 | switch (type_class) { | |||
| 3797 | case clang::Type::Attributed: | |||
| 3798 | return GetTypeInfo( | |||
| 3799 | qual_type->getAs<clang::AttributedType>() | |||
| 3800 | ->getModifiedType().getAsOpaquePtr(), | |||
| 3801 | pointee_or_element_clang_type); | |||
| 3802 | case clang::Type::Builtin: { | |||
| 3803 | const clang::BuiltinType *builtin_type = llvm::dyn_cast<clang::BuiltinType>( | |||
| 3804 | qual_type->getCanonicalTypeInternal()); | |||
| 3805 | ||||
| 3806 | uint32_t builtin_type_flags = eTypeIsBuiltIn | eTypeHasValue; | |||
| 3807 | switch (builtin_type->getKind()) { | |||
| 3808 | case clang::BuiltinType::ObjCId: | |||
| 3809 | case clang::BuiltinType::ObjCClass: | |||
| 3810 | if (pointee_or_element_clang_type) | |||
| 3811 | pointee_or_element_clang_type->SetCompilerType( | |||
| 3812 | this, getASTContext().ObjCBuiltinClassTy.getAsOpaquePtr()); | |||
| 3813 | builtin_type_flags |= eTypeIsPointer | eTypeIsObjC; | |||
| 3814 | break; | |||
| 3815 | ||||
| 3816 | case clang::BuiltinType::ObjCSel: | |||
| 3817 | if (pointee_or_element_clang_type) | |||
| 3818 | pointee_or_element_clang_type->SetCompilerType( | |||
| 3819 | this, getASTContext().CharTy.getAsOpaquePtr()); | |||
| 3820 | builtin_type_flags |= eTypeIsPointer | eTypeIsObjC; | |||
| 3821 | break; | |||
| 3822 | ||||
| 3823 | case clang::BuiltinType::Bool: | |||
| 3824 | case clang::BuiltinType::Char_U: | |||
| 3825 | case clang::BuiltinType::UChar: | |||
| 3826 | case clang::BuiltinType::WChar_U: | |||
| 3827 | case clang::BuiltinType::Char16: | |||
| 3828 | case clang::BuiltinType::Char32: | |||
| 3829 | case clang::BuiltinType::UShort: | |||
| 3830 | case clang::BuiltinType::UInt: | |||
| 3831 | case clang::BuiltinType::ULong: | |||
| 3832 | case clang::BuiltinType::ULongLong: | |||
| 3833 | case clang::BuiltinType::UInt128: | |||
| 3834 | case clang::BuiltinType::Char_S: | |||
| 3835 | case clang::BuiltinType::SChar: | |||
| 3836 | case clang::BuiltinType::WChar_S: | |||
| 3837 | case clang::BuiltinType::Short: | |||
| 3838 | case clang::BuiltinType::Int: | |||
| 3839 | case clang::BuiltinType::Long: | |||
| 3840 | case clang::BuiltinType::LongLong: | |||
| 3841 | case clang::BuiltinType::Int128: | |||
| 3842 | case clang::BuiltinType::Float: | |||
| 3843 | case clang::BuiltinType::Double: | |||
| 3844 | case clang::BuiltinType::LongDouble: | |||
| 3845 | builtin_type_flags |= eTypeIsScalar; | |||
| 3846 | if (builtin_type->isInteger()) { | |||
| 3847 | builtin_type_flags |= eTypeIsInteger; | |||
| 3848 | if (builtin_type->isSignedInteger()) | |||
| 3849 | builtin_type_flags |= eTypeIsSigned; | |||
| 3850 | } else if (builtin_type->isFloatingPoint()) | |||
| 3851 | builtin_type_flags |= eTypeIsFloat; | |||
| 3852 | break; | |||
| 3853 | default: | |||
| 3854 | break; | |||
| 3855 | } | |||
| 3856 | return builtin_type_flags; | |||
| 3857 | } | |||
| 3858 | ||||
| 3859 | case clang::Type::BlockPointer: | |||
| 3860 | if (pointee_or_element_clang_type) | |||
| 3861 | pointee_or_element_clang_type->SetCompilerType( | |||
| 3862 | this, qual_type->getPointeeType().getAsOpaquePtr()); | |||
| 3863 | return eTypeIsPointer | eTypeHasChildren | eTypeIsBlock; | |||
| 3864 | ||||
| 3865 | case clang::Type::Complex: { | |||
| 3866 | uint32_t complex_type_flags = | |||
| 3867 | eTypeIsBuiltIn | eTypeHasValue | eTypeIsComplex; | |||
| 3868 | const clang::ComplexType *complex_type = llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ComplexType>( | |||
| 3869 | qual_type->getCanonicalTypeInternal()); | |||
| 3870 | if (complex_type) { | |||
| 3871 | clang::QualType complex_element_type(complex_type->getElementType()); | |||
| 3872 | if (complex_element_type->isIntegerType()) | |||
| 3873 | complex_type_flags |= eTypeIsFloat; | |||
| 3874 | else if (complex_element_type->isFloatingType()) | |||
| 3875 | complex_type_flags |= eTypeIsInteger; | |||
| 3876 | } | |||
| 3877 | return complex_type_flags; | |||
| 3878 | } break; | |||
| 3879 | ||||
| 3880 | case clang::Type::ConstantArray: | |||
| 3881 | case clang::Type::DependentSizedArray: | |||
| 3882 | case clang::Type::IncompleteArray: | |||
| 3883 | case clang::Type::VariableArray: | |||
| 3884 | if (pointee_or_element_clang_type) | |||
| 3885 | pointee_or_element_clang_type->SetCompilerType( | |||
| 3886 | this, llvm::cast<clang::ArrayType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()) | |||
| 3887 | ->getElementType() | |||
| 3888 | .getAsOpaquePtr()); | |||
| 3889 | return eTypeHasChildren | eTypeIsArray; | |||
| 3890 | ||||
| 3891 | case clang::Type::DependentName: | |||
| 3892 | return 0; | |||
| 3893 | case clang::Type::DependentSizedExtVector: | |||
| 3894 | return eTypeHasChildren | eTypeIsVector; | |||
| 3895 | case clang::Type::DependentTemplateSpecialization: | |||
| 3896 | return eTypeIsTemplate; | |||
| 3897 | ||||
| 3898 | case clang::Type::Enum: | |||
| 3899 | if (pointee_or_element_clang_type) | |||
| 3900 | pointee_or_element_clang_type->SetCompilerType( | |||
| 3901 | this, llvm::cast<clang::EnumType>(qual_type) | |||
| 3902 | ->getDecl() | |||
| 3903 | ->getIntegerType() | |||
| 3904 | .getAsOpaquePtr()); | |||
| 3905 | return eTypeIsEnumeration | eTypeHasValue; | |||
| 3906 | ||||
| 3907 | case clang::Type::FunctionProto: | |||
| 3908 | return eTypeIsFuncPrototype | eTypeHasValue; | |||
| 3909 | case clang::Type::FunctionNoProto: | |||
| 3910 | return eTypeIsFuncPrototype | eTypeHasValue; | |||
| 3911 | case clang::Type::InjectedClassName: | |||
| 3912 | return 0; | |||
| 3913 | ||||
| 3914 | case clang::Type::LValueReference: | |||
| 3915 | case clang::Type::RValueReference: | |||
| 3916 | if (pointee_or_element_clang_type) | |||
| 3917 | pointee_or_element_clang_type->SetCompilerType( | |||
| 3918 | this, llvm::cast<clang::ReferenceType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()) | |||
| 3919 | ->getPointeeType() | |||
| 3920 | .getAsOpaquePtr()); | |||
| 3921 | return eTypeHasChildren | eTypeIsReference | eTypeHasValue; | |||
| 3922 | ||||
| 3923 | case clang::Type::MemberPointer: | |||
| 3924 | return eTypeIsPointer | eTypeIsMember | eTypeHasValue; | |||
| 3925 | ||||
| 3926 | case clang::Type::ObjCObjectPointer: | |||
| 3927 | if (pointee_or_element_clang_type) | |||
| 3928 | pointee_or_element_clang_type->SetCompilerType( | |||
| 3929 | this, qual_type->getPointeeType().getAsOpaquePtr()); | |||
| 3930 | return eTypeHasChildren | eTypeIsObjC | eTypeIsClass | eTypeIsPointer | | |||
| 3931 | eTypeHasValue; | |||
| 3932 | ||||
| 3933 | case clang::Type::ObjCObject: | |||
| 3934 | return eTypeHasChildren | eTypeIsObjC | eTypeIsClass; | |||
| 3935 | case clang::Type::ObjCInterface: | |||
| 3936 | return eTypeHasChildren | eTypeIsObjC | eTypeIsClass; | |||
| 3937 | ||||
| 3938 | case clang::Type::Pointer: | |||
| 3939 | if (pointee_or_element_clang_type) | |||
| 3940 | pointee_or_element_clang_type->SetCompilerType( | |||
| 3941 | this, qual_type->getPointeeType().getAsOpaquePtr()); | |||
| 3942 | return eTypeHasChildren | eTypeIsPointer | eTypeHasValue; | |||
| 3943 | ||||
| 3944 | case clang::Type::Record: | |||
| 3945 | if (qual_type->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) | |||
| 3946 | return eTypeHasChildren | eTypeIsClass | eTypeIsCPlusPlus; | |||
| 3947 | else | |||
| 3948 | return eTypeHasChildren | eTypeIsStructUnion; | |||
| 3949 | break; | |||
| 3950 | case clang::Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm: | |||
| 3951 | return eTypeIsTemplate; | |||
| 3952 | case clang::Type::TemplateTypeParm: | |||
| 3953 | return eTypeIsTemplate; | |||
| 3954 | case clang::Type::TemplateSpecialization: | |||
| 3955 | return eTypeIsTemplate; | |||
| 3956 | ||||
| 3957 | case clang::Type::Typedef: | |||
| 3958 | return eTypeIsTypedef | GetType(llvm::cast<clang::TypedefType>(qual_type) | |||
| 3959 | ->getDecl() | |||
| 3960 | ->getUnderlyingType()) | |||
| 3961 | .GetTypeInfo(pointee_or_element_clang_type); | |||
| 3962 | case clang::Type::UnresolvedUsing: | |||
| 3963 | return 0; | |||
| 3964 | ||||
| 3965 | case clang::Type::ExtVector: | |||
| 3966 | case clang::Type::Vector: { | |||
| 3967 | uint32_t vector_type_flags = eTypeHasChildren | eTypeIsVector; | |||
| 3968 | const clang::VectorType *vector_type = llvm::dyn_cast<clang::VectorType>( | |||
| 3969 | qual_type->getCanonicalTypeInternal()); | |||
| 3970 | if (vector_type) { | |||
| 3971 | if (vector_type->isIntegerType()) | |||
| 3972 | vector_type_flags |= eTypeIsFloat; | |||
| 3973 | else if (vector_type->isFloatingType()) | |||
| 3974 | vector_type_flags |= eTypeIsInteger; | |||
| 3975 | } | |||
| 3976 | return vector_type_flags; | |||
| 3977 | } | |||
| 3978 | default: | |||
| 3979 | return 0; | |||
| 3980 | } | |||
| 3981 | return 0; | |||
| 3982 | } | |||
| 3983 | ||||
| 3984 | lldb::LanguageType | |||
| 3985 | TypeSystemClang::GetMinimumLanguage(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
| 3986 | if (!type) | |||
| 3987 | return lldb::eLanguageTypeC; | |||
| 3988 | ||||
| 3989 | // If the type is a reference, then resolve it to what it refers to first: | |||
| 3990 | clang::QualType qual_type(GetCanonicalQualType(type).getNonReferenceType()); | |||
| 3991 | if (qual_type->isAnyPointerType()) { | |||
| 3992 | if (qual_type->isObjCObjectPointerType()) | |||
| 3993 | return lldb::eLanguageTypeObjC; | |||
| 3994 | if (qual_type->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl()) | |||
| 3995 | return lldb::eLanguageTypeC_plus_plus; | |||
| 3996 | ||||
| 3997 | clang::QualType pointee_type(qual_type->getPointeeType()); | |||
| 3998 | if (pointee_type->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl()) | |||
| 3999 | return lldb::eLanguageTypeC_plus_plus; | |||
| 4000 | if (pointee_type->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType()) | |||
| 4001 | return lldb::eLanguageTypeObjC; | |||
| 4002 | if (pointee_type->isObjCClassType()) | |||
| 4003 | return lldb::eLanguageTypeObjC; | |||
| 4004 | if (pointee_type.getTypePtr() == | |||
| 4005 | getASTContext().ObjCBuiltinIdTy.getTypePtr()) | |||
| 4006 | return lldb::eLanguageTypeObjC; | |||
| 4007 | } else { | |||
| 4008 | if (qual_type->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType()) | |||
| 4009 | return lldb::eLanguageTypeObjC; | |||
| 4010 | if (qual_type->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) | |||
| 4011 | return lldb::eLanguageTypeC_plus_plus; | |||
| 4012 | switch (qual_type->getTypeClass()) { | |||
| 4013 | default: | |||
| 4014 | break; | |||
| 4015 | case clang::Type::Builtin: | |||
| 4016 | switch (llvm::cast<clang::BuiltinType>(qual_type)->getKind()) { | |||
| 4017 | default: | |||
| 4018 | case clang::BuiltinType::Void: | |||
| 4019 | case clang::BuiltinType::Bool: | |||
| 4020 | case clang::BuiltinType::Char_U: | |||
| 4021 | case clang::BuiltinType::UChar: | |||
| 4022 | case clang::BuiltinType::WChar_U: | |||
| 4023 | case clang::BuiltinType::Char16: | |||
| 4024 | case clang::BuiltinType::Char32: | |||
| 4025 | case clang::BuiltinType::UShort: | |||
| 4026 | case clang::BuiltinType::UInt: | |||
| 4027 | case clang::BuiltinType::ULong: | |||
| 4028 | case clang::BuiltinType::ULongLong: | |||
| 4029 | case clang::BuiltinType::UInt128: | |||
| 4030 | case clang::BuiltinType::Char_S: | |||
| 4031 | case clang::BuiltinType::SChar: | |||
| 4032 | case clang::BuiltinType::WChar_S: | |||
| 4033 | case clang::BuiltinType::Short: | |||
| 4034 | case clang::BuiltinType::Int: | |||
| 4035 | case clang::BuiltinType::Long: | |||
| 4036 | case clang::BuiltinType::LongLong: | |||
| 4037 | case clang::BuiltinType::Int128: | |||
| 4038 | case clang::BuiltinType::Float: | |||
| 4039 | case clang::BuiltinType::Double: | |||
| 4040 | case clang::BuiltinType::LongDouble: | |||
| 4041 | break; | |||
| 4042 | ||||
| 4043 | case clang::BuiltinType::NullPtr: | |||
| 4044 | return eLanguageTypeC_plus_plus; | |||
| 4045 | ||||
| 4046 | case clang::BuiltinType::ObjCId: | |||
| 4047 | case clang::BuiltinType::ObjCClass: | |||
| 4048 | case clang::BuiltinType::ObjCSel: | |||
| 4049 | return eLanguageTypeObjC; | |||
| 4050 | ||||
| 4051 | case clang::BuiltinType::Dependent: | |||
| 4052 | case clang::BuiltinType::Overload: | |||
| 4053 | case clang::BuiltinType::BoundMember: | |||
| 4054 | case clang::BuiltinType::UnknownAny: | |||
| 4055 | break; | |||
| 4056 | } | |||
| 4057 | break; | |||
| 4058 | case clang::Type::Typedef: | |||
| 4059 | return GetType(llvm::cast<clang::TypedefType>(qual_type) | |||
| 4060 | ->getDecl() | |||
| 4061 | ->getUnderlyingType()) | |||
| 4062 | .GetMinimumLanguage(); | |||
| 4063 | } | |||
| 4064 | } | |||
| 4065 | return lldb::eLanguageTypeC; | |||
| 4066 | } | |||
| 4067 | ||||
| 4068 | lldb::TypeClass | |||
| 4069 | TypeSystemClang::GetTypeClass(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
| 4070 | if (!type) | |||
| 4071 | return lldb::eTypeClassInvalid; | |||
| 4072 | ||||
| 4073 | clang::QualType qual_type = | |||
| 4074 | RemoveWrappingTypes(GetQualType(type), {clang::Type::Typedef}); | |||
| 4075 | ||||
| 4076 | switch (qual_type->getTypeClass()) { | |||
| 4077 | case clang::Type::Atomic: | |||
| 4078 | case clang::Type::Auto: | |||
| 4079 | case clang::Type::Decltype: | |||
| 4080 | case clang::Type::Elaborated: | |||
| 4081 | case clang::Type::Paren: | |||
| 4082 | case clang::Type::TypeOf: | |||
| 4083 | case clang::Type::TypeOfExpr: | |||
| 4084 | llvm_unreachable("Handled in RemoveWrappingTypes!")__builtin_unreachable(); | |||
| 4085 | case clang::Type::UnaryTransform: | |||
| 4086 | break; | |||
| 4087 | case clang::Type::FunctionNoProto: | |||
| 4088 | return lldb::eTypeClassFunction; | |||
| 4089 | case clang::Type::FunctionProto: | |||
| 4090 | return lldb::eTypeClassFunction; | |||
| 4091 | case clang::Type::IncompleteArray: | |||
| 4092 | return lldb::eTypeClassArray; | |||
| 4093 | case clang::Type::VariableArray: | |||
| 4094 | return lldb::eTypeClassArray; | |||
| 4095 | case clang::Type::ConstantArray: | |||
| 4096 | return lldb::eTypeClassArray; | |||
| 4097 | case clang::Type::DependentSizedArray: | |||
| 4098 | return lldb::eTypeClassArray; | |||
| 4099 | case clang::Type::DependentSizedExtVector: | |||
| 4100 | return lldb::eTypeClassVector; | |||
| 4101 | case clang::Type::DependentVector: | |||
| 4102 | return lldb::eTypeClassVector; | |||
| 4103 | case clang::Type::ExtVector: | |||
| 4104 | return lldb::eTypeClassVector; | |||
| 4105 | case clang::Type::Vector: | |||
| 4106 | return lldb::eTypeClassVector; | |||
| 4107 | case clang::Type::Builtin: | |||
| 4108 | // Ext-Int is just an integer type. | |||
| 4109 | case clang::Type::ExtInt: | |||
| 4110 | case clang::Type::DependentExtInt: | |||
| 4111 | return lldb::eTypeClassBuiltin; | |||
| 4112 | case clang::Type::ObjCObjectPointer: | |||
| 4113 | return lldb::eTypeClassObjCObjectPointer; | |||
| 4114 | case clang::Type::BlockPointer: | |||
| 4115 | return lldb::eTypeClassBlockPointer; | |||
| 4116 | case clang::Type::Pointer: | |||
| 4117 | return lldb::eTypeClassPointer; | |||
| 4118 | case clang::Type::LValueReference: | |||
| 4119 | return lldb::eTypeClassReference; | |||
| 4120 | case clang::Type::RValueReference: | |||
| 4121 | return lldb::eTypeClassReference; | |||
| 4122 | case clang::Type::MemberPointer: | |||
| 4123 | return lldb::eTypeClassMemberPointer; | |||
| 4124 | case clang::Type::Complex: | |||
| 4125 | if (qual_type->isComplexType()) | |||
| 4126 | return lldb::eTypeClassComplexFloat; | |||
| 4127 | else | |||
| 4128 | return lldb::eTypeClassComplexInteger; | |||
| 4129 | case clang::Type::ObjCObject: | |||
| 4130 | return lldb::eTypeClassObjCObject; | |||
| 4131 | case clang::Type::ObjCInterface: | |||
| 4132 | return lldb::eTypeClassObjCInterface; | |||
| 4133 | case clang::Type::Record: { | |||
| 4134 | const clang::RecordType *record_type = | |||
| 4135 | llvm::cast<clang::RecordType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
| 4136 | const clang::RecordDecl *record_decl = record_type->getDecl(); | |||
| 4137 | if (record_decl->isUnion()) | |||
| 4138 | return lldb::eTypeClassUnion; | |||
| 4139 | else if (record_decl->isStruct()) | |||
| 4140 | return lldb::eTypeClassStruct; | |||
| 4141 | else | |||
| 4142 | return lldb::eTypeClassClass; | |||
| 4143 | } break; | |||
| 4144 | case clang::Type::Enum: | |||
| 4145 | return lldb::eTypeClassEnumeration; | |||
| 4146 | case clang::Type::Typedef: | |||
| 4147 | return lldb::eTypeClassTypedef; | |||
| 4148 | case clang::Type::UnresolvedUsing: | |||
| 4149 | break; | |||
| 4150 | ||||
| 4151 | case clang::Type::Attributed: | |||
| 4152 | break; | |||
| 4153 | case clang::Type::TemplateTypeParm: | |||
| 4154 | break; | |||
| 4155 | case clang::Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm: | |||
| 4156 | break; | |||
| 4157 | case clang::Type::SubstTemplateTypeParmPack: | |||
| 4158 | break; | |||
| 4159 | case clang::Type::InjectedClassName: | |||
| 4160 | break; | |||
| 4161 | case clang::Type::DependentName: | |||
| 4162 | break; | |||
| 4163 | case clang::Type::DependentTemplateSpecialization: | |||
| 4164 | break; | |||
| 4165 | case clang::Type::PackExpansion: | |||
| 4166 | break; | |||
| 4167 | ||||
| 4168 | case clang::Type::TemplateSpecialization: | |||
| 4169 | break; | |||
| 4170 | case clang::Type::DeducedTemplateSpecialization: | |||
| 4171 | break; | |||
| 4172 | case clang::Type::Pipe: | |||
| 4173 | break; | |||
| 4174 | ||||
| 4175 | // pointer type decayed from an array or function type. | |||
| 4176 | case clang::Type::Decayed: | |||
| 4177 | break; | |||
| 4178 | case clang::Type::Adjusted: | |||
| 4179 | break; | |||
| 4180 | case clang::Type::ObjCTypeParam: | |||
| 4181 | break; | |||
| 4182 | ||||
| 4183 | case clang::Type::DependentAddressSpace: | |||
| 4184 | break; | |||
| 4185 | case clang::Type::MacroQualified: | |||
| 4186 | break; | |||
| 4187 | ||||
| 4188 | // Matrix types that we're not sure how to display at the moment. | |||
| 4189 | case clang::Type::ConstantMatrix: | |||
| 4190 | case clang::Type::DependentSizedMatrix: | |||
| 4191 | break; | |||
| 4192 | } | |||
| 4193 | // We don't know hot to display this type... | |||
| 4194 | return lldb::eTypeClassOther; | |||
| 4195 | } | |||
| 4196 | ||||
| 4197 | unsigned TypeSystemClang::GetTypeQualifiers(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
| 4198 | if (type) | |||
| 4199 | return GetQualType(type).getQualifiers().getCVRQualifiers(); | |||
| 4200 | return 0; | |||
| 4201 | } | |||
| 4202 | ||||
| 4203 | // Creating related types | |||
| 4204 | ||||
| 4205 | CompilerType | |||
| 4206 | TypeSystemClang::GetArrayElementType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | |||
| 4207 | ExecutionContextScope *exe_scope) { | |||
| 4208 | if (type) { | |||
| 4209 | clang::QualType qual_type(GetQualType(type)); | |||
| 4210 | ||||
| 4211 | const clang::Type *array_eletype = | |||
| 4212 | qual_type.getTypePtr()->getArrayElementTypeNoTypeQual(); | |||
| 4213 | ||||
| 4214 | if (!array_eletype) | |||
| 4215 | return CompilerType(); | |||
| 4216 | ||||
| 4217 | return GetType(clang::QualType(array_eletype, 0)); | |||
| 4218 | } | |||
| 4219 | return CompilerType(); | |||
| 4220 | } | |||
| 4221 | ||||
| 4222 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::GetArrayType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | |||
| 4223 | uint64_t size) { | |||
| 4224 | if (type) { | |||
| 4225 | clang::QualType qual_type(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | |||
| 4226 | clang::ASTContext &ast_ctx = getASTContext(); | |||
| 4227 | if (size != 0) | |||
| 4228 | return GetType(ast_ctx.getConstantArrayType( | |||
| 4229 | qual_type, llvm::APInt(64, size), nullptr, | |||
| 4230 | clang::ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier::Normal, 0)); | |||
| 4231 | else | |||
| 4232 | return GetType(ast_ctx.getIncompleteArrayType( | |||
| 4233 | qual_type, clang::ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier::Normal, 0)); | |||
| 4234 | } | |||
| 4235 | ||||
| 4236 | return CompilerType(); | |||
| 4237 | } | |||
| 4238 | ||||
| 4239 | CompilerType | |||
| 4240 | TypeSystemClang::GetCanonicalType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
| 4241 | if (type) | |||
| 4242 | return GetType(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | |||
| 4243 | return CompilerType(); | |||
| 4244 | } | |||
| 4245 | ||||
| 4246 | static clang::QualType GetFullyUnqualifiedType_Impl(clang::ASTContext *ast, | |||
| 4247 | clang::QualType qual_type) { | |||
| 4248 | if (qual_type->isPointerType()) | |||
| 4249 | qual_type = ast->getPointerType( | |||
| 4250 | GetFullyUnqualifiedType_Impl(ast, qual_type->getPointeeType())); | |||
| 4251 | else | |||
| 4252 | qual_type = qual_type.getUnqualifiedType(); | |||
| 4253 | qual_type.removeLocalConst(); | |||
| 4254 | qual_type.removeLocalRestrict(); | |||
| 4255 | qual_type.removeLocalVolatile(); | |||
| 4256 | return qual_type; | |||
| 4257 | } | |||
| 4258 | ||||
| 4259 | CompilerType | |||
| 4260 | TypeSystemClang::GetFullyUnqualifiedType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
| 4261 | if (type) | |||
| 4262 | return GetType( | |||
| 4263 | GetFullyUnqualifiedType_Impl(&getASTContext(), GetQualType(type))); | |||
| 4264 | return CompilerType(); | |||
| 4265 | } | |||
| 4266 | ||||
| 4267 | CompilerType | |||
| 4268 | TypeSystemClang::GetEnumerationIntegerType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
| 4269 | if (type) | |||
| 4270 | return GetEnumerationIntegerType(GetType(GetCanonicalQualType(type))); | |||
| 4271 | return CompilerType(); | |||
| 4272 | } | |||
| 4273 | ||||
| 4274 | int TypeSystemClang::GetFunctionArgumentCount( | |||
| 4275 | lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
| 4276 | if (type) { | |||
| 4277 | const clang::FunctionProtoType *func = | |||
| 4278 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::FunctionProtoType>(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | |||
| 4279 | if (func) | |||
| 4280 | return func->getNumParams(); | |||
| 4281 | } | |||
| 4282 | return -1; | |||
| 4283 | } | |||
| 4284 | ||||
| 4285 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::GetFunctionArgumentTypeAtIndex( | |||
| 4286 | lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, size_t idx) { | |||
| 4287 | if (type) { | |||
| 4288 | const clang::FunctionProtoType *func = | |||
| 4289 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::FunctionProtoType>(GetQualType(type)); | |||
| 4290 | if (func) { | |||
| 4291 | const uint32_t num_args = func->getNumParams(); | |||
| 4292 | if (idx < num_args) | |||
| 4293 | return GetType(func->getParamType(idx)); | |||
| 4294 | } | |||
| 4295 | } | |||
| 4296 | return CompilerType(); | |||
| 4297 | } | |||
| 4298 | ||||
| 4299 | CompilerType | |||
| 4300 | TypeSystemClang::GetFunctionReturnType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
| 4301 | if (type) { | |||
| 4302 | clang::QualType qual_type(GetQualType(type)); | |||
| 4303 | const clang::FunctionProtoType *func = | |||
| 4304 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::FunctionProtoType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
| 4305 | if (func) | |||
| 4306 | return GetType(func->getReturnType()); | |||
| 4307 | } | |||
| 4308 | return CompilerType(); | |||
| 4309 | } | |||
| 4310 | ||||
| 4311 | size_t | |||
| 4312 | TypeSystemClang::GetNumMemberFunctions(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
| 4313 | size_t num_functions = 0; | |||
| 4314 | if (type) { | |||
| 4315 | clang::QualType qual_type = RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | |||
| 4316 | switch (qual_type->getTypeClass()) { | |||
| 4317 | case clang::Type::Record: | |||
| 4318 | if (GetCompleteQualType(&getASTContext(), qual_type)) { | |||
| 4319 | const clang::RecordType *record_type = | |||
| 4320 | llvm::cast<clang::RecordType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
| 4321 | const clang::RecordDecl *record_decl = record_type->getDecl(); | |||
| 4322 | assert(record_decl)((void)0); | |||
| 4323 | const clang::CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl = | |||
| 4324 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::CXXRecordDecl>(record_decl); | |||
| 4325 | if (cxx_record_decl) | |||
| 4326 | num_functions = std::distance(cxx_record_decl->method_begin(), | |||
| 4327 | cxx_record_decl->method_end()); | |||
| 4328 | } | |||
| 4329 | break; | |||
| 4330 | ||||
| 4331 | case clang::Type::ObjCObjectPointer: { | |||
| 4332 | const clang::ObjCObjectPointerType *objc_class_type = | |||
| 4333 | qual_type->getAs<clang::ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | |||
| 4334 | const clang::ObjCInterfaceType *objc_interface_type = | |||
| 4335 | objc_class_type->getInterfaceType(); | |||
| 4336 | if (objc_interface_type && | |||
| 4337 | GetCompleteType(static_cast<lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t>( | |||
| 4338 | const_cast<clang::ObjCInterfaceType *>(objc_interface_type)))) { | |||
| 4339 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl = | |||
| 4340 | objc_interface_type->getDecl(); | |||
| 4341 | if (class_interface_decl) { | |||
| 4342 | num_functions = std::distance(class_interface_decl->meth_begin(), | |||
| 4343 | class_interface_decl->meth_end()); | |||
| 4344 | } | |||
| 4345 | } | |||
| 4346 | break; | |||
| 4347 | } | |||
| 4348 | ||||
| 4349 | case clang::Type::ObjCObject: | |||
| 4350 | case clang::Type::ObjCInterface: | |||
| 4351 | if (GetCompleteType(type)) { | |||
| 4352 | const clang::ObjCObjectType *objc_class_type = | |||
| 4353 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ObjCObjectType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
| 4354 | if (objc_class_type) { | |||
| 4355 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl = | |||
| 4356 | objc_class_type->getInterface(); | |||
| 4357 | if (class_interface_decl) | |||
| 4358 | num_functions = std::distance(class_interface_decl->meth_begin(), | |||
| 4359 | class_interface_decl->meth_end()); | |||
| 4360 | } | |||
| 4361 | } | |||
| 4362 | break; | |||
| 4363 | ||||
| 4364 | default: | |||
| 4365 | break; | |||
| 4366 | } | |||
| 4367 | } | |||
| 4368 | return num_functions; | |||
| 4369 | } | |||
| 4370 | ||||
| 4371 | TypeMemberFunctionImpl | |||
| 4372 | TypeSystemClang::GetMemberFunctionAtIndex(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | |||
| 4373 | size_t idx) { | |||
| 4374 | std::string name; | |||
| 4375 | MemberFunctionKind kind(MemberFunctionKind::eMemberFunctionKindUnknown); | |||
| 4376 | CompilerType clang_type; | |||
| 4377 | CompilerDecl clang_decl; | |||
| 4378 | if (type) { | |||
| 4379 | clang::QualType qual_type = RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | |||
| 4380 | switch (qual_type->getTypeClass()) { | |||
| 4381 | case clang::Type::Record: | |||
| 4382 | if (GetCompleteQualType(&getASTContext(), qual_type)) { | |||
| 4383 | const clang::RecordType *record_type = | |||
| 4384 | llvm::cast<clang::RecordType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
| 4385 | const clang::RecordDecl *record_decl = record_type->getDecl(); | |||
| 4386 | assert(record_decl)((void)0); | |||
| 4387 | const clang::CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl = | |||
| 4388 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::CXXRecordDecl>(record_decl); | |||
| 4389 | if (cxx_record_decl) { | |||
| 4390 | auto method_iter = cxx_record_decl->method_begin(); | |||
| 4391 | auto method_end = cxx_record_decl->method_end(); | |||
| 4392 | if (idx < | |||
| 4393 | static_cast<size_t>(std::distance(method_iter, method_end))) { | |||
| 4394 | std::advance(method_iter, idx); | |||
| 4395 | clang::CXXMethodDecl *cxx_method_decl = | |||
| 4396 | method_iter->getCanonicalDecl(); | |||
| 4397 | if (cxx_method_decl) { | |||
| 4398 | name = cxx_method_decl->getDeclName().getAsString(); | |||
| 4399 | if (cxx_method_decl->isStatic()) | |||
| 4400 | kind = lldb::eMemberFunctionKindStaticMethod; | |||
| 4401 | else if (llvm::isa<clang::CXXConstructorDecl>(cxx_method_decl)) | |||
| 4402 | kind = lldb::eMemberFunctionKindConstructor; | |||
| 4403 | else if (llvm::isa<clang::CXXDestructorDecl>(cxx_method_decl)) | |||
| 4404 | kind = lldb::eMemberFunctionKindDestructor; | |||
| 4405 | else | |||
| 4406 | kind = lldb::eMemberFunctionKindInstanceMethod; | |||
| 4407 | clang_type = GetType(cxx_method_decl->getType()); | |||
| 4408 | clang_decl = GetCompilerDecl(cxx_method_decl); | |||
| 4409 | } | |||
| 4410 | } | |||
| 4411 | } | |||
| 4412 | } | |||
| 4413 | break; | |||
| 4414 | ||||
| 4415 | case clang::Type::ObjCObjectPointer: { | |||
| 4416 | const clang::ObjCObjectPointerType *objc_class_type = | |||
| 4417 | qual_type->getAs<clang::ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | |||
| 4418 | const clang::ObjCInterfaceType *objc_interface_type = | |||
| 4419 | objc_class_type->getInterfaceType(); | |||
| 4420 | if (objc_interface_type && | |||
| 4421 | GetCompleteType(static_cast<lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t>( | |||
| 4422 | const_cast<clang::ObjCInterfaceType *>(objc_interface_type)))) { | |||
| 4423 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl = | |||
| 4424 | objc_interface_type->getDecl(); | |||
| 4425 | if (class_interface_decl) { | |||
| 4426 | auto method_iter = class_interface_decl->meth_begin(); | |||
| 4427 | auto method_end = class_interface_decl->meth_end(); | |||
| 4428 | if (idx < | |||
| 4429 | static_cast<size_t>(std::distance(method_iter, method_end))) { | |||
| 4430 | std::advance(method_iter, idx); | |||
| 4431 | clang::ObjCMethodDecl *objc_method_decl = | |||
| 4432 | method_iter->getCanonicalDecl(); | |||
| 4433 | if (objc_method_decl) { | |||
| 4434 | clang_decl = GetCompilerDecl(objc_method_decl); | |||
| 4435 | name = objc_method_decl->getSelector().getAsString(); | |||
| 4436 | if (objc_method_decl->isClassMethod()) | |||
| 4437 | kind = lldb::eMemberFunctionKindStaticMethod; | |||
| 4438 | else | |||
| 4439 | kind = lldb::eMemberFunctionKindInstanceMethod; | |||
| 4440 | } | |||
| 4441 | } | |||
| 4442 | } | |||
| 4443 | } | |||
| 4444 | break; | |||
| 4445 | } | |||
| 4446 | ||||
| 4447 | case clang::Type::ObjCObject: | |||
| 4448 | case clang::Type::ObjCInterface: | |||
| 4449 | if (GetCompleteType(type)) { | |||
| 4450 | const clang::ObjCObjectType *objc_class_type = | |||
| 4451 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ObjCObjectType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
| 4452 | if (objc_class_type) { | |||
| 4453 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl = | |||
| 4454 | objc_class_type->getInterface(); | |||
| 4455 | if (class_interface_decl) { | |||
| 4456 | auto method_iter = class_interface_decl->meth_begin(); | |||
| 4457 | auto method_end = class_interface_decl->meth_end(); | |||
| 4458 | if (idx < | |||
| 4459 | static_cast<size_t>(std::distance(method_iter, method_end))) { | |||
| 4460 | std::advance(method_iter, idx); | |||
| 4461 | clang::ObjCMethodDecl *objc_method_decl = | |||
| 4462 | method_iter->getCanonicalDecl(); | |||
| 4463 | if (objc_method_decl) { | |||
| 4464 | clang_decl = GetCompilerDecl(objc_method_decl); | |||
| 4465 | name = objc_method_decl->getSelector().getAsString(); | |||
| 4466 | if (objc_method_decl->isClassMethod()) | |||
| 4467 | kind = lldb::eMemberFunctionKindStaticMethod; | |||
| 4468 | else | |||
| 4469 | kind = lldb::eMemberFunctionKindInstanceMethod; | |||
| 4470 | } | |||
| 4471 | } | |||
| 4472 | } | |||
| 4473 | } | |||
| 4474 | } | |||
| 4475 | break; | |||
| 4476 | ||||
| 4477 | default: | |||
| 4478 | break; | |||
| 4479 | } | |||
| 4480 | } | |||
| 4481 | ||||
| 4482 | if (kind == eMemberFunctionKindUnknown) | |||
| 4483 | return TypeMemberFunctionImpl(); | |||
| 4484 | else | |||
| 4485 | return TypeMemberFunctionImpl(clang_type, clang_decl, name, kind); | |||
| 4486 | } | |||
| 4487 | ||||
| 4488 | CompilerType | |||
| 4489 | TypeSystemClang::GetNonReferenceType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
| 4490 | if (type) | |||
| 4491 | return GetType(GetQualType(type).getNonReferenceType()); | |||
| 4492 | return CompilerType(); | |||
| 4493 | } | |||
| 4494 | ||||
| 4495 | CompilerType | |||
| 4496 | TypeSystemClang::GetPointeeType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
| 4497 | if (type) { | |||
| 4498 | clang::QualType qual_type(GetQualType(type)); | |||
| 4499 | return GetType(qual_type.getTypePtr()->getPointeeType()); | |||
| 4500 | } | |||
| 4501 | return CompilerType(); | |||
| 4502 | } | |||
| 4503 | ||||
| 4504 | CompilerType | |||
| 4505 | TypeSystemClang::GetPointerType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
| 4506 | if (type) { | |||
| 4507 | clang::QualType qual_type(GetQualType(type)); | |||
| 4508 | ||||
| 4509 | switch (qual_type.getDesugaredType(getASTContext())->getTypeClass()) { | |||
| 4510 | case clang::Type::ObjCObject: | |||
| 4511 | case clang::Type::ObjCInterface: | |||
| 4512 | return GetType(getASTContext().getObjCObjectPointerType(qual_type)); | |||
| 4513 | ||||
| 4514 | default: | |||
| 4515 | return GetType(getASTContext().getPointerType(qual_type)); | |||
| 4516 | } | |||
| 4517 | } | |||
| 4518 | return CompilerType(); | |||
| 4519 | } | |||
| 4520 | ||||
| 4521 | CompilerType | |||
| 4522 | TypeSystemClang::GetLValueReferenceType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
| 4523 | if (type) | |||
| 4524 | return GetType(getASTContext().getLValueReferenceType(GetQualType(type))); | |||
| 4525 | else | |||
| 4526 | return CompilerType(); | |||
| 4527 | } | |||
| 4528 | ||||
| 4529 | CompilerType | |||
| 4530 | TypeSystemClang::GetRValueReferenceType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
| 4531 | if (type) | |||
| 4532 | return GetType(getASTContext().getRValueReferenceType(GetQualType(type))); | |||
| 4533 | else | |||
| 4534 | return CompilerType(); | |||
| 4535 | } | |||
| 4536 | ||||
| 4537 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::GetAtomicType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
| 4538 | if (!type) | |||
| 4539 | return CompilerType(); | |||
| 4540 | return GetType(getASTContext().getAtomicType(GetQualType(type))); | |||
| 4541 | } | |||
| 4542 | ||||
| 4543 | CompilerType | |||
| 4544 | TypeSystemClang::AddConstModifier(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
| 4545 | if (type) { | |||
| 4546 | clang::QualType result(GetQualType(type)); | |||
| 4547 | result.addConst(); | |||
| 4548 | return GetType(result); | |||
| 4549 | } | |||
| 4550 | return CompilerType(); | |||
| 4551 | } | |||
| 4552 | ||||
| 4553 | CompilerType | |||
| 4554 | TypeSystemClang::AddVolatileModifier(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
| 4555 | if (type) { | |||
| 4556 | clang::QualType result(GetQualType(type)); | |||
| 4557 | result.addVolatile(); | |||
| 4558 | return GetType(result); | |||
| 4559 | } | |||
| 4560 | return CompilerType(); | |||
| 4561 | } | |||
| 4562 | ||||
| 4563 | CompilerType | |||
| 4564 | TypeSystemClang::AddRestrictModifier(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
| 4565 | if (type) { | |||
| 4566 | clang::QualType result(GetQualType(type)); | |||
| 4567 | result.addRestrict(); | |||
| 4568 | return GetType(result); | |||
| 4569 | } | |||
| 4570 | return CompilerType(); | |||
| 4571 | } | |||
| 4572 | ||||
| 4573 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::CreateTypedef( | |||
| 4574 | lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, const char *typedef_name, | |||
| 4575 | const CompilerDeclContext &compiler_decl_ctx, uint32_t payload) { | |||
| 4576 | if (type && typedef_name && typedef_name[0]) { | |||
| 4577 | clang::ASTContext &clang_ast = getASTContext(); | |||
| 4578 | clang::QualType qual_type(GetQualType(type)); | |||
| 4579 | ||||
| 4580 | clang::DeclContext *decl_ctx = | |||
| 4581 | TypeSystemClang::DeclContextGetAsDeclContext(compiler_decl_ctx); | |||
| 4582 | if (!decl_ctx) | |||
| 4583 | decl_ctx = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); | |||
| 4584 | ||||
| 4585 | clang::TypedefDecl *decl = | |||
| 4586 | clang::TypedefDecl::CreateDeserialized(clang_ast, 0); | |||
| 4587 | decl->setDeclContext(decl_ctx); | |||
| 4588 | decl->setDeclName(&clang_ast.Idents.get(typedef_name)); | |||
| 4589 | decl->setTypeSourceInfo(clang_ast.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(qual_type)); | |||
| 4590 | decl_ctx->addDecl(decl); | |||
| 4591 | SetOwningModule(decl, TypePayloadClang(payload).GetOwningModule()); | |||
| 4592 | ||||
| 4593 | clang::TagDecl *tdecl = nullptr; | |||
| 4594 | if (!qual_type.isNull()) { | |||
| 4595 | if (const clang::RecordType *rt = qual_type->getAs<clang::RecordType>()) | |||
| 4596 | tdecl = rt->getDecl(); | |||
| 4597 | if (const clang::EnumType *et = qual_type->getAs<clang::EnumType>()) | |||
| 4598 | tdecl = et->getDecl(); | |||
| 4599 | } | |||
| 4600 | ||||
| 4601 | // Check whether this declaration is an anonymous struct, union, or enum, | |||
| 4602 | // hidden behind a typedef. If so, we try to check whether we have a | |||
| 4603 | // typedef tag to attach to the original record declaration | |||
| 4604 | if (tdecl && !tdecl->getIdentifier() && !tdecl->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) | |||
| 4605 | tdecl->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(decl); | |||
| 4606 | ||||
| 4607 | decl->setAccess(clang::AS_public); // TODO respect proper access specifier | |||
| 4608 | ||||
| 4609 | // Get a uniqued clang::QualType for the typedef decl type | |||
| 4610 | return GetType(clang_ast.getTypedefType(decl)); | |||
| 4611 | } | |||
| 4612 | return CompilerType(); | |||
| 4613 | } | |||
| 4614 | ||||
| 4615 | CompilerType | |||
| 4616 | TypeSystemClang::GetTypedefedType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
| 4617 | if (type) { | |||
| 4618 | const clang::TypedefType *typedef_type = llvm::dyn_cast<clang::TypedefType>( | |||
| 4619 | RemoveWrappingTypes(GetQualType(type), {clang::Type::Typedef})); | |||
| 4620 | if (typedef_type) | |||
| 4621 | return GetType(typedef_type->getDecl()->getUnderlyingType()); | |||
| 4622 | } | |||
| 4623 | return CompilerType(); | |||
| 4624 | } | |||
| 4625 | ||||
| 4626 | // Create related types using the current type's AST | |||
| 4627 | ||||
| 4628 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::GetBasicTypeFromAST(lldb::BasicType basic_type) { | |||
| 4629 | return TypeSystemClang::GetBasicType(basic_type); | |||
| 4630 | } | |||
| 4631 | // Exploring the type | |||
| 4632 | ||||
| 4633 | const llvm::fltSemantics & | |||
| 4634 | TypeSystemClang::GetFloatTypeSemantics(size_t byte_size) { | |||
| 4635 | clang::ASTContext &ast = getASTContext(); | |||
| 4636 | const size_t bit_size = byte_size * 8; | |||
| 4637 | if (bit_size == ast.getTypeSize(ast.FloatTy)) | |||
| 4638 | return ast.getFloatTypeSemantics(ast.FloatTy); | |||
| 4639 | else if (bit_size == ast.getTypeSize(ast.DoubleTy)) | |||
| 4640 | return ast.getFloatTypeSemantics(ast.DoubleTy); | |||
| 4641 | else if (bit_size == ast.getTypeSize(ast.LongDoubleTy)) | |||
| 4642 | return ast.getFloatTypeSemantics(ast.LongDoubleTy); | |||
| 4643 | else if (bit_size == ast.getTypeSize(ast.HalfTy)) | |||
| 4644 | return ast.getFloatTypeSemantics(ast.HalfTy); | |||
| 4645 | return llvm::APFloatBase::Bogus(); | |||
| 4646 | } | |||
| 4647 | ||||
| 4648 | Optional<uint64_t> | |||
| 4649 | TypeSystemClang::GetBitSize(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | |||
| 4650 | ExecutionContextScope *exe_scope) { | |||
| 4651 | if (GetCompleteType(type)) { | |||
| 4652 | clang::QualType qual_type(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | |||
| 4653 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | |||
| 4654 | switch (type_class) { | |||
| 4655 | case clang::Type::Record: | |||
| 4656 | if (GetCompleteType(type)) | |||
| 4657 | return getASTContext().getTypeSize(qual_type); | |||
| 4658 | else | |||
| 4659 | return None; | |||
| 4660 | break; | |||
| 4661 | ||||
| 4662 | case clang::Type::ObjCInterface: | |||
| 4663 | case clang::Type::ObjCObject: { | |||
| 4664 | ExecutionContext exe_ctx(exe_scope); | |||
| 4665 | Process *process = exe_ctx.GetProcessPtr(); | |||
| 4666 | if (process) { | |||
| 4667 | ObjCLanguageRuntime *objc_runtime = ObjCLanguageRuntime::Get(*process); | |||
| 4668 | if (objc_runtime) { | |||
| 4669 | uint64_t bit_size = 0; | |||
| 4670 | if (objc_runtime->GetTypeBitSize(GetType(qual_type), bit_size)) | |||
| 4671 | return bit_size; | |||
| 4672 | } | |||
| 4673 | } else { | |||
| 4674 | static bool g_printed = false; | |||
| 4675 | if (!g_printed) { | |||
| 4676 | StreamString s; | |||
| 4677 | DumpTypeDescription(type, &s); | |||
| 4678 | ||||
| 4679 | llvm::outs() << "warning: trying to determine the size of type "; | |||
| 4680 | llvm::outs() << s.GetString() << "\n"; | |||
| 4681 | llvm::outs() << "without a valid ExecutionContext. this is not " | |||
| 4682 | "reliable. please file a bug against LLDB.\n"; | |||
| 4683 | llvm::outs() << "backtrace:\n"; | |||
| 4684 | llvm::sys::PrintStackTrace(llvm::outs()); | |||
| 4685 | llvm::outs() << "\n"; | |||
| 4686 | g_printed = true; | |||
| 4687 | } | |||
| 4688 | } | |||
| 4689 | } | |||
| 4690 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]]; | |||
| 4691 | default: | |||
| 4692 | const uint32_t bit_size = getASTContext().getTypeSize(qual_type); | |||
| 4693 | if (bit_size == 0) { | |||
| 4694 | if (qual_type->isIncompleteArrayType()) | |||
| 4695 | return getASTContext().getTypeSize( | |||
| 4696 | qual_type->getArrayElementTypeNoTypeQual() | |||
| 4697 | ->getCanonicalTypeUnqualified()); | |||
| 4698 | } | |||
| 4699 | if (qual_type->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType()) | |||
| 4700 | return bit_size + | |||
| 4701 | getASTContext().getTypeSize(getASTContext().ObjCBuiltinClassTy); | |||
| 4702 | // Function types actually have a size of 0, that's not an error. | |||
| 4703 | if (qual_type->isFunctionProtoType()) | |||
| 4704 | return bit_size; | |||
| 4705 | if (bit_size) | |||
| 4706 | return bit_size; | |||
| 4707 | } | |||
| 4708 | } | |||
| 4709 | return None; | |||
| 4710 | } | |||
| 4711 | ||||
| 4712 | llvm::Optional<size_t> | |||
| 4713 | TypeSystemClang::GetTypeBitAlign(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | |||
| 4714 | ExecutionContextScope *exe_scope) { | |||
| 4715 | if (GetCompleteType(type)) | |||
| 4716 | return getASTContext().getTypeAlign(GetQualType(type)); | |||
| 4717 | return {}; | |||
| 4718 | } | |||
| 4719 | ||||
| 4720 | lldb::Encoding TypeSystemClang::GetEncoding(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | |||
| 4721 | uint64_t &count) { | |||
| 4722 | if (!type) | |||
| 4723 | return lldb::eEncodingInvalid; | |||
| 4724 | ||||
| 4725 | count = 1; | |||
| 4726 | clang::QualType qual_type = RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | |||
| 4727 | ||||
| 4728 | switch (qual_type->getTypeClass()) { | |||
| 4729 | case clang::Type::Atomic: | |||
| 4730 | case clang::Type::Auto: | |||
| 4731 | case clang::Type::Decltype: | |||
| 4732 | case clang::Type::Elaborated: | |||
| 4733 | case clang::Type::Paren: | |||
| 4734 | case clang::Type::Typedef: | |||
| 4735 | case clang::Type::TypeOf: | |||
| 4736 | case clang::Type::TypeOfExpr: | |||
| 4737 | llvm_unreachable("Handled in RemoveWrappingTypes!")__builtin_unreachable(); | |||
| 4738 | ||||
| 4739 | case clang::Type::UnaryTransform: | |||
| 4740 | break; | |||
| 4741 | ||||
| 4742 | case clang::Type::FunctionNoProto: | |||
| 4743 | case clang::Type::FunctionProto: | |||
| 4744 | break; | |||
| 4745 | ||||
| 4746 | case clang::Type::IncompleteArray: | |||
| 4747 | case clang::Type::VariableArray: | |||
| 4748 | break; | |||
| 4749 | ||||
| 4750 | case clang::Type::ConstantArray: | |||
| 4751 | break; | |||
| 4752 | ||||
| 4753 | case clang::Type::DependentVector: | |||
| 4754 | case clang::Type::ExtVector: | |||
| 4755 | case clang::Type::Vector: | |||
| 4756 | // TODO: Set this to more than one??? | |||
| 4757 | break; | |||
| 4758 | ||||
| 4759 | case clang::Type::ExtInt: | |||
| 4760 | case clang::Type::DependentExtInt: | |||
| 4761 | return qual_type->isUnsignedIntegerType() ? lldb::eEncodingUint | |||
| 4762 | : lldb::eEncodingSint; | |||
| 4763 | ||||
| 4764 | case clang::Type::Builtin: | |||
| 4765 | switch (llvm::cast<clang::BuiltinType>(qual_type)->getKind()) { | |||
| 4766 | case clang::BuiltinType::Void: | |||
| 4767 | break; | |||
| 4768 | ||||
| 4769 | case clang::BuiltinType::Char_S: | |||
| 4770 | case clang::BuiltinType::SChar: | |||
| 4771 | case clang::BuiltinType::WChar_S: | |||
| 4772 | case clang::BuiltinType::Short: | |||
| 4773 | case clang::BuiltinType::Int: | |||
| 4774 | case clang::BuiltinType::Long: | |||
| 4775 | case clang::BuiltinType::LongLong: | |||
| 4776 | case clang::BuiltinType::Int128: | |||
| 4777 | return lldb::eEncodingSint; | |||
| 4778 | ||||
| 4779 | case clang::BuiltinType::Bool: | |||
| 4780 | case clang::BuiltinType::Char_U: | |||
| 4781 | case clang::BuiltinType::UChar: | |||
| 4782 | case clang::BuiltinType::WChar_U: | |||
| 4783 | case clang::BuiltinType::Char8: | |||
| 4784 | case clang::BuiltinType::Char16: | |||
| 4785 | case clang::BuiltinType::Char32: | |||
| 4786 | case clang::BuiltinType::UShort: | |||
| 4787 | case clang::BuiltinType::UInt: | |||
| 4788 | case clang::BuiltinType::ULong: | |||
| 4789 | case clang::BuiltinType::ULongLong: | |||
| 4790 | case clang::BuiltinType::UInt128: | |||
| 4791 | return lldb::eEncodingUint; | |||
| 4792 | ||||
| 4793 | // Fixed point types. Note that they are currently ignored. | |||
| 4794 | case clang::BuiltinType::ShortAccum: | |||
| 4795 | case clang::BuiltinType::Accum: | |||
| 4796 | case clang::BuiltinType::LongAccum: | |||
| 4797 | case clang::BuiltinType::UShortAccum: | |||
| 4798 | case clang::BuiltinType::UAccum: | |||
| 4799 | case clang::BuiltinType::ULongAccum: | |||
| 4800 | case clang::BuiltinType::ShortFract: | |||
| 4801 | case clang::BuiltinType::Fract: | |||
| 4802 | case clang::BuiltinType::LongFract: | |||
| 4803 | case clang::BuiltinType::UShortFract: | |||
| 4804 | case clang::BuiltinType::UFract: | |||
| 4805 | case clang::BuiltinType::ULongFract: | |||
| 4806 | case clang::BuiltinType::SatShortAccum: | |||
| 4807 | case clang::BuiltinType::SatAccum: | |||
| 4808 | case clang::BuiltinType::SatLongAccum: | |||
| 4809 | case clang::BuiltinType::SatUShortAccum: | |||
| 4810 | case clang::BuiltinType::SatUAccum: | |||
| 4811 | case clang::BuiltinType::SatULongAccum: | |||
| 4812 | case clang::BuiltinType::SatShortFract: | |||
| 4813 | case clang::BuiltinType::SatFract: | |||
| 4814 | case clang::BuiltinType::SatLongFract: | |||
| 4815 | case clang::BuiltinType::SatUShortFract: | |||
| 4816 | case clang::BuiltinType::SatUFract: | |||
| 4817 | case clang::BuiltinType::SatULongFract: | |||
| 4818 | break; | |||
| 4819 | ||||
| 4820 | case clang::BuiltinType::Half: | |||
| 4821 | case clang::BuiltinType::Float: | |||
| 4822 | case clang::BuiltinType::Float16: | |||
| 4823 | case clang::BuiltinType::Float128: | |||
| 4824 | case clang::BuiltinType::Double: | |||
| 4825 | case clang::BuiltinType::LongDouble: | |||
| 4826 | case clang::BuiltinType::BFloat16: | |||
| 4827 | return lldb::eEncodingIEEE754; | |||
| 4828 | ||||
| 4829 | case clang::BuiltinType::ObjCClass: | |||
| 4830 | case clang::BuiltinType::ObjCId: | |||
| 4831 | case clang::BuiltinType::ObjCSel: | |||
| 4832 | return lldb::eEncodingUint; | |||
| 4833 | ||||
| 4834 | case clang::BuiltinType::NullPtr: | |||
| 4835 | return lldb::eEncodingUint; | |||
| 4836 | ||||
| 4837 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::ARCUnbridgedCast: | |||
| 4838 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::BoundMember: | |||
| 4839 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::BuiltinFn: | |||
| 4840 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::Dependent: | |||
| 4841 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLClkEvent: | |||
| 4842 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLEvent: | |||
| 4843 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage1dRO: | |||
| 4844 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage1dWO: | |||
| 4845 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage1dRW: | |||
| 4846 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage1dArrayRO: | |||
| 4847 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage1dArrayWO: | |||
| 4848 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage1dArrayRW: | |||
| 4849 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage1dBufferRO: | |||
| 4850 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage1dBufferWO: | |||
| 4851 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage1dBufferRW: | |||
| 4852 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage2dRO: | |||
| 4853 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage2dWO: | |||
| 4854 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage2dRW: | |||
| 4855 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage2dArrayRO: | |||
| 4856 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage2dArrayWO: | |||
| 4857 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage2dArrayRW: | |||
| 4858 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage2dArrayDepthRO: | |||
| 4859 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage2dArrayDepthWO: | |||
| 4860 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage2dArrayDepthRW: | |||
| 4861 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage2dArrayMSAARO: | |||
| 4862 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage2dArrayMSAAWO: | |||
| 4863 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage2dArrayMSAARW: | |||
| 4864 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage2dArrayMSAADepthRO: | |||
| 4865 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage2dArrayMSAADepthWO: | |||
| 4866 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage2dArrayMSAADepthRW: | |||
| 4867 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage2dDepthRO: | |||
| 4868 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage2dDepthWO: | |||
| 4869 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage2dDepthRW: | |||
| 4870 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage2dMSAARO: | |||
| 4871 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage2dMSAAWO: | |||
| 4872 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage2dMSAARW: | |||
| 4873 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage2dMSAADepthRO: | |||
| 4874 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage2dMSAADepthWO: | |||
| 4875 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage2dMSAADepthRW: | |||
| 4876 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage3dRO: | |||
| 4877 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage3dWO: | |||
| 4878 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage3dRW: | |||
| 4879 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLQueue: | |||
| 4880 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLReserveID: | |||
| 4881 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLSampler: | |||
| 4882 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OMPArraySection: | |||
| 4883 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OMPArrayShaping: | |||
| 4884 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OMPIterator: | |||
| 4885 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::Overload: | |||
| 4886 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::PseudoObject: | |||
| 4887 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::UnknownAny: | |||
| 4888 | break; | |||
| 4889 | ||||
| 4890 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLIntelSubgroupAVCMcePayload: | |||
| 4891 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLIntelSubgroupAVCImePayload: | |||
| 4892 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLIntelSubgroupAVCRefPayload: | |||
| 4893 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLIntelSubgroupAVCSicPayload: | |||
| 4894 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLIntelSubgroupAVCMceResult: | |||
| 4895 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLIntelSubgroupAVCImeResult: | |||
| 4896 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLIntelSubgroupAVCRefResult: | |||
| 4897 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLIntelSubgroupAVCSicResult: | |||
| 4898 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLIntelSubgroupAVCImeResultSingleRefStreamout: | |||
| 4899 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLIntelSubgroupAVCImeResultDualRefStreamout: | |||
| 4900 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLIntelSubgroupAVCImeSingleRefStreamin: | |||
| 4901 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLIntelSubgroupAVCImeDualRefStreamin: | |||
| 4902 | break; | |||
| 4903 | ||||
| 4904 | // PowerPC -- Matrix Multiply Assist | |||
| 4905 | case clang::BuiltinType::VectorPair: | |||
| 4906 | case clang::BuiltinType::VectorQuad: | |||
| 4907 | break; | |||
| 4908 | ||||
| 4909 | // ARM -- Scalable Vector Extension | |||
| 4910 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveBool: | |||
| 4911 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveInt8: | |||
| 4912 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveInt8x2: | |||
| 4913 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveInt8x3: | |||
| 4914 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveInt8x4: | |||
| 4915 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveInt16: | |||
| 4916 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveInt16x2: | |||
| 4917 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveInt16x3: | |||
| 4918 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveInt16x4: | |||
| 4919 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveInt32: | |||
| 4920 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveInt32x2: | |||
| 4921 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveInt32x3: | |||
| 4922 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveInt32x4: | |||
| 4923 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveInt64: | |||
| 4924 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveInt64x2: | |||
| 4925 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveInt64x3: | |||
| 4926 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveInt64x4: | |||
| 4927 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveUint8: | |||
| 4928 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveUint8x2: | |||
| 4929 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveUint8x3: | |||
| 4930 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveUint8x4: | |||
| 4931 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveUint16: | |||
| 4932 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveUint16x2: | |||
| 4933 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveUint16x3: | |||
| 4934 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveUint16x4: | |||
| 4935 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveUint32: | |||
| 4936 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveUint32x2: | |||
| 4937 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveUint32x3: | |||
| 4938 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveUint32x4: | |||
| 4939 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveUint64: | |||
| 4940 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveUint64x2: | |||
| 4941 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveUint64x3: | |||
| 4942 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveUint64x4: | |||
| 4943 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveFloat16: | |||
| 4944 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveBFloat16: | |||
| 4945 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveBFloat16x2: | |||
| 4946 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveBFloat16x3: | |||
| 4947 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveBFloat16x4: | |||
| 4948 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveFloat16x2: | |||
| 4949 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveFloat16x3: | |||
| 4950 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveFloat16x4: | |||
| 4951 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveFloat32: | |||
| 4952 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveFloat32x2: | |||
| 4953 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveFloat32x3: | |||
| 4954 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveFloat32x4: | |||
| 4955 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveFloat64: | |||
| 4956 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveFloat64x2: | |||
| 4957 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveFloat64x3: | |||
| 4958 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveFloat64x4: | |||
| 4959 | break; | |||
| 4960 | ||||
| 4961 | // RISC-V V builtin types. | |||
| 4962 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvInt8mf8: | |||
| 4963 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvInt8mf4: | |||
| 4964 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvInt8mf2: | |||
| 4965 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvInt8m1: | |||
| 4966 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvInt8m2: | |||
| 4967 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvInt8m4: | |||
| 4968 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvInt8m8: | |||
| 4969 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvUint8mf8: | |||
| 4970 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvUint8mf4: | |||
| 4971 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvUint8mf2: | |||
| 4972 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvUint8m1: | |||
| 4973 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvUint8m2: | |||
| 4974 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvUint8m4: | |||
| 4975 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvUint8m8: | |||
| 4976 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvInt16mf4: | |||
| 4977 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvInt16mf2: | |||
| 4978 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvInt16m1: | |||
| 4979 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvInt16m2: | |||
| 4980 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvInt16m4: | |||
| 4981 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvInt16m8: | |||
| 4982 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvUint16mf4: | |||
| 4983 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvUint16mf2: | |||
| 4984 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvUint16m1: | |||
| 4985 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvUint16m2: | |||
| 4986 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvUint16m4: | |||
| 4987 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvUint16m8: | |||
| 4988 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvInt32mf2: | |||
| 4989 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvInt32m1: | |||
| 4990 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvInt32m2: | |||
| 4991 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvInt32m4: | |||
| 4992 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvInt32m8: | |||
| 4993 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvUint32mf2: | |||
| 4994 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvUint32m1: | |||
| 4995 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvUint32m2: | |||
| 4996 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvUint32m4: | |||
| 4997 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvUint32m8: | |||
| 4998 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvInt64m1: | |||
| 4999 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvInt64m2: | |||
| 5000 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvInt64m4: | |||
| 5001 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvInt64m8: | |||
| 5002 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvUint64m1: | |||
| 5003 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvUint64m2: | |||
| 5004 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvUint64m4: | |||
| 5005 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvUint64m8: | |||
| 5006 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvFloat16mf4: | |||
| 5007 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvFloat16mf2: | |||
| 5008 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvFloat16m1: | |||
| 5009 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvFloat16m2: | |||
| 5010 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvFloat16m4: | |||
| 5011 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvFloat16m8: | |||
| 5012 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvFloat32mf2: | |||
| 5013 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvFloat32m1: | |||
| 5014 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvFloat32m2: | |||
| 5015 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvFloat32m4: | |||
| 5016 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvFloat32m8: | |||
| 5017 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvFloat64m1: | |||
| 5018 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvFloat64m2: | |||
| 5019 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvFloat64m4: | |||
| 5020 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvFloat64m8: | |||
| 5021 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvBool1: | |||
| 5022 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvBool2: | |||
| 5023 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvBool4: | |||
| 5024 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvBool8: | |||
| 5025 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvBool16: | |||
| 5026 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvBool32: | |||
| 5027 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvBool64: | |||
| 5028 | break; | |||
| 5029 | ||||
| 5030 | case clang::BuiltinType::IncompleteMatrixIdx: | |||
| 5031 | break; | |||
| 5032 | } | |||
| 5033 | break; | |||
| 5034 | // All pointer types are represented as unsigned integer encodings. We may | |||
| 5035 | // nee to add a eEncodingPointer if we ever need to know the difference | |||
| 5036 | case clang::Type::ObjCObjectPointer: | |||
| 5037 | case clang::Type::BlockPointer: | |||
| 5038 | case clang::Type::Pointer: | |||
| 5039 | case clang::Type::LValueReference: | |||
| 5040 | case clang::Type::RValueReference: | |||
| 5041 | case clang::Type::MemberPointer: | |||
| 5042 | return lldb::eEncodingUint; | |||
| 5043 | case clang::Type::Complex: { | |||
| 5044 | lldb::Encoding encoding = lldb::eEncodingIEEE754; | |||
| 5045 | if (qual_type->isComplexType()) | |||
| 5046 | encoding = lldb::eEncodingIEEE754; | |||
| 5047 | else { | |||
| 5048 | const clang::ComplexType *complex_type = | |||
| 5049 | qual_type->getAsComplexIntegerType(); | |||
| 5050 | if (complex_type) | |||
| 5051 | encoding = GetType(complex_type->getElementType()).GetEncoding(count); | |||
| 5052 | else | |||
| 5053 | encoding = lldb::eEncodingSint; | |||
| 5054 | } | |||
| 5055 | count = 2; | |||
| 5056 | return encoding; | |||
| 5057 | } | |||
| 5058 | ||||
| 5059 | case clang::Type::ObjCInterface: | |||
| 5060 | break; | |||
| 5061 | case clang::Type::Record: | |||
| 5062 | break; | |||
| 5063 | case clang::Type::Enum: | |||
| 5064 | return lldb::eEncodingSint; | |||
| 5065 | case clang::Type::DependentSizedArray: | |||
| 5066 | case clang::Type::DependentSizedExtVector: | |||
| 5067 | case clang::Type::UnresolvedUsing: | |||
| 5068 | case clang::Type::Attributed: | |||
| 5069 | case clang::Type::TemplateTypeParm: | |||
| 5070 | case clang::Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm: | |||
| 5071 | case clang::Type::SubstTemplateTypeParmPack: | |||
| 5072 | case clang::Type::InjectedClassName: | |||
| 5073 | case clang::Type::DependentName: | |||
| 5074 | case clang::Type::DependentTemplateSpecialization: | |||
| 5075 | case clang::Type::PackExpansion: | |||
| 5076 | case clang::Type::ObjCObject: | |||
| 5077 | ||||
| 5078 | case clang::Type::TemplateSpecialization: | |||
| 5079 | case clang::Type::DeducedTemplateSpecialization: | |||
| 5080 | case clang::Type::Adjusted: | |||
| 5081 | case clang::Type::Pipe: | |||
| 5082 | break; | |||
| 5083 | ||||
| 5084 | // pointer type decayed from an array or function type. | |||
| 5085 | case clang::Type::Decayed: | |||
| 5086 | break; | |||
| 5087 | case clang::Type::ObjCTypeParam: | |||
| 5088 | break; | |||
| 5089 | ||||
| 5090 | case clang::Type::DependentAddressSpace: | |||
| 5091 | break; | |||
| 5092 | case clang::Type::MacroQualified: | |||
| 5093 | break; | |||
| 5094 | ||||
| 5095 | case clang::Type::ConstantMatrix: | |||
| 5096 | case clang::Type::DependentSizedMatrix: | |||
| 5097 | break; | |||
| 5098 | } | |||
| 5099 | count = 0; | |||
| 5100 | return lldb::eEncodingInvalid; | |||
| 5101 | } | |||
| 5102 | ||||
| 5103 | lldb::Format TypeSystemClang::GetFormat(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
| 5104 | if (!type) | |||
| 5105 | return lldb::eFormatDefault; | |||
| 5106 | ||||
| 5107 | clang::QualType qual_type = RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | |||
| 5108 | ||||
| 5109 | switch (qual_type->getTypeClass()) { | |||
| 5110 | case clang::Type::Atomic: | |||
| 5111 | case clang::Type::Auto: | |||
| 5112 | case clang::Type::Decltype: | |||
| 5113 | case clang::Type::Elaborated: | |||
| 5114 | case clang::Type::Paren: | |||
| 5115 | case clang::Type::Typedef: | |||
| 5116 | case clang::Type::TypeOf: | |||
| 5117 | case clang::Type::TypeOfExpr: | |||
| 5118 | llvm_unreachable("Handled in RemoveWrappingTypes!")__builtin_unreachable(); | |||
| 5119 | case clang::Type::UnaryTransform: | |||
| 5120 | break; | |||
| 5121 | ||||
| 5122 | case clang::Type::FunctionNoProto: | |||
| 5123 | case clang::Type::FunctionProto: | |||
| 5124 | break; | |||
| 5125 | ||||
| 5126 | case clang::Type::IncompleteArray: | |||
| 5127 | case clang::Type::VariableArray: | |||
| 5128 | break; | |||
| 5129 | ||||
| 5130 | case clang::Type::ConstantArray: | |||
| 5131 | return lldb::eFormatVoid; // no value | |||
| 5132 | ||||
| 5133 | case clang::Type::DependentVector: | |||
| 5134 | case clang::Type::ExtVector: | |||
| 5135 | case clang::Type::Vector: | |||
| 5136 | break; | |||
| 5137 | ||||
| 5138 | case clang::Type::ExtInt: | |||
| 5139 | case clang::Type::DependentExtInt: | |||
| 5140 | return qual_type->isUnsignedIntegerType() ? lldb::eFormatUnsigned | |||
| 5141 | : lldb::eFormatDecimal; | |||
| 5142 | ||||
| 5143 | case clang::Type::Builtin: | |||
| 5144 | switch (llvm::cast<clang::BuiltinType>(qual_type)->getKind()) { | |||
| 5145 | case clang::BuiltinType::UnknownAny: | |||
| 5146 | case clang::BuiltinType::Void: | |||
| 5147 | case clang::BuiltinType::BoundMember: | |||
| 5148 | break; | |||
| 5149 | ||||
| 5150 | case clang::BuiltinType::Bool: | |||
| 5151 | return lldb::eFormatBoolean; | |||
| 5152 | case clang::BuiltinType::Char_S: | |||
| 5153 | case clang::BuiltinType::SChar: | |||
| 5154 | case clang::BuiltinType::WChar_S: | |||
| 5155 | case clang::BuiltinType::Char_U: | |||
| 5156 | case clang::BuiltinType::UChar: | |||
| 5157 | case clang::BuiltinType::WChar_U: | |||
| 5158 | return lldb::eFormatChar; | |||
| 5159 | case clang::BuiltinType::Char16: | |||
| 5160 | return lldb::eFormatUnicode16; | |||
| 5161 | case clang::BuiltinType::Char32: | |||
| 5162 | return lldb::eFormatUnicode32; | |||
| 5163 | case clang::BuiltinType::UShort: | |||
| 5164 | return lldb::eFormatUnsigned; | |||
| 5165 | case clang::BuiltinType::Short: | |||
| 5166 | return lldb::eFormatDecimal; | |||
| 5167 | case clang::BuiltinType::UInt: | |||
| 5168 | return lldb::eFormatUnsigned; | |||
| 5169 | case clang::BuiltinType::Int: | |||
| 5170 | return lldb::eFormatDecimal; | |||
| 5171 | case clang::BuiltinType::ULong: | |||
| 5172 | return lldb::eFormatUnsigned; | |||
| 5173 | case clang::BuiltinType::Long: | |||
| 5174 | return lldb::eFormatDecimal; | |||
| 5175 | case clang::BuiltinType::ULongLong: | |||
| 5176 | return lldb::eFormatUnsigned; | |||
| 5177 | case clang::BuiltinType::LongLong: | |||
| 5178 | return lldb::eFormatDecimal; | |||
| 5179 | case clang::BuiltinType::UInt128: | |||
| 5180 | return lldb::eFormatUnsigned; | |||
| 5181 | case clang::BuiltinType::Int128: | |||
| 5182 | return lldb::eFormatDecimal; | |||
| 5183 | case clang::BuiltinType::Half: | |||
| 5184 | case clang::BuiltinType::Float: | |||
| 5185 | case clang::BuiltinType::Double: | |||
| 5186 | case clang::BuiltinType::LongDouble: | |||
| 5187 | return lldb::eFormatFloat; | |||
| 5188 | default: | |||
| 5189 | return lldb::eFormatHex; | |||
| 5190 | } | |||
| 5191 | break; | |||
| 5192 | case clang::Type::ObjCObjectPointer: | |||
| 5193 | return lldb::eFormatHex; | |||
| 5194 | case clang::Type::BlockPointer: | |||
| 5195 | return lldb::eFormatHex; | |||
| 5196 | case clang::Type::Pointer: | |||
| 5197 | return lldb::eFormatHex; | |||
| 5198 | case clang::Type::LValueReference: | |||
| 5199 | case clang::Type::RValueReference: | |||
| 5200 | return lldb::eFormatHex; | |||
| 5201 | case clang::Type::MemberPointer: | |||
| 5202 | break; | |||
| 5203 | case clang::Type::Complex: { | |||
| 5204 | if (qual_type->isComplexType()) | |||
| 5205 | return lldb::eFormatComplex; | |||
| 5206 | else | |||
| 5207 | return lldb::eFormatComplexInteger; | |||
| 5208 | } | |||
| 5209 | case clang::Type::ObjCInterface: | |||
| 5210 | break; | |||
| 5211 | case clang::Type::Record: | |||
| 5212 | break; | |||
| 5213 | case clang::Type::Enum: | |||
| 5214 | return lldb::eFormatEnum; | |||
| 5215 | case clang::Type::DependentSizedArray: | |||
| 5216 | case clang::Type::DependentSizedExtVector: | |||
| 5217 | case clang::Type::UnresolvedUsing: | |||
| 5218 | case clang::Type::Attributed: | |||
| 5219 | case clang::Type::TemplateTypeParm: | |||
| 5220 | case clang::Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm: | |||
| 5221 | case clang::Type::SubstTemplateTypeParmPack: | |||
| 5222 | case clang::Type::InjectedClassName: | |||
| 5223 | case clang::Type::DependentName: | |||
| 5224 | case clang::Type::DependentTemplateSpecialization: | |||
| 5225 | case clang::Type::PackExpansion: | |||
| 5226 | case clang::Type::ObjCObject: | |||
| 5227 | ||||
| 5228 | case clang::Type::TemplateSpecialization: | |||
| 5229 | case clang::Type::DeducedTemplateSpecialization: | |||
| 5230 | case clang::Type::Adjusted: | |||
| 5231 | case clang::Type::Pipe: | |||
| 5232 | break; | |||
| 5233 | ||||
| 5234 | // pointer type decayed from an array or function type. | |||
| 5235 | case clang::Type::Decayed: | |||
| 5236 | break; | |||
| 5237 | case clang::Type::ObjCTypeParam: | |||
| 5238 | break; | |||
| 5239 | ||||
| 5240 | case clang::Type::DependentAddressSpace: | |||
| 5241 | break; | |||
| 5242 | case clang::Type::MacroQualified: | |||
| 5243 | break; | |||
| 5244 | ||||
| 5245 | // Matrix types we're not sure how to display yet. | |||
| 5246 | case clang::Type::ConstantMatrix: | |||
| 5247 | case clang::Type::DependentSizedMatrix: | |||
| 5248 | break; | |||
| 5249 | } | |||
| 5250 | // We don't know hot to display this type... | |||
| 5251 | return lldb::eFormatBytes; | |||
| 5252 | } | |||
| 5253 | ||||
| 5254 | static bool ObjCDeclHasIVars(clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl, | |||
| 5255 | bool check_superclass) { | |||
| 5256 | while (class_interface_decl) { | |||
| 5257 | if (class_interface_decl->ivar_size() > 0) | |||
| 5258 | return true; | |||
| 5259 | ||||
| 5260 | if (check_superclass) | |||
| 5261 | class_interface_decl = class_interface_decl->getSuperClass(); | |||
| 5262 | else | |||
| 5263 | break; | |||
| 5264 | } | |||
| 5265 | return false; | |||
| 5266 | } | |||
| 5267 | ||||
| 5268 | static Optional<SymbolFile::ArrayInfo> | |||
| 5269 | GetDynamicArrayInfo(TypeSystemClang &ast, SymbolFile *sym_file, | |||
| 5270 | clang::QualType qual_type, | |||
| 5271 | const ExecutionContext *exe_ctx) { | |||
| 5272 | if (qual_type->isIncompleteArrayType()) | |||
| 5273 | if (auto *metadata = ast.GetMetadata(qual_type.getTypePtr())) | |||
| 5274 | return sym_file->GetDynamicArrayInfoForUID(metadata->GetUserID(), | |||
| 5275 | exe_ctx); | |||
| 5276 | return llvm::None; | |||
| 5277 | } | |||
| 5278 | ||||
| 5279 | uint32_t TypeSystemClang::GetNumChildren(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | |||
| 5280 | bool omit_empty_base_classes, | |||
| 5281 | const ExecutionContext *exe_ctx) { | |||
| 5282 | if (!type) | |||
| 5283 | return 0; | |||
| 5284 | ||||
| 5285 | uint32_t num_children = 0; | |||
| 5286 | clang::QualType qual_type(RemoveWrappingTypes(GetQualType(type))); | |||
| 5287 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | |||
| 5288 | switch (type_class) { | |||
| 5289 | case clang::Type::Builtin: | |||
| 5290 | switch (llvm::cast<clang::BuiltinType>(qual_type)->getKind()) { | |||
| 5291 | case clang::BuiltinType::ObjCId: // child is Class | |||
| 5292 | case clang::BuiltinType::ObjCClass: // child is Class | |||
| 5293 | num_children = 1; | |||
| 5294 | break; | |||
| 5295 | ||||
| 5296 | default: | |||
| 5297 | break; | |||
| 5298 | } | |||
| 5299 | break; | |||
| 5300 | ||||
| 5301 | case clang::Type::Complex: | |||
| 5302 | return 0; | |||
| 5303 | case clang::Type::Record: | |||
| 5304 | if (GetCompleteQualType(&getASTContext(), qual_type)) { | |||
| 5305 | const clang::RecordType *record_type = | |||
| 5306 | llvm::cast<clang::RecordType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
| 5307 | const clang::RecordDecl *record_decl = record_type->getDecl(); | |||
| 5308 | assert(record_decl)((void)0); | |||
| 5309 | const clang::CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl = | |||
| 5310 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::CXXRecordDecl>(record_decl); | |||
| 5311 | if (cxx_record_decl) { | |||
| 5312 | if (omit_empty_base_classes) { | |||
| 5313 | // Check each base classes to see if it or any of its base classes | |||
| 5314 | // contain any fields. This can help limit the noise in variable | |||
| 5315 | // views by not having to show base classes that contain no members. | |||
| 5316 | clang::CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator base_class, | |||
| 5317 | base_class_end; | |||
| 5318 | for (base_class = cxx_record_decl->bases_begin(), | |||
| 5319 | base_class_end = cxx_record_decl->bases_end(); | |||
| 5320 | base_class != base_class_end; ++base_class) { | |||
| 5321 | const clang::CXXRecordDecl *base_class_decl = | |||
| 5322 | llvm::cast<clang::CXXRecordDecl>( | |||
| 5323 | base_class->getType() | |||
| 5324 | ->getAs<clang::RecordType>() | |||
| 5325 | ->getDecl()); | |||
| 5326 | ||||
| 5327 | // Skip empty base classes | |||
| 5328 | if (!TypeSystemClang::RecordHasFields(base_class_decl)) | |||
| 5329 | continue; | |||
| 5330 | ||||
| 5331 | num_children++; | |||
| 5332 | } | |||
| 5333 | } else { | |||
| 5334 | // Include all base classes | |||
| 5335 | num_children += cxx_record_decl->getNumBases(); | |||
| 5336 | } | |||
| 5337 | } | |||
| 5338 | clang::RecordDecl::field_iterator field, field_end; | |||
| 5339 | for (field = record_decl->field_begin(), | |||
| 5340 | field_end = record_decl->field_end(); | |||
| 5341 | field != field_end; ++field) | |||
| 5342 | ++num_children; | |||
| 5343 | } | |||
| 5344 | break; | |||
| 5345 | ||||
| 5346 | case clang::Type::ObjCObject: | |||
| 5347 | case clang::Type::ObjCInterface: | |||
| 5348 | if (GetCompleteQualType(&getASTContext(), qual_type)) { | |||
| 5349 | const clang::ObjCObjectType *objc_class_type = | |||
| 5350 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ObjCObjectType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
| 5351 | assert(objc_class_type)((void)0); | |||
| 5352 | if (objc_class_type) { | |||
| 5353 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl = | |||
| 5354 | objc_class_type->getInterface(); | |||
| 5355 | ||||
| 5356 | if (class_interface_decl) { | |||
| 5357 | ||||
| 5358 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *superclass_interface_decl = | |||
| 5359 | class_interface_decl->getSuperClass(); | |||
| 5360 | if (superclass_interface_decl) { | |||
| 5361 | if (omit_empty_base_classes) { | |||
| 5362 | if (ObjCDeclHasIVars(superclass_interface_decl, true)) | |||
| 5363 | ++num_children; | |||
| 5364 | } else | |||
| 5365 | ++num_children; | |||
| 5366 | } | |||
| 5367 | ||||
| 5368 | num_children += class_interface_decl->ivar_size(); | |||
| 5369 | } | |||
| 5370 | } | |||
| 5371 | } | |||
| 5372 | break; | |||
| 5373 | ||||
| 5374 | case clang::Type::LValueReference: | |||
| 5375 | case clang::Type::RValueReference: | |||
| 5376 | case clang::Type::ObjCObjectPointer: { | |||
| 5377 | CompilerType pointee_clang_type(GetPointeeType(type)); | |||
| 5378 | ||||
| 5379 | uint32_t num_pointee_children = 0; | |||
| 5380 | if (pointee_clang_type.IsAggregateType()) | |||
| 5381 | num_pointee_children = | |||
| 5382 | pointee_clang_type.GetNumChildren(omit_empty_base_classes, exe_ctx); | |||
| 5383 | // If this type points to a simple type, then it has 1 child | |||
| 5384 | if (num_pointee_children == 0) | |||
| 5385 | num_children = 1; | |||
| 5386 | else | |||
| 5387 | num_children = num_pointee_children; | |||
| 5388 | } break; | |||
| 5389 | ||||
| 5390 | case clang::Type::Vector: | |||
| 5391 | case clang::Type::ExtVector: | |||
| 5392 | num_children = | |||
| 5393 | llvm::cast<clang::VectorType>(qual_type.getTypePtr())->getNumElements(); | |||
| 5394 | break; | |||
| 5395 | ||||
| 5396 | case clang::Type::ConstantArray: | |||
| 5397 | num_children = llvm::cast<clang::ConstantArrayType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()) | |||
| 5398 | ->getSize() | |||
| 5399 | .getLimitedValue(); | |||
| 5400 | break; | |||
| 5401 | case clang::Type::IncompleteArray: | |||
| 5402 | if (auto array_info = | |||
| 5403 | GetDynamicArrayInfo(*this, GetSymbolFile(), qual_type, exe_ctx)) | |||
| 5404 | // Only 1-dimensional arrays are supported. | |||
| 5405 | num_children = array_info->element_orders.size() | |||
| 5406 | ? array_info->element_orders.back() | |||
| 5407 | : 0; | |||
| 5408 | break; | |||
| 5409 | ||||
| 5410 | case clang::Type::Pointer: { | |||
| 5411 | const clang::PointerType *pointer_type = | |||
| 5412 | llvm::cast<clang::PointerType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
| 5413 | clang::QualType pointee_type(pointer_type->getPointeeType()); | |||
| 5414 | CompilerType pointee_clang_type(GetType(pointee_type)); | |||
| 5415 | uint32_t num_pointee_children = 0; | |||
| 5416 | if (pointee_clang_type.IsAggregateType()) | |||
| 5417 | num_pointee_children = | |||
| 5418 | pointee_clang_type.GetNumChildren(omit_empty_base_classes, exe_ctx); | |||
| 5419 | if (num_pointee_children == 0) { | |||
| 5420 | // We have a pointer to a pointee type that claims it has no children. We | |||
| 5421 | // will want to look at | |||
| 5422 | num_children = GetNumPointeeChildren(pointee_type); | |||
| 5423 | } else | |||
| 5424 | num_children = num_pointee_children; | |||
| 5425 | } break; | |||
| 5426 | ||||
| 5427 | default: | |||
| 5428 | break; | |||
| 5429 | } | |||
| 5430 | return num_children; | |||
| 5431 | } | |||
| 5432 | ||||
| 5433 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::GetBuiltinTypeByName(ConstString name) { | |||
| 5434 | return GetBasicType(GetBasicTypeEnumeration(name)); | |||
| 5435 | } | |||
| 5436 | ||||
| 5437 | lldb::BasicType | |||
| 5438 | TypeSystemClang::GetBasicTypeEnumeration(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
| 5439 | if (type) { | |||
| 5440 | clang::QualType qual_type(GetQualType(type)); | |||
| 5441 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | |||
| 5442 | if (type_class == clang::Type::Builtin) { | |||
| 5443 | switch (llvm::cast<clang::BuiltinType>(qual_type)->getKind()) { | |||
| 5444 | case clang::BuiltinType::Void: | |||
| 5445 | return eBasicTypeVoid; | |||
| 5446 | case clang::BuiltinType::Bool: | |||
| 5447 | return eBasicTypeBool; | |||
| 5448 | case clang::BuiltinType::Char_S: | |||
| 5449 | return eBasicTypeSignedChar; | |||
| 5450 | case clang::BuiltinType::Char_U: | |||
| 5451 | return eBasicTypeUnsignedChar; | |||
| 5452 | case clang::BuiltinType::Char16: | |||
| 5453 | return eBasicTypeChar16; | |||
| 5454 | case clang::BuiltinType::Char32: | |||
| 5455 | return eBasicTypeChar32; | |||
| 5456 | case clang::BuiltinType::UChar: | |||
| 5457 | return eBasicTypeUnsignedChar; | |||
| 5458 | case clang::BuiltinType::SChar: | |||
| 5459 | return eBasicTypeSignedChar; | |||
| 5460 | case clang::BuiltinType::WChar_S: | |||
| 5461 | return eBasicTypeSignedWChar; | |||
| 5462 | case clang::BuiltinType::WChar_U: | |||
| 5463 | return eBasicTypeUnsignedWChar; | |||
| 5464 | case clang::BuiltinType::Short: | |||
| 5465 | return eBasicTypeShort; | |||
| 5466 | case clang::BuiltinType::UShort: | |||
| 5467 | return eBasicTypeUnsignedShort; | |||
| 5468 | case clang::BuiltinType::Int: | |||
| 5469 | return eBasicTypeInt; | |||
| 5470 | case clang::BuiltinType::UInt: | |||
| 5471 | return eBasicTypeUnsignedInt; | |||
| 5472 | case clang::BuiltinType::Long: | |||
| 5473 | return eBasicTypeLong; | |||
| 5474 | case clang::BuiltinType::ULong: | |||
| 5475 | return eBasicTypeUnsignedLong; | |||
| 5476 | case clang::BuiltinType::LongLong: | |||
| 5477 | return eBasicTypeLongLong; | |||
| 5478 | case clang::BuiltinType::ULongLong: | |||
| 5479 | return eBasicTypeUnsignedLongLong; | |||
| 5480 | case clang::BuiltinType::Int128: | |||
| 5481 | return eBasicTypeInt128; | |||
| 5482 | case clang::BuiltinType::UInt128: | |||
| 5483 | return eBasicTypeUnsignedInt128; | |||
| 5484 | ||||
| 5485 | case clang::BuiltinType::Half: | |||
| 5486 | return eBasicTypeHalf; | |||
| 5487 | case clang::BuiltinType::Float: | |||
| 5488 | return eBasicTypeFloat; | |||
| 5489 | case clang::BuiltinType::Double: | |||
| 5490 | return eBasicTypeDouble; | |||
| 5491 | case clang::BuiltinType::LongDouble: | |||
| 5492 | return eBasicTypeLongDouble; | |||
| 5493 | ||||
| 5494 | case clang::BuiltinType::NullPtr: | |||
| 5495 | return eBasicTypeNullPtr; | |||
| 5496 | case clang::BuiltinType::ObjCId: | |||
| 5497 | return eBasicTypeObjCID; | |||
| 5498 | case clang::BuiltinType::ObjCClass: | |||
| 5499 | return eBasicTypeObjCClass; | |||
| 5500 | case clang::BuiltinType::ObjCSel: | |||
| 5501 | return eBasicTypeObjCSel; | |||
| 5502 | default: | |||
| 5503 | return eBasicTypeOther; | |||
| 5504 | } | |||
| 5505 | } | |||
| 5506 | } | |||
| 5507 | return eBasicTypeInvalid; | |||
| 5508 | } | |||
| 5509 | ||||
| 5510 | void TypeSystemClang::ForEachEnumerator( | |||
| 5511 | lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | |||
| 5512 | std::function<bool(const CompilerType &integer_type, | |||
| 5513 | ConstString name, | |||
| 5514 | const llvm::APSInt &value)> const &callback) { | |||
| 5515 | const clang::EnumType *enum_type = | |||
| 5516 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::EnumType>(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | |||
| 5517 | if (enum_type) { | |||
| 5518 | const clang::EnumDecl *enum_decl = enum_type->getDecl(); | |||
| 5519 | if (enum_decl) { | |||
| 5520 | CompilerType integer_type = GetType(enum_decl->getIntegerType()); | |||
| 5521 | ||||
| 5522 | clang::EnumDecl::enumerator_iterator enum_pos, enum_end_pos; | |||
| 5523 | for (enum_pos = enum_decl->enumerator_begin(), | |||
| 5524 | enum_end_pos = enum_decl->enumerator_end(); | |||
| 5525 | enum_pos != enum_end_pos; ++enum_pos) { | |||
| 5526 | ConstString name(enum_pos->getNameAsString().c_str()); | |||
| 5527 | if (!callback(integer_type, name, enum_pos->getInitVal())) | |||
| 5528 | break; | |||
| 5529 | } | |||
| 5530 | } | |||
| 5531 | } | |||
| 5532 | } | |||
| 5533 | ||||
| 5534 | #pragma mark Aggregate Types | |||
| 5535 | ||||
| 5536 | uint32_t TypeSystemClang::GetNumFields(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
| 5537 | if (!type) | |||
| 5538 | return 0; | |||
| 5539 | ||||
| 5540 | uint32_t count = 0; | |||
| 5541 | clang::QualType qual_type(RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type))); | |||
| 5542 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | |||
| 5543 | switch (type_class) { | |||
| 5544 | case clang::Type::Record: | |||
| 5545 | if (GetCompleteType(type)) { | |||
| 5546 | const clang::RecordType *record_type = | |||
| 5547 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::RecordType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
| 5548 | if (record_type) { | |||
| 5549 | clang::RecordDecl *record_decl = record_type->getDecl(); | |||
| 5550 | if (record_decl) { | |||
| 5551 | uint32_t field_idx = 0; | |||
| 5552 | clang::RecordDecl::field_iterator field, field_end; | |||
| 5553 | for (field = record_decl->field_begin(), | |||
| 5554 | field_end = record_decl->field_end(); | |||
| 5555 | field != field_end; ++field) | |||
| 5556 | ++field_idx; | |||
| 5557 | count = field_idx; | |||
| 5558 | } | |||
| 5559 | } | |||
| 5560 | } | |||
| 5561 | break; | |||
| 5562 | ||||
| 5563 | case clang::Type::ObjCObjectPointer: { | |||
| 5564 | const clang::ObjCObjectPointerType *objc_class_type = | |||
| 5565 | qual_type->getAs<clang::ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | |||
| 5566 | const clang::ObjCInterfaceType *objc_interface_type = | |||
| 5567 | objc_class_type->getInterfaceType(); | |||
| 5568 | if (objc_interface_type && | |||
| 5569 | GetCompleteType(static_cast<lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t>( | |||
| 5570 | const_cast<clang::ObjCInterfaceType *>(objc_interface_type)))) { | |||
| 5571 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl = | |||
| 5572 | objc_interface_type->getDecl(); | |||
| 5573 | if (class_interface_decl) { | |||
| 5574 | count = class_interface_decl->ivar_size(); | |||
| 5575 | } | |||
| 5576 | } | |||
| 5577 | break; | |||
| 5578 | } | |||
| 5579 | ||||
| 5580 | case clang::Type::ObjCObject: | |||
| 5581 | case clang::Type::ObjCInterface: | |||
| 5582 | if (GetCompleteType(type)) { | |||
| 5583 | const clang::ObjCObjectType *objc_class_type = | |||
| 5584 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ObjCObjectType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
| 5585 | if (objc_class_type) { | |||
| 5586 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl = | |||
| 5587 | objc_class_type->getInterface(); | |||
| 5588 | ||||
| 5589 | if (class_interface_decl) | |||
| 5590 | count = class_interface_decl->ivar_size(); | |||
| 5591 | } | |||
| 5592 | } | |||
| 5593 | break; | |||
| 5594 | ||||
| 5595 | default: | |||
| 5596 | break; | |||
| 5597 | } | |||
| 5598 | return count; | |||
| 5599 | } | |||
| 5600 | ||||
| 5601 | static lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t | |||
| 5602 | GetObjCFieldAtIndex(clang::ASTContext *ast, | |||
| 5603 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl, size_t idx, | |||
| 5604 | std::string &name, uint64_t *bit_offset_ptr, | |||
| 5605 | uint32_t *bitfield_bit_size_ptr, bool *is_bitfield_ptr) { | |||
| 5606 | if (class_interface_decl) { | |||
| 5607 | if (idx < (class_interface_decl->ivar_size())) { | |||
| 5608 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator ivar_pos, | |||
| 5609 | ivar_end = class_interface_decl->ivar_end(); | |||
| 5610 | uint32_t ivar_idx = 0; | |||
| 5611 | ||||
| 5612 | for (ivar_pos = class_interface_decl->ivar_begin(); ivar_pos != ivar_end; | |||
| 5613 | ++ivar_pos, ++ivar_idx) { | |||
| 5614 | if (ivar_idx == idx) { | |||
| 5615 | const clang::ObjCIvarDecl *ivar_decl = *ivar_pos; | |||
| 5616 | ||||
| 5617 | clang::QualType ivar_qual_type(ivar_decl->getType()); | |||
| 5618 | ||||
| 5619 | name.assign(ivar_decl->getNameAsString()); | |||
| 5620 | ||||
| 5621 | if (bit_offset_ptr) { | |||
| 5622 | const clang::ASTRecordLayout &interface_layout = | |||
| 5623 | ast->getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(class_interface_decl); | |||
| 5624 | *bit_offset_ptr = interface_layout.getFieldOffset(ivar_idx); | |||
| 5625 | } | |||
| 5626 | ||||
| 5627 | const bool is_bitfield = ivar_pos->isBitField(); | |||
| 5628 | ||||
| 5629 | if (bitfield_bit_size_ptr) { | |||
| 5630 | *bitfield_bit_size_ptr = 0; | |||
| 5631 | ||||
| 5632 | if (is_bitfield && ast) { | |||
| 5633 | clang::Expr *bitfield_bit_size_expr = ivar_pos->getBitWidth(); | |||
| 5634 | clang::Expr::EvalResult result; | |||
| 5635 | if (bitfield_bit_size_expr && | |||
| 5636 | bitfield_bit_size_expr->EvaluateAsInt(result, *ast)) { | |||
| 5637 | llvm::APSInt bitfield_apsint = result.Val.getInt(); | |||
| 5638 | *bitfield_bit_size_ptr = bitfield_apsint.getLimitedValue(); | |||
| 5639 | } | |||
| 5640 | } | |||
| 5641 | } | |||
| 5642 | if (is_bitfield_ptr) | |||
| 5643 | *is_bitfield_ptr = is_bitfield; | |||
| 5644 | ||||
| 5645 | return ivar_qual_type.getAsOpaquePtr(); | |||
| 5646 | } | |||
| 5647 | } | |||
| 5648 | } | |||
| 5649 | } | |||
| 5650 | return nullptr; | |||
| 5651 | } | |||
| 5652 | ||||
| 5653 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::GetFieldAtIndex(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | |||
| 5654 | size_t idx, std::string &name, | |||
| 5655 | uint64_t *bit_offset_ptr, | |||
| 5656 | uint32_t *bitfield_bit_size_ptr, | |||
| 5657 | bool *is_bitfield_ptr) { | |||
| 5658 | if (!type) | |||
| 5659 | return CompilerType(); | |||
| 5660 | ||||
| 5661 | clang::QualType qual_type(RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type))); | |||
| 5662 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | |||
| 5663 | switch (type_class) { | |||
| 5664 | case clang::Type::Record: | |||
| 5665 | if (GetCompleteType(type)) { | |||
| 5666 | const clang::RecordType *record_type = | |||
| 5667 | llvm::cast<clang::RecordType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
| 5668 | const clang::RecordDecl *record_decl = record_type->getDecl(); | |||
| 5669 | uint32_t field_idx = 0; | |||
| 5670 | clang::RecordDecl::field_iterator field, field_end; | |||
| 5671 | for (field = record_decl->field_begin(), | |||
| 5672 | field_end = record_decl->field_end(); | |||
| 5673 | field != field_end; ++field, ++field_idx) { | |||
| 5674 | if (idx == field_idx) { | |||
| 5675 | // Print the member type if requested | |||
| 5676 | // Print the member name and equal sign | |||
| 5677 | name.assign(field->getNameAsString()); | |||
| 5678 | ||||
| 5679 | // Figure out the type byte size (field_type_info.first) and | |||
| 5680 | // alignment (field_type_info.second) from the AST context. | |||
| 5681 | if (bit_offset_ptr) { | |||
| 5682 | const clang::ASTRecordLayout &record_layout = | |||
| 5683 | getASTContext().getASTRecordLayout(record_decl); | |||
| 5684 | *bit_offset_ptr = record_layout.getFieldOffset(field_idx); | |||
| 5685 | } | |||
| 5686 | ||||
| 5687 | const bool is_bitfield = field->isBitField(); | |||
| 5688 | ||||
| 5689 | if (bitfield_bit_size_ptr) { | |||
| 5690 | *bitfield_bit_size_ptr = 0; | |||
| 5691 | ||||
| 5692 | if (is_bitfield) { | |||
| 5693 | clang::Expr *bitfield_bit_size_expr = field->getBitWidth(); | |||
| 5694 | clang::Expr::EvalResult result; | |||
| 5695 | if (bitfield_bit_size_expr && | |||
| 5696 | bitfield_bit_size_expr->EvaluateAsInt(result, | |||
| 5697 | getASTContext())) { | |||
| 5698 | llvm::APSInt bitfield_apsint = result.Val.getInt(); | |||
| 5699 | *bitfield_bit_size_ptr = bitfield_apsint.getLimitedValue(); | |||
| 5700 | } | |||
| 5701 | } | |||
| 5702 | } | |||
| 5703 | if (is_bitfield_ptr) | |||
| 5704 | *is_bitfield_ptr = is_bitfield; | |||
| 5705 | ||||
| 5706 | return GetType(field->getType()); | |||
| 5707 | } | |||
| 5708 | } | |||
| 5709 | } | |||
| 5710 | break; | |||
| 5711 | ||||
| 5712 | case clang::Type::ObjCObjectPointer: { | |||
| 5713 | const clang::ObjCObjectPointerType *objc_class_type = | |||
| 5714 | qual_type->getAs<clang::ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | |||
| 5715 | const clang::ObjCInterfaceType *objc_interface_type = | |||
| 5716 | objc_class_type->getInterfaceType(); | |||
| 5717 | if (objc_interface_type && | |||
| 5718 | GetCompleteType(static_cast<lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t>( | |||
| 5719 | const_cast<clang::ObjCInterfaceType *>(objc_interface_type)))) { | |||
| 5720 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl = | |||
| 5721 | objc_interface_type->getDecl(); | |||
| 5722 | if (class_interface_decl) { | |||
| 5723 | return CompilerType( | |||
| 5724 | this, GetObjCFieldAtIndex(&getASTContext(), class_interface_decl, | |||
| 5725 | idx, name, bit_offset_ptr, | |||
| 5726 | bitfield_bit_size_ptr, is_bitfield_ptr)); | |||
| 5727 | } | |||
| 5728 | } | |||
| 5729 | break; | |||
| 5730 | } | |||
| 5731 | ||||
| 5732 | case clang::Type::ObjCObject: | |||
| 5733 | case clang::Type::ObjCInterface: | |||
| 5734 | if (GetCompleteType(type)) { | |||
| 5735 | const clang::ObjCObjectType *objc_class_type = | |||
| 5736 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ObjCObjectType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
| 5737 | assert(objc_class_type)((void)0); | |||
| 5738 | if (objc_class_type) { | |||
| 5739 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl = | |||
| 5740 | objc_class_type->getInterface(); | |||
| 5741 | return CompilerType( | |||
| 5742 | this, GetObjCFieldAtIndex(&getASTContext(), class_interface_decl, | |||
| 5743 | idx, name, bit_offset_ptr, | |||
| 5744 | bitfield_bit_size_ptr, is_bitfield_ptr)); | |||
| 5745 | } | |||
| 5746 | } | |||
| 5747 | break; | |||
| 5748 | ||||
| 5749 | default: | |||
| 5750 | break; | |||
| 5751 | } | |||
| 5752 | return CompilerType(); | |||
| 5753 | } | |||
| 5754 | ||||
| 5755 | uint32_t | |||
| 5756 | TypeSystemClang::GetNumDirectBaseClasses(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
| 5757 | uint32_t count = 0; | |||
| 5758 | clang::QualType qual_type = RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | |||
| 5759 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | |||
| 5760 | switch (type_class) { | |||
| 5761 | case clang::Type::Record: | |||
| 5762 | if (GetCompleteType(type)) { | |||
| 5763 | const clang::CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl = | |||
| 5764 | qual_type->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | |||
| 5765 | if (cxx_record_decl) | |||
| 5766 | count = cxx_record_decl->getNumBases(); | |||
| 5767 | } | |||
| 5768 | break; | |||
| 5769 | ||||
| 5770 | case clang::Type::ObjCObjectPointer: | |||
| 5771 | count = GetPointeeType(type).GetNumDirectBaseClasses(); | |||
| 5772 | break; | |||
| 5773 | ||||
| 5774 | case clang::Type::ObjCObject: | |||
| 5775 | if (GetCompleteType(type)) { | |||
| 5776 | const clang::ObjCObjectType *objc_class_type = | |||
| 5777 | qual_type->getAsObjCQualifiedInterfaceType(); | |||
| 5778 | if (objc_class_type) { | |||
| 5779 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl = | |||
| 5780 | objc_class_type->getInterface(); | |||
| 5781 | ||||
| 5782 | if (class_interface_decl && class_interface_decl->getSuperClass()) | |||
| 5783 | count = 1; | |||
| 5784 | } | |||
| 5785 | } | |||
| 5786 | break; | |||
| 5787 | case clang::Type::ObjCInterface: | |||
| 5788 | if (GetCompleteType(type)) { | |||
| 5789 | const clang::ObjCInterfaceType *objc_interface_type = | |||
| 5790 | qual_type->getAs<clang::ObjCInterfaceType>(); | |||
| 5791 | if (objc_interface_type) { | |||
| 5792 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl = | |||
| 5793 | objc_interface_type->getInterface(); | |||
| 5794 | ||||
| 5795 | if (class_interface_decl && class_interface_decl->getSuperClass()) | |||
| 5796 | count = 1; | |||
| 5797 | } | |||
| 5798 | } | |||
| 5799 | break; | |||
| 5800 | ||||
| 5801 | default: | |||
| 5802 | break; | |||
| 5803 | } | |||
| 5804 | return count; | |||
| 5805 | } | |||
| 5806 | ||||
| 5807 | uint32_t | |||
| 5808 | TypeSystemClang::GetNumVirtualBaseClasses(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
| 5809 | uint32_t count = 0; | |||
| 5810 | clang::QualType qual_type = RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | |||
| 5811 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | |||
| 5812 | switch (type_class) { | |||
| 5813 | case clang::Type::Record: | |||
| 5814 | if (GetCompleteType(type)) { | |||
| 5815 | const clang::CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl = | |||
| 5816 | qual_type->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | |||
| 5817 | if (cxx_record_decl) | |||
| 5818 | count = cxx_record_decl->getNumVBases(); | |||
| 5819 | } | |||
| 5820 | break; | |||
| 5821 | ||||
| 5822 | default: | |||
| 5823 | break; | |||
| 5824 | } | |||
| 5825 | return count; | |||
| 5826 | } | |||
| 5827 | ||||
| 5828 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::GetDirectBaseClassAtIndex( | |||
| 5829 | lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, size_t idx, uint32_t *bit_offset_ptr) { | |||
| 5830 | clang::QualType qual_type = RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | |||
| 5831 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | |||
| 5832 | switch (type_class) { | |||
| 5833 | case clang::Type::Record: | |||
| 5834 | if (GetCompleteType(type)) { | |||
| 5835 | const clang::CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl = | |||
| 5836 | qual_type->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | |||
| 5837 | if (cxx_record_decl) { | |||
| 5838 | uint32_t curr_idx = 0; | |||
| 5839 | clang::CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator base_class, | |||
| 5840 | base_class_end; | |||
| 5841 | for (base_class = cxx_record_decl->bases_begin(), | |||
| 5842 | base_class_end = cxx_record_decl->bases_end(); | |||
| 5843 | base_class != base_class_end; ++base_class, ++curr_idx) { | |||
| 5844 | if (curr_idx == idx) { | |||
| 5845 | if (bit_offset_ptr) { | |||
| 5846 | const clang::ASTRecordLayout &record_layout = | |||
| 5847 | getASTContext().getASTRecordLayout(cxx_record_decl); | |||
| 5848 | const clang::CXXRecordDecl *base_class_decl = | |||
| 5849 | llvm::cast<clang::CXXRecordDecl>( | |||
| 5850 | base_class->getType() | |||
| 5851 | ->getAs<clang::RecordType>() | |||
| 5852 | ->getDecl()); | |||
| 5853 | if (base_class->isVirtual()) | |||
| 5854 | *bit_offset_ptr = | |||
| 5855 | record_layout.getVBaseClassOffset(base_class_decl) | |||
| 5856 | .getQuantity() * | |||
| 5857 | 8; | |||
| 5858 | else | |||
| 5859 | *bit_offset_ptr = | |||
| 5860 | record_layout.getBaseClassOffset(base_class_decl) | |||
| 5861 | .getQuantity() * | |||
| 5862 | 8; | |||
| 5863 | } | |||
| 5864 | return GetType(base_class->getType()); | |||
| 5865 | } | |||
| 5866 | } | |||
| 5867 | } | |||
| 5868 | } | |||
| 5869 | break; | |||
| 5870 | ||||
| 5871 | case clang::Type::ObjCObjectPointer: | |||
| 5872 | return GetPointeeType(type).GetDirectBaseClassAtIndex(idx, bit_offset_ptr); | |||
| 5873 | ||||
| 5874 | case clang::Type::ObjCObject: | |||
| 5875 | if (idx == 0 && GetCompleteType(type)) { | |||
| 5876 | const clang::ObjCObjectType *objc_class_type = | |||
| 5877 | qual_type->getAsObjCQualifiedInterfaceType(); | |||
| 5878 | if (objc_class_type) { | |||
| 5879 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl = | |||
| 5880 | objc_class_type->getInterface(); | |||
| 5881 | ||||
| 5882 | if (class_interface_decl) { | |||
| 5883 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *superclass_interface_decl = | |||
| 5884 | class_interface_decl->getSuperClass(); | |||
| 5885 | if (superclass_interface_decl) { | |||
| 5886 | if (bit_offset_ptr) | |||
| 5887 | *bit_offset_ptr = 0; | |||
| 5888 | return GetType(getASTContext().getObjCInterfaceType( | |||
| 5889 | superclass_interface_decl)); | |||
| 5890 | } | |||
| 5891 | } | |||
| 5892 | } | |||
| 5893 | } | |||
| 5894 | break; | |||
| 5895 | case clang::Type::ObjCInterface: | |||
| 5896 | if (idx == 0 && GetCompleteType(type)) { | |||
| 5897 | const clang::ObjCObjectType *objc_interface_type = | |||
| 5898 | qual_type->getAs<clang::ObjCInterfaceType>(); | |||
| 5899 | if (objc_interface_type) { | |||
| 5900 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl = | |||
| 5901 | objc_interface_type->getInterface(); | |||
| 5902 | ||||
| 5903 | if (class_interface_decl) { | |||
| 5904 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *superclass_interface_decl = | |||
| 5905 | class_interface_decl->getSuperClass(); | |||
| 5906 | if (superclass_interface_decl) { | |||
| 5907 | if (bit_offset_ptr) | |||
| 5908 | *bit_offset_ptr = 0; | |||
| 5909 | return GetType(getASTContext().getObjCInterfaceType( | |||
| 5910 | superclass_interface_decl)); | |||
| 5911 | } | |||
| 5912 | } | |||
| 5913 | } | |||
| 5914 | } | |||
| 5915 | break; | |||
| 5916 | ||||
| 5917 | default: | |||
| 5918 | break; | |||
| 5919 | } | |||
| 5920 | return CompilerType(); | |||
| 5921 | } | |||
| 5922 | ||||
| 5923 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::GetVirtualBaseClassAtIndex( | |||
| 5924 | lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, size_t idx, uint32_t *bit_offset_ptr) { | |||
| 5925 | clang::QualType qual_type = RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | |||
| 5926 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | |||
| 5927 | switch (type_class) { | |||
| 5928 | case clang::Type::Record: | |||
| 5929 | if (GetCompleteType(type)) { | |||
| 5930 | const clang::CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl = | |||
| 5931 | qual_type->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | |||
| 5932 | if (cxx_record_decl) { | |||
| 5933 | uint32_t curr_idx = 0; | |||
| 5934 | clang::CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator base_class, | |||
| 5935 | base_class_end; | |||
| 5936 | for (base_class = cxx_record_decl->vbases_begin(), | |||
| 5937 | base_class_end = cxx_record_decl->vbases_end(); | |||
| 5938 | base_class != base_class_end; ++base_class, ++curr_idx) { | |||
| 5939 | if (curr_idx == idx) { | |||
| 5940 | if (bit_offset_ptr) { | |||
| 5941 | const clang::ASTRecordLayout &record_layout = | |||
| 5942 | getASTContext().getASTRecordLayout(cxx_record_decl); | |||
| 5943 | const clang::CXXRecordDecl *base_class_decl = | |||
| 5944 | llvm::cast<clang::CXXRecordDecl>( | |||
| 5945 | base_class->getType() | |||
| 5946 | ->getAs<clang::RecordType>() | |||
| 5947 | ->getDecl()); | |||
| 5948 | *bit_offset_ptr = | |||
| 5949 | record_layout.getVBaseClassOffset(base_class_decl) | |||
| 5950 | .getQuantity() * | |||
| 5951 | 8; | |||
| 5952 | } | |||
| 5953 | return GetType(base_class->getType()); | |||
| 5954 | } | |||
| 5955 | } | |||
| 5956 | } | |||
| 5957 | } | |||
| 5958 | break; | |||
| 5959 | ||||
| 5960 | default: | |||
| 5961 | break; | |||
| 5962 | } | |||
| 5963 | return CompilerType(); | |||
| 5964 | } | |||
| 5965 | ||||
| 5966 | // If a pointer to a pointee type (the clang_type arg) says that it has no | |||
| 5967 | // children, then we either need to trust it, or override it and return a | |||
| 5968 | // different result. For example, an "int *" has one child that is an integer, | |||
| 5969 | // but a function pointer doesn't have any children. Likewise if a Record type | |||
| 5970 | // claims it has no children, then there really is nothing to show. | |||
| 5971 | uint32_t TypeSystemClang::GetNumPointeeChildren(clang::QualType type) { | |||
| 5972 | if (type.isNull()) | |||
| 5973 | return 0; | |||
| 5974 | ||||
| 5975 | clang::QualType qual_type = RemoveWrappingTypes(type.getCanonicalType()); | |||
| 5976 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | |||
| 5977 | switch (type_class) { | |||
| 5978 | case clang::Type::Builtin: | |||
| 5979 | switch (llvm::cast<clang::BuiltinType>(qual_type)->getKind()) { | |||
| 5980 | case clang::BuiltinType::UnknownAny: | |||
| 5981 | case clang::BuiltinType::Void: | |||
| 5982 | case clang::BuiltinType::NullPtr: | |||
| 5983 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLEvent: | |||
| 5984 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLImage1dRO: | |||
| 5985 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLImage1dWO: | |||
| 5986 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLImage1dRW: | |||
| 5987 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLImage1dArrayRO: | |||
| 5988 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLImage1dArrayWO: | |||
| 5989 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLImage1dArrayRW: | |||
| 5990 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLImage1dBufferRO: | |||
| 5991 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLImage1dBufferWO: | |||
| 5992 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLImage1dBufferRW: | |||
| 5993 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLImage2dRO: | |||
| 5994 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLImage2dWO: | |||
| 5995 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLImage2dRW: | |||
| 5996 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArrayRO: | |||
| 5997 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArrayWO: | |||
| 5998 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArrayRW: | |||
| 5999 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLImage3dRO: | |||
| 6000 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLImage3dWO: | |||
| 6001 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLImage3dRW: | |||
| 6002 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLSampler: | |||
| 6003 | return 0; | |||
| 6004 | case clang::BuiltinType::Bool: | |||
| 6005 | case clang::BuiltinType::Char_U: | |||
| 6006 | case clang::BuiltinType::UChar: | |||
| 6007 | case clang::BuiltinType::WChar_U: | |||
| 6008 | case clang::BuiltinType::Char16: | |||
| 6009 | case clang::BuiltinType::Char32: | |||
| 6010 | case clang::BuiltinType::UShort: | |||
| 6011 | case clang::BuiltinType::UInt: | |||
| 6012 | case clang::BuiltinType::ULong: | |||
| 6013 | case clang::BuiltinType::ULongLong: | |||
| 6014 | case clang::BuiltinType::UInt128: | |||
| 6015 | case clang::BuiltinType::Char_S: | |||
| 6016 | case clang::BuiltinType::SChar: | |||
| 6017 | case clang::BuiltinType::WChar_S: | |||
| 6018 | case clang::BuiltinType::Short: | |||
| 6019 | case clang::BuiltinType::Int: | |||
| 6020 | case clang::BuiltinType::Long: | |||
| 6021 | case clang::BuiltinType::LongLong: | |||
| 6022 | case clang::BuiltinType::Int128: | |||
| 6023 | case clang::BuiltinType::Float: | |||
| 6024 | case clang::BuiltinType::Double: | |||
| 6025 | case clang::BuiltinType::LongDouble: | |||
| 6026 | case clang::BuiltinType::Dependent: | |||
| 6027 | case clang::BuiltinType::Overload: | |||
| 6028 | case clang::BuiltinType::ObjCId: | |||
| 6029 | case clang::BuiltinType::ObjCClass: | |||
| 6030 | case clang::BuiltinType::ObjCSel: | |||
| 6031 | case clang::BuiltinType::BoundMember: | |||
| 6032 | case clang::BuiltinType::Half: | |||
| 6033 | case clang::BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast: | |||
| 6034 | case clang::BuiltinType::PseudoObject: | |||
| 6035 | case clang::BuiltinType::BuiltinFn: | |||
| 6036 | case clang::BuiltinType::OMPArraySection: | |||
| 6037 | return 1; | |||
| 6038 | default: | |||
| 6039 | return 0; | |||
| 6040 | } | |||
| 6041 | break; | |||
| 6042 | ||||
| 6043 | case clang::Type::Complex: | |||
| 6044 | return 1; | |||
| 6045 | case clang::Type::Pointer: | |||
| 6046 | return 1; | |||
| 6047 | case clang::Type::BlockPointer: | |||
| 6048 | return 0; // If block pointers don't have debug info, then no children for | |||
| 6049 | // them | |||
| 6050 | case clang::Type::LValueReference: | |||
| 6051 | return 1; | |||
| 6052 | case clang::Type::RValueReference: | |||
| 6053 | return 1; | |||
| 6054 | case clang::Type::MemberPointer: | |||
| 6055 | return 0; | |||
| 6056 | case clang::Type::ConstantArray: | |||
| 6057 | return 0; | |||
| 6058 | case clang::Type::IncompleteArray: | |||
| 6059 | return 0; | |||
| 6060 | case clang::Type::VariableArray: | |||
| 6061 | return 0; | |||
| 6062 | case clang::Type::DependentSizedArray: | |||
| 6063 | return 0; | |||
| 6064 | case clang::Type::DependentSizedExtVector: | |||
| 6065 | return 0; | |||
| 6066 | case clang::Type::Vector: | |||
| 6067 | return 0; | |||
| 6068 | case clang::Type::ExtVector: | |||
| 6069 | return 0; | |||
| 6070 | case clang::Type::FunctionProto: | |||
| 6071 | return 0; // When we function pointers, they have no children... | |||
| 6072 | case clang::Type::FunctionNoProto: | |||
| 6073 | return 0; // When we function pointers, they have no children... | |||
| 6074 | case clang::Type::UnresolvedUsing: | |||
| 6075 | return 0; | |||
| 6076 | case clang::Type::Record: | |||
| 6077 | return 0; | |||
| 6078 | case clang::Type::Enum: | |||
| 6079 | return 1; | |||
| 6080 | case clang::Type::TemplateTypeParm: | |||
| 6081 | return 1; | |||
| 6082 | case clang::Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm: | |||
| 6083 | return 1; | |||
| 6084 | case clang::Type::TemplateSpecialization: | |||
| 6085 | return 1; | |||
| 6086 | case clang::Type::InjectedClassName: | |||
| 6087 | return 0; | |||
| 6088 | case clang::Type::DependentName: | |||
| 6089 | return 1; | |||
| 6090 | case clang::Type::DependentTemplateSpecialization: | |||
| 6091 | return 1; | |||
| 6092 | case clang::Type::ObjCObject: | |||
| 6093 | return 0; | |||
| 6094 | case clang::Type::ObjCInterface: | |||
| 6095 | return 0; | |||
| 6096 | case clang::Type::ObjCObjectPointer: | |||
| 6097 | return 1; | |||
| 6098 | default: | |||
| 6099 | break; | |||
| 6100 | } | |||
| 6101 | return 0; | |||
| 6102 | } | |||
| 6103 | ||||
| 6104 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::GetChildCompilerTypeAtIndex( | |||
| 6105 | lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, ExecutionContext *exe_ctx, size_t idx, | |||
| 6106 | bool transparent_pointers, bool omit_empty_base_classes, | |||
| 6107 | bool ignore_array_bounds, std::string &child_name, | |||
| 6108 | uint32_t &child_byte_size, int32_t &child_byte_offset, | |||
| 6109 | uint32_t &child_bitfield_bit_size, uint32_t &child_bitfield_bit_offset, | |||
| 6110 | bool &child_is_base_class, bool &child_is_deref_of_parent, | |||
| 6111 | ValueObject *valobj, uint64_t &language_flags) { | |||
| 6112 | if (!type) | |||
| 6113 | return CompilerType(); | |||
| 6114 | ||||
| 6115 | auto get_exe_scope = [&exe_ctx]() { | |||
| 6116 | return exe_ctx ? exe_ctx->GetBestExecutionContextScope() : nullptr; | |||
| 6117 | }; | |||
| 6118 | ||||
| 6119 | clang::QualType parent_qual_type( | |||
| 6120 | RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type))); | |||
| 6121 | const clang::Type::TypeClass parent_type_class = | |||
| 6122 | parent_qual_type->getTypeClass(); | |||
| 6123 | child_bitfield_bit_size = 0; | |||
| 6124 | child_bitfield_bit_offset = 0; | |||
| 6125 | child_is_base_class = false; | |||
| 6126 | language_flags = 0; | |||
| 6127 | ||||
| 6128 | const bool idx_is_valid = | |||
| 6129 | idx < GetNumChildren(type, omit_empty_base_classes, exe_ctx); | |||
| 6130 | int32_t bit_offset; | |||
| 6131 | switch (parent_type_class) { | |||
| 6132 | case clang::Type::Builtin: | |||
| 6133 | if (idx_is_valid) { | |||
| 6134 | switch (llvm::cast<clang::BuiltinType>(parent_qual_type)->getKind()) { | |||
| 6135 | case clang::BuiltinType::ObjCId: | |||
| 6136 | case clang::BuiltinType::ObjCClass: | |||
| 6137 | child_name = "isa"; | |||
| 6138 | child_byte_size = | |||
| 6139 | getASTContext().getTypeSize(getASTContext().ObjCBuiltinClassTy) / | |||
| 6140 | CHAR_BIT8; | |||
| 6141 | return GetType(getASTContext().ObjCBuiltinClassTy); | |||
| 6142 | ||||
| 6143 | default: | |||
| 6144 | break; | |||
| 6145 | } | |||
| 6146 | } | |||
| 6147 | break; | |||
| 6148 | ||||
| 6149 | case clang::Type::Record: | |||
| 6150 | if (idx_is_valid && GetCompleteType(type)) { | |||
| 6151 | const clang::RecordType *record_type = | |||
| 6152 | llvm::cast<clang::RecordType>(parent_qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
| 6153 | const clang::RecordDecl *record_decl = record_type->getDecl(); | |||
| 6154 | assert(record_decl)((void)0); | |||
| 6155 | const clang::ASTRecordLayout &record_layout = | |||
| 6156 | getASTContext().getASTRecordLayout(record_decl); | |||
| 6157 | uint32_t child_idx = 0; | |||
| 6158 | ||||
| 6159 | const clang::CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl = | |||
| 6160 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::CXXRecordDecl>(record_decl); | |||
| 6161 | if (cxx_record_decl) { | |||
| 6162 | // We might have base classes to print out first | |||
| 6163 | clang::CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator base_class, | |||
| 6164 | base_class_end; | |||
| 6165 | for (base_class = cxx_record_decl->bases_begin(), | |||
| 6166 | base_class_end = cxx_record_decl->bases_end(); | |||
| 6167 | base_class != base_class_end; ++base_class) { | |||
| 6168 | const clang::CXXRecordDecl *base_class_decl = nullptr; | |||
| 6169 | ||||
| 6170 | // Skip empty base classes | |||
| 6171 | if (omit_empty_base_classes) { | |||
| 6172 | base_class_decl = llvm::cast<clang::CXXRecordDecl>( | |||
| 6173 | base_class->getType()->getAs<clang::RecordType>()->getDecl()); | |||
| 6174 | if (!TypeSystemClang::RecordHasFields(base_class_decl)) | |||
| 6175 | continue; | |||
| 6176 | } | |||
| 6177 | ||||
| 6178 | if (idx == child_idx) { | |||
| 6179 | if (base_class_decl == nullptr) | |||
| 6180 | base_class_decl = llvm::cast<clang::CXXRecordDecl>( | |||
| 6181 | base_class->getType()->getAs<clang::RecordType>()->getDecl()); | |||
| 6182 | ||||
| 6183 | if (base_class->isVirtual()) { | |||
| 6184 | bool handled = false; | |||
| 6185 | if (valobj) { | |||
| 6186 | clang::VTableContextBase *vtable_ctx = | |||
| 6187 | getASTContext().getVTableContext(); | |||
| 6188 | if (vtable_ctx) | |||
| 6189 | handled = GetVBaseBitOffset(*vtable_ctx, *valobj, | |||
| 6190 | record_layout, cxx_record_decl, | |||
| 6191 | base_class_decl, bit_offset); | |||
| 6192 | } | |||
| 6193 | if (!handled) | |||
| 6194 | bit_offset = record_layout.getVBaseClassOffset(base_class_decl) | |||
| 6195 | .getQuantity() * | |||
| 6196 | 8; | |||
| 6197 | } else | |||
| 6198 | bit_offset = record_layout.getBaseClassOffset(base_class_decl) | |||
| 6199 | .getQuantity() * | |||
| 6200 | 8; | |||
| 6201 | ||||
| 6202 | // Base classes should be a multiple of 8 bits in size | |||
| 6203 | child_byte_offset = bit_offset / 8; | |||
| 6204 | CompilerType base_class_clang_type = GetType(base_class->getType()); | |||
| 6205 | child_name = base_class_clang_type.GetTypeName().AsCString(""); | |||
| 6206 | Optional<uint64_t> size = | |||
| 6207 | base_class_clang_type.GetBitSize(get_exe_scope()); | |||
| 6208 | if (!size) | |||
| 6209 | return {}; | |||
| 6210 | uint64_t base_class_clang_type_bit_size = *size; | |||
| 6211 | ||||
| 6212 | // Base classes bit sizes should be a multiple of 8 bits in size | |||
| 6213 | assert(base_class_clang_type_bit_size % 8 == 0)((void)0); | |||
| 6214 | child_byte_size = base_class_clang_type_bit_size / 8; | |||
| 6215 | child_is_base_class = true; | |||
| 6216 | return base_class_clang_type; | |||
| 6217 | } | |||
| 6218 | // We don't increment the child index in the for loop since we might | |||
| 6219 | // be skipping empty base classes | |||
| 6220 | ++child_idx; | |||
| 6221 | } | |||
| 6222 | } | |||
| 6223 | // Make sure index is in range... | |||
| 6224 | uint32_t field_idx = 0; | |||
| 6225 | clang::RecordDecl::field_iterator field, field_end; | |||
| 6226 | for (field = record_decl->field_begin(), | |||
| 6227 | field_end = record_decl->field_end(); | |||
| 6228 | field != field_end; ++field, ++field_idx, ++child_idx) { | |||
| 6229 | if (idx == child_idx) { | |||
| 6230 | // Print the member type if requested | |||
| 6231 | // Print the member name and equal sign | |||
| 6232 | child_name.assign(field->getNameAsString()); | |||
| 6233 | ||||
| 6234 | // Figure out the type byte size (field_type_info.first) and | |||
| 6235 | // alignment (field_type_info.second) from the AST context. | |||
| 6236 | CompilerType field_clang_type = GetType(field->getType()); | |||
| 6237 | assert(field_idx < record_layout.getFieldCount())((void)0); | |||
| 6238 | Optional<uint64_t> size = | |||
| 6239 | field_clang_type.GetByteSize(get_exe_scope()); | |||
| 6240 | if (!size) | |||
| 6241 | return {}; | |||
| 6242 | child_byte_size = *size; | |||
| 6243 | const uint32_t child_bit_size = child_byte_size * 8; | |||
| 6244 | ||||
| 6245 | // Figure out the field offset within the current struct/union/class | |||
| 6246 | // type | |||
| 6247 | bit_offset = record_layout.getFieldOffset(field_idx); | |||
| 6248 | if (FieldIsBitfield(*field, child_bitfield_bit_size)) { | |||
| 6249 | child_bitfield_bit_offset = bit_offset % child_bit_size; | |||
| 6250 | const uint32_t child_bit_offset = | |||
| 6251 | bit_offset - child_bitfield_bit_offset; | |||
| 6252 | child_byte_offset = child_bit_offset / 8; | |||
| 6253 | } else { | |||
| 6254 | child_byte_offset = bit_offset / 8; | |||
| 6255 | } | |||
| 6256 | ||||
| 6257 | return field_clang_type; | |||
| 6258 | } | |||
| 6259 | } | |||
| 6260 | } | |||
| 6261 | break; | |||
| 6262 | ||||
| 6263 | case clang::Type::ObjCObject: | |||
| 6264 | case clang::Type::ObjCInterface: | |||
| 6265 | if (idx_is_valid && GetCompleteType(type)) { | |||
| 6266 | const clang::ObjCObjectType *objc_class_type = | |||
| 6267 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ObjCObjectType>(parent_qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
| 6268 | assert(objc_class_type)((void)0); | |||
| 6269 | if (objc_class_type) { | |||
| 6270 | uint32_t child_idx = 0; | |||
| 6271 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl = | |||
| 6272 | objc_class_type->getInterface(); | |||
| 6273 | ||||
| 6274 | if (class_interface_decl) { | |||
| 6275 | ||||
| 6276 | const clang::ASTRecordLayout &interface_layout = | |||
| 6277 | getASTContext().getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(class_interface_decl); | |||
| 6278 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *superclass_interface_decl = | |||
| 6279 | class_interface_decl->getSuperClass(); | |||
| 6280 | if (superclass_interface_decl) { | |||
| 6281 | if (omit_empty_base_classes) { | |||
| 6282 | CompilerType base_class_clang_type = | |||
| 6283 | GetType(getASTContext().getObjCInterfaceType( | |||
| 6284 | superclass_interface_decl)); | |||
| 6285 | if (base_class_clang_type.GetNumChildren(omit_empty_base_classes, | |||
| 6286 | exe_ctx) > 0) { | |||
| 6287 | if (idx == 0) { | |||
| 6288 | clang::QualType ivar_qual_type( | |||
| 6289 | getASTContext().getObjCInterfaceType( | |||
| 6290 | superclass_interface_decl)); | |||
| 6291 | ||||
| 6292 | child_name.assign( | |||
| 6293 | superclass_interface_decl->getNameAsString()); | |||
| 6294 | ||||
| 6295 | clang::TypeInfo ivar_type_info = | |||
| 6296 | getASTContext().getTypeInfo(ivar_qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
| 6297 | ||||
| 6298 | child_byte_size = ivar_type_info.Width / 8; | |||
| 6299 | child_byte_offset = 0; | |||
| 6300 | child_is_base_class = true; | |||
| 6301 | ||||
| 6302 | return GetType(ivar_qual_type); | |||
| 6303 | } | |||
| 6304 | ||||
| 6305 | ++child_idx; | |||
| 6306 | } | |||
| 6307 | } else | |||
| 6308 | ++child_idx; | |||
| 6309 | } | |||
| 6310 | ||||
| 6311 | const uint32_t superclass_idx = child_idx; | |||
| 6312 | ||||
| 6313 | if (idx < (child_idx + class_interface_decl->ivar_size())) { | |||
| 6314 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator ivar_pos, | |||
| 6315 | ivar_end = class_interface_decl->ivar_end(); | |||
| 6316 | ||||
| 6317 | for (ivar_pos = class_interface_decl->ivar_begin(); | |||
| 6318 | ivar_pos != ivar_end; ++ivar_pos) { | |||
| 6319 | if (child_idx == idx) { | |||
| 6320 | clang::ObjCIvarDecl *ivar_decl = *ivar_pos; | |||
| 6321 | ||||
| 6322 | clang::QualType ivar_qual_type(ivar_decl->getType()); | |||
| 6323 | ||||
| 6324 | child_name.assign(ivar_decl->getNameAsString()); | |||
| 6325 | ||||
| 6326 | clang::TypeInfo ivar_type_info = | |||
| 6327 | getASTContext().getTypeInfo(ivar_qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
| 6328 | ||||
| 6329 | child_byte_size = ivar_type_info.Width / 8; | |||
| 6330 | ||||
| 6331 | // Figure out the field offset within the current | |||
| 6332 | // struct/union/class type For ObjC objects, we can't trust the | |||
| 6333 | // bit offset we get from the Clang AST, since that doesn't | |||
| 6334 | // account for the space taken up by unbacked properties, or | |||
| 6335 | // from the changing size of base classes that are newer than | |||
| 6336 | // this class. So if we have a process around that we can ask | |||
| 6337 | // about this object, do so. | |||
| 6338 | child_byte_offset = LLDB_INVALID_IVAR_OFFSET0xffffffffU; | |||
| 6339 | Process *process = nullptr; | |||
| 6340 | if (exe_ctx) | |||
| 6341 | process = exe_ctx->GetProcessPtr(); | |||
| 6342 | if (process) { | |||
| 6343 | ObjCLanguageRuntime *objc_runtime = | |||
| 6344 | ObjCLanguageRuntime::Get(*process); | |||
| 6345 | if (objc_runtime != nullptr) { | |||
| 6346 | CompilerType parent_ast_type = GetType(parent_qual_type); | |||
| 6347 | child_byte_offset = objc_runtime->GetByteOffsetForIvar( | |||
| 6348 | parent_ast_type, ivar_decl->getNameAsString().c_str()); | |||
| 6349 | } | |||
| 6350 | } | |||
| 6351 | ||||
| 6352 | // Setting this to INT32_MAX to make sure we don't compute it | |||
| 6353 | // twice... | |||
| 6354 | bit_offset = INT32_MAX0x7fffffff; | |||
| 6355 | ||||
| 6356 | if (child_byte_offset == | |||
| 6357 | static_cast<int32_t>(LLDB_INVALID_IVAR_OFFSET0xffffffffU)) { | |||
| 6358 | bit_offset = interface_layout.getFieldOffset(child_idx - | |||
| 6359 | superclass_idx); | |||
| 6360 | child_byte_offset = bit_offset / 8; | |||
| 6361 | } | |||
| 6362 | ||||
| 6363 | // Note, the ObjC Ivar Byte offset is just that, it doesn't | |||
| 6364 | // account for the bit offset of a bitfield within its | |||
| 6365 | // containing object. So regardless of where we get the byte | |||
| 6366 | // offset from, we still need to get the bit offset for | |||
| 6367 | // bitfields from the layout. | |||
| 6368 | ||||
| 6369 | if (FieldIsBitfield(ivar_decl, child_bitfield_bit_size)) { | |||
| 6370 | if (bit_offset == INT32_MAX0x7fffffff) | |||
| 6371 | bit_offset = interface_layout.getFieldOffset( | |||
| 6372 | child_idx - superclass_idx); | |||
| 6373 | ||||
| 6374 | child_bitfield_bit_offset = bit_offset % 8; | |||
| 6375 | } | |||
| 6376 | return GetType(ivar_qual_type); | |||
| 6377 | } | |||
| 6378 | ++child_idx; | |||
| 6379 | } | |||
| 6380 | } | |||
| 6381 | } | |||
| 6382 | } | |||
| 6383 | } | |||
| 6384 | break; | |||
| 6385 | ||||
| 6386 | case clang::Type::ObjCObjectPointer: | |||
| 6387 | if (idx_is_valid) { | |||
| 6388 | CompilerType pointee_clang_type(GetPointeeType(type)); | |||
| 6389 | ||||
| 6390 | if (transparent_pointers && pointee_clang_type.IsAggregateType()) { | |||
| 6391 | child_is_deref_of_parent = false; | |||
| 6392 | bool tmp_child_is_deref_of_parent = false; | |||
| 6393 | return pointee_clang_type.GetChildCompilerTypeAtIndex( | |||
| 6394 | exe_ctx, idx, transparent_pointers, omit_empty_base_classes, | |||
| 6395 | ignore_array_bounds, child_name, child_byte_size, child_byte_offset, | |||
| 6396 | child_bitfield_bit_size, child_bitfield_bit_offset, | |||
| 6397 | child_is_base_class, tmp_child_is_deref_of_parent, valobj, | |||
| 6398 | language_flags); | |||
| 6399 | } else { | |||
| 6400 | child_is_deref_of_parent = true; | |||
| 6401 | const char *parent_name = | |||
| 6402 | valobj ? valobj->GetName().GetCString() : nullptr; | |||
| 6403 | if (parent_name) { | |||
| 6404 | child_name.assign(1, '*'); | |||
| 6405 | child_name += parent_name; | |||
| 6406 | } | |||
| 6407 | ||||
| 6408 | // We have a pointer to an simple type | |||
| 6409 | if (idx == 0 && pointee_clang_type.GetCompleteType()) { | |||
| 6410 | if (Optional<uint64_t> size = | |||
| 6411 | pointee_clang_type.GetByteSize(get_exe_scope())) { | |||
| 6412 | child_byte_size = *size; | |||
| 6413 | child_byte_offset = 0; | |||
| 6414 | return pointee_clang_type; | |||
| 6415 | } | |||
| 6416 | } | |||
| 6417 | } | |||
| 6418 | } | |||
| 6419 | break; | |||
| 6420 | ||||
| 6421 | case clang::Type::Vector: | |||
| 6422 | case clang::Type::ExtVector: | |||
| 6423 | if (idx_is_valid) { | |||
| 6424 | const clang::VectorType *array = | |||
| 6425 | llvm::cast<clang::VectorType>(parent_qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
| 6426 | if (array) { | |||
| 6427 | CompilerType element_type = GetType(array->getElementType()); | |||
| 6428 | if (element_type.GetCompleteType()) { | |||
| 6429 | char element_name[64]; | |||
| 6430 | ::snprintf(element_name, sizeof(element_name), "[%" PRIu64"llu" "]", | |||
| 6431 | static_cast<uint64_t>(idx)); | |||
| 6432 | child_name.assign(element_name); | |||
| 6433 | if (Optional<uint64_t> size = | |||
| 6434 | element_type.GetByteSize(get_exe_scope())) { | |||
| 6435 | child_byte_size = *size; | |||
| 6436 | child_byte_offset = (int32_t)idx * (int32_t)child_byte_size; | |||
| 6437 | return element_type; | |||
| 6438 | } | |||
| 6439 | } | |||
| 6440 | } | |||
| 6441 | } | |||
| 6442 | break; | |||
| 6443 | ||||
| 6444 | case clang::Type::ConstantArray: | |||
| 6445 | case clang::Type::IncompleteArray: | |||
| 6446 | if (ignore_array_bounds || idx_is_valid) { | |||
| 6447 | const clang::ArrayType *array = GetQualType(type)->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe(); | |||
| 6448 | if (array) { | |||
| 6449 | CompilerType element_type = GetType(array->getElementType()); | |||
| 6450 | if (element_type.GetCompleteType()) { | |||
| 6451 | child_name = std::string(llvm::formatv("[{0}]", idx)); | |||
| 6452 | if (Optional<uint64_t> size = | |||
| 6453 | element_type.GetByteSize(get_exe_scope())) { | |||
| 6454 | child_byte_size = *size; | |||
| 6455 | child_byte_offset = (int32_t)idx * (int32_t)child_byte_size; | |||
| 6456 | return element_type; | |||
| 6457 | } | |||
| 6458 | } | |||
| 6459 | } | |||
| 6460 | } | |||
| 6461 | break; | |||
| 6462 | ||||
| 6463 | case clang::Type::Pointer: { | |||
| 6464 | CompilerType pointee_clang_type(GetPointeeType(type)); | |||
| 6465 | ||||
| 6466 | // Don't dereference "void *" pointers | |||
| 6467 | if (pointee_clang_type.IsVoidType()) | |||
| 6468 | return CompilerType(); | |||
| 6469 | ||||
| 6470 | if (transparent_pointers && pointee_clang_type.IsAggregateType()) { | |||
| 6471 | child_is_deref_of_parent = false; | |||
| 6472 | bool tmp_child_is_deref_of_parent = false; | |||
| 6473 | return pointee_clang_type.GetChildCompilerTypeAtIndex( | |||
| 6474 | exe_ctx, idx, transparent_pointers, omit_empty_base_classes, | |||
| 6475 | ignore_array_bounds, child_name, child_byte_size, child_byte_offset, | |||
| 6476 | child_bitfield_bit_size, child_bitfield_bit_offset, | |||
| 6477 | child_is_base_class, tmp_child_is_deref_of_parent, valobj, | |||
| 6478 | language_flags); | |||
| 6479 | } else { | |||
| 6480 | child_is_deref_of_parent = true; | |||
| 6481 | ||||
| 6482 | const char *parent_name = | |||
| 6483 | valobj ? valobj->GetName().GetCString() : nullptr; | |||
| 6484 | if (parent_name) { | |||
| 6485 | child_name.assign(1, '*'); | |||
| 6486 | child_name += parent_name; | |||
| 6487 | } | |||
| 6488 | ||||
| 6489 | // We have a pointer to an simple type | |||
| 6490 | if (idx == 0) { | |||
| 6491 | if (Optional<uint64_t> size = | |||
| 6492 | pointee_clang_type.GetByteSize(get_exe_scope())) { | |||
| 6493 | child_byte_size = *size; | |||
| 6494 | child_byte_offset = 0; | |||
| 6495 | return pointee_clang_type; | |||
| 6496 | } | |||
| 6497 | } | |||
| 6498 | } | |||
| 6499 | break; | |||
| 6500 | } | |||
| 6501 | ||||
| 6502 | case clang::Type::LValueReference: | |||
| 6503 | case clang::Type::RValueReference: | |||
| 6504 | if (idx_is_valid) { | |||
| 6505 | const clang::ReferenceType *reference_type = | |||
| 6506 | llvm::cast<clang::ReferenceType>(GetQualType(type).getTypePtr()); | |||
| 6507 | CompilerType pointee_clang_type = | |||
| 6508 | GetType(reference_type->getPointeeType()); | |||
| 6509 | if (transparent_pointers && pointee_clang_type.IsAggregateType()) { | |||
| 6510 | child_is_deref_of_parent = false; | |||
| 6511 | bool tmp_child_is_deref_of_parent = false; | |||
| 6512 | return pointee_clang_type.GetChildCompilerTypeAtIndex( | |||
| 6513 | exe_ctx, idx, transparent_pointers, omit_empty_base_classes, | |||
| 6514 | ignore_array_bounds, child_name, child_byte_size, child_byte_offset, | |||
| 6515 | child_bitfield_bit_size, child_bitfield_bit_offset, | |||
| 6516 | child_is_base_class, tmp_child_is_deref_of_parent, valobj, | |||
| 6517 | language_flags); | |||
| 6518 | } else { | |||
| 6519 | const char *parent_name = | |||
| 6520 | valobj ? valobj->GetName().GetCString() : nullptr; | |||
| 6521 | if (parent_name) { | |||
| 6522 | child_name.assign(1, '&'); | |||
| 6523 | child_name += parent_name; | |||
| 6524 | } | |||
| 6525 | ||||
| 6526 | // We have a pointer to an simple type | |||
| 6527 | if (idx == 0) { | |||
| 6528 | if (Optional<uint64_t> size = | |||
| 6529 | pointee_clang_type.GetByteSize(get_exe_scope())) { | |||
| 6530 | child_byte_size = *size; | |||
| 6531 | child_byte_offset = 0; | |||
| 6532 | return pointee_clang_type; | |||
| 6533 | } | |||
| 6534 | } | |||
| 6535 | } | |||
| 6536 | } | |||
| 6537 | break; | |||
| 6538 | ||||
| 6539 | default: | |||
| 6540 | break; | |||
| 6541 | } | |||
| 6542 | return CompilerType(); | |||
| 6543 | } | |||
| 6544 | ||||
| 6545 | static uint32_t GetIndexForRecordBase(const clang::RecordDecl *record_decl, | |||
| 6546 | const clang::CXXBaseSpecifier *base_spec, | |||
| 6547 | bool omit_empty_base_classes) { | |||
| 6548 | uint32_t child_idx = 0; | |||
| 6549 | ||||
| 6550 | const clang::CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl = | |||
| 6551 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::CXXRecordDecl>(record_decl); | |||
| 6552 | ||||
| 6553 | if (cxx_record_decl) { | |||
| 6554 | clang::CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator base_class, base_class_end; | |||
| 6555 | for (base_class = cxx_record_decl->bases_begin(), | |||
| 6556 | base_class_end = cxx_record_decl->bases_end(); | |||
| 6557 | base_class != base_class_end; ++base_class) { | |||
| 6558 | if (omit_empty_base_classes) { | |||
| 6559 | if (BaseSpecifierIsEmpty(base_class)) | |||
| 6560 | continue; | |||
| 6561 | } | |||
| 6562 | ||||
| 6563 | if (base_class == base_spec) | |||
| 6564 | return child_idx; | |||
| 6565 | ++child_idx; | |||
| 6566 | } | |||
| 6567 | } | |||
| 6568 | ||||
| 6569 | return UINT32_MAX0xffffffffU; | |||
| 6570 | } | |||
| 6571 | ||||
| 6572 | static uint32_t GetIndexForRecordChild(const clang::RecordDecl *record_decl, | |||
| 6573 | clang::NamedDecl *canonical_decl, | |||
| 6574 | bool omit_empty_base_classes) { | |||
| 6575 | uint32_t child_idx = TypeSystemClang::GetNumBaseClasses( | |||
| 6576 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::CXXRecordDecl>(record_decl), | |||
| 6577 | omit_empty_base_classes); | |||
| 6578 | ||||
| 6579 | clang::RecordDecl::field_iterator field, field_end; | |||
| 6580 | for (field = record_decl->field_begin(), field_end = record_decl->field_end(); | |||
| 6581 | field != field_end; ++field, ++child_idx) { | |||
| 6582 | if (field->getCanonicalDecl() == canonical_decl) | |||
| 6583 | return child_idx; | |||
| 6584 | } | |||
| 6585 | ||||
| 6586 | return UINT32_MAX0xffffffffU; | |||
| 6587 | } | |||
| 6588 | ||||
| 6589 | // Look for a child member (doesn't include base classes, but it does include | |||
| 6590 | // their members) in the type hierarchy. Returns an index path into | |||
| 6591 | // "clang_type" on how to reach the appropriate member. | |||
| 6592 | // | |||
| 6593 | // class A | |||
| 6594 | // { | |||
| 6595 | // public: | |||
| 6596 | // int m_a; | |||
| 6597 | // int m_b; | |||
| 6598 | // }; | |||
| 6599 | // | |||
| 6600 | // class B | |||
| 6601 | // { | |||
| 6602 | // }; | |||
| 6603 | // | |||
| 6604 | // class C : | |||
| 6605 | // public B, | |||
| 6606 | // public A | |||
| 6607 | // { | |||
| 6608 | // }; | |||
| 6609 | // | |||
| 6610 | // If we have a clang type that describes "class C", and we wanted to looked | |||
| 6611 | // "m_b" in it: | |||
| 6612 | // | |||
| 6613 | // With omit_empty_base_classes == false we would get an integer array back | |||
| 6614 | // with: { 1, 1 } The first index 1 is the child index for "class A" within | |||
| 6615 | // class C The second index 1 is the child index for "m_b" within class A | |||
| 6616 | // | |||
| 6617 | // With omit_empty_base_classes == true we would get an integer array back | |||
| 6618 | // with: { 0, 1 } The first index 0 is the child index for "class A" within | |||
| 6619 | // class C (since class B doesn't have any members it doesn't count) The second | |||
| 6620 | // index 1 is the child index for "m_b" within class A | |||
| 6621 | ||||
| 6622 | size_t TypeSystemClang::GetIndexOfChildMemberWithName( | |||
| 6623 | lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, const char *name, | |||
| 6624 | bool omit_empty_base_classes, std::vector<uint32_t> &child_indexes) { | |||
| 6625 | if (type && name && name[0]) { | |||
| 6626 | clang::QualType qual_type = RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | |||
| 6627 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | |||
| 6628 | switch (type_class) { | |||
| 6629 | case clang::Type::Record: | |||
| 6630 | if (GetCompleteType(type)) { | |||
| 6631 | const clang::RecordType *record_type = | |||
| 6632 | llvm::cast<clang::RecordType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
| 6633 | const clang::RecordDecl *record_decl = record_type->getDecl(); | |||
| 6634 | ||||
| 6635 | assert(record_decl)((void)0); | |||
| 6636 | uint32_t child_idx = 0; | |||
| 6637 | ||||
| 6638 | const clang::CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl = | |||
| 6639 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::CXXRecordDecl>(record_decl); | |||
| 6640 | ||||
| 6641 | // Try and find a field that matches NAME | |||
| 6642 | clang::RecordDecl::field_iterator field, field_end; | |||
| 6643 | llvm::StringRef name_sref(name); | |||
| 6644 | for (field = record_decl->field_begin(), | |||
| 6645 | field_end = record_decl->field_end(); | |||
| 6646 | field != field_end; ++field, ++child_idx) { | |||
| 6647 | llvm::StringRef field_name = field->getName(); | |||
| 6648 | if (field_name.empty()) { | |||
| 6649 | CompilerType field_type = GetType(field->getType()); | |||
| 6650 | child_indexes.push_back(child_idx); | |||
| 6651 | if (field_type.GetIndexOfChildMemberWithName( | |||
| 6652 | name, omit_empty_base_classes, child_indexes)) | |||
| 6653 | return child_indexes.size(); | |||
| 6654 | child_indexes.pop_back(); | |||
| 6655 | ||||
| 6656 | } else if (field_name.equals(name_sref)) { | |||
| 6657 | // We have to add on the number of base classes to this index! | |||
| 6658 | child_indexes.push_back( | |||
| 6659 | child_idx + TypeSystemClang::GetNumBaseClasses( | |||
| 6660 | cxx_record_decl, omit_empty_base_classes)); | |||
| 6661 | return child_indexes.size(); | |||
| 6662 | } | |||
| 6663 | } | |||
| 6664 | ||||
| 6665 | if (cxx_record_decl) { | |||
| 6666 | const clang::RecordDecl *parent_record_decl = cxx_record_decl; | |||
| 6667 | ||||
| 6668 | // Didn't find things easily, lets let clang do its thang... | |||
| 6669 | clang::IdentifierInfo &ident_ref = | |||
| 6670 | getASTContext().Idents.get(name_sref); | |||
| 6671 | clang::DeclarationName decl_name(&ident_ref); | |||
| 6672 | ||||
| 6673 | clang::CXXBasePaths paths; | |||
| 6674 | if (cxx_record_decl->lookupInBases( | |||
| 6675 | [decl_name](const clang::CXXBaseSpecifier *specifier, | |||
| 6676 | clang::CXXBasePath &path) { | |||
| 6677 | CXXRecordDecl *record = | |||
| 6678 | specifier->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | |||
| 6679 | auto r = record->lookup(decl_name); | |||
| 6680 | path.Decls = r.begin(); | |||
| 6681 | return !r.empty(); | |||
| 6682 | }, | |||
| 6683 | paths)) { | |||
| 6684 | clang::CXXBasePaths::const_paths_iterator path, | |||
| 6685 | path_end = paths.end(); | |||
| 6686 | for (path = paths.begin(); path != path_end; ++path) { | |||
| 6687 | const size_t num_path_elements = path->size(); | |||
| 6688 | for (size_t e = 0; e < num_path_elements; ++e) { | |||
| 6689 | clang::CXXBasePathElement elem = (*path)[e]; | |||
| 6690 | ||||
| 6691 | child_idx = GetIndexForRecordBase(parent_record_decl, elem.Base, | |||
| 6692 | omit_empty_base_classes); | |||
| 6693 | if (child_idx == UINT32_MAX0xffffffffU) { | |||
| 6694 | child_indexes.clear(); | |||
| 6695 | return 0; | |||
| 6696 | } else { | |||
| 6697 | child_indexes.push_back(child_idx); | |||
| 6698 | parent_record_decl = llvm::cast<clang::RecordDecl>( | |||
| 6699 | elem.Base->getType() | |||
| 6700 | ->getAs<clang::RecordType>() | |||
| 6701 | ->getDecl()); | |||
| 6702 | } | |||
| 6703 | } | |||
| 6704 | for (clang::DeclContext::lookup_iterator I = path->Decls, E; | |||
| 6705 | I != E; ++I) { | |||
| 6706 | child_idx = GetIndexForRecordChild( | |||
| 6707 | parent_record_decl, *I, omit_empty_base_classes); | |||
| 6708 | if (child_idx == UINT32_MAX0xffffffffU) { | |||
| 6709 | child_indexes.clear(); | |||
| 6710 | return 0; | |||
| 6711 | } else { | |||
| 6712 | child_indexes.push_back(child_idx); | |||
| 6713 | } | |||
| 6714 | } | |||
| 6715 | } | |||
| 6716 | return child_indexes.size(); | |||
| 6717 | } | |||
| 6718 | } | |||
| 6719 | } | |||
| 6720 | break; | |||
| 6721 | ||||
| 6722 | case clang::Type::ObjCObject: | |||
| 6723 | case clang::Type::ObjCInterface: | |||
| 6724 | if (GetCompleteType(type)) { | |||
| 6725 | llvm::StringRef name_sref(name); | |||
| 6726 | const clang::ObjCObjectType *objc_class_type = | |||
| 6727 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ObjCObjectType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
| 6728 | assert(objc_class_type)((void)0); | |||
| 6729 | if (objc_class_type) { | |||
| 6730 | uint32_t child_idx = 0; | |||
| 6731 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl = | |||
| 6732 | objc_class_type->getInterface(); | |||
| 6733 | ||||
| 6734 | if (class_interface_decl) { | |||
| 6735 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator ivar_pos, | |||
| 6736 | ivar_end = class_interface_decl->ivar_end(); | |||
| 6737 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *superclass_interface_decl = | |||
| 6738 | class_interface_decl->getSuperClass(); | |||
| 6739 | ||||
| 6740 | for (ivar_pos = class_interface_decl->ivar_begin(); | |||
| 6741 | ivar_pos != ivar_end; ++ivar_pos, ++child_idx) { | |||
| 6742 | const clang::ObjCIvarDecl *ivar_decl = *ivar_pos; | |||
| 6743 | ||||
| 6744 | if (ivar_decl->getName().equals(name_sref)) { | |||
| 6745 | if ((!omit_empty_base_classes && superclass_interface_decl) || | |||
| 6746 | (omit_empty_base_classes && | |||
| 6747 | ObjCDeclHasIVars(superclass_interface_decl, true))) | |||
| 6748 | ++child_idx; | |||
| 6749 | ||||
| 6750 | child_indexes.push_back(child_idx); | |||
| 6751 | return child_indexes.size(); | |||
| 6752 | } | |||
| 6753 | } | |||
| 6754 | ||||
| 6755 | if (superclass_interface_decl) { | |||
| 6756 | // The super class index is always zero for ObjC classes, so we | |||
| 6757 | // push it onto the child indexes in case we find an ivar in our | |||
| 6758 | // superclass... | |||
| 6759 | child_indexes.push_back(0); | |||
| 6760 | ||||
| 6761 | CompilerType superclass_clang_type = | |||
| 6762 | GetType(getASTContext().getObjCInterfaceType( | |||
| 6763 | superclass_interface_decl)); | |||
| 6764 | if (superclass_clang_type.GetIndexOfChildMemberWithName( | |||
| 6765 | name, omit_empty_base_classes, child_indexes)) { | |||
| 6766 | // We did find an ivar in a superclass so just return the | |||
| 6767 | // results! | |||
| 6768 | return child_indexes.size(); | |||
| 6769 | } | |||
| 6770 | ||||
| 6771 | // We didn't find an ivar matching "name" in our superclass, pop | |||
| 6772 | // the superclass zero index that we pushed on above. | |||
| 6773 | child_indexes.pop_back(); | |||
| 6774 | } | |||
| 6775 | } | |||
| 6776 | } | |||
| 6777 | } | |||
| 6778 | break; | |||
| 6779 | ||||
| 6780 | case clang::Type::ObjCObjectPointer: { | |||
| 6781 | CompilerType objc_object_clang_type = GetType( | |||
| 6782 | llvm::cast<clang::ObjCObjectPointerType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()) | |||
| 6783 | ->getPointeeType()); | |||
| 6784 | return objc_object_clang_type.GetIndexOfChildMemberWithName( | |||
| 6785 | name, omit_empty_base_classes, child_indexes); | |||
| 6786 | } break; | |||
| 6787 | ||||
| 6788 | case clang::Type::ConstantArray: { | |||
| 6789 | // const clang::ConstantArrayType *array = | |||
| 6790 | // llvm::cast<clang::ConstantArrayType>(parent_qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
| 6791 | // const uint64_t element_count = | |||
| 6792 | // array->getSize().getLimitedValue(); | |||
| 6793 | // | |||
| 6794 | // if (idx < element_count) | |||
| 6795 | // { | |||
| 6796 | // std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> field_type_info = | |||
| 6797 | // ast->getTypeInfo(array->getElementType()); | |||
| 6798 | // | |||
| 6799 | // char element_name[32]; | |||
| 6800 | // ::snprintf (element_name, sizeof (element_name), | |||
| 6801 | // "%s[%u]", parent_name ? parent_name : "", idx); | |||
| 6802 | // | |||
| 6803 | // child_name.assign(element_name); | |||
| 6804 | // assert(field_type_info.first % 8 == 0); | |||
| 6805 | // child_byte_size = field_type_info.first / 8; | |||
| 6806 | // child_byte_offset = idx * child_byte_size; | |||
| 6807 | // return array->getElementType().getAsOpaquePtr(); | |||
| 6808 | // } | |||
| 6809 | } break; | |||
| 6810 | ||||
| 6811 | // case clang::Type::MemberPointerType: | |||
| 6812 | // { | |||
| 6813 | // MemberPointerType *mem_ptr_type = | |||
| 6814 | // llvm::cast<MemberPointerType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
| 6815 | // clang::QualType pointee_type = | |||
| 6816 | // mem_ptr_type->getPointeeType(); | |||
| 6817 | // | |||
| 6818 | // if (TypeSystemClang::IsAggregateType | |||
| 6819 | // (pointee_type.getAsOpaquePtr())) | |||
| 6820 | // { | |||
| 6821 | // return GetIndexOfChildWithName (ast, | |||
| 6822 | // mem_ptr_type->getPointeeType().getAsOpaquePtr(), | |||
| 6823 | // name); | |||
| 6824 | // } | |||
| 6825 | // } | |||
| 6826 | // break; | |||
| 6827 | // | |||
| 6828 | case clang::Type::LValueReference: | |||
| 6829 | case clang::Type::RValueReference: { | |||
| 6830 | const clang::ReferenceType *reference_type = | |||
| 6831 | llvm::cast<clang::ReferenceType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
| 6832 | clang::QualType pointee_type(reference_type->getPointeeType()); | |||
| 6833 | CompilerType pointee_clang_type = GetType(pointee_type); | |||
| 6834 | ||||
| 6835 | if (pointee_clang_type.IsAggregateType()) { | |||
| 6836 | return pointee_clang_type.GetIndexOfChildMemberWithName( | |||
| 6837 | name, omit_empty_base_classes, child_indexes); | |||
| 6838 | } | |||
| 6839 | } break; | |||
| 6840 | ||||
| 6841 | case clang::Type::Pointer: { | |||
| 6842 | CompilerType pointee_clang_type(GetPointeeType(type)); | |||
| 6843 | ||||
| 6844 | if (pointee_clang_type.IsAggregateType()) { | |||
| 6845 | return pointee_clang_type.GetIndexOfChildMemberWithName( | |||
| 6846 | name, omit_empty_base_classes, child_indexes); | |||
| 6847 | } | |||
| 6848 | } break; | |||
| 6849 | ||||
| 6850 | default: | |||
| 6851 | break; | |||
| 6852 | } | |||
| 6853 | } | |||
| 6854 | return 0; | |||
| 6855 | } | |||
| 6856 | ||||
| 6857 | // Get the index of the child of "clang_type" whose name matches. This function | |||
| 6858 | // doesn't descend into the children, but only looks one level deep and name | |||
| 6859 | // matches can include base class names. | |||
| 6860 | ||||
| 6861 | uint32_t | |||
| 6862 | TypeSystemClang::GetIndexOfChildWithName(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | |||
| 6863 | const char *name, | |||
| 6864 | bool omit_empty_base_classes) { | |||
| 6865 | if (type && name && name[0]) { | |||
| 6866 | clang::QualType qual_type = RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | |||
| 6867 | ||||
| 6868 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | |||
| 6869 | ||||
| 6870 | switch (type_class) { | |||
| 6871 | case clang::Type::Record: | |||
| 6872 | if (GetCompleteType(type)) { | |||
| 6873 | const clang::RecordType *record_type = | |||
| 6874 | llvm::cast<clang::RecordType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
| 6875 | const clang::RecordDecl *record_decl = record_type->getDecl(); | |||
| 6876 | ||||
| 6877 | assert(record_decl)((void)0); | |||
| 6878 | uint32_t child_idx = 0; | |||
| 6879 | ||||
| 6880 | const clang::CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl = | |||
| 6881 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::CXXRecordDecl>(record_decl); | |||
| 6882 | ||||
| 6883 | if (cxx_record_decl) { | |||
| 6884 | clang::CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator base_class, | |||
| 6885 | base_class_end; | |||
| 6886 | for (base_class = cxx_record_decl->bases_begin(), | |||
| 6887 | base_class_end = cxx_record_decl->bases_end(); | |||
| 6888 | base_class != base_class_end; ++base_class) { | |||
| 6889 | // Skip empty base classes | |||
| 6890 | clang::CXXRecordDecl *base_class_decl = | |||
| 6891 | llvm::cast<clang::CXXRecordDecl>( | |||
| 6892 | base_class->getType() | |||
| 6893 | ->getAs<clang::RecordType>() | |||
| 6894 | ->getDecl()); | |||
| 6895 | if (omit_empty_base_classes && | |||
| 6896 | !TypeSystemClang::RecordHasFields(base_class_decl)) | |||
| 6897 | continue; | |||
| 6898 | ||||
| 6899 | CompilerType base_class_clang_type = GetType(base_class->getType()); | |||
| 6900 | std::string base_class_type_name( | |||
| 6901 | base_class_clang_type.GetTypeName().AsCString("")); | |||
| 6902 | if (base_class_type_name == name) | |||
| 6903 | return child_idx; | |||
| 6904 | ++child_idx; | |||
| 6905 | } | |||
| 6906 | } | |||
| 6907 | ||||
| 6908 | // Try and find a field that matches NAME | |||
| 6909 | clang::RecordDecl::field_iterator field, field_end; | |||
| 6910 | llvm::StringRef name_sref(name); | |||
| 6911 | for (field = record_decl->field_begin(), | |||
| 6912 | field_end = record_decl->field_end(); | |||
| 6913 | field != field_end; ++field, ++child_idx) { | |||
| 6914 | if (field->getName().equals(name_sref)) | |||
| 6915 | return child_idx; | |||
| 6916 | } | |||
| 6917 | } | |||
| 6918 | break; | |||
| 6919 | ||||
| 6920 | case clang::Type::ObjCObject: | |||
| 6921 | case clang::Type::ObjCInterface: | |||
| 6922 | if (GetCompleteType(type)) { | |||
| 6923 | llvm::StringRef name_sref(name); | |||
| 6924 | const clang::ObjCObjectType *objc_class_type = | |||
| 6925 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ObjCObjectType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
| 6926 | assert(objc_class_type)((void)0); | |||
| 6927 | if (objc_class_type) { | |||
| 6928 | uint32_t child_idx = 0; | |||
| 6929 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl = | |||
| 6930 | objc_class_type->getInterface(); | |||
| 6931 | ||||
| 6932 | if (class_interface_decl) { | |||
| 6933 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator ivar_pos, | |||
| 6934 | ivar_end = class_interface_decl->ivar_end(); | |||
| 6935 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *superclass_interface_decl = | |||
| 6936 | class_interface_decl->getSuperClass(); | |||
| 6937 | ||||
| 6938 | for (ivar_pos = class_interface_decl->ivar_begin(); | |||
| 6939 | ivar_pos != ivar_end; ++ivar_pos, ++child_idx) { | |||
| 6940 | const clang::ObjCIvarDecl *ivar_decl = *ivar_pos; | |||
| 6941 | ||||
| 6942 | if (ivar_decl->getName().equals(name_sref)) { | |||
| 6943 | if ((!omit_empty_base_classes && superclass_interface_decl) || | |||
| 6944 | (omit_empty_base_classes && | |||
| 6945 | ObjCDeclHasIVars(superclass_interface_decl, true))) | |||
| 6946 | ++child_idx; | |||
| 6947 | ||||
| 6948 | return child_idx; | |||
| 6949 | } | |||
| 6950 | } | |||
| 6951 | ||||
| 6952 | if (superclass_interface_decl) { | |||
| 6953 | if (superclass_interface_decl->getName().equals(name_sref)) | |||
| 6954 | return 0; | |||
| 6955 | } | |||
| 6956 | } | |||
| 6957 | } | |||
| 6958 | } | |||
| 6959 | break; | |||
| 6960 | ||||
| 6961 | case clang::Type::ObjCObjectPointer: { | |||
| 6962 | CompilerType pointee_clang_type = GetType( | |||
| 6963 | llvm::cast<clang::ObjCObjectPointerType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()) | |||
| 6964 | ->getPointeeType()); | |||
| 6965 | return pointee_clang_type.GetIndexOfChildWithName( | |||
| 6966 | name, omit_empty_base_classes); | |||
| 6967 | } break; | |||
| 6968 | ||||
| 6969 | case clang::Type::ConstantArray: { | |||
| 6970 | // const clang::ConstantArrayType *array = | |||
| 6971 | // llvm::cast<clang::ConstantArrayType>(parent_qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
| 6972 | // const uint64_t element_count = | |||
| 6973 | // array->getSize().getLimitedValue(); | |||
| 6974 | // | |||
| 6975 | // if (idx < element_count) | |||
| 6976 | // { | |||
| 6977 | // std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> field_type_info = | |||
| 6978 | // ast->getTypeInfo(array->getElementType()); | |||
| 6979 | // | |||
| 6980 | // char element_name[32]; | |||
| 6981 | // ::snprintf (element_name, sizeof (element_name), | |||
| 6982 | // "%s[%u]", parent_name ? parent_name : "", idx); | |||
| 6983 | // | |||
| 6984 | // child_name.assign(element_name); | |||
| 6985 | // assert(field_type_info.first % 8 == 0); | |||
| 6986 | // child_byte_size = field_type_info.first / 8; | |||
| 6987 | // child_byte_offset = idx * child_byte_size; | |||
| 6988 | // return array->getElementType().getAsOpaquePtr(); | |||
| 6989 | // } | |||
| 6990 | } break; | |||
| 6991 | ||||
| 6992 | // case clang::Type::MemberPointerType: | |||
| 6993 | // { | |||
| 6994 | // MemberPointerType *mem_ptr_type = | |||
| 6995 | // llvm::cast<MemberPointerType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
| 6996 | // clang::QualType pointee_type = | |||
| 6997 | // mem_ptr_type->getPointeeType(); | |||
| 6998 | // | |||
| 6999 | // if (TypeSystemClang::IsAggregateType | |||
| 7000 | // (pointee_type.getAsOpaquePtr())) | |||
| 7001 | // { | |||
| 7002 | // return GetIndexOfChildWithName (ast, | |||
| 7003 | // mem_ptr_type->getPointeeType().getAsOpaquePtr(), | |||
| 7004 | // name); | |||
| 7005 | // } | |||
| 7006 | // } | |||
| 7007 | // break; | |||
| 7008 | // | |||
| 7009 | case clang::Type::LValueReference: | |||
| 7010 | case clang::Type::RValueReference: { | |||
| 7011 | const clang::ReferenceType *reference_type = | |||
| 7012 | llvm::cast<clang::ReferenceType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
| 7013 | CompilerType pointee_type = GetType(reference_type->getPointeeType()); | |||
| 7014 | ||||
| 7015 | if (pointee_type.IsAggregateType()) { | |||
| 7016 | return pointee_type.GetIndexOfChildWithName(name, | |||
| 7017 | omit_empty_base_classes); | |||
| 7018 | } | |||
| 7019 | } break; | |||
| 7020 | ||||
| 7021 | case clang::Type::Pointer: { | |||
| 7022 | const clang::PointerType *pointer_type = | |||
| 7023 | llvm::cast<clang::PointerType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
| 7024 | CompilerType pointee_type = GetType(pointer_type->getPointeeType()); | |||
| 7025 | ||||
| 7026 | if (pointee_type.IsAggregateType()) { | |||
| 7027 | return pointee_type.GetIndexOfChildWithName(name, | |||
| 7028 | omit_empty_base_classes); | |||
| 7029 | } else { | |||
| 7030 | // if (parent_name) | |||
| 7031 | // { | |||
| 7032 | // child_name.assign(1, '*'); | |||
| 7033 | // child_name += parent_name; | |||
| 7034 | // } | |||
| 7035 | // | |||
| 7036 | // // We have a pointer to an simple type | |||
| 7037 | // if (idx == 0) | |||
| 7038 | // { | |||
| 7039 | // std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> clang_type_info | |||
| 7040 | // = ast->getTypeInfo(pointee_type); | |||
| 7041 | // assert(clang_type_info.first % 8 == 0); | |||
| 7042 | // child_byte_size = clang_type_info.first / 8; | |||
| 7043 | // child_byte_offset = 0; | |||
| 7044 | // return pointee_type.getAsOpaquePtr(); | |||
| 7045 | // } | |||
| 7046 | } | |||
| 7047 | } break; | |||
| 7048 | ||||
| 7049 | default: | |||
| 7050 | break; | |||
| 7051 | } | |||
| 7052 | } | |||
| 7053 | return UINT32_MAX0xffffffffU; | |||
| 7054 | } | |||
| 7055 | ||||
| 7056 | size_t | |||
| 7057 | TypeSystemClang::GetNumTemplateArguments(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
| 7058 | if (!type) | |||
| 7059 | return 0; | |||
| 7060 | ||||
| 7061 | clang::QualType qual_type = RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | |||
| 7062 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | |||
| 7063 | switch (type_class) { | |||
| 7064 | case clang::Type::Record: | |||
| 7065 | if (GetCompleteType(type)) { | |||
| 7066 | const clang::CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl = | |||
| 7067 | qual_type->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | |||
| 7068 | if (cxx_record_decl) { | |||
| 7069 | const clang::ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *template_decl = | |||
| 7070 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>( | |||
| 7071 | cxx_record_decl); | |||
| 7072 | if (template_decl) | |||
| 7073 | return template_decl->getTemplateArgs().size(); | |||
| 7074 | } | |||
| 7075 | } | |||
| 7076 | break; | |||
| 7077 | ||||
| 7078 | default: | |||
| 7079 | break; | |||
| 7080 | } | |||
| 7081 | ||||
| 7082 | return 0; | |||
| 7083 | } | |||
| 7084 | ||||
| 7085 | const clang::ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl * | |||
| 7086 | TypeSystemClang::GetAsTemplateSpecialization( | |||
| 7087 | lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
| 7088 | if (!type) | |||
| 7089 | return nullptr; | |||
| 7090 | ||||
| 7091 | clang::QualType qual_type(RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type))); | |||
| 7092 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | |||
| 7093 | switch (type_class) { | |||
| 7094 | case clang::Type::Record: { | |||
| 7095 | if (! GetCompleteType(type)) | |||
| 7096 | return nullptr; | |||
| 7097 | const clang::CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl = | |||
| 7098 | qual_type->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | |||
| 7099 | if (!cxx_record_decl) | |||
| 7100 | return nullptr; | |||
| 7101 | return llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>( | |||
| 7102 | cxx_record_decl); | |||
| 7103 | } | |||
| 7104 | ||||
| 7105 | default: | |||
| 7106 | return nullptr; | |||
| 7107 | } | |||
| 7108 | } | |||
| 7109 | ||||
| 7110 | lldb::TemplateArgumentKind | |||
| 7111 | TypeSystemClang::GetTemplateArgumentKind(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | |||
| 7112 | size_t arg_idx) { | |||
| 7113 | const clang::ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *template_decl = | |||
| 7114 | GetAsTemplateSpecialization(type); | |||
| 7115 | if (! template_decl || arg_idx >= template_decl->getTemplateArgs().size()) | |||
| 7116 | return eTemplateArgumentKindNull; | |||
| 7117 | ||||
| 7118 | switch (template_decl->getTemplateArgs()[arg_idx].getKind()) { | |||
| 7119 | case clang::TemplateArgument::Null: | |||
| 7120 | return eTemplateArgumentKindNull; | |||
| 7121 | ||||
| 7122 | case clang::TemplateArgument::NullPtr: | |||
| 7123 | return eTemplateArgumentKindNullPtr; | |||
| 7124 | ||||
| 7125 | case clang::TemplateArgument::Type: | |||
| 7126 | return eTemplateArgumentKindType; | |||
| 7127 | ||||
| 7128 | case clang::TemplateArgument::Declaration: | |||
| 7129 | return eTemplateArgumentKindDeclaration; | |||
| 7130 | ||||
| 7131 | case clang::TemplateArgument::Integral: | |||
| 7132 | return eTemplateArgumentKindIntegral; | |||
| 7133 | ||||
| 7134 | case clang::TemplateArgument::Template: | |||
| 7135 | return eTemplateArgumentKindTemplate; | |||
| 7136 | ||||
| 7137 | case clang::TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion: | |||
| 7138 | return eTemplateArgumentKindTemplateExpansion; | |||
| 7139 | ||||
| 7140 | case clang::TemplateArgument::Expression: | |||
| 7141 | return eTemplateArgumentKindExpression; | |||
| 7142 | ||||
| 7143 | case clang::TemplateArgument::Pack: | |||
| 7144 | return eTemplateArgumentKindPack; | |||
| 7145 | } | |||
| 7146 | llvm_unreachable("Unhandled clang::TemplateArgument::ArgKind")__builtin_unreachable(); | |||
| 7147 | } | |||
| 7148 | ||||
| 7149 | CompilerType | |||
| 7150 | TypeSystemClang::GetTypeTemplateArgument(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | |||
| 7151 | size_t idx) { | |||
| 7152 | const clang::ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *template_decl = | |||
| 7153 | GetAsTemplateSpecialization(type); | |||
| 7154 | if (!template_decl || idx >= template_decl->getTemplateArgs().size()) | |||
| 7155 | return CompilerType(); | |||
| 7156 | ||||
| 7157 | const clang::TemplateArgument &template_arg = | |||
| 7158 | template_decl->getTemplateArgs()[idx]; | |||
| 7159 | if (template_arg.getKind() != clang::TemplateArgument::Type) | |||
| 7160 | return CompilerType(); | |||
| 7161 | ||||
| 7162 | return GetType(template_arg.getAsType()); | |||
| 7163 | } | |||
| 7164 | ||||
| 7165 | Optional<CompilerType::IntegralTemplateArgument> | |||
| 7166 | TypeSystemClang::GetIntegralTemplateArgument(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | |||
| 7167 | size_t idx) { | |||
| 7168 | const clang::ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *template_decl = | |||
| 7169 | GetAsTemplateSpecialization(type); | |||
| 7170 | if (! template_decl || idx >= template_decl->getTemplateArgs().size()) | |||
| 7171 | return llvm::None; | |||
| 7172 | ||||
| 7173 | const clang::TemplateArgument &template_arg = | |||
| 7174 | template_decl->getTemplateArgs()[idx]; | |||
| 7175 | if (template_arg.getKind() != clang::TemplateArgument::Integral) | |||
| 7176 | return llvm::None; | |||
| 7177 | ||||
| 7178 | return { | |||
| 7179 | {template_arg.getAsIntegral(), GetType(template_arg.getIntegralType())}}; | |||
| 7180 | } | |||
| 7181 | ||||
| 7182 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::GetTypeForFormatters(void *type) { | |||
| 7183 | if (type) | |||
| 7184 | return ClangUtil::RemoveFastQualifiers(CompilerType(this, type)); | |||
| 7185 | return CompilerType(); | |||
| 7186 | } | |||
| 7187 | ||||
| 7188 | clang::EnumDecl *TypeSystemClang::GetAsEnumDecl(const CompilerType &type) { | |||
| 7189 | const clang::EnumType *enutype = | |||
| 7190 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::EnumType>(ClangUtil::GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | |||
| 7191 | if (enutype) | |||
| 7192 | return enutype->getDecl(); | |||
| 7193 | return nullptr; | |||
| 7194 | } | |||
| 7195 | ||||
| 7196 | clang::RecordDecl *TypeSystemClang::GetAsRecordDecl(const CompilerType &type) { | |||
| 7197 | const clang::RecordType *record_type = | |||
| 7198 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::RecordType>(ClangUtil::GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | |||
| 7199 | if (record_type) | |||
| 7200 | return record_type->getDecl(); | |||
| 7201 | return nullptr; | |||
| 7202 | } | |||
| 7203 | ||||
| 7204 | clang::TagDecl *TypeSystemClang::GetAsTagDecl(const CompilerType &type) { | |||
| 7205 | return ClangUtil::GetAsTagDecl(type); | |||
| 7206 | } | |||
| 7207 | ||||
| 7208 | clang::TypedefNameDecl * | |||
| 7209 | TypeSystemClang::GetAsTypedefDecl(const CompilerType &type) { | |||
| 7210 | const clang::TypedefType *typedef_type = | |||
| 7211 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::TypedefType>(ClangUtil::GetQualType(type)); | |||
| 7212 | if (typedef_type) | |||
| 7213 | return typedef_type->getDecl(); | |||
| 7214 | return nullptr; | |||
| 7215 | } | |||
| 7216 | ||||
| 7217 | clang::CXXRecordDecl * | |||
| 7218 | TypeSystemClang::GetAsCXXRecordDecl(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
| 7219 | return GetCanonicalQualType(type)->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | |||
| 7220 | } | |||
| 7221 | ||||
| 7222 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl * | |||
| 7223 | TypeSystemClang::GetAsObjCInterfaceDecl(const CompilerType &type) { | |||
| 7224 | const clang::ObjCObjectType *objc_class_type = | |||
| 7225 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ObjCObjectType>( | |||
| 7226 | ClangUtil::GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | |||
| 7227 | if (objc_class_type) | |||
| 7228 | return objc_class_type->getInterface(); | |||
| 7229 | return nullptr; | |||
| 7230 | } | |||
| 7231 | ||||
| 7232 | clang::FieldDecl *TypeSystemClang::AddFieldToRecordType( | |||
| 7233 | const CompilerType &type, llvm::StringRef name, | |||
| 7234 | const CompilerType &field_clang_type, AccessType access, | |||
| 7235 | uint32_t bitfield_bit_size) { | |||
| 7236 | if (!type.IsValid() || !field_clang_type.IsValid()) | |||
| 7237 | return nullptr; | |||
| 7238 | TypeSystemClang *ast = | |||
| 7239 | llvm::dyn_cast_or_null<TypeSystemClang>(type.GetTypeSystem()); | |||
| 7240 | if (!ast) | |||
| 7241 | return nullptr; | |||
| 7242 | clang::ASTContext &clang_ast = ast->getASTContext(); | |||
| 7243 | clang::IdentifierInfo *ident = nullptr; | |||
| 7244 | if (!name.empty()) | |||
| 7245 | ident = &clang_ast.Idents.get(name); | |||
| 7246 | ||||
| 7247 | clang::FieldDecl *field = nullptr; | |||
| 7248 | ||||
| 7249 | clang::Expr *bit_width = nullptr; | |||
| 7250 | if (bitfield_bit_size != 0) { | |||
| 7251 | llvm::APInt bitfield_bit_size_apint(clang_ast.getTypeSize(clang_ast.IntTy), | |||
| 7252 | bitfield_bit_size); | |||
| 7253 | bit_width = new (clang_ast) | |||
| 7254 | clang::IntegerLiteral(clang_ast, bitfield_bit_size_apint, | |||
| 7255 | clang_ast.IntTy, clang::SourceLocation()); | |||
| 7256 | } | |||
| 7257 | ||||
| 7258 | clang::RecordDecl *record_decl = ast->GetAsRecordDecl(type); | |||
| 7259 | if (record_decl) { | |||
| 7260 | field = clang::FieldDecl::CreateDeserialized(clang_ast, 0); | |||
| 7261 | field->setDeclContext(record_decl); | |||
| 7262 | field->setDeclName(ident); | |||
| 7263 | field->setType(ClangUtil::GetQualType(field_clang_type)); | |||
| 7264 | if (bit_width) | |||
| 7265 | field->setBitWidth(bit_width); | |||
| 7266 | SetMemberOwningModule(field, record_decl); | |||
| 7267 | ||||
| 7268 | if (name.empty()) { | |||
| 7269 | // Determine whether this field corresponds to an anonymous struct or | |||
| 7270 | // union. | |||
| 7271 | if (const clang::TagType *TagT = | |||
| 7272 | field->getType()->getAs<clang::TagType>()) { | |||
| 7273 | if (clang::RecordDecl *Rec = | |||
| 7274 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::RecordDecl>(TagT->getDecl())) | |||
| 7275 | if (!Rec->getDeclName()) { | |||
| 7276 | Rec->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); | |||
| 7277 | field->setImplicit(); | |||
| 7278 | } | |||
| 7279 | } | |||
| 7280 | } | |||
| 7281 | ||||
| 7282 | if (field) { | |||
| 7283 | field->setAccess( | |||
| 7284 | TypeSystemClang::ConvertAccessTypeToAccessSpecifier(access)); | |||
| 7285 | ||||
| 7286 | record_decl->addDecl(field); | |||
| 7287 | ||||
| 7288 | VerifyDecl(field); | |||
| 7289 | } | |||
| 7290 | } else { | |||
| 7291 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl = | |||
| 7292 | ast->GetAsObjCInterfaceDecl(type); | |||
| 7293 | ||||
| 7294 | if (class_interface_decl) { | |||
| 7295 | const bool is_synthesized = false; | |||
| 7296 | ||||
| 7297 | field_clang_type.GetCompleteType(); | |||
| 7298 | ||||
| 7299 | auto *ivar = clang::ObjCIvarDecl::CreateDeserialized(clang_ast, 0); | |||
| 7300 | ivar->setDeclContext(class_interface_decl); | |||
| 7301 | ivar->setDeclName(ident); | |||
| 7302 | ivar->setType(ClangUtil::GetQualType(field_clang_type)); | |||
| 7303 | ivar->setAccessControl(ConvertAccessTypeToObjCIvarAccessControl(access)); | |||
| 7304 | if (bit_width) | |||
| 7305 | ivar->setBitWidth(bit_width); | |||
| 7306 | ivar->setSynthesize(is_synthesized); | |||
| 7307 | field = ivar; | |||
| 7308 | SetMemberOwningModule(field, class_interface_decl); | |||
| 7309 | ||||
| 7310 | if (field) { | |||
| 7311 | class_interface_decl->addDecl(field); | |||
| 7312 | ||||
| 7313 | VerifyDecl(field); | |||
| 7314 | } | |||
| 7315 | } | |||
| 7316 | } | |||
| 7317 | return field; | |||
| 7318 | } | |||
| 7319 | ||||
| 7320 | void TypeSystemClang::BuildIndirectFields(const CompilerType &type) { | |||
| 7321 | if (!type) | |||
| 7322 | return; | |||
| 7323 | ||||
| 7324 | TypeSystemClang *ast = llvm::dyn_cast<TypeSystemClang>(type.GetTypeSystem()); | |||
| 7325 | if (!ast) | |||
| 7326 | return; | |||
| 7327 | ||||
| 7328 | clang::RecordDecl *record_decl = ast->GetAsRecordDecl(type); | |||
| 7329 | ||||
| 7330 | if (!record_decl) | |||
| 7331 | return; | |||
| 7332 | ||||
| 7333 | typedef llvm::SmallVector<clang::IndirectFieldDecl *, 1> IndirectFieldVector; | |||
| 7334 | ||||
| 7335 | IndirectFieldVector indirect_fields; | |||
| 7336 | clang::RecordDecl::field_iterator field_pos; | |||
| 7337 | clang::RecordDecl::field_iterator field_end_pos = record_decl->field_end(); | |||
| 7338 | clang::RecordDecl::field_iterator last_field_pos = field_end_pos; | |||
| 7339 | for (field_pos = record_decl->field_begin(); field_pos != field_end_pos; | |||
| 7340 | last_field_pos = field_pos++) { | |||
| 7341 | if (field_pos->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { | |||
| 7342 | clang::QualType field_qual_type = field_pos->getType(); | |||
| 7343 | ||||
| 7344 | const clang::RecordType *field_record_type = | |||
| 7345 | field_qual_type->getAs<clang::RecordType>(); | |||
| 7346 | ||||
| 7347 | if (!field_record_type) | |||
| 7348 | continue; | |||
| 7349 | ||||
| 7350 | clang::RecordDecl *field_record_decl = field_record_type->getDecl(); | |||
| 7351 | ||||
| 7352 | if (!field_record_decl) | |||
| 7353 | continue; | |||
| 7354 | ||||
| 7355 | for (clang::RecordDecl::decl_iterator | |||
| 7356 | di = field_record_decl->decls_begin(), | |||
| 7357 | de = field_record_decl->decls_end(); | |||
| 7358 | di != de; ++di) { | |||
| 7359 | if (clang::FieldDecl *nested_field_decl = | |||
| 7360 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::FieldDecl>(*di)) { | |||
| 7361 | clang::NamedDecl **chain = | |||
| 7362 | new (ast->getASTContext()) clang::NamedDecl *[2]; | |||
| 7363 | chain[0] = *field_pos; | |||
| 7364 | chain[1] = nested_field_decl; | |||
| 7365 | clang::IndirectFieldDecl *indirect_field = | |||
| 7366 | clang::IndirectFieldDecl::Create( | |||
| 7367 | ast->getASTContext(), record_decl, clang::SourceLocation(), | |||
| 7368 | nested_field_decl->getIdentifier(), | |||
| 7369 | nested_field_decl->getType(), {chain, 2}); | |||
| 7370 | SetMemberOwningModule(indirect_field, record_decl); | |||
| 7371 | ||||
| 7372 | indirect_field->setImplicit(); | |||
| 7373 | ||||
| 7374 | indirect_field->setAccess(TypeSystemClang::UnifyAccessSpecifiers( | |||
| 7375 | field_pos->getAccess(), nested_field_decl->getAccess())); | |||
| 7376 | ||||
| 7377 | indirect_fields.push_back(indirect_field); | |||
| 7378 | } else if (clang::IndirectFieldDecl *nested_indirect_field_decl = | |||
| 7379 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::IndirectFieldDecl>(*di)) { | |||
| 7380 | size_t nested_chain_size = | |||
| 7381 | nested_indirect_field_decl->getChainingSize(); | |||
| 7382 | clang::NamedDecl **chain = new (ast->getASTContext()) | |||
| 7383 | clang::NamedDecl *[nested_chain_size + 1]; | |||
| 7384 | chain[0] = *field_pos; | |||
| 7385 | ||||
| 7386 | int chain_index = 1; | |||
| 7387 | for (clang::IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator | |||
| 7388 | nci = nested_indirect_field_decl->chain_begin(), | |||
| 7389 | nce = nested_indirect_field_decl->chain_end(); | |||
| 7390 | nci < nce; ++nci) { | |||
| 7391 | chain[chain_index] = *nci; | |||
| 7392 | chain_index++; | |||
| 7393 | } | |||
| 7394 | ||||
| 7395 | clang::IndirectFieldDecl *indirect_field = | |||
| 7396 | clang::IndirectFieldDecl::Create( | |||
| 7397 | ast->getASTContext(), record_decl, clang::SourceLocation(), | |||
| 7398 | nested_indirect_field_decl->getIdentifier(), | |||
| 7399 | nested_indirect_field_decl->getType(), | |||
| 7400 | {chain, nested_chain_size + 1}); | |||
| 7401 | SetMemberOwningModule(indirect_field, record_decl); | |||
| 7402 | ||||
| 7403 | indirect_field->setImplicit(); | |||
| 7404 | ||||
| 7405 | indirect_field->setAccess(TypeSystemClang::UnifyAccessSpecifiers( | |||
| 7406 | field_pos->getAccess(), nested_indirect_field_decl->getAccess())); | |||
| 7407 | ||||
| 7408 | indirect_fields.push_back(indirect_field); | |||
| 7409 | } | |||
| 7410 | } | |||
| 7411 | } | |||
| 7412 | } | |||
| 7413 | ||||
| 7414 | // Check the last field to see if it has an incomplete array type as its last | |||
| 7415 | // member and if it does, the tell the record decl about it | |||
| 7416 | if (last_field_pos != field_end_pos) { | |||
| 7417 | if (last_field_pos->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) | |||
| 7418 | record_decl->hasFlexibleArrayMember(); | |||
| 7419 | } | |||
| 7420 | ||||
| 7421 | for (IndirectFieldVector::iterator ifi = indirect_fields.begin(), | |||
| 7422 | ife = indirect_fields.end(); | |||
| 7423 | ifi < ife; ++ifi) { | |||
| 7424 | record_decl->addDecl(*ifi); | |||
| 7425 | } | |||
| 7426 | } | |||
| 7427 | ||||
| 7428 | void TypeSystemClang::SetIsPacked(const CompilerType &type) { | |||
| 7429 | if (type) { | |||
| 7430 | TypeSystemClang *ast = | |||
| 7431 | llvm::dyn_cast<TypeSystemClang>(type.GetTypeSystem()); | |||
| 7432 | if (ast) { | |||
| 7433 | clang::RecordDecl *record_decl = GetAsRecordDecl(type); | |||
| 7434 | ||||
| 7435 | if (!record_decl) | |||
| 7436 | return; | |||
| 7437 | ||||
| 7438 | record_decl->addAttr( | |||
| 7439 | clang::PackedAttr::CreateImplicit(ast->getASTContext())); | |||
| 7440 | } | |||
| 7441 | } | |||
| 7442 | } | |||
| 7443 | ||||
| 7444 | clang::VarDecl *TypeSystemClang::AddVariableToRecordType( | |||
| 7445 | const CompilerType &type, llvm::StringRef name, | |||
| 7446 | const CompilerType &var_type, AccessType access) { | |||
| 7447 | if (!type.IsValid() || !var_type.IsValid()) | |||
| 7448 | return nullptr; | |||
| 7449 | ||||
| 7450 | TypeSystemClang *ast = llvm::dyn_cast<TypeSystemClang>(type.GetTypeSystem()); | |||
| 7451 | if (!ast) | |||
| 7452 | return nullptr; | |||
| 7453 | ||||
| 7454 | clang::RecordDecl *record_decl = ast->GetAsRecordDecl(type); | |||
| 7455 | if (!record_decl) | |||
| 7456 | return nullptr; | |||
| 7457 | ||||
| 7458 | clang::VarDecl *var_decl = nullptr; | |||
| 7459 | clang::IdentifierInfo *ident = nullptr; | |||
| 7460 | if (!name.empty()) | |||
| 7461 | ident = &ast->getASTContext().Idents.get(name); | |||
| 7462 | ||||
| 7463 | var_decl = clang::VarDecl::CreateDeserialized(ast->getASTContext(), 0); | |||
| 7464 | var_decl->setDeclContext(record_decl); | |||
| 7465 | var_decl->setDeclName(ident); | |||
| 7466 | var_decl->setType(ClangUtil::GetQualType(var_type)); | |||
| 7467 | var_decl->setStorageClass(clang::SC_Static); | |||
| 7468 | SetMemberOwningModule(var_decl, record_decl); | |||
| 7469 | if (!var_decl) | |||
| 7470 | return nullptr; | |||
| 7471 | ||||
| 7472 | var_decl->setAccess( | |||
| 7473 | TypeSystemClang::ConvertAccessTypeToAccessSpecifier(access)); | |||
| 7474 | record_decl->addDecl(var_decl); | |||
| 7475 | ||||
| 7476 | VerifyDecl(var_decl); | |||
| 7477 | ||||
| 7478 | return var_decl; | |||
| 7479 | } | |||
| 7480 | ||||
| 7481 | void TypeSystemClang::SetIntegerInitializerForVariable( | |||
| 7482 | VarDecl *var, const llvm::APInt &init_value) { | |||
| 7483 | assert(!var->hasInit() && "variable already initialized")((void)0); | |||
| 7484 | ||||
| 7485 | clang::ASTContext &ast = var->getASTContext(); | |||
| 7486 | QualType qt = var->getType(); | |||
| 7487 | assert(qt->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() &&((void)0) | |||
| 7488 | "only integer or enum types supported")((void)0); | |||
| 7489 | // If the variable is an enum type, take the underlying integer type as | |||
| 7490 | // the type of the integer literal. | |||
| 7491 | if (const EnumType *enum_type = llvm::dyn_cast<EnumType>(qt.getTypePtr())) { | |||
| 7492 | const EnumDecl *enum_decl = enum_type->getDecl(); | |||
| 7493 | qt = enum_decl->getIntegerType(); | |||
| 7494 | } | |||
| 7495 | var->setInit(IntegerLiteral::Create(ast, init_value, qt.getUnqualifiedType(), | |||
| 7496 | SourceLocation())); | |||
| 7497 | } | |||
| 7498 | ||||
| 7499 | void TypeSystemClang::SetFloatingInitializerForVariable( | |||
| 7500 | clang::VarDecl *var, const llvm::APFloat &init_value) { | |||
| 7501 | assert(!var->hasInit() && "variable already initialized")((void)0); | |||
| 7502 | ||||
| 7503 | clang::ASTContext &ast = var->getASTContext(); | |||
| 7504 | QualType qt = var->getType(); | |||
| 7505 | assert(qt->isFloatingType() && "only floating point types supported")((void)0); | |||
| 7506 | var->setInit(FloatingLiteral::Create( | |||
| 7507 | ast, init_value, true, qt.getUnqualifiedType(), SourceLocation())); | |||
| 7508 | } | |||
| 7509 | ||||
| 7510 | clang::CXXMethodDecl *TypeSystemClang::AddMethodToCXXRecordType( | |||
| 7511 | lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, llvm::StringRef name, | |||
| 7512 | const char *mangled_name, const CompilerType &method_clang_type, | |||
| 7513 | lldb::AccessType access, bool is_virtual, bool is_static, bool is_inline, | |||
| 7514 | bool is_explicit, bool is_attr_used, bool is_artificial) { | |||
| 7515 | if (!type || !method_clang_type.IsValid() || name.empty()) | |||
| 7516 | return nullptr; | |||
| 7517 | ||||
| 7518 | clang::QualType record_qual_type(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | |||
| 7519 | ||||
| 7520 | clang::CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl = | |||
| 7521 | record_qual_type->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | |||
| 7522 | ||||
| 7523 | if (cxx_record_decl == nullptr) | |||
| 7524 | return nullptr; | |||
| 7525 | ||||
| 7526 | clang::QualType method_qual_type(ClangUtil::GetQualType(method_clang_type)); | |||
| 7527 | ||||
| 7528 | clang::CXXMethodDecl *cxx_method_decl = nullptr; | |||
| 7529 | ||||
| 7530 | clang::DeclarationName decl_name(&getASTContext().Idents.get(name)); | |||
| 7531 | ||||
| 7532 | const clang::FunctionType *function_type = | |||
| 7533 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::FunctionType>(method_qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
| 7534 | ||||
| 7535 | if (function_type == nullptr) | |||
| 7536 | return nullptr; | |||
| 7537 | ||||
| 7538 | const clang::FunctionProtoType *method_function_prototype( | |||
| 7539 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::FunctionProtoType>(function_type)); | |||
| 7540 | ||||
| 7541 | if (!method_function_prototype) | |||
| 7542 | return nullptr; | |||
| 7543 | ||||
| 7544 | unsigned int num_params = method_function_prototype->getNumParams(); | |||
| 7545 | ||||
| 7546 | clang::CXXDestructorDecl *cxx_dtor_decl(nullptr); | |||
| 7547 | clang::CXXConstructorDecl *cxx_ctor_decl(nullptr); | |||
| 7548 | ||||
| 7549 | if (is_artificial) | |||
| 7550 | return nullptr; // skip everything artificial | |||
| 7551 | ||||
| 7552 | const clang::ExplicitSpecifier explicit_spec( | |||
| 7553 | nullptr /*expr*/, is_explicit ? clang::ExplicitSpecKind::ResolvedTrue | |||
| 7554 | : clang::ExplicitSpecKind::ResolvedFalse); | |||
| 7555 | ||||
| 7556 | if (name.startswith("~")) { | |||
| 7557 | cxx_dtor_decl = | |||
| 7558 | clang::CXXDestructorDecl::CreateDeserialized(getASTContext(), 0); | |||
| 7559 | cxx_dtor_decl->setDeclContext(cxx_record_decl); | |||
| 7560 | cxx_dtor_decl->setDeclName( | |||
| 7561 | getASTContext().DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( | |||
| 7562 | getASTContext().getCanonicalType(record_qual_type))); | |||
| 7563 | cxx_dtor_decl->setType(method_qual_type); | |||
| 7564 | cxx_dtor_decl->setImplicit(is_artificial); | |||
| 7565 | cxx_dtor_decl->setInlineSpecified(is_inline); | |||
| 7566 | cxx_dtor_decl->setConstexprKind(ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified); | |||
| 7567 | cxx_method_decl = cxx_dtor_decl; | |||
| 7568 | } else if (decl_name == cxx_record_decl->getDeclName()) { | |||
| 7569 | cxx_ctor_decl = clang::CXXConstructorDecl::CreateDeserialized( | |||
| 7570 | getASTContext(), 0, 0); | |||
| 7571 | cxx_ctor_decl->setDeclContext(cxx_record_decl); | |||
| 7572 | cxx_ctor_decl->setDeclName( | |||
| 7573 | getASTContext().DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( | |||
| 7574 | getASTContext().getCanonicalType(record_qual_type))); | |||
| 7575 | cxx_ctor_decl->setType(method_qual_type); | |||
| 7576 | cxx_ctor_decl->setImplicit(is_artificial); | |||
| 7577 | cxx_ctor_decl->setInlineSpecified(is_inline); | |||
| 7578 | cxx_ctor_decl->setConstexprKind(ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified); | |||
| 7579 | cxx_ctor_decl->setNumCtorInitializers(0); | |||
| 7580 | cxx_ctor_decl->setExplicitSpecifier(explicit_spec); | |||
| 7581 | cxx_method_decl = cxx_ctor_decl; | |||
| 7582 | } else { | |||
| 7583 | clang::StorageClass SC = is_static ? clang::SC_Static : clang::SC_None; | |||
| 7584 | clang::OverloadedOperatorKind op_kind = clang::NUM_OVERLOADED_OPERATORS; | |||
| 7585 | ||||
| 7586 | if (IsOperator(name, op_kind)) { | |||
| 7587 | if (op_kind != clang::NUM_OVERLOADED_OPERATORS) { | |||
| 7588 | // Check the number of operator parameters. Sometimes we have seen bad | |||
| 7589 | // DWARF that doesn't correctly describe operators and if we try to | |||
| 7590 | // create a method and add it to the class, clang will assert and | |||
| 7591 | // crash, so we need to make sure things are acceptable. | |||
| 7592 | const bool is_method = true; | |||
| 7593 | if (!TypeSystemClang::CheckOverloadedOperatorKindParameterCount( | |||
| 7594 | is_method, op_kind, num_params)) | |||
| 7595 | return nullptr; | |||
| 7596 | cxx_method_decl = | |||
| 7597 | clang::CXXMethodDecl::CreateDeserialized(getASTContext(), 0); | |||
| 7598 | cxx_method_decl->setDeclContext(cxx_record_decl); | |||
| 7599 | cxx_method_decl->setDeclName( | |||
| 7600 | getASTContext().DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(op_kind)); | |||
| 7601 | cxx_method_decl->setType(method_qual_type); | |||
| 7602 | cxx_method_decl->setStorageClass(SC); | |||
| 7603 | cxx_method_decl->setInlineSpecified(is_inline); | |||
| 7604 | cxx_method_decl->setConstexprKind(ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified); | |||
| 7605 | } else if (num_params == 0) { | |||
| 7606 | // Conversion operators don't take params... | |||
| 7607 | auto *cxx_conversion_decl = | |||
| 7608 | clang::CXXConversionDecl::CreateDeserialized(getASTContext(), 0); | |||
| 7609 | cxx_conversion_decl->setDeclContext(cxx_record_decl); | |||
| 7610 | cxx_conversion_decl->setDeclName( | |||
| 7611 | getASTContext().DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( | |||
| 7612 | getASTContext().getCanonicalType( | |||
| 7613 | function_type->getReturnType()))); | |||
| 7614 | cxx_conversion_decl->setType(method_qual_type); | |||
| 7615 | cxx_conversion_decl->setInlineSpecified(is_inline); | |||
| 7616 | cxx_conversion_decl->setExplicitSpecifier(explicit_spec); | |||
| 7617 | cxx_conversion_decl->setConstexprKind(ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified); | |||
| 7618 | cxx_method_decl = cxx_conversion_decl; | |||
| 7619 | } | |||
| 7620 | } | |||
| 7621 | ||||
| 7622 | if (cxx_method_decl == nullptr) { | |||
| 7623 | cxx_method_decl = | |||
| 7624 | clang::CXXMethodDecl::CreateDeserialized(getASTContext(), 0); | |||
| 7625 | cxx_method_decl->setDeclContext(cxx_record_decl); | |||
| 7626 | cxx_method_decl->setDeclName(decl_name); | |||
| 7627 | cxx_method_decl->setType(method_qual_type); | |||
| 7628 | cxx_method_decl->setInlineSpecified(is_inline); | |||
| 7629 | cxx_method_decl->setStorageClass(SC); | |||
| 7630 | cxx_method_decl->setConstexprKind(ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified); | |||
| 7631 | } | |||
| 7632 | } | |||
| 7633 | SetMemberOwningModule(cxx_method_decl, cxx_record_decl); | |||
| 7634 | ||||
| 7635 | clang::AccessSpecifier access_specifier = | |||
| 7636 | TypeSystemClang::ConvertAccessTypeToAccessSpecifier(access); | |||
| 7637 | ||||
| 7638 | cxx_method_decl->setAccess(access_specifier); | |||
| 7639 | cxx_method_decl->setVirtualAsWritten(is_virtual); | |||
| 7640 | ||||
| 7641 | if (is_attr_used) | |||
| 7642 | cxx_method_decl->addAttr(clang::UsedAttr::CreateImplicit(getASTContext())); | |||
| 7643 | ||||
| 7644 | if (mangled_name != nullptr) { | |||
| 7645 | cxx_method_decl->addAttr(clang::AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit( | |||
| 7646 | getASTContext(), mangled_name, /*literal=*/false)); | |||
| 7647 | } | |||
| 7648 | ||||
| 7649 | // Populate the method decl with parameter decls | |||
| 7650 | ||||
| 7651 | llvm::SmallVector<clang::ParmVarDecl *, 12> params; | |||
| 7652 | ||||
| 7653 | for (unsigned param_index = 0; param_index < num_params; ++param_index) { | |||
| 7654 | params.push_back(clang::ParmVarDecl::Create( | |||
| 7655 | getASTContext(), cxx_method_decl, clang::SourceLocation(), | |||
| 7656 | clang::SourceLocation(), | |||
| 7657 | nullptr, // anonymous | |||
| 7658 | method_function_prototype->getParamType(param_index), nullptr, | |||
| 7659 | clang::SC_None, nullptr)); | |||
| 7660 | } | |||
| 7661 | ||||
| 7662 | cxx_method_decl->setParams(llvm::ArrayRef<clang::ParmVarDecl *>(params)); | |||
| 7663 | ||||
| 7664 | cxx_record_decl->addDecl(cxx_method_decl); | |||
| 7665 | ||||
| 7666 | // Sometimes the debug info will mention a constructor (default/copy/move), | |||
| 7667 | // destructor, or assignment operator (copy/move) but there won't be any | |||
| 7668 | // version of this in the code. So we check if the function was artificially | |||
| 7669 | // generated and if it is trivial and this lets the compiler/backend know | |||
| 7670 | // that it can inline the IR for these when it needs to and we can avoid a | |||
| 7671 | // "missing function" error when running expressions. | |||
| 7672 | ||||
| 7673 | if (is_artificial) { | |||
| 7674 | if (cxx_ctor_decl && ((cxx_ctor_decl->isDefaultConstructor() && | |||
| 7675 | cxx_record_decl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) || | |||
| 7676 | (cxx_ctor_decl->isCopyConstructor() && | |||
| 7677 | cxx_record_decl->hasTrivialCopyConstructor()) || | |||
| 7678 | (cxx_ctor_decl->isMoveConstructor() && | |||
| 7679 | cxx_record_decl->hasTrivialMoveConstructor()))) { | |||
| 7680 | cxx_ctor_decl->setDefaulted(); | |||
| 7681 | cxx_ctor_decl->setTrivial(true); | |||
| 7682 | } else if (cxx_dtor_decl) { | |||
| 7683 | if (cxx_record_decl->hasTrivialDestructor()) { | |||
| 7684 | cxx_dtor_decl->setDefaulted(); | |||
| 7685 | cxx_dtor_decl->setTrivial(true); | |||
| 7686 | } | |||
| 7687 | } else if ((cxx_method_decl->isCopyAssignmentOperator() && | |||
| 7688 | cxx_record_decl->hasTrivialCopyAssignment()) || | |||
| 7689 | (cxx_method_decl->isMoveAssignmentOperator() && | |||
| 7690 | cxx_record_decl->hasTrivialMoveAssignment())) { | |||
| 7691 | cxx_method_decl->setDefaulted(); | |||
| 7692 | cxx_method_decl->setTrivial(true); | |||
| 7693 | } | |||
| 7694 | } | |||
| 7695 | ||||
| 7696 | VerifyDecl(cxx_method_decl); | |||
| 7697 | ||||
| 7698 | return cxx_method_decl; | |||
| 7699 | } | |||
| 7700 | ||||
| 7701 | void TypeSystemClang::AddMethodOverridesForCXXRecordType( | |||
| 7702 | lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
| 7703 | if (auto *record = GetAsCXXRecordDecl(type)) | |||
| 7704 | for (auto *method : record->methods()) | |||
| 7705 | addOverridesForMethod(method); | |||
| 7706 | } | |||
| 7707 | ||||
| 7708 | #pragma mark C++ Base Classes | |||
| 7709 | ||||
| 7710 | std::unique_ptr<clang::CXXBaseSpecifier> | |||
| 7711 | TypeSystemClang::CreateBaseClassSpecifier(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | |||
| 7712 | AccessType access, bool is_virtual, | |||
| 7713 | bool base_of_class) { | |||
| 7714 | if (!type) | |||
| 7715 | return nullptr; | |||
| 7716 | ||||
| 7717 | return std::make_unique<clang::CXXBaseSpecifier>( | |||
| 7718 | clang::SourceRange(), is_virtual, base_of_class, | |||
| 7719 | TypeSystemClang::ConvertAccessTypeToAccessSpecifier(access), | |||
| 7720 | getASTContext().getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(GetQualType(type)), | |||
| 7721 | clang::SourceLocation()); | |||
| 7722 | } | |||
| 7723 | ||||
| 7724 | bool TypeSystemClang::TransferBaseClasses( | |||
| 7725 | lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | |||
| 7726 | std::vector<std::unique_ptr<clang::CXXBaseSpecifier>> bases) { | |||
| 7727 | if (!type) | |||
| 7728 | return false; | |||
| 7729 | clang::CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl = GetAsCXXRecordDecl(type); | |||
| 7730 | if (!cxx_record_decl) | |||
| 7731 | return false; | |||
| 7732 | std::vector<clang::CXXBaseSpecifier *> raw_bases; | |||
| 7733 | raw_bases.reserve(bases.size()); | |||
| 7734 | ||||
| 7735 | // Clang will make a copy of them, so it's ok that we pass pointers that we're | |||
| 7736 | // about to destroy. | |||
| 7737 | for (auto &b : bases) | |||
| 7738 | raw_bases.push_back(b.get()); | |||
| 7739 | cxx_record_decl->setBases(raw_bases.data(), raw_bases.size()); | |||
| 7740 | return true; | |||
| 7741 | } | |||
| 7742 | ||||
| 7743 | bool TypeSystemClang::SetObjCSuperClass( | |||
| 7744 | const CompilerType &type, const CompilerType &superclass_clang_type) { | |||
| 7745 | TypeSystemClang *ast = | |||
| 7746 | llvm::dyn_cast_or_null<TypeSystemClang>(type.GetTypeSystem()); | |||
| 7747 | if (!ast) | |||
| 7748 | return false; | |||
| 7749 | clang::ASTContext &clang_ast = ast->getASTContext(); | |||
| 7750 | ||||
| 7751 | if (type && superclass_clang_type.IsValid() && | |||
| 7752 | superclass_clang_type.GetTypeSystem() == type.GetTypeSystem()) { | |||
| 7753 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl = | |||
| 7754 | GetAsObjCInterfaceDecl(type); | |||
| 7755 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *super_interface_decl = | |||
| 7756 | GetAsObjCInterfaceDecl(superclass_clang_type); | |||
| 7757 | if (class_interface_decl && super_interface_decl) { | |||
| 7758 | class_interface_decl->setSuperClass(clang_ast.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo( | |||
| 7759 | clang_ast.getObjCInterfaceType(super_interface_decl))); | |||
| 7760 | return true; | |||
| 7761 | } | |||
| 7762 | } | |||
| 7763 | return false; | |||
| 7764 | } | |||
| 7765 | ||||
| 7766 | bool TypeSystemClang::AddObjCClassProperty( | |||
| 7767 | const CompilerType &type, const char *property_name, | |||
| 7768 | const CompilerType &property_clang_type, clang::ObjCIvarDecl *ivar_decl, | |||
| 7769 | const char *property_setter_name, const char *property_getter_name, | |||
| 7770 | uint32_t property_attributes, ClangASTMetadata *metadata) { | |||
| 7771 | if (!type || !property_clang_type.IsValid() || property_name == nullptr || | |||
| 7772 | property_name[0] == '\0') | |||
| 7773 | return false; | |||
| 7774 | TypeSystemClang *ast = llvm::dyn_cast<TypeSystemClang>(type.GetTypeSystem()); | |||
| 7775 | if (!ast) | |||
| 7776 | return false; | |||
| 7777 | clang::ASTContext &clang_ast = ast->getASTContext(); | |||
| 7778 | ||||
| 7779 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl = GetAsObjCInterfaceDecl(type); | |||
| 7780 | if (!class_interface_decl) | |||
| 7781 | return false; | |||
| 7782 | ||||
| 7783 | CompilerType property_clang_type_to_access; | |||
| 7784 | ||||
| 7785 | if (property_clang_type.IsValid()) | |||
| 7786 | property_clang_type_to_access = property_clang_type; | |||
| 7787 | else if (ivar_decl) | |||
| 7788 | property_clang_type_to_access = ast->GetType(ivar_decl->getType()); | |||
| 7789 | ||||
| 7790 | if (!class_interface_decl || !property_clang_type_to_access.IsValid()) | |||
| 7791 | return false; | |||
| 7792 | ||||
| 7793 | clang::TypeSourceInfo *prop_type_source; | |||
| 7794 | if (ivar_decl) | |||
| 7795 | prop_type_source = clang_ast.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ivar_decl->getType()); | |||
| 7796 | else | |||
| 7797 | prop_type_source = clang_ast.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo( | |||
| 7798 | ClangUtil::GetQualType(property_clang_type)); | |||
| 7799 | ||||
| 7800 | clang::ObjCPropertyDecl *property_decl = | |||
| 7801 | clang::ObjCPropertyDecl::CreateDeserialized(clang_ast, 0); | |||
| 7802 | property_decl->setDeclContext(class_interface_decl); | |||
| 7803 | property_decl->setDeclName(&clang_ast.Idents.get(property_name)); | |||
| 7804 | property_decl->setType(ivar_decl | |||
| 7805 | ? ivar_decl->getType() | |||
| 7806 | : ClangUtil::GetQualType(property_clang_type), | |||
| 7807 | prop_type_source); | |||
| 7808 | SetMemberOwningModule(property_decl, class_interface_decl); | |||
| 7809 | ||||
| 7810 | if (!property_decl) | |||
| 7811 | return false; | |||
| 7812 | ||||
| 7813 | if (metadata) | |||
| 7814 | ast->SetMetadata(property_decl, *metadata); | |||
| 7815 | ||||
| 7816 | class_interface_decl->addDecl(property_decl); | |||
| 7817 | ||||
| 7818 | clang::Selector setter_sel, getter_sel; | |||
| 7819 | ||||
| 7820 | if (property_setter_name) { | |||
| 7821 | std::string property_setter_no_colon(property_setter_name, | |||
| 7822 | strlen(property_setter_name) - 1); | |||
| 7823 | clang::IdentifierInfo *setter_ident = | |||
| 7824 | &clang_ast.Idents.get(property_setter_no_colon); | |||
| 7825 | setter_sel = clang_ast.Selectors.getSelector(1, &setter_ident); | |||
| 7826 | } else if (!(property_attributes & DW_APPLE_PROPERTY_readonly)) { | |||
| 7827 | std::string setter_sel_string("set"); | |||
| 7828 | setter_sel_string.push_back(::toupper(property_name[0])); | |||
| 7829 | setter_sel_string.append(&property_name[1]); | |||
| 7830 | clang::IdentifierInfo *setter_ident = | |||
| 7831 | &clang_ast.Idents.get(setter_sel_string); | |||
| 7832 | setter_sel = clang_ast.Selectors.getSelector(1, &setter_ident); | |||
| 7833 | } | |||
| 7834 | property_decl->setSetterName(setter_sel); | |||
| 7835 | property_decl->setPropertyAttributes(ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_setter); | |||
| 7836 | ||||
| 7837 | if (property_getter_name != nullptr) { | |||
| 7838 | clang::IdentifierInfo *getter_ident = | |||
| 7839 | &clang_ast.Idents.get(property_getter_name); | |||
| 7840 | getter_sel = clang_ast.Selectors.getSelector(0, &getter_ident); | |||
| 7841 | } else { | |||
| 7842 | clang::IdentifierInfo *getter_ident = &clang_ast.Idents.get(property_name); | |||
| 7843 | getter_sel = clang_ast.Selectors.getSelector(0, &getter_ident); | |||
| 7844 | } | |||
| 7845 | property_decl->setGetterName(getter_sel); | |||
| 7846 | property_decl->setPropertyAttributes(ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_getter); | |||
| 7847 | ||||
| 7848 | if (ivar_decl) | |||
| 7849 | property_decl->setPropertyIvarDecl(ivar_decl); | |||
| 7850 | ||||
| 7851 | if (property_attributes & DW_APPLE_PROPERTY_readonly) | |||
| 7852 | property_decl->setPropertyAttributes(ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_readonly); | |||
| 7853 | if (property_attributes & DW_APPLE_PROPERTY_readwrite) | |||
| 7854 | property_decl->setPropertyAttributes(ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_readwrite); | |||
| 7855 | if (property_attributes & DW_APPLE_PROPERTY_assign) | |||
| 7856 | property_decl->setPropertyAttributes(ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_assign); | |||
| 7857 | if (property_attributes & DW_APPLE_PROPERTY_retain) | |||
| 7858 | property_decl->setPropertyAttributes(ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_retain); | |||
| 7859 | if (property_attributes & DW_APPLE_PROPERTY_copy) | |||
| 7860 | property_decl->setPropertyAttributes(ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_copy); | |||
| 7861 | if (property_attributes & DW_APPLE_PROPERTY_nonatomic) | |||
| 7862 | property_decl->setPropertyAttributes(ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_nonatomic); | |||
| 7863 | if (property_attributes & ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_nullability) | |||
| 7864 | property_decl->setPropertyAttributes( | |||
| 7865 | ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_nullability); | |||
| 7866 | if (property_attributes & ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_null_resettable) | |||
| 7867 | property_decl->setPropertyAttributes( | |||
| 7868 | ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_null_resettable); | |||
| 7869 | if (property_attributes & ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_class) | |||
| 7870 | property_decl->setPropertyAttributes(ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_class); | |||
| 7871 | ||||
| 7872 | const bool isInstance = | |||
| 7873 | (property_attributes & ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_class) == 0; | |||
| 7874 | ||||
| 7875 | clang::ObjCMethodDecl *getter = nullptr; | |||
| 7876 | if (!getter_sel.isNull()) | |||
| 7877 | getter = isInstance ? class_interface_decl->lookupInstanceMethod(getter_sel) | |||
| 7878 | : class_interface_decl->lookupClassMethod(getter_sel); | |||
| 7879 | if (!getter_sel.isNull() && !getter) { | |||
| 7880 | const bool isVariadic = false; | |||
| 7881 | const bool isPropertyAccessor = true; | |||
| 7882 | const bool isSynthesizedAccessorStub = false; | |||
| 7883 | const bool isImplicitlyDeclared = true; | |||
| 7884 | const bool isDefined = false; | |||
| 7885 | const clang::ObjCMethodDecl::ImplementationControl impControl = | |||
| 7886 | clang::ObjCMethodDecl::None; | |||
| 7887 | const bool HasRelatedResultType = false; | |||
| 7888 | ||||
| 7889 | getter = clang::ObjCMethodDecl::CreateDeserialized(clang_ast, 0); | |||
| 7890 | getter->setDeclName(getter_sel); | |||
| 7891 | getter->setReturnType(ClangUtil::GetQualType(property_clang_type_to_access)); | |||
| 7892 | getter->setDeclContext(class_interface_decl); | |||
| 7893 | getter->setInstanceMethod(isInstance); | |||
| 7894 | getter->setVariadic(isVariadic); | |||
| 7895 | getter->setPropertyAccessor(isPropertyAccessor); | |||
| 7896 | getter->setSynthesizedAccessorStub(isSynthesizedAccessorStub); | |||
| 7897 | getter->setImplicit(isImplicitlyDeclared); | |||
| 7898 | getter->setDefined(isDefined); | |||
| 7899 | getter->setDeclImplementation(impControl); | |||
| 7900 | getter->setRelatedResultType(HasRelatedResultType); | |||
| 7901 | SetMemberOwningModule(getter, class_interface_decl); | |||
| 7902 | ||||
| 7903 | if (getter) { | |||
| 7904 | if (metadata) | |||
| 7905 | ast->SetMetadata(getter, *metadata); | |||
| 7906 | ||||
| 7907 | getter->setMethodParams(clang_ast, llvm::ArrayRef<clang::ParmVarDecl *>(), | |||
| 7908 | llvm::ArrayRef<clang::SourceLocation>()); | |||
| 7909 | class_interface_decl->addDecl(getter); | |||
| 7910 | } | |||
| 7911 | } | |||
| 7912 | if (getter) { | |||
| 7913 | getter->setPropertyAccessor(true); | |||
| 7914 | property_decl->setGetterMethodDecl(getter); | |||
| 7915 | } | |||
| 7916 | ||||
| 7917 | clang::ObjCMethodDecl *setter = nullptr; | |||
| 7918 | setter = isInstance ? class_interface_decl->lookupInstanceMethod(setter_sel) | |||
| 7919 | : class_interface_decl->lookupClassMethod(setter_sel); | |||
| 7920 | if (!setter_sel.isNull() && !setter) { | |||
| 7921 | clang::QualType result_type = clang_ast.VoidTy; | |||
| 7922 | const bool isVariadic = false; | |||
| 7923 | const bool isPropertyAccessor = true; | |||
| 7924 | const bool isSynthesizedAccessorStub = false; | |||
| 7925 | const bool isImplicitlyDeclared = true; | |||
| 7926 | const bool isDefined = false; | |||
| 7927 | const clang::ObjCMethodDecl::ImplementationControl impControl = | |||
| 7928 | clang::ObjCMethodDecl::None; | |||
| 7929 | const bool HasRelatedResultType = false; | |||
| 7930 | ||||
| 7931 | setter = clang::ObjCMethodDecl::CreateDeserialized(clang_ast, 0); | |||
| 7932 | setter->setDeclName(setter_sel); | |||
| 7933 | setter->setReturnType(result_type); | |||
| 7934 | setter->setDeclContext(class_interface_decl); | |||
| 7935 | setter->setInstanceMethod(isInstance); | |||
| 7936 | setter->setVariadic(isVariadic); | |||
| 7937 | setter->setPropertyAccessor(isPropertyAccessor); | |||
| 7938 | setter->setSynthesizedAccessorStub(isSynthesizedAccessorStub); | |||
| 7939 | setter->setImplicit(isImplicitlyDeclared); | |||
| 7940 | setter->setDefined(isDefined); | |||
| 7941 | setter->setDeclImplementation(impControl); | |||
| 7942 | setter->setRelatedResultType(HasRelatedResultType); | |||
| 7943 | SetMemberOwningModule(setter, class_interface_decl); | |||
| 7944 | ||||
| 7945 | if (setter) { | |||
| 7946 | if (metadata) | |||
| 7947 | ast->SetMetadata(setter, *metadata); | |||
| 7948 | ||||
| 7949 | llvm::SmallVector<clang::ParmVarDecl *, 1> params; | |||
| 7950 | params.push_back(clang::ParmVarDecl::Create( | |||
| 7951 | clang_ast, setter, clang::SourceLocation(), clang::SourceLocation(), | |||
| 7952 | nullptr, // anonymous | |||
| 7953 | ClangUtil::GetQualType(property_clang_type_to_access), nullptr, | |||
| 7954 | clang::SC_Auto, nullptr)); | |||
| 7955 | ||||
| 7956 | setter->setMethodParams(clang_ast, | |||
| 7957 | llvm::ArrayRef<clang::ParmVarDecl *>(params), | |||
| 7958 | llvm::ArrayRef<clang::SourceLocation>()); | |||
| 7959 | ||||
| 7960 | class_interface_decl->addDecl(setter); | |||
| 7961 | } | |||
| 7962 | } | |||
| 7963 | if (setter) { | |||
| 7964 | setter->setPropertyAccessor(true); | |||
| 7965 | property_decl->setSetterMethodDecl(setter); | |||
| 7966 | } | |||
| 7967 | ||||
| 7968 | return true; | |||
| 7969 | } | |||
| 7970 | ||||
| 7971 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsObjCClassTypeAndHasIVars(const CompilerType &type, | |||
| 7972 | bool check_superclass) { | |||
| 7973 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl = GetAsObjCInterfaceDecl(type); | |||
| 7974 | if (class_interface_decl) | |||
| 7975 | return ObjCDeclHasIVars(class_interface_decl, check_superclass); | |||
| 7976 | return false; | |||
| 7977 | } | |||
| 7978 | ||||
| 7979 | clang::ObjCMethodDecl *TypeSystemClang::AddMethodToObjCObjectType( | |||
| 7980 | const CompilerType &type, | |||
| 7981 | const char *name, // the full symbol name as seen in the symbol table | |||
| 7982 | // (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, "-[NString | |||
| 7983 | // stringWithCString:]") | |||
| 7984 | const CompilerType &method_clang_type, lldb::AccessType access, | |||
| 7985 | bool is_artificial, bool is_variadic, bool is_objc_direct_call) { | |||
| 7986 | if (!type || !method_clang_type.IsValid()) | |||
| 7987 | return nullptr; | |||
| 7988 | ||||
| 7989 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl = GetAsObjCInterfaceDecl(type); | |||
| 7990 | ||||
| 7991 | if (class_interface_decl == nullptr) | |||
| 7992 | return nullptr; | |||
| 7993 | TypeSystemClang *lldb_ast = | |||
| 7994 | llvm::dyn_cast<TypeSystemClang>(type.GetTypeSystem()); | |||
| 7995 | if (lldb_ast == nullptr) | |||
| 7996 | return nullptr; | |||
| 7997 | clang::ASTContext &ast = lldb_ast->getASTContext(); | |||
| 7998 | ||||
| 7999 | const char *selector_start = ::strchr(name, ' '); | |||
| 8000 | if (selector_start == nullptr) | |||
| 8001 | return nullptr; | |||
| 8002 | ||||
| 8003 | selector_start++; | |||
| 8004 | llvm::SmallVector<clang::IdentifierInfo *, 12> selector_idents; | |||
| 8005 | ||||
| 8006 | size_t len = 0; | |||
| 8007 | const char *start; | |||
| 8008 | ||||
| 8009 | unsigned num_selectors_with_args = 0; | |||
| 8010 | for (start = selector_start; start && *start != '\0' && *start != ']'; | |||
| 8011 | start += len) { | |||
| 8012 | len = ::strcspn(start, ":]"); | |||
| 8013 | bool has_arg = (start[len] == ':'); | |||
| 8014 | if (has_arg) | |||
| 8015 | ++num_selectors_with_args; | |||
| 8016 | selector_idents.push_back(&ast.Idents.get(llvm::StringRef(start, len))); | |||
| 8017 | if (has_arg) | |||
| 8018 | len += 1; | |||
| 8019 | } | |||
| 8020 | ||||
| 8021 | if (selector_idents.size() == 0) | |||
| 8022 | return nullptr; | |||
| 8023 | ||||
| 8024 | clang::Selector method_selector = ast.Selectors.getSelector( | |||
| 8025 | num_selectors_with_args ? selector_idents.size() : 0, | |||
| 8026 | selector_idents.data()); | |||
| 8027 | ||||
| 8028 | clang::QualType method_qual_type(ClangUtil::GetQualType(method_clang_type)); | |||
| 8029 | ||||
| 8030 | // Populate the method decl with parameter decls | |||
| 8031 | const clang::Type *method_type(method_qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
| 8032 | ||||
| 8033 | if (method_type == nullptr) | |||
| 8034 | return nullptr; | |||
| 8035 | ||||
| 8036 | const clang::FunctionProtoType *method_function_prototype( | |||
| 8037 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::FunctionProtoType>(method_type)); | |||
| 8038 | ||||
| 8039 | if (!method_function_prototype) | |||
| 8040 | return nullptr; | |||
| 8041 | ||||
| 8042 | const bool isInstance = (name[0] == '-'); | |||
| 8043 | const bool isVariadic = is_variadic; | |||
| 8044 | const bool isPropertyAccessor = false; | |||
| 8045 | const bool isSynthesizedAccessorStub = false; | |||
| 8046 | /// Force this to true because we don't have source locations. | |||
| 8047 | const bool isImplicitlyDeclared = true; | |||
| 8048 | const bool isDefined = false; | |||
| 8049 | const clang::ObjCMethodDecl::ImplementationControl impControl = | |||
| 8050 | clang::ObjCMethodDecl::None; | |||
| 8051 | const bool HasRelatedResultType = false; | |||
| 8052 | ||||
| 8053 | const unsigned num_args = method_function_prototype->getNumParams(); | |||
| 8054 | ||||
| 8055 | if (num_args != num_selectors_with_args) | |||
| 8056 | return nullptr; // some debug information is corrupt. We are not going to | |||
| 8057 | // deal with it. | |||
| 8058 | ||||
| 8059 | auto *objc_method_decl = clang::ObjCMethodDecl::CreateDeserialized(ast, 0); | |||
| 8060 | objc_method_decl->setDeclName(method_selector); | |||
| 8061 | objc_method_decl->setReturnType(method_function_prototype->getReturnType()); | |||
| 8062 | objc_method_decl->setDeclContext( | |||
| 8063 | lldb_ast->GetDeclContextForType(ClangUtil::GetQualType(type))); | |||
| 8064 | objc_method_decl->setInstanceMethod(isInstance); | |||
| 8065 | objc_method_decl->setVariadic(isVariadic); | |||
| 8066 | objc_method_decl->setPropertyAccessor(isPropertyAccessor); | |||
| 8067 | objc_method_decl->setSynthesizedAccessorStub(isSynthesizedAccessorStub); | |||
| 8068 | objc_method_decl->setImplicit(isImplicitlyDeclared); | |||
| 8069 | objc_method_decl->setDefined(isDefined); | |||
| 8070 | objc_method_decl->setDeclImplementation(impControl); | |||
| 8071 | objc_method_decl->setRelatedResultType(HasRelatedResultType); | |||
| 8072 | SetMemberOwningModule(objc_method_decl, class_interface_decl); | |||
| 8073 | ||||
| 8074 | if (objc_method_decl == nullptr) | |||
| 8075 | return nullptr; | |||
| 8076 | ||||
| 8077 | if (num_args > 0) { | |||
| 8078 | llvm::SmallVector<clang::ParmVarDecl *, 12> params; | |||
| 8079 | ||||
| 8080 | for (unsigned param_index = 0; param_index < num_args; ++param_index) { | |||
| 8081 | params.push_back(clang::ParmVarDecl::Create( | |||
| 8082 | ast, objc_method_decl, clang::SourceLocation(), | |||
| 8083 | clang::SourceLocation(), | |||
| 8084 | nullptr, // anonymous | |||
| 8085 | method_function_prototype->getParamType(param_index), nullptr, | |||
| 8086 | clang::SC_Auto, nullptr)); | |||
| 8087 | } | |||
| 8088 | ||||
| 8089 | objc_method_decl->setMethodParams( | |||
| 8090 | ast, llvm::ArrayRef<clang::ParmVarDecl *>(params), | |||
| 8091 | llvm::ArrayRef<clang::SourceLocation>()); | |||
| 8092 | } | |||
| 8093 | ||||
| 8094 | if (is_objc_direct_call) { | |||
| 8095 | // Add a the objc_direct attribute to the declaration we generate that | |||
| 8096 | // we generate a direct method call for this ObjCMethodDecl. | |||
| 8097 | objc_method_decl->addAttr( | |||
| 8098 | clang::ObjCDirectAttr::CreateImplicit(ast, SourceLocation())); | |||
| 8099 | // Usually Sema is creating implicit parameters (e.g., self) when it | |||
| 8100 | // parses the method. We don't have a parsing Sema when we build our own | |||
| 8101 | // AST here so we manually need to create these implicit parameters to | |||
| 8102 | // make the direct call code generation happy. | |||
| 8103 | objc_method_decl->createImplicitParams(ast, class_interface_decl); | |||
| 8104 | } | |||
| 8105 | ||||
| 8106 | class_interface_decl->addDecl(objc_method_decl); | |||
| 8107 | ||||
| 8108 | VerifyDecl(objc_method_decl); | |||
| 8109 | ||||
| 8110 | return objc_method_decl; | |||
| 8111 | } | |||
| 8112 | ||||
| 8113 | bool TypeSystemClang::SetHasExternalStorage(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | |||
| 8114 | bool has_extern) { | |||
| 8115 | if (!type) | |||
| 8116 | return false; | |||
| 8117 | ||||
| 8118 | clang::QualType qual_type(RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type))); | |||
| 8119 | ||||
| 8120 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | |||
| 8121 | switch (type_class) { | |||
| 8122 | case clang::Type::Record: { | |||
| 8123 | clang::CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl = qual_type->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | |||
| 8124 | if (cxx_record_decl) { | |||
| 8125 | cxx_record_decl->setHasExternalLexicalStorage(has_extern); | |||
| 8126 | cxx_record_decl->setHasExternalVisibleStorage(has_extern); | |||
| 8127 | return true; | |||
| 8128 | } | |||
| 8129 | } break; | |||
| 8130 | ||||
| 8131 | case clang::Type::Enum: { | |||
| 8132 | clang::EnumDecl *enum_decl = | |||
| 8133 | llvm::cast<clang::EnumType>(qual_type)->getDecl(); | |||
| 8134 | if (enum_decl) { | |||
| 8135 | enum_decl->setHasExternalLexicalStorage(has_extern); | |||
| 8136 | enum_decl->setHasExternalVisibleStorage(has_extern); | |||
| 8137 | return true; | |||
| 8138 | } | |||
| 8139 | } break; | |||
| 8140 | ||||
| 8141 | case clang::Type::ObjCObject: | |||
| 8142 | case clang::Type::ObjCInterface: { | |||
| 8143 | const clang::ObjCObjectType *objc_class_type = | |||
| 8144 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ObjCObjectType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
| 8145 | assert(objc_class_type)((void)0); | |||
| 8146 | if (objc_class_type) { | |||
| 8147 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl = | |||
| 8148 | objc_class_type->getInterface(); | |||
| 8149 | ||||
| 8150 | if (class_interface_decl) { | |||
| 8151 | class_interface_decl->setHasExternalLexicalStorage(has_extern); | |||
| 8152 | class_interface_decl->setHasExternalVisibleStorage(has_extern); | |||
| 8153 | return true; | |||
| 8154 | } | |||
| 8155 | } | |||
| 8156 | } break; | |||
| 8157 | ||||
| 8158 | default: | |||
| 8159 | break; | |||
| 8160 | } | |||
| 8161 | return false; | |||
| 8162 | } | |||
| 8163 | ||||
| 8164 | #pragma mark TagDecl | |||
| 8165 | ||||
| 8166 | bool TypeSystemClang::StartTagDeclarationDefinition(const CompilerType &type) { | |||
| 8167 | clang::QualType qual_type(ClangUtil::GetQualType(type)); | |||
| 8168 | if (!qual_type.isNull()) { | |||
| 8169 | const clang::TagType *tag_type = qual_type->getAs<clang::TagType>(); | |||
| 8170 | if (tag_type) { | |||
| 8171 | clang::TagDecl *tag_decl = tag_type->getDecl(); | |||
| 8172 | if (tag_decl) { | |||
| 8173 | tag_decl->startDefinition(); | |||
| 8174 | return true; | |||
| 8175 | } | |||
| 8176 | } | |||
| 8177 | ||||
| 8178 | const clang::ObjCObjectType *object_type = | |||
| 8179 | qual_type->getAs<clang::ObjCObjectType>(); | |||
| 8180 | if (object_type) { | |||
| 8181 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *interface_decl = object_type->getInterface(); | |||
| 8182 | if (interface_decl) { | |||
| 8183 | interface_decl->startDefinition(); | |||
| 8184 | return true; | |||
| 8185 | } | |||
| 8186 | } | |||
| 8187 | } | |||
| 8188 | return false; | |||
| 8189 | } | |||
| 8190 | ||||
| 8191 | bool TypeSystemClang::CompleteTagDeclarationDefinition( | |||
| 8192 | const CompilerType &type) { | |||
| 8193 | clang::QualType qual_type(ClangUtil::GetQualType(type)); | |||
| 8194 | if (qual_type.isNull()) | |||
| 8195 | return false; | |||
| 8196 | ||||
| 8197 | // Make sure we use the same methodology as | |||
| 8198 | // TypeSystemClang::StartTagDeclarationDefinition() as to how we start/end | |||
| 8199 | // the definition. | |||
| 8200 | const clang::TagType *tag_type = qual_type->getAs<clang::TagType>(); | |||
| 8201 | if (tag_type) { | |||
| 8202 | clang::TagDecl *tag_decl = tag_type->getDecl(); | |||
| 8203 | ||||
| 8204 | if (auto *cxx_record_decl = llvm::dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(tag_decl)) { | |||
| 8205 | // If we have a move constructor declared but no copy constructor we | |||
| 8206 | // need to explicitly mark it as deleted. Usually Sema would do this for | |||
| 8207 | // us in Sema::DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor but we don't have a Sema | |||
| 8208 | // when building an AST from debug information. | |||
| 8209 | // See also: | |||
| 8210 | // C++11 [class.copy]p7, p18: | |||
| 8211 | // If the class definition declares a move constructor or move assignment | |||
| 8212 | // operator, an implicitly declared copy constructor or copy assignment | |||
| 8213 | // operator is defined as deleted. | |||
| 8214 | if (cxx_record_decl->hasUserDeclaredMoveConstructor() || | |||
| 8215 | cxx_record_decl->hasUserDeclaredMoveAssignment()) { | |||
| 8216 | if (cxx_record_decl->needsImplicitCopyConstructor()) | |||
| 8217 | cxx_record_decl->setImplicitCopyConstructorIsDeleted(); | |||
| 8218 | if (cxx_record_decl->needsImplicitCopyAssignment()) | |||
| 8219 | cxx_record_decl->setImplicitCopyAssignmentIsDeleted(); | |||
| 8220 | } | |||
| 8221 | ||||
| 8222 | if (!cxx_record_decl->isCompleteDefinition()) | |||
| 8223 | cxx_record_decl->completeDefinition(); | |||
| 8224 | cxx_record_decl->setHasLoadedFieldsFromExternalStorage(true); | |||
| 8225 | cxx_record_decl->setHasExternalLexicalStorage(false); | |||
| 8226 | cxx_record_decl->setHasExternalVisibleStorage(false); | |||
| 8227 | return true; | |||
| 8228 | } | |||
| 8229 | } | |||
| 8230 | ||||
| 8231 | const clang::EnumType *enutype = qual_type->getAs<clang::EnumType>(); | |||
| 8232 | ||||
| 8233 | if (!enutype) | |||
| 8234 | return false; | |||
| 8235 | clang::EnumDecl *enum_decl = enutype->getDecl(); | |||
| 8236 | ||||
| 8237 | if (enum_decl->isCompleteDefinition()) | |||
| 8238 | return true; | |||
| 8239 | ||||
| 8240 | TypeSystemClang *lldb_ast = | |||
| 8241 | llvm::dyn_cast<TypeSystemClang>(type.GetTypeSystem()); | |||
| 8242 | if (lldb_ast == nullptr) | |||
| 8243 | return false; | |||
| 8244 | clang::ASTContext &ast = lldb_ast->getASTContext(); | |||
| 8245 | ||||
| 8246 | /// TODO This really needs to be fixed. | |||
| 8247 | ||||
| 8248 | QualType integer_type(enum_decl->getIntegerType()); | |||
| 8249 | if (!integer_type.isNull()) { | |||
| 8250 | unsigned NumPositiveBits = 1; | |||
| 8251 | unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; | |||
| 8252 | ||||
| 8253 | clang::QualType promotion_qual_type; | |||
| 8254 | // If the enum integer type is less than an integer in bit width, | |||
| 8255 | // then we must promote it to an integer size. | |||
| 8256 | if (ast.getTypeSize(enum_decl->getIntegerType()) < | |||
| 8257 | ast.getTypeSize(ast.IntTy)) { | |||
| 8258 | if (enum_decl->getIntegerType()->isSignedIntegerType()) | |||
| 8259 | promotion_qual_type = ast.IntTy; | |||
| 8260 | else | |||
| 8261 | promotion_qual_type = ast.UnsignedIntTy; | |||
| 8262 | } else | |||
| 8263 | promotion_qual_type = enum_decl->getIntegerType(); | |||
| 8264 | ||||
| 8265 | enum_decl->completeDefinition(enum_decl->getIntegerType(), | |||
| 8266 | promotion_qual_type, NumPositiveBits, | |||
| 8267 | NumNegativeBits); | |||
| 8268 | } | |||
| 8269 | return true; | |||
| 8270 | } | |||
| 8271 | ||||
| 8272 | clang::EnumConstantDecl *TypeSystemClang::AddEnumerationValueToEnumerationType( | |||
| 8273 | const CompilerType &enum_type, const Declaration &decl, const char *name, | |||
| 8274 | const llvm::APSInt &value) { | |||
| 8275 | ||||
| 8276 | if (!enum_type || ConstString(name).IsEmpty()) | |||
| 8277 | return nullptr; | |||
| 8278 | ||||
| 8279 | lldbassert(enum_type.GetTypeSystem() == static_cast<TypeSystem *>(this))lldb_private::lldb_assert(static_cast<bool>(enum_type.GetTypeSystem () == static_cast<TypeSystem *>(this)), "enum_type.GetTypeSystem() == static_cast<TypeSystem *>(this)" , __FUNCTION__, "/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/liblldbPluginTypeSystem/../../../llvm/lldb/source/Plugins/TypeSystem/Clang/TypeSystemClang.cpp" , 8279); | |||
| 8280 | ||||
| 8281 | lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t enum_opaque_compiler_type = | |||
| 8282 | enum_type.GetOpaqueQualType(); | |||
| 8283 | ||||
| 8284 | if (!enum_opaque_compiler_type) | |||
| 8285 | return nullptr; | |||
| 8286 | ||||
| 8287 | clang::QualType enum_qual_type( | |||
| 8288 | GetCanonicalQualType(enum_opaque_compiler_type)); | |||
| 8289 | ||||
| 8290 | const clang::Type *clang_type = enum_qual_type.getTypePtr(); | |||
| 8291 | ||||
| 8292 | if (!clang_type) | |||
| 8293 | return nullptr; | |||
| 8294 | ||||
| 8295 | const clang::EnumType *enutype = llvm::dyn_cast<clang::EnumType>(clang_type); | |||
| 8296 | ||||
| 8297 | if (!enutype) | |||
| 8298 | return nullptr; | |||
| 8299 | ||||
| 8300 | clang::EnumConstantDecl *enumerator_decl = | |||
| 8301 | clang::EnumConstantDecl::CreateDeserialized(getASTContext(), 0); | |||
| 8302 | enumerator_decl->setDeclContext(enutype->getDecl()); | |||
| 8303 | if (name && name[0]) | |||
| 8304 | enumerator_decl->setDeclName(&getASTContext().Idents.get(name)); | |||
| 8305 | enumerator_decl->setType(clang::QualType(enutype, 0)); | |||
| 8306 | enumerator_decl->setInitVal(value); | |||
| 8307 | SetMemberOwningModule(enumerator_decl, enutype->getDecl()); | |||
| 8308 | ||||
| 8309 | if (!enumerator_decl) | |||
| 8310 | return nullptr; | |||
| 8311 | ||||
| 8312 | enutype->getDecl()->addDecl(enumerator_decl); | |||
| 8313 | ||||
| 8314 | VerifyDecl(enumerator_decl); | |||
| 8315 | return enumerator_decl; | |||
| 8316 | } | |||
| 8317 | ||||
| 8318 | clang::EnumConstantDecl *TypeSystemClang::AddEnumerationValueToEnumerationType( | |||
| 8319 | const CompilerType &enum_type, const Declaration &decl, const char *name, | |||
| 8320 | int64_t enum_value, uint32_t enum_value_bit_size) { | |||
| 8321 | CompilerType underlying_type = GetEnumerationIntegerType(enum_type); | |||
| 8322 | bool is_signed = false; | |||
| 8323 | underlying_type.IsIntegerType(is_signed); | |||
| 8324 | ||||
| 8325 | llvm::APSInt value(enum_value_bit_size, is_signed); | |||
| 8326 | value = enum_value; | |||
| 8327 | ||||
| 8328 | return AddEnumerationValueToEnumerationType(enum_type, decl, name, value); | |||
| 8329 | } | |||
| 8330 | ||||
| 8331 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::GetEnumerationIntegerType(CompilerType type) { | |||
| 8332 | clang::QualType qt(ClangUtil::GetQualType(type)); | |||
| 8333 | const clang::Type *clang_type = qt.getTypePtrOrNull(); | |||
| 8334 | const auto *enum_type = llvm::dyn_cast_or_null<clang::EnumType>(clang_type); | |||
| 8335 | if (!enum_type) | |||
| 8336 | return CompilerType(); | |||
| 8337 | ||||
| 8338 | return GetType(enum_type->getDecl()->getIntegerType()); | |||
| 8339 | } | |||
| 8340 | ||||
| 8341 | CompilerType | |||
| 8342 | TypeSystemClang::CreateMemberPointerType(const CompilerType &type, | |||
| 8343 | const CompilerType &pointee_type) { | |||
| 8344 | if (type && pointee_type.IsValid() && | |||
| 8345 | type.GetTypeSystem() == pointee_type.GetTypeSystem()) { | |||
| 8346 | TypeSystemClang *ast = | |||
| 8347 | llvm::dyn_cast<TypeSystemClang>(type.GetTypeSystem()); | |||
| 8348 | if (!ast) | |||
| 8349 | return CompilerType(); | |||
| 8350 | return ast->GetType(ast->getASTContext().getMemberPointerType( | |||
| 8351 | ClangUtil::GetQualType(pointee_type), | |||
| 8352 | ClangUtil::GetQualType(type).getTypePtr())); | |||
| 8353 | } | |||
| 8354 | return CompilerType(); | |||
| 8355 | } | |||
| 8356 | ||||
| 8357 | // Dumping types | |||
| 8358 | #define DEPTH_INCREMENT2 2 | |||
| 8359 | ||||
| 8360 | #ifndef NDEBUG1 | |||
| 8361 | LLVM_DUMP_METHOD__attribute__((noinline)) void | |||
| 8362 | TypeSystemClang::dump(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) const { | |||
| 8363 | if (!type) | |||
| 8364 | return; | |||
| 8365 | clang::QualType qual_type(GetQualType(type)); | |||
| 8366 | qual_type.dump(); | |||
| 8367 | } | |||
| 8368 | #endif | |||
| 8369 | ||||
| 8370 | void TypeSystemClang::Dump(Stream &s) { | |||
| 8371 | Decl *tu = Decl::castFromDeclContext(GetTranslationUnitDecl()); | |||
| 8372 | tu->dump(s.AsRawOstream()); | |||
| 8373 | } | |||
| 8374 | ||||
| 8375 | void TypeSystemClang::DumpFromSymbolFile(Stream &s, | |||
| 8376 | llvm::StringRef symbol_name) { | |||
| 8377 | SymbolFile *symfile = GetSymbolFile(); | |||
| 8378 | ||||
| 8379 | if (!symfile) | |||
| 8380 | return; | |||
| 8381 | ||||
| 8382 | lldb_private::TypeList type_list; | |||
| 8383 | symfile->GetTypes(nullptr, eTypeClassAny, type_list); | |||
| 8384 | size_t ntypes = type_list.GetSize(); | |||
| 8385 | ||||
| 8386 | for (size_t i = 0; i < ntypes; ++i) { | |||
| 8387 | TypeSP type = type_list.GetTypeAtIndex(i); | |||
| 8388 | ||||
| 8389 | if (!symbol_name.empty()) | |||
| 8390 | if (symbol_name != type->GetName().GetStringRef()) | |||
| 8391 | continue; | |||
| 8392 | ||||
| 8393 | s << type->GetName().AsCString() << "\n"; | |||
| 8394 | ||||
| 8395 | CompilerType full_type = type->GetFullCompilerType(); | |||
| 8396 | if (clang::TagDecl *tag_decl = GetAsTagDecl(full_type)) { | |||
| 8397 | tag_decl->dump(s.AsRawOstream()); | |||
| 8398 | continue; | |||
| 8399 | } | |||
| 8400 | if (clang::TypedefNameDecl *typedef_decl = GetAsTypedefDecl(full_type)) { | |||
| 8401 | typedef_decl->dump(s.AsRawOstream()); | |||
| 8402 | continue; | |||
| 8403 | } | |||
| 8404 | if (auto *objc_obj = llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ObjCObjectType>( | |||
| 8405 | ClangUtil::GetQualType(full_type).getTypePtr())) { | |||
| 8406 | if (clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *interface_decl = objc_obj->getInterface()) { | |||
| 8407 | interface_decl->dump(s.AsRawOstream()); | |||
| 8408 | continue; | |||
| 8409 | } | |||
| 8410 | } | |||
| 8411 | GetCanonicalQualType(full_type.GetOpaqueQualType()) | |||
| 8412 | .dump(s.AsRawOstream(), getASTContext()); | |||
| 8413 | } | |||
| 8414 | } | |||
| 8415 | ||||
| 8416 | void TypeSystemClang::DumpValue( | |||
| 8417 | lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, ExecutionContext *exe_ctx, Stream *s, | |||
| 8418 | lldb::Format format, const lldb_private::DataExtractor &data, | |||
| 8419 | lldb::offset_t data_byte_offset, size_t data_byte_size, | |||
| 8420 | uint32_t bitfield_bit_size, uint32_t bitfield_bit_offset, bool show_types, | |||
| 8421 | bool show_summary, bool verbose, uint32_t depth) { | |||
| 8422 | if (!type) | |||
| 8423 | return; | |||
| 8424 | ||||
| 8425 | clang::QualType qual_type(GetQualType(type)); | |||
| 8426 | switch (qual_type->getTypeClass()) { | |||
| 8427 | case clang::Type::Record: | |||
| 8428 | if (GetCompleteType(type)) { | |||
| 8429 | const clang::RecordType *record_type = | |||
| 8430 | llvm::cast<clang::RecordType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
| 8431 | const clang::RecordDecl *record_decl = record_type->getDecl(); | |||
| 8432 | assert(record_decl)((void)0); | |||
| 8433 | uint32_t field_bit_offset = 0; | |||
| 8434 | uint32_t field_byte_offset = 0; | |||
| 8435 | const clang::ASTRecordLayout &record_layout = | |||
| 8436 | getASTContext().getASTRecordLayout(record_decl); | |||
| 8437 | uint32_t child_idx = 0; | |||
| 8438 | ||||
| 8439 | const clang::CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl = | |||
| 8440 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::CXXRecordDecl>(record_decl); | |||
| 8441 | if (cxx_record_decl) { | |||
| 8442 | // We might have base classes to print out first | |||
| 8443 | clang::CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator base_class, | |||
| 8444 | base_class_end; | |||
| 8445 | for (base_class = cxx_record_decl->bases_begin(), | |||
| 8446 | base_class_end = cxx_record_decl->bases_end(); | |||
| 8447 | base_class != base_class_end; ++base_class) { | |||
| 8448 | const clang::CXXRecordDecl *base_class_decl = | |||
| 8449 | llvm::cast<clang::CXXRecordDecl>( | |||
| 8450 | base_class->getType()->getAs<clang::RecordType>()->getDecl()); | |||
| 8451 | ||||
| 8452 | // Skip empty base classes | |||
| 8453 | if (!verbose && !TypeSystemClang::RecordHasFields(base_class_decl)) | |||
| 8454 | continue; | |||
| 8455 | ||||
| 8456 | if (base_class->isVirtual()) | |||
| 8457 | field_bit_offset = | |||
| 8458 | record_layout.getVBaseClassOffset(base_class_decl) | |||
| 8459 | .getQuantity() * | |||
| 8460 | 8; | |||
| 8461 | else | |||
| 8462 | field_bit_offset = record_layout.getBaseClassOffset(base_class_decl) | |||
| 8463 | .getQuantity() * | |||
| 8464 | 8; | |||
| 8465 | field_byte_offset = field_bit_offset / 8; | |||
| 8466 | assert(field_bit_offset % 8 == 0)((void)0); | |||
| 8467 | if (child_idx == 0) | |||
| 8468 | s->PutChar('{'); | |||
| 8469 | else | |||
| 8470 | s->PutChar(','); | |||
| 8471 | ||||
| 8472 | clang::QualType base_class_qual_type = base_class->getType(); | |||
| 8473 | std::string base_class_type_name(base_class_qual_type.getAsString()); | |||
| 8474 | ||||
| 8475 | // Indent and print the base class type name | |||
| 8476 | s->Format("\n{0}{1}", llvm::fmt_repeat(" ", depth + DEPTH_INCREMENT2), | |||
| 8477 | base_class_type_name); | |||
| 8478 | ||||
| 8479 | clang::TypeInfo base_class_type_info = | |||
| 8480 | getASTContext().getTypeInfo(base_class_qual_type); | |||
| 8481 | ||||
| 8482 | // Dump the value of the member | |||
| 8483 | CompilerType base_clang_type = GetType(base_class_qual_type); | |||
| 8484 | base_clang_type.DumpValue( | |||
| 8485 | exe_ctx, | |||
| 8486 | s, // Stream to dump to | |||
| 8487 | base_clang_type | |||
| 8488 | .GetFormat(), // The format with which to display the member | |||
| 8489 | data, // Data buffer containing all bytes for this type | |||
| 8490 | data_byte_offset + field_byte_offset, // Offset into "data" where | |||
| 8491 | // to grab value from | |||
| 8492 | base_class_type_info.Width / 8, // Size of this type in bytes | |||
| 8493 | 0, // Bitfield bit size | |||
| 8494 | 0, // Bitfield bit offset | |||
| 8495 | show_types, // Boolean indicating if we should show the variable | |||
| 8496 | // types | |||
| 8497 | show_summary, // Boolean indicating if we should show a summary | |||
| 8498 | // for the current type | |||
| 8499 | verbose, // Verbose output? | |||
| 8500 | depth + DEPTH_INCREMENT2); // Scope depth for any types that have | |||
| 8501 | // children | |||
| 8502 | ||||
| 8503 | ++child_idx; | |||
| 8504 | } | |||
| 8505 | } | |||
| 8506 | uint32_t field_idx = 0; | |||
| 8507 | clang::RecordDecl::field_iterator field, field_end; | |||
| 8508 | for (field = record_decl->field_begin(), | |||
| 8509 | field_end = record_decl->field_end(); | |||
| 8510 | field != field_end; ++field, ++field_idx, ++child_idx) { | |||
| 8511 | // Print the starting squiggly bracket (if this is the first member) or | |||
| 8512 | // comma (for member 2 and beyond) for the struct/union/class member. | |||
| 8513 | if (child_idx == 0) | |||
| 8514 | s->PutChar('{'); | |||
| 8515 | else | |||
| 8516 | s->PutChar(','); | |||
| 8517 | ||||
| 8518 | // Indent | |||
| 8519 | s->Printf("\n%*s", depth + DEPTH_INCREMENT2, ""); | |||
| 8520 | ||||
| 8521 | clang::QualType field_type = field->getType(); | |||
| 8522 | // Print the member type if requested | |||
| 8523 | // Figure out the type byte size (field_type_info.first) and alignment | |||
| 8524 | // (field_type_info.second) from the AST context. | |||
| 8525 | clang::TypeInfo field_type_info = | |||
| 8526 | getASTContext().getTypeInfo(field_type); | |||
| 8527 | assert(field_idx < record_layout.getFieldCount())((void)0); | |||
| 8528 | // Figure out the field offset within the current struct/union/class | |||
| 8529 | // type | |||
| 8530 | field_bit_offset = record_layout.getFieldOffset(field_idx); | |||
| 8531 | field_byte_offset = field_bit_offset / 8; | |||
| 8532 | uint32_t field_bitfield_bit_size = 0; | |||
| 8533 | uint32_t field_bitfield_bit_offset = 0; | |||
| 8534 | if (FieldIsBitfield(*field, field_bitfield_bit_size)) | |||
| 8535 | field_bitfield_bit_offset = field_bit_offset % 8; | |||
| 8536 | ||||
| 8537 | if (show_types) { | |||
| 8538 | std::string field_type_name(field_type.getAsString()); | |||
| 8539 | if (field_bitfield_bit_size > 0) | |||
| 8540 | s->Printf("(%s:%u) ", field_type_name.c_str(), | |||
| 8541 | field_bitfield_bit_size); | |||
| 8542 | else | |||
| 8543 | s->Printf("(%s) ", field_type_name.c_str()); | |||
| 8544 | } | |||
| 8545 | // Print the member name and equal sign | |||
| 8546 | s->Printf("%s = ", field->getNameAsString().c_str()); | |||
| 8547 | ||||
| 8548 | // Dump the value of the member | |||
| 8549 | CompilerType field_clang_type = GetType(field_type); | |||
| 8550 | field_clang_type.DumpValue( | |||
| 8551 | exe_ctx, | |||
| 8552 | s, // Stream to dump to | |||
| 8553 | field_clang_type | |||
| 8554 | .GetFormat(), // The format with which to display the member | |||
| 8555 | data, // Data buffer containing all bytes for this type | |||
| 8556 | data_byte_offset + field_byte_offset, // Offset into "data" where to | |||
| 8557 | // grab value from | |||
| 8558 | field_type_info.Width / 8, // Size of this type in bytes | |||
| 8559 | field_bitfield_bit_size, // Bitfield bit size | |||
| 8560 | field_bitfield_bit_offset, // Bitfield bit offset | |||
| 8561 | show_types, // Boolean indicating if we should show the variable | |||
| 8562 | // types | |||
| 8563 | show_summary, // Boolean indicating if we should show a summary for | |||
| 8564 | // the current type | |||
| 8565 | verbose, // Verbose output? | |||
| 8566 | depth + DEPTH_INCREMENT2); // Scope depth for any types that have | |||
| 8567 | // children | |||
| 8568 | } | |||
| 8569 | ||||
| 8570 | // Indent the trailing squiggly bracket | |||
| 8571 | if (child_idx > 0) | |||
| 8572 | s->Printf("\n%*s}", depth, ""); | |||
| 8573 | } | |||
| 8574 | return; | |||
| 8575 | ||||
| 8576 | case clang::Type::Enum: | |||
| 8577 | if (GetCompleteType(type)) { | |||
| 8578 | const clang::EnumType *enutype = | |||
| 8579 | llvm::cast<clang::EnumType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
| 8580 | const clang::EnumDecl *enum_decl = enutype->getDecl(); | |||
| 8581 | assert(enum_decl)((void)0); | |||
| 8582 | clang::EnumDecl::enumerator_iterator enum_pos, enum_end_pos; | |||
| 8583 | lldb::offset_t offset = data_byte_offset; | |||
| 8584 | const int64_t enum_value = data.GetMaxU64Bitfield( | |||
| 8585 | &offset, data_byte_size, bitfield_bit_size, bitfield_bit_offset); | |||
| 8586 | for (enum_pos = enum_decl->enumerator_begin(), | |||
| 8587 | enum_end_pos = enum_decl->enumerator_end(); | |||
| 8588 | enum_pos != enum_end_pos; ++enum_pos) { | |||
| 8589 | if (enum_pos->getInitVal() == enum_value) { | |||
| 8590 | s->Printf("%s", enum_pos->getNameAsString().c_str()); | |||
| 8591 | return; | |||
| 8592 | } | |||
| 8593 | } | |||
| 8594 | // If we have gotten here we didn't get find the enumerator in the enum | |||
| 8595 | // decl, so just print the integer. | |||
| 8596 | s->Printf("%" PRIi64"lli", enum_value); | |||
| 8597 | } | |||
| 8598 | return; | |||
| 8599 | ||||
| 8600 | case clang::Type::ConstantArray: { | |||
| 8601 | const clang::ConstantArrayType *array = | |||
| 8602 | llvm::cast<clang::ConstantArrayType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
| 8603 | bool is_array_of_characters = false; | |||
| 8604 | clang::QualType element_qual_type = array->getElementType(); | |||
| 8605 | ||||
| 8606 | const clang::Type *canonical_type = | |||
| 8607 | element_qual_type->getCanonicalTypeInternal().getTypePtr(); | |||
| 8608 | if (canonical_type) | |||
| 8609 | is_array_of_characters = canonical_type->isCharType(); | |||
| 8610 | ||||
| 8611 | const uint64_t element_count = array->getSize().getLimitedValue(); | |||
| 8612 | ||||
| 8613 | clang::TypeInfo field_type_info = | |||
| 8614 | getASTContext().getTypeInfo(element_qual_type); | |||
| 8615 | ||||
| 8616 | uint32_t element_idx = 0; | |||
| 8617 | uint32_t element_offset = 0; | |||
| 8618 | uint64_t element_byte_size = field_type_info.Width / 8; | |||
| 8619 | uint32_t element_stride = element_byte_size; | |||
| 8620 | ||||
| 8621 | if (is_array_of_characters) { | |||
| 8622 | s->PutChar('"'); | |||
| 8623 | DumpDataExtractor(data, s, data_byte_offset, lldb::eFormatChar, | |||
| 8624 | element_byte_size, element_count, UINT32_MAX0xffffffffU, | |||
| 8625 | LLDB_INVALID_ADDRESS0xffffffffffffffffULL, 0, 0); | |||
| 8626 | s->PutChar('"'); | |||
| 8627 | return; | |||
| 8628 | } else { | |||
| 8629 | CompilerType element_clang_type = GetType(element_qual_type); | |||
| 8630 | lldb::Format element_format = element_clang_type.GetFormat(); | |||
| 8631 | ||||
| 8632 | for (element_idx = 0; element_idx < element_count; ++element_idx) { | |||
| 8633 | // Print the starting squiggly bracket (if this is the first member) or | |||
| 8634 | // comman (for member 2 and beyong) for the struct/union/class member. | |||
| 8635 | if (element_idx == 0) | |||
| 8636 | s->PutChar('{'); | |||
| 8637 | else | |||
| 8638 | s->PutChar(','); | |||
| 8639 | ||||
| 8640 | // Indent and print the index | |||
| 8641 | s->Printf("\n%*s[%u] ", depth + DEPTH_INCREMENT2, "", element_idx); | |||
| 8642 | ||||
| 8643 | // Figure out the field offset within the current struct/union/class | |||
| 8644 | // type | |||
| 8645 | element_offset = element_idx * element_stride; | |||
| 8646 | ||||
| 8647 | // Dump the value of the member | |||
| 8648 | element_clang_type.DumpValue( | |||
| 8649 | exe_ctx, | |||
| 8650 | s, // Stream to dump to | |||
| 8651 | element_format, // The format with which to display the element | |||
| 8652 | data, // Data buffer containing all bytes for this type | |||
| 8653 | data_byte_offset + | |||
| 8654 | element_offset, // Offset into "data" where to grab value from | |||
| 8655 | element_byte_size, // Size of this type in bytes | |||
| 8656 | 0, // Bitfield bit size | |||
| 8657 | 0, // Bitfield bit offset | |||
| 8658 | show_types, // Boolean indicating if we should show the variable | |||
| 8659 | // types | |||
| 8660 | show_summary, // Boolean indicating if we should show a summary for | |||
| 8661 | // the current type | |||
| 8662 | verbose, // Verbose output? | |||
| 8663 | depth + DEPTH_INCREMENT2); // Scope depth for any types that have | |||
| 8664 | // children | |||
| 8665 | } | |||
| 8666 | ||||
| 8667 | // Indent the trailing squiggly bracket | |||
| 8668 | if (element_idx > 0) | |||
| 8669 | s->Printf("\n%*s}", depth, ""); | |||
| 8670 | } | |||
| 8671 | } | |||
| 8672 | return; | |||
| 8673 | ||||
| 8674 | case clang::Type::Typedef: { | |||
| 8675 | clang::QualType typedef_qual_type = | |||
| 8676 | llvm::cast<clang::TypedefType>(qual_type) | |||
| 8677 | ->getDecl() | |||
| 8678 | ->getUnderlyingType(); | |||
| 8679 | ||||
| 8680 | CompilerType typedef_clang_type = GetType(typedef_qual_type); | |||
| 8681 | lldb::Format typedef_format = typedef_clang_type.GetFormat(); | |||
| 8682 | clang::TypeInfo typedef_type_info = | |||
| 8683 | getASTContext().getTypeInfo(typedef_qual_type); | |||
| 8684 | uint64_t typedef_byte_size = typedef_type_info.Width / 8; | |||
| 8685 | ||||
| 8686 | return typedef_clang_type.DumpValue( | |||
| 8687 | exe_ctx, | |||
| 8688 | s, // Stream to dump to | |||
| 8689 | typedef_format, // The format with which to display the element | |||
| 8690 | data, // Data buffer containing all bytes for this type | |||
| 8691 | data_byte_offset, // Offset into "data" where to grab value from | |||
| 8692 | typedef_byte_size, // Size of this type in bytes | |||
| 8693 | bitfield_bit_size, // Bitfield bit size | |||
| 8694 | bitfield_bit_offset, // Bitfield bit offset | |||
| 8695 | show_types, // Boolean indicating if we should show the variable types | |||
| 8696 | show_summary, // Boolean indicating if we should show a summary for the | |||
| 8697 | // current type | |||
| 8698 | verbose, // Verbose output? | |||
| 8699 | depth); // Scope depth for any types that have children | |||
| 8700 | } break; | |||
| 8701 | ||||
| 8702 | case clang::Type::Auto: { | |||
| 8703 | clang::QualType elaborated_qual_type = | |||
| 8704 | llvm::cast<clang::AutoType>(qual_type)->getDeducedType(); | |||
| 8705 | CompilerType elaborated_clang_type = GetType(elaborated_qual_type); | |||
| 8706 | lldb::Format elaborated_format = elaborated_clang_type.GetFormat(); | |||
| 8707 | clang::TypeInfo elaborated_type_info = | |||
| 8708 | getASTContext().getTypeInfo(elaborated_qual_type); | |||
| 8709 | uint64_t elaborated_byte_size = elaborated_type_info.Width / 8; | |||
| 8710 | ||||
| 8711 | return elaborated_clang_type.DumpValue( | |||
| 8712 | exe_ctx, | |||
| 8713 | s, // Stream to dump to | |||
| 8714 | elaborated_format, // The format with which to display the element | |||
| 8715 | data, // Data buffer containing all bytes for this type | |||
| 8716 | data_byte_offset, // Offset into "data" where to grab value from | |||
| 8717 | elaborated_byte_size, // Size of this type in bytes | |||
| 8718 | bitfield_bit_size, // Bitfield bit size | |||
| 8719 | bitfield_bit_offset, // Bitfield bit offset | |||
| 8720 | show_types, // Boolean indicating if we should show the variable types | |||
| 8721 | show_summary, // Boolean indicating if we should show a summary for the | |||
| 8722 | // current type | |||
| 8723 | verbose, // Verbose output? | |||
| 8724 | depth); // Scope depth for any types that have children | |||
| 8725 | } break; | |||
| 8726 | ||||
| 8727 | case clang::Type::Elaborated: { | |||
| 8728 | clang::QualType elaborated_qual_type = | |||
| 8729 | llvm::cast<clang::ElaboratedType>(qual_type)->getNamedType(); | |||
| 8730 | CompilerType elaborated_clang_type = GetType(elaborated_qual_type); | |||
| 8731 | lldb::Format elaborated_format = elaborated_clang_type.GetFormat(); | |||
| 8732 | clang::TypeInfo elaborated_type_info = | |||
| 8733 | getASTContext().getTypeInfo(elaborated_qual_type); | |||
| 8734 | uint64_t elaborated_byte_size = elaborated_type_info.Width / 8; | |||
| 8735 | ||||
| 8736 | return elaborated_clang_type.DumpValue( | |||
| 8737 | exe_ctx, | |||
| 8738 | s, // Stream to dump to | |||
| 8739 | elaborated_format, // The format with which to display the element | |||
| 8740 | data, // Data buffer containing all bytes for this type | |||
| 8741 | data_byte_offset, // Offset into "data" where to grab value from | |||
| 8742 | elaborated_byte_size, // Size of this type in bytes | |||
| 8743 | bitfield_bit_size, // Bitfield bit size | |||
| 8744 | bitfield_bit_offset, // Bitfield bit offset | |||
| 8745 | show_types, // Boolean indicating if we should show the variable types | |||
| 8746 | show_summary, // Boolean indicating if we should show a summary for the | |||
| 8747 | // current type | |||
| 8748 | verbose, // Verbose output? | |||
| 8749 | depth); // Scope depth for any types that have children | |||
| 8750 | } break; | |||
| 8751 | ||||
| 8752 | case clang::Type::Paren: { | |||
| 8753 | clang::QualType desugar_qual_type = | |||
| 8754 | llvm::cast<clang::ParenType>(qual_type)->desugar(); | |||
| 8755 | CompilerType desugar_clang_type = GetType(desugar_qual_type); | |||
| 8756 | ||||
| 8757 | lldb::Format desugar_format = desugar_clang_type.GetFormat(); | |||
| 8758 | clang::TypeInfo desugar_type_info = | |||
| 8759 | getASTContext().getTypeInfo(desugar_qual_type); | |||
| 8760 | uint64_t desugar_byte_size = desugar_type_info.Width / 8; | |||
| 8761 | ||||
| 8762 | return desugar_clang_type.DumpValue( | |||
| 8763 | exe_ctx, | |||
| 8764 | s, // Stream to dump to | |||
| 8765 | desugar_format, // The format with which to display the element | |||
| 8766 | data, // Data buffer containing all bytes for this type | |||
| 8767 | data_byte_offset, // Offset into "data" where to grab value from | |||
| 8768 | desugar_byte_size, // Size of this type in bytes | |||
| 8769 | bitfield_bit_size, // Bitfield bit size | |||
| 8770 | bitfield_bit_offset, // Bitfield bit offset | |||
| 8771 | show_types, // Boolean indicating if we should show the variable types | |||
| 8772 | show_summary, // Boolean indicating if we should show a summary for the | |||
| 8773 | // current type | |||
| 8774 | verbose, // Verbose output? | |||
| 8775 | depth); // Scope depth for any types that have children | |||
| 8776 | } break; | |||
| 8777 | ||||
| 8778 | default: | |||
| 8779 | // We are down to a scalar type that we just need to display. | |||
| 8780 | DumpDataExtractor(data, s, data_byte_offset, format, data_byte_size, 1, | |||
| 8781 | UINT32_MAX0xffffffffU, LLDB_INVALID_ADDRESS0xffffffffffffffffULL, bitfield_bit_size, | |||
| 8782 | bitfield_bit_offset); | |||
| 8783 | ||||
| 8784 | if (show_summary) | |||
| 8785 | DumpSummary(type, exe_ctx, s, data, data_byte_offset, data_byte_size); | |||
| 8786 | break; | |||
| 8787 | } | |||
| 8788 | } | |||
| 8789 | ||||
| 8790 | static bool DumpEnumValue(const clang::QualType &qual_type, Stream *s, | |||
| 8791 | const DataExtractor &data, lldb::offset_t byte_offset, | |||
| 8792 | size_t byte_size, uint32_t bitfield_bit_offset, | |||
| 8793 | uint32_t bitfield_bit_size) { | |||
| 8794 | const clang::EnumType *enutype = | |||
| 8795 | llvm::cast<clang::EnumType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
| 8796 | const clang::EnumDecl *enum_decl = enutype->getDecl(); | |||
| 8797 | assert(enum_decl)((void)0); | |||
| 8798 | lldb::offset_t offset = byte_offset; | |||
| 8799 | const uint64_t enum_svalue = data.GetMaxS64Bitfield( | |||
| 8800 | &offset, byte_size, bitfield_bit_size, bitfield_bit_offset); | |||
| 8801 | bool can_be_bitfield = true; | |||
| 8802 | uint64_t covered_bits = 0; | |||
| 8803 | int num_enumerators = 0; | |||
| 8804 | ||||
| 8805 | // Try to find an exact match for the value. | |||
| 8806 | // At the same time, we're applying a heuristic to determine whether we want | |||
| 8807 | // to print this enum as a bitfield. We're likely dealing with a bitfield if | |||
| 8808 | // every enumerator is either a one bit value or a superset of the previous | |||
| 8809 | // enumerators. Also 0 doesn't make sense when the enumerators are used as | |||
| 8810 | // flags. | |||
| 8811 | for (auto *enumerator : enum_decl->enumerators()) { | |||
| 8812 | uint64_t val = enumerator->getInitVal().getSExtValue(); | |||
| 8813 | val = llvm::SignExtend64(val, 8*byte_size); | |||
| 8814 | if (llvm::countPopulation(val) != 1 && (val & ~covered_bits) != 0) | |||
| 8815 | can_be_bitfield = false; | |||
| 8816 | covered_bits |= val; | |||
| 8817 | ++num_enumerators; | |||
| 8818 | if (val == enum_svalue) { | |||
| 8819 | // Found an exact match, that's all we need to do. | |||
| 8820 | s->PutCString(enumerator->getNameAsString()); | |||
| 8821 | return true; | |||
| 8822 | } | |||
| 8823 | } | |||
| 8824 | ||||
| 8825 | // Unsigned values make more sense for flags. | |||
| 8826 | offset = byte_offset; | |||
| 8827 | const uint64_t enum_uvalue = data.GetMaxU64Bitfield( | |||
| 8828 | &offset, byte_size, bitfield_bit_size, bitfield_bit_offset); | |||
| 8829 | ||||
| 8830 | // No exact match, but we don't think this is a bitfield. Print the value as | |||
| 8831 | // decimal. | |||
| 8832 | if (!can_be_bitfield) { | |||
| 8833 | if (qual_type->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) | |||
| 8834 | s->Printf("%" PRIi64"lli", enum_svalue); | |||
| 8835 | else | |||
| 8836 | s->Printf("%" PRIu64"llu", enum_uvalue); | |||
| 8837 | return true; | |||
| 8838 | } | |||
| 8839 | ||||
| 8840 | uint64_t remaining_value = enum_uvalue; | |||
| 8841 | std::vector<std::pair<uint64_t, llvm::StringRef>> values; | |||
| 8842 | values.reserve(num_enumerators); | |||
| 8843 | for (auto *enumerator : enum_decl->enumerators()) | |||
| 8844 | if (auto val = enumerator->getInitVal().getZExtValue()) | |||
| 8845 | values.emplace_back(val, enumerator->getName()); | |||
| 8846 | ||||
| 8847 | // Sort in reverse order of the number of the population count, so that in | |||
| 8848 | // `enum {A, B, ALL = A|B }` we visit ALL first. Use a stable sort so that | |||
| 8849 | // A | C where A is declared before C is displayed in this order. | |||
| 8850 | std::stable_sort(values.begin(), values.end(), [](const auto &a, const auto &b) { | |||
| 8851 | return llvm::countPopulation(a.first) > llvm::countPopulation(b.first); | |||
| 8852 | }); | |||
| 8853 | ||||
| 8854 | for (const auto &val : values) { | |||
| 8855 | if ((remaining_value & val.first) != val.first) | |||
| 8856 | continue; | |||
| 8857 | remaining_value &= ~val.first; | |||
| 8858 | s->PutCString(val.second); | |||
| 8859 | if (remaining_value) | |||
| 8860 | s->PutCString(" | "); | |||
| 8861 | } | |||
| 8862 | ||||
| 8863 | // If there is a remainder that is not covered by the value, print it as hex. | |||
| 8864 | if (remaining_value) | |||
| 8865 | s->Printf("0x%" PRIx64"llx", remaining_value); | |||
| 8866 | ||||
| 8867 | return true; | |||
| 8868 | } | |||
| 8869 | ||||
| 8870 | bool TypeSystemClang::DumpTypeValue( | |||
| 8871 | lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, Stream *s, lldb::Format format, | |||
| 8872 | const lldb_private::DataExtractor &data, lldb::offset_t byte_offset, | |||
| 8873 | size_t byte_size, uint32_t bitfield_bit_size, uint32_t bitfield_bit_offset, | |||
| 8874 | ExecutionContextScope *exe_scope) { | |||
| 8875 | if (!type) | |||
| 8876 | return false; | |||
| 8877 | if (IsAggregateType(type)) { | |||
| 8878 | return false; | |||
| 8879 | } else { | |||
| 8880 | clang::QualType qual_type(GetQualType(type)); | |||
| 8881 | ||||
| 8882 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | |||
| 8883 | ||||
| 8884 | if (type_class == clang::Type::Elaborated) { | |||
| 8885 | qual_type = llvm::cast<clang::ElaboratedType>(qual_type)->getNamedType(); | |||
| 8886 | return DumpTypeValue(qual_type.getAsOpaquePtr(), s, format, data, byte_offset, byte_size, | |||
| 8887 | bitfield_bit_size, bitfield_bit_offset, exe_scope); | |||
| 8888 | } | |||
| 8889 | ||||
| 8890 | switch (type_class) { | |||
| 8891 | case clang::Type::Typedef: { | |||
| 8892 | clang::QualType typedef_qual_type = | |||
| 8893 | llvm::cast<clang::TypedefType>(qual_type) | |||
| 8894 | ->getDecl() | |||
| 8895 | ->getUnderlyingType(); | |||
| 8896 | CompilerType typedef_clang_type = GetType(typedef_qual_type); | |||
| 8897 | if (format == eFormatDefault) | |||
| 8898 | format = typedef_clang_type.GetFormat(); | |||
| 8899 | clang::TypeInfo typedef_type_info = | |||
| 8900 | getASTContext().getTypeInfo(typedef_qual_type); | |||
| 8901 | uint64_t typedef_byte_size = typedef_type_info.Width / 8; | |||
| 8902 | ||||
| 8903 | return typedef_clang_type.DumpTypeValue( | |||
| 8904 | s, | |||
| 8905 | format, // The format with which to display the element | |||
| 8906 | data, // Data buffer containing all bytes for this type | |||
| 8907 | byte_offset, // Offset into "data" where to grab value from | |||
| 8908 | typedef_byte_size, // Size of this type in bytes | |||
| 8909 | bitfield_bit_size, // Size in bits of a bitfield value, if zero don't | |||
| 8910 | // treat as a bitfield | |||
| 8911 | bitfield_bit_offset, // Offset in bits of a bitfield value if | |||
| 8912 | // bitfield_bit_size != 0 | |||
| 8913 | exe_scope); | |||
| 8914 | } break; | |||
| 8915 | ||||
| 8916 | case clang::Type::Enum: | |||
| 8917 | // If our format is enum or default, show the enumeration value as its | |||
| 8918 | // enumeration string value, else just display it as requested. | |||
| 8919 | if ((format == eFormatEnum || format == eFormatDefault) && | |||
| 8920 | GetCompleteType(type)) | |||
| 8921 | return DumpEnumValue(qual_type, s, data, byte_offset, byte_size, | |||
| 8922 | bitfield_bit_offset, bitfield_bit_size); | |||
| 8923 | // format was not enum, just fall through and dump the value as | |||
| 8924 | // requested.... | |||
| 8925 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]]; | |||
| 8926 | ||||
| 8927 | default: | |||
| 8928 | // We are down to a scalar type that we just need to display. | |||
| 8929 | { | |||
| 8930 | uint32_t item_count = 1; | |||
| 8931 | // A few formats, we might need to modify our size and count for | |||
| 8932 | // depending | |||
| 8933 | // on how we are trying to display the value... | |||
| 8934 | switch (format) { | |||
| 8935 | default: | |||
| 8936 | case eFormatBoolean: | |||
| 8937 | case eFormatBinary: | |||
| 8938 | case eFormatComplex: | |||
| 8939 | case eFormatCString: // NULL terminated C strings | |||
| 8940 | case eFormatDecimal: | |||
| 8941 | case eFormatEnum: | |||
| 8942 | case eFormatHex: | |||
| 8943 | case eFormatHexUppercase: | |||
| 8944 | case eFormatFloat: | |||
| 8945 | case eFormatOctal: | |||
| 8946 | case eFormatOSType: | |||
| 8947 | case eFormatUnsigned: | |||
| 8948 | case eFormatPointer: | |||
| 8949 | case eFormatVectorOfChar: | |||
| 8950 | case eFormatVectorOfSInt8: | |||
| 8951 | case eFormatVectorOfUInt8: | |||
| 8952 | case eFormatVectorOfSInt16: | |||
| 8953 | case eFormatVectorOfUInt16: | |||
| 8954 | case eFormatVectorOfSInt32: | |||
| 8955 | case eFormatVectorOfUInt32: | |||
| 8956 | case eFormatVectorOfSInt64: | |||
| 8957 | case eFormatVectorOfUInt64: | |||
| 8958 | case eFormatVectorOfFloat32: | |||
| 8959 | case eFormatVectorOfFloat64: | |||
| 8960 | case eFormatVectorOfUInt128: | |||
| 8961 | break; | |||
| 8962 | ||||
| 8963 | case eFormatChar: | |||
| 8964 | case eFormatCharPrintable: | |||
| 8965 | case eFormatCharArray: | |||
| 8966 | case eFormatBytes: | |||
| 8967 | case eFormatBytesWithASCII: | |||
| 8968 | item_count = byte_size; | |||
| 8969 | byte_size = 1; | |||
| 8970 | break; | |||
| 8971 | ||||
| 8972 | case eFormatUnicode16: | |||
| 8973 | item_count = byte_size / 2; | |||
| 8974 | byte_size = 2; | |||
| 8975 | break; | |||
| 8976 | ||||
| 8977 | case eFormatUnicode32: | |||
| 8978 | item_count = byte_size / 4; | |||
| 8979 | byte_size = 4; | |||
| 8980 | break; | |||
| 8981 | } | |||
| 8982 | return DumpDataExtractor(data, s, byte_offset, format, byte_size, | |||
| 8983 | item_count, UINT32_MAX0xffffffffU, LLDB_INVALID_ADDRESS0xffffffffffffffffULL, | |||
| 8984 | bitfield_bit_size, bitfield_bit_offset, | |||
| 8985 | exe_scope); | |||
| 8986 | } | |||
| 8987 | break; | |||
| 8988 | } | |||
| 8989 | } | |||
| 8990 | return false; | |||
| 8991 | } | |||
| 8992 | ||||
| 8993 | void TypeSystemClang::DumpSummary(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | |||
| 8994 | ExecutionContext *exe_ctx, Stream *s, | |||
| 8995 | const lldb_private::DataExtractor &data, | |||
| 8996 | lldb::offset_t data_byte_offset, | |||
| 8997 | size_t data_byte_size) { | |||
| 8998 | uint32_t length = 0; | |||
| 8999 | if (IsCStringType(type, length)) { | |||
| 9000 | if (exe_ctx) { | |||
| 9001 | Process *process = exe_ctx->GetProcessPtr(); | |||
| 9002 | if (process) { | |||
| 9003 | lldb::offset_t offset = data_byte_offset; | |||
| 9004 | lldb::addr_t pointer_address = data.GetMaxU64(&offset, data_byte_size); | |||
| 9005 | std::vector<uint8_t> buf; | |||
| 9006 | if (length > 0) | |||
| 9007 | buf.resize(length); | |||
| 9008 | else | |||
| 9009 | buf.resize(256); | |||
| 9010 | ||||
| 9011 | DataExtractor cstr_data(&buf.front(), buf.size(), | |||
| 9012 | process->GetByteOrder(), 4); | |||
| 9013 | buf.back() = '\0'; | |||
| 9014 | size_t bytes_read; | |||
| 9015 | size_t total_cstr_len = 0; | |||
| 9016 | Status error; | |||
| 9017 | while ((bytes_read = process->ReadMemory(pointer_address, &buf.front(), | |||
| 9018 | buf.size(), error)) > 0) { | |||
| 9019 | const size_t len = strlen((const char *)&buf.front()); | |||
| 9020 | if (len == 0) | |||
| 9021 | break; | |||
| 9022 | if (total_cstr_len == 0) | |||
| 9023 | s->PutCString(" \""); | |||
| 9024 | DumpDataExtractor(cstr_data, s, 0, lldb::eFormatChar, 1, len, | |||
| 9025 | UINT32_MAX0xffffffffU, LLDB_INVALID_ADDRESS0xffffffffffffffffULL, 0, 0); | |||
| 9026 | total_cstr_len += len; | |||
| 9027 | if (len < buf.size()) | |||
| 9028 | break; | |||
| 9029 | pointer_address += total_cstr_len; | |||
| 9030 | } | |||
| 9031 | if (total_cstr_len > 0) | |||
| 9032 | s->PutChar('"'); | |||
| 9033 | } | |||
| 9034 | } | |||
| 9035 | } | |||
| 9036 | } | |||
| 9037 | ||||
| 9038 | void TypeSystemClang::DumpTypeDescription(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | |||
| 9039 | lldb::DescriptionLevel level) { | |||
| 9040 | StreamFile s(stdout(&__sF[1]), false); | |||
| 9041 | DumpTypeDescription(type, &s, level); | |||
| 9042 | ||||
| 9043 | CompilerType ct(this, type); | |||
| 9044 | const clang::Type *clang_type = ClangUtil::GetQualType(ct).getTypePtr(); | |||
| 9045 | ClangASTMetadata *metadata = GetMetadata(clang_type); | |||
| 9046 | if (metadata) { | |||
| 9047 | metadata->Dump(&s); | |||
| 9048 | } | |||
| 9049 | } | |||
| 9050 | ||||
| 9051 | void TypeSystemClang::DumpTypeDescription(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | |||
| 9052 | Stream *s, | |||
| 9053 | lldb::DescriptionLevel level) { | |||
| 9054 | if (type) { | |||
| 9055 | clang::QualType qual_type = | |||
| 9056 | RemoveWrappingTypes(GetQualType(type), {clang::Type::Typedef}); | |||
| 9057 | ||||
| 9058 | llvm::SmallVector<char, 1024> buf; | |||
| 9059 | llvm::raw_svector_ostream llvm_ostrm(buf); | |||
| 9060 | ||||
| 9061 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | |||
| 9062 | switch (type_class) { | |||
| 9063 | case clang::Type::ObjCObject: | |||
| 9064 | case clang::Type::ObjCInterface: { | |||
| 9065 | GetCompleteType(type); | |||
| 9066 | ||||
| 9067 | auto *objc_class_type = | |||
| 9068 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ObjCObjectType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
| 9069 | assert(objc_class_type)((void)0); | |||
| 9070 | if (!objc_class_type) | |||
| 9071 | break; | |||
| 9072 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl = | |||
| 9073 | objc_class_type->getInterface(); | |||
| 9074 | if (!class_interface_decl) | |||
| 9075 | break; | |||
| 9076 | if (level == eDescriptionLevelVerbose) | |||
| 9077 | class_interface_decl->dump(llvm_ostrm); | |||
| 9078 | else | |||
| 9079 | class_interface_decl->print(llvm_ostrm, | |||
| 9080 | getASTContext().getPrintingPolicy(), | |||
| 9081 | s->GetIndentLevel()); | |||
| 9082 | } break; | |||
| 9083 | ||||
| 9084 | case clang::Type::Typedef: { | |||
| 9085 | auto *typedef_type = qual_type->getAs<clang::TypedefType>(); | |||
| 9086 | if (!typedef_type) | |||
| 9087 | break; | |||
| 9088 | const clang::TypedefNameDecl *typedef_decl = typedef_type->getDecl(); | |||
| 9089 | if (level == eDescriptionLevelVerbose) | |||
| 9090 | typedef_decl->dump(llvm_ostrm); | |||
| 9091 | else { | |||
| 9092 | std::string clang_typedef_name(GetTypeNameForDecl(typedef_decl)); | |||
| 9093 | if (!clang_typedef_name.empty()) { | |||
| 9094 | s->PutCString("typedef "); | |||
| 9095 | s->PutCString(clang_typedef_name); | |||
| 9096 | } | |||
| 9097 | } | |||
| 9098 | } break; | |||
| 9099 | ||||
| 9100 | case clang::Type::Record: { | |||
| 9101 | GetCompleteType(type); | |||
| 9102 | ||||
| 9103 | auto *record_type = llvm::cast<clang::RecordType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
| 9104 | const clang::RecordDecl *record_decl = record_type->getDecl(); | |||
| 9105 | if (level == eDescriptionLevelVerbose) | |||
| 9106 | record_decl->dump(llvm_ostrm); | |||
| 9107 | else { | |||
| 9108 | if (auto *cxx_record_decl = | |||
| 9109 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::CXXRecordDecl>(record_decl)) | |||
| 9110 | cxx_record_decl->print(llvm_ostrm, | |||
| 9111 | getASTContext().getPrintingPolicy(), | |||
| 9112 | s->GetIndentLevel()); | |||
| 9113 | else | |||
| 9114 | record_decl->print(llvm_ostrm, getASTContext().getPrintingPolicy(), | |||
| 9115 | s->GetIndentLevel()); | |||
| 9116 | } | |||
| 9117 | } break; | |||
| 9118 | ||||
| 9119 | default: { | |||
| 9120 | if (auto *tag_type = | |||
| 9121 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::TagType>(qual_type.getTypePtr())) { | |||
| 9122 | if (clang::TagDecl *tag_decl = tag_type->getDecl()) { | |||
| 9123 | if (level == eDescriptionLevelVerbose) | |||
| 9124 | tag_decl->dump(llvm_ostrm); | |||
| 9125 | else | |||
| 9126 | tag_decl->print(llvm_ostrm, 0); | |||
| 9127 | } | |||
| 9128 | } else { | |||
| 9129 | if (level == eDescriptionLevelVerbose) | |||
| 9130 | qual_type->dump(llvm_ostrm, getASTContext()); | |||
| 9131 | else { | |||
| 9132 | std::string clang_type_name(qual_type.getAsString()); | |||
| 9133 | if (!clang_type_name.empty()) | |||
| 9134 | s->PutCString(clang_type_name); | |||
| 9135 | } | |||
| 9136 | } | |||
| 9137 | } | |||
| 9138 | } | |||
| 9139 | ||||
| 9140 | if (buf.size() > 0) { | |||
| 9141 | s->Write(buf.data(), buf.size()); | |||
| 9142 | } | |||
| 9143 | } | |||
| 9144 | } | |||
| 9145 | ||||
| 9146 | void TypeSystemClang::DumpTypeName(const CompilerType &type) { | |||
| 9147 | if (ClangUtil::IsClangType(type)) { | |||
| 9148 | clang::QualType qual_type( | |||
| 9149 | ClangUtil::GetCanonicalQualType(ClangUtil::RemoveFastQualifiers(type))); | |||
| 9150 | ||||
| 9151 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | |||
| 9152 | switch (type_class) { | |||
| 9153 | case clang::Type::Record: { | |||
| 9154 | const clang::CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl = | |||
| 9155 | qual_type->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | |||
| 9156 | if (cxx_record_decl) | |||
| 9157 | printf("class %s", cxx_record_decl->getName().str().c_str()); | |||
| 9158 | } break; | |||
| 9159 | ||||
| 9160 | case clang::Type::Enum: { | |||
| 9161 | clang::EnumDecl *enum_decl = | |||
| 9162 | llvm::cast<clang::EnumType>(qual_type)->getDecl(); | |||
| 9163 | if (enum_decl) { | |||
| 9164 | printf("enum %s", enum_decl->getName().str().c_str()); | |||
| 9165 | } | |||
| 9166 | } break; | |||
| 9167 | ||||
| 9168 | case clang::Type::ObjCObject: | |||
| 9169 | case clang::Type::ObjCInterface: { | |||
| 9170 | const clang::ObjCObjectType *objc_class_type = | |||
| 9171 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ObjCObjectType>(qual_type); | |||
| 9172 | if (objc_class_type) { | |||
| 9173 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl = | |||
| 9174 | objc_class_type->getInterface(); | |||
| 9175 | // We currently can't complete objective C types through the newly | |||
| 9176 | // added ASTContext because it only supports TagDecl objects right | |||
| 9177 | // now... | |||
| 9178 | if (class_interface_decl) | |||
| 9179 | printf("@class %s", class_interface_decl->getName().str().c_str()); | |||
| 9180 | } | |||
| 9181 | } break; | |||
| 9182 | ||||
| 9183 | case clang::Type::Typedef: | |||
| 9184 | printf("typedef %s", llvm::cast<clang::TypedefType>(qual_type) | |||
| 9185 | ->getDecl() | |||
| 9186 | ->getName() | |||
| 9187 | .str() | |||
| 9188 | .c_str()); | |||
| 9189 | break; | |||
| 9190 | ||||
| 9191 | case clang::Type::Auto: | |||
| 9192 | printf("auto "); | |||
| 9193 | return DumpTypeName(CompilerType(type.GetTypeSystem(), | |||
| 9194 | llvm::cast<clang::AutoType>(qual_type) | |||
| 9195 | ->getDeducedType() | |||
| 9196 | .getAsOpaquePtr())); | |||
| 9197 | ||||
| 9198 | case clang::Type::Elaborated: | |||
| 9199 | printf("elaborated "); | |||
| 9200 | return DumpTypeName(CompilerType( | |||
| 9201 | type.GetTypeSystem(), llvm::cast<clang::ElaboratedType>(qual_type) | |||
| 9202 | ->getNamedType() | |||
| 9203 | .getAsOpaquePtr())); | |||
| 9204 | ||||
| 9205 | case clang::Type::Paren: | |||
| 9206 | printf("paren "); | |||
| 9207 | return DumpTypeName(CompilerType( | |||
| 9208 | type.GetTypeSystem(), | |||
| 9209 | llvm::cast<clang::ParenType>(qual_type)->desugar().getAsOpaquePtr())); | |||
| 9210 | ||||
| 9211 | default: | |||
| 9212 | printf("TypeSystemClang::DumpTypeName() type_class = %u", type_class); | |||
| 9213 | break; | |||
| 9214 | } | |||
| 9215 | } | |||
| 9216 | } | |||
| 9217 | ||||
| 9218 | clang::ClassTemplateDecl *TypeSystemClang::ParseClassTemplateDecl( | |||
| 9219 | clang::DeclContext *decl_ctx, OptionalClangModuleID owning_module, | |||
| 9220 | lldb::AccessType access_type, const char *parent_name, int tag_decl_kind, | |||
| 9221 | const TypeSystemClang::TemplateParameterInfos &template_param_infos) { | |||
| 9222 | if (template_param_infos.IsValid()) { | |||
| 9223 | std::string template_basename(parent_name); | |||
| 9224 | template_basename.erase(template_basename.find('<')); | |||
| 9225 | ||||
| 9226 | return CreateClassTemplateDecl(decl_ctx, owning_module, access_type, | |||
| 9227 | template_basename.c_str(), tag_decl_kind, | |||
| 9228 | template_param_infos); | |||
| 9229 | } | |||
| 9230 | return nullptr; | |||
| 9231 | } | |||
| 9232 | ||||
| 9233 | void TypeSystemClang::CompleteTagDecl(clang::TagDecl *decl) { | |||
| 9234 | SymbolFile *sym_file = GetSymbolFile(); | |||
| 9235 | if (sym_file) { | |||
| 9236 | CompilerType clang_type = GetTypeForDecl(decl); | |||
| 9237 | if (clang_type) | |||
| 9238 | sym_file->CompleteType(clang_type); | |||
| 9239 | } | |||
| 9240 | } | |||
| 9241 | ||||
| 9242 | void TypeSystemClang::CompleteObjCInterfaceDecl( | |||
| 9243 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *decl) { | |||
| 9244 | SymbolFile *sym_file = GetSymbolFile(); | |||
| 9245 | if (sym_file) { | |||
| 9246 | CompilerType clang_type = GetTypeForDecl(decl); | |||
| 9247 | if (clang_type) | |||
| 9248 | sym_file->CompleteType(clang_type); | |||
| 9249 | } | |||
| 9250 | } | |||
| 9251 | ||||
| 9252 | DWARFASTParser *TypeSystemClang::GetDWARFParser() { | |||
| 9253 | if (!m_dwarf_ast_parser_up) | |||
| 9254 | m_dwarf_ast_parser_up = std::make_unique<DWARFASTParserClang>(*this); | |||
| 9255 | return m_dwarf_ast_parser_up.get(); | |||
| 9256 | } | |||
| 9257 | ||||
| 9258 | PDBASTParser *TypeSystemClang::GetPDBParser() { | |||
| 9259 | if (!m_pdb_ast_parser_up) | |||
| 9260 | m_pdb_ast_parser_up = std::make_unique<PDBASTParser>(*this); | |||
| 9261 | return m_pdb_ast_parser_up.get(); | |||
| 9262 | } | |||
| 9263 | ||||
| 9264 | bool TypeSystemClang::LayoutRecordType( | |||
| 9265 | const clang::RecordDecl *record_decl, uint64_t &bit_size, | |||
| 9266 | uint64_t &alignment, | |||
| 9267 | llvm::DenseMap<const clang::FieldDecl *, uint64_t> &field_offsets, | |||
| 9268 | llvm::DenseMap<const clang::CXXRecordDecl *, clang::CharUnits> | |||
| 9269 | &base_offsets, | |||
| 9270 | llvm::DenseMap<const clang::CXXRecordDecl *, clang::CharUnits> | |||
| 9271 | &vbase_offsets) { | |||
| 9272 | lldb_private::ClangASTImporter *importer = nullptr; | |||
| 9273 | if (m_dwarf_ast_parser_up) | |||
| 9274 | importer = &m_dwarf_ast_parser_up->GetClangASTImporter(); | |||
| 9275 | if (!importer && m_pdb_ast_parser_up) | |||
| 9276 | importer = &m_pdb_ast_parser_up->GetClangASTImporter(); | |||
| 9277 | if (!importer) | |||
| 9278 | return false; | |||
| 9279 | ||||
| 9280 | return importer->LayoutRecordType(record_decl, bit_size, alignment, | |||
| 9281 | field_offsets, base_offsets, vbase_offsets); | |||
| 9282 | } | |||
| 9283 | ||||
| 9284 | // CompilerDecl override functions | |||
| 9285 | ||||
| 9286 | ConstString TypeSystemClang::DeclGetName(void *opaque_decl) { | |||
| 9287 | if (opaque_decl) { | |||
| 9288 | clang::NamedDecl *nd = | |||
| 9289 | llvm::dyn_cast<NamedDecl>((clang::Decl *)opaque_decl); | |||
| 9290 | if (nd != nullptr) | |||
| 9291 | return ConstString(nd->getDeclName().getAsString()); | |||
| 9292 | } | |||
| 9293 | return ConstString(); | |||
| 9294 | } | |||
| 9295 | ||||
| 9296 | ConstString TypeSystemClang::DeclGetMangledName(void *opaque_decl) { | |||
| 9297 | if (opaque_decl) { | |||
| 9298 | clang::NamedDecl *nd = | |||
| 9299 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::NamedDecl>((clang::Decl *)opaque_decl); | |||
| 9300 | if (nd != nullptr && !llvm::isa<clang::ObjCMethodDecl>(nd)) { | |||
| 9301 | clang::MangleContext *mc = getMangleContext(); | |||
| 9302 | if (mc && mc->shouldMangleCXXName(nd)) { | |||
| 9303 | llvm::SmallVector<char, 1024> buf; | |||
| 9304 | llvm::raw_svector_ostream llvm_ostrm(buf); | |||
| 9305 | if (llvm::isa<clang::CXXConstructorDecl>(nd)) { | |||
| 9306 | mc->mangleName( | |||
| 9307 | clang::GlobalDecl(llvm::dyn_cast<clang::CXXConstructorDecl>(nd), | |||
| 9308 | Ctor_Complete), | |||
| 9309 | llvm_ostrm); | |||
| 9310 | } else if (llvm::isa<clang::CXXDestructorDecl>(nd)) { | |||
| 9311 | mc->mangleName( | |||
| 9312 | clang::GlobalDecl(llvm::dyn_cast<clang::CXXDestructorDecl>(nd), | |||
| 9313 | Dtor_Complete), | |||
| 9314 | llvm_ostrm); | |||
| 9315 | } else { | |||
| 9316 | mc->mangleName(nd, llvm_ostrm); | |||
| 9317 | } | |||
| 9318 | if (buf.size() > 0) | |||
| 9319 | return ConstString(buf.data(), buf.size()); | |||
| 9320 | } | |||
| 9321 | } | |||
| 9322 | } | |||
| 9323 | return ConstString(); | |||
| 9324 | } | |||
| 9325 | ||||
| 9326 | CompilerDeclContext TypeSystemClang::DeclGetDeclContext(void *opaque_decl) { | |||
| 9327 | if (opaque_decl) | |||
| 9328 | return CreateDeclContext(((clang::Decl *)opaque_decl)->getDeclContext()); | |||
| 9329 | return CompilerDeclContext(); | |||
| 9330 | } | |||
| 9331 | ||||
| 9332 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::DeclGetFunctionReturnType(void *opaque_decl) { | |||
| 9333 | if (clang::FunctionDecl *func_decl = | |||
| 9334 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::FunctionDecl>((clang::Decl *)opaque_decl)) | |||
| 9335 | return GetType(func_decl->getReturnType()); | |||
| 9336 | if (clang::ObjCMethodDecl *objc_method = | |||
| 9337 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ObjCMethodDecl>((clang::Decl *)opaque_decl)) | |||
| 9338 | return GetType(objc_method->getReturnType()); | |||
| 9339 | else | |||
| 9340 | return CompilerType(); | |||
| 9341 | } | |||
| 9342 | ||||
| 9343 | size_t TypeSystemClang::DeclGetFunctionNumArguments(void *opaque_decl) { | |||
| 9344 | if (clang::FunctionDecl *func_decl = | |||
| 9345 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::FunctionDecl>((clang::Decl *)opaque_decl)) | |||
| 9346 | return func_decl->param_size(); | |||
| 9347 | if (clang::ObjCMethodDecl *objc_method = | |||
| 9348 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ObjCMethodDecl>((clang::Decl *)opaque_decl)) | |||
| 9349 | return objc_method->param_size(); | |||
| 9350 | else | |||
| 9351 | return 0; | |||
| 9352 | } | |||
| 9353 | ||||
| 9354 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::DeclGetFunctionArgumentType(void *opaque_decl, | |||
| 9355 | size_t idx) { | |||
| 9356 | if (clang::FunctionDecl *func_decl = | |||
| 9357 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::FunctionDecl>((clang::Decl *)opaque_decl)) { | |||
| 9358 | if (idx < func_decl->param_size()) { | |||
| 9359 | ParmVarDecl *var_decl = func_decl->getParamDecl(idx); | |||
| 9360 | if (var_decl) | |||
| 9361 | return GetType(var_decl->getOriginalType()); | |||
| 9362 | } | |||
| 9363 | } else if (clang::ObjCMethodDecl *objc_method = | |||
| 9364 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ObjCMethodDecl>( | |||
| 9365 | (clang::Decl *)opaque_decl)) { | |||
| 9366 | if (idx < objc_method->param_size()) | |||
| 9367 | return GetType(objc_method->parameters()[idx]->getOriginalType()); | |||
| 9368 | } | |||
| 9369 | return CompilerType(); | |||
| 9370 | } | |||
| 9371 | ||||
| 9372 | // CompilerDeclContext functions | |||
| 9373 | ||||
| 9374 | std::vector<CompilerDecl> TypeSystemClang::DeclContextFindDeclByName( | |||
| 9375 | void *opaque_decl_ctx, ConstString name, const bool ignore_using_decls) { | |||
| 9376 | std::vector<CompilerDecl> found_decls; | |||
| 9377 | SymbolFile *symbol_file = GetSymbolFile(); | |||
| 9378 | if (opaque_decl_ctx && symbol_file) { | |||
| 9379 | DeclContext *root_decl_ctx = (DeclContext *)opaque_decl_ctx; | |||
| 9380 | std::set<DeclContext *> searched; | |||
| 9381 | std::multimap<DeclContext *, DeclContext *> search_queue; | |||
| 9382 | ||||
| 9383 | for (clang::DeclContext *decl_context = root_decl_ctx; | |||
| 9384 | decl_context != nullptr && found_decls.empty(); | |||
| 9385 | decl_context = decl_context->getParent()) { | |||
| 9386 | search_queue.insert(std::make_pair(decl_context, decl_context)); | |||
| 9387 | ||||
| 9388 | for (auto it = search_queue.find(decl_context); it != search_queue.end(); | |||
| 9389 | it++) { | |||
| 9390 | if (!searched.insert(it->second).second) | |||
| 9391 | continue; | |||
| 9392 | symbol_file->ParseDeclsForContext( | |||
| 9393 | CreateDeclContext(it->second)); | |||
| 9394 | ||||
| 9395 | for (clang::Decl *child : it->second->decls()) { | |||
| 9396 | if (clang::UsingDirectiveDecl *ud = | |||
| 9397 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::UsingDirectiveDecl>(child)) { | |||
| 9398 | if (ignore_using_decls) | |||
| 9399 | continue; | |||
| 9400 | clang::DeclContext *from = ud->getCommonAncestor(); | |||
| 9401 | if (searched.find(ud->getNominatedNamespace()) == searched.end()) | |||
| 9402 | search_queue.insert( | |||
| 9403 | std::make_pair(from, ud->getNominatedNamespace())); | |||
| 9404 | } else if (clang::UsingDecl *ud = | |||
| 9405 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::UsingDecl>(child)) { | |||
| 9406 | if (ignore_using_decls) | |||
| 9407 | continue; | |||
| 9408 | for (clang::UsingShadowDecl *usd : ud->shadows()) { | |||
| 9409 | clang::Decl *target = usd->getTargetDecl(); | |||
| 9410 | if (clang::NamedDecl *nd = | |||
| 9411 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::NamedDecl>(target)) { | |||
| 9412 | IdentifierInfo *ii = nd->getIdentifier(); | |||
| 9413 | if (ii != nullptr && | |||
| 9414 | ii->getName().equals(name.AsCString(nullptr))) | |||
| 9415 | found_decls.push_back(GetCompilerDecl(nd)); | |||
| 9416 | } | |||
| 9417 | } | |||
| 9418 | } else if (clang::NamedDecl *nd = | |||
| 9419 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::NamedDecl>(child)) { | |||
| 9420 | IdentifierInfo *ii = nd->getIdentifier(); | |||
| 9421 | if (ii != nullptr && ii->getName().equals(name.AsCString(nullptr))) | |||
| 9422 | found_decls.push_back(GetCompilerDecl(nd)); | |||
| 9423 | } | |||
| 9424 | } | |||
| 9425 | } | |||
| 9426 | } | |||
| 9427 | } | |||
| 9428 | return found_decls; | |||
| 9429 | } | |||
| 9430 | ||||
| 9431 | // Look for child_decl_ctx's lookup scope in frame_decl_ctx and its parents, | |||
| 9432 | // and return the number of levels it took to find it, or | |||
| 9433 | // LLDB_INVALID_DECL_LEVEL if not found. If the decl was imported via a using | |||
| 9434 | // declaration, its name and/or type, if set, will be used to check that the | |||
| 9435 | // decl found in the scope is a match. | |||
| 9436 | // | |||
| 9437 | // The optional name is required by languages (like C++) to handle using | |||
| 9438 | // declarations like: | |||
| 9439 | // | |||
| 9440 | // void poo(); | |||
| 9441 | // namespace ns { | |||
| 9442 | // void foo(); | |||
| 9443 | // void goo(); | |||
| 9444 | // } | |||
| 9445 | // void bar() { | |||
| 9446 | // using ns::foo; | |||
| 9447 | // // CountDeclLevels returns 0 for 'foo', 1 for 'poo', and | |||
| 9448 | // // LLDB_INVALID_DECL_LEVEL for 'goo'. | |||
| 9449 | // } | |||
| 9450 | // | |||
| 9451 | // The optional type is useful in the case that there's a specific overload | |||
| 9452 | // that we're looking for that might otherwise be shadowed, like: | |||
| 9453 | // | |||
| 9454 | // void foo(int); | |||
| 9455 | // namespace ns { | |||
| 9456 | // void foo(); | |||
| 9457 | // } | |||
| 9458 | // void bar() { | |||
| 9459 | // using ns::foo; | |||
| 9460 | // // CountDeclLevels returns 0 for { 'foo', void() }, | |||
| 9461 | // // 1 for { 'foo', void(int) }, and | |||
| 9462 | // // LLDB_INVALID_DECL_LEVEL for { 'foo', void(int, int) }. | |||
| 9463 | // } | |||
| 9464 | // | |||
| 9465 | // NOTE: Because file statics are at the TranslationUnit along with globals, a | |||
| 9466 | // function at file scope will return the same level as a function at global | |||
| 9467 | // scope. Ideally we'd like to treat the file scope as an additional scope just | |||
| 9468 | // below the global scope. More work needs to be done to recognise that, if | |||
| 9469 | // the decl we're trying to look up is static, we should compare its source | |||
| 9470 | // file with that of the current scope and return a lower number for it. | |||
| 9471 | uint32_t TypeSystemClang::CountDeclLevels(clang::DeclContext *frame_decl_ctx, | |||
| 9472 | clang::DeclContext *child_decl_ctx, | |||
| 9473 | ConstString *child_name, | |||
| 9474 | CompilerType *child_type) { | |||
| 9475 | SymbolFile *symbol_file = GetSymbolFile(); | |||
| 9476 | if (frame_decl_ctx && symbol_file) { | |||
| 9477 | std::set<DeclContext *> searched; | |||
| 9478 | std::multimap<DeclContext *, DeclContext *> search_queue; | |||
| 9479 | ||||
| 9480 | // Get the lookup scope for the decl we're trying to find. | |||
| 9481 | clang::DeclContext *parent_decl_ctx = child_decl_ctx->getParent(); | |||
| 9482 | ||||
| 9483 | // Look for it in our scope's decl context and its parents. | |||
| 9484 | uint32_t level = 0; | |||
| 9485 | for (clang::DeclContext *decl_ctx = frame_decl_ctx; decl_ctx != nullptr; | |||
| 9486 | decl_ctx = decl_ctx->getParent()) { | |||
| 9487 | if (!decl_ctx->isLookupContext()) | |||
| 9488 | continue; | |||
| 9489 | if (decl_ctx == parent_decl_ctx) | |||
| 9490 | // Found it! | |||
| 9491 | return level; | |||
| 9492 | search_queue.insert(std::make_pair(decl_ctx, decl_ctx)); | |||
| 9493 | for (auto it = search_queue.find(decl_ctx); it != search_queue.end(); | |||
| 9494 | it++) { | |||
| 9495 | if (searched.find(it->second) != searched.end()) | |||
| 9496 | continue; | |||
| 9497 | ||||
| 9498 | // Currently DWARF has one shared translation unit for all Decls at top | |||
| 9499 | // level, so this would erroneously find using statements anywhere. So | |||
| 9500 | // don't look at the top-level translation unit. | |||
| 9501 | // TODO fix this and add a testcase that depends on it. | |||
| 9502 | ||||
| 9503 | if (llvm::isa<clang::TranslationUnitDecl>(it->second)) | |||
| 9504 | continue; | |||
| 9505 | ||||
| 9506 | searched.insert(it->second); | |||
| 9507 | symbol_file->ParseDeclsForContext( | |||
| 9508 | CreateDeclContext(it->second)); | |||
| 9509 | ||||
| 9510 | for (clang::Decl *child : it->second->decls()) { | |||
| 9511 | if (clang::UsingDirectiveDecl *ud = | |||
| 9512 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::UsingDirectiveDecl>(child)) { | |||
| 9513 | clang::DeclContext *ns = ud->getNominatedNamespace(); | |||
| 9514 | if (ns == parent_decl_ctx) | |||
| 9515 | // Found it! | |||
| 9516 | return level; | |||
| 9517 | clang::DeclContext *from = ud->getCommonAncestor(); | |||
| 9518 | if (searched.find(ns) == searched.end()) | |||
| 9519 | search_queue.insert(std::make_pair(from, ns)); | |||
| 9520 | } else if (child_name) { | |||
| 9521 | if (clang::UsingDecl *ud = | |||
| 9522 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::UsingDecl>(child)) { | |||
| 9523 | for (clang::UsingShadowDecl *usd : ud->shadows()) { | |||
| 9524 | clang::Decl *target = usd->getTargetDecl(); | |||
| 9525 | clang::NamedDecl *nd = llvm::dyn_cast<clang::NamedDecl>(target); | |||
| 9526 | if (!nd) | |||
| 9527 | continue; | |||
| 9528 | // Check names. | |||
| 9529 | IdentifierInfo *ii = nd->getIdentifier(); | |||
| 9530 | if (ii == nullptr || | |||
| 9531 | !ii->getName().equals(child_name->AsCString(nullptr))) | |||
| 9532 | continue; | |||
| 9533 | // Check types, if one was provided. | |||
| 9534 | if (child_type) { | |||
| 9535 | CompilerType clang_type = GetTypeForDecl(nd); | |||
| 9536 | if (!AreTypesSame(clang_type, *child_type, | |||
| 9537 | /*ignore_qualifiers=*/true)) | |||
| 9538 | continue; | |||
| 9539 | } | |||
| 9540 | // Found it! | |||
| 9541 | return level; | |||
| 9542 | } | |||
| 9543 | } | |||
| 9544 | } | |||
| 9545 | } | |||
| 9546 | } | |||
| 9547 | ++level; | |||
| 9548 | } | |||
| 9549 | } | |||
| 9550 | return LLDB_INVALID_DECL_LEVEL0xffffffffU; | |||
| 9551 | } | |||
| 9552 | ||||
| 9553 | ConstString TypeSystemClang::DeclContextGetName(void *opaque_decl_ctx) { | |||
| 9554 | if (opaque_decl_ctx) { | |||
| 9555 | clang::NamedDecl *named_decl = | |||
| 9556 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::NamedDecl>((clang::DeclContext *)opaque_decl_ctx); | |||
| 9557 | if (named_decl) | |||
| 9558 | return ConstString(named_decl->getName()); | |||
| 9559 | } | |||
| 9560 | return ConstString(); | |||
| 9561 | } | |||
| 9562 | ||||
| 9563 | ConstString | |||
| 9564 | TypeSystemClang::DeclContextGetScopeQualifiedName(void *opaque_decl_ctx) { | |||
| 9565 | if (opaque_decl_ctx) { | |||
| 9566 | clang::NamedDecl *named_decl = | |||
| 9567 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::NamedDecl>((clang::DeclContext *)opaque_decl_ctx); | |||
| 9568 | if (named_decl) | |||
| 9569 | return ConstString(GetTypeNameForDecl(named_decl)); | |||
| 9570 | } | |||
| 9571 | return ConstString(); | |||
| 9572 | } | |||
| 9573 | ||||
| 9574 | bool TypeSystemClang::DeclContextIsClassMethod( | |||
| 9575 | void *opaque_decl_ctx, lldb::LanguageType *language_ptr, | |||
| 9576 | bool *is_instance_method_ptr, ConstString *language_object_name_ptr) { | |||
| 9577 | if (opaque_decl_ctx) { | |||
| 9578 | clang::DeclContext *decl_ctx = (clang::DeclContext *)opaque_decl_ctx; | |||
| 9579 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *objc_method = | |||
| 9580 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ObjCMethodDecl>(decl_ctx)) { | |||
| 9581 | if (is_instance_method_ptr) | |||
| 9582 | *is_instance_method_ptr = objc_method->isInstanceMethod(); | |||
| 9583 | if (language_ptr) | |||
| 9584 | *language_ptr = eLanguageTypeObjC; | |||
| 9585 | if (language_object_name_ptr) | |||
| 9586 | language_object_name_ptr->SetCString("self"); | |||
| 9587 | return true; | |||
| 9588 | } else if (CXXMethodDecl *cxx_method = | |||
| 9589 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::CXXMethodDecl>(decl_ctx)) { | |||
| 9590 | if (is_instance_method_ptr) | |||
| 9591 | *is_instance_method_ptr = cxx_method->isInstance(); | |||
| 9592 | if (language_ptr) | |||
| 9593 | *language_ptr = eLanguageTypeC_plus_plus; | |||
| 9594 | if (language_object_name_ptr) | |||
| 9595 | language_object_name_ptr->SetCString("this"); | |||
| 9596 | return true; | |||
| 9597 | } else if (clang::FunctionDecl *function_decl = | |||
| 9598 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::FunctionDecl>(decl_ctx)) { | |||
| 9599 | ClangASTMetadata *metadata = GetMetadata(function_decl); | |||
| 9600 | if (metadata && metadata->HasObjectPtr()) { | |||
| 9601 | if (is_instance_method_ptr) | |||
| 9602 | *is_instance_method_ptr = true; | |||
| 9603 | if (language_ptr) | |||
| 9604 | *language_ptr = eLanguageTypeObjC; | |||
| 9605 | if (language_object_name_ptr) | |||
| 9606 | language_object_name_ptr->SetCString(metadata->GetObjectPtrName()); | |||
| 9607 | return true; | |||
| 9608 | } | |||
| 9609 | } | |||
| 9610 | } | |||
| 9611 | return false; | |||
| 9612 | } | |||
| 9613 | ||||
| 9614 | bool TypeSystemClang::DeclContextIsContainedInLookup( | |||
| 9615 | void *opaque_decl_ctx, void *other_opaque_decl_ctx) { | |||
| 9616 | auto *decl_ctx = (clang::DeclContext *)opaque_decl_ctx; | |||
| 9617 | auto *other = (clang::DeclContext *)other_opaque_decl_ctx; | |||
| 9618 | ||||
| 9619 | do { | |||
| 9620 | // A decl context always includes its own contents in its lookup. | |||
| 9621 | if (decl_ctx == other) | |||
| 9622 | return true; | |||
| 9623 | ||||
| 9624 | // If we have an inline namespace, then the lookup of the parent context | |||
| 9625 | // also includes the inline namespace contents. | |||
| 9626 | } while (other->isInlineNamespace() && (other = other->getParent())); | |||
| 9627 | ||||
| 9628 | return false; | |||
| 9629 | } | |||
| 9630 | ||||
| 9631 | static bool IsClangDeclContext(const CompilerDeclContext &dc) { | |||
| 9632 | return dc.IsValid() && isa<TypeSystemClang>(dc.GetTypeSystem()); | |||
| 9633 | } | |||
| 9634 | ||||
| 9635 | clang::DeclContext * | |||
| 9636 | TypeSystemClang::DeclContextGetAsDeclContext(const CompilerDeclContext &dc) { | |||
| 9637 | if (IsClangDeclContext(dc)) | |||
| 9638 | return (clang::DeclContext *)dc.GetOpaqueDeclContext(); | |||
| 9639 | return nullptr; | |||
| 9640 | } | |||
| 9641 | ||||
| 9642 | ObjCMethodDecl * | |||
| 9643 | TypeSystemClang::DeclContextGetAsObjCMethodDecl(const CompilerDeclContext &dc) { | |||
| 9644 | if (IsClangDeclContext(dc)) | |||
| 9645 | return llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ObjCMethodDecl>( | |||
| 9646 | (clang::DeclContext *)dc.GetOpaqueDeclContext()); | |||
| 9647 | return nullptr; | |||
| 9648 | } | |||
| 9649 | ||||
| 9650 | CXXMethodDecl * | |||
| 9651 | TypeSystemClang::DeclContextGetAsCXXMethodDecl(const CompilerDeclContext &dc) { | |||
| 9652 | if (IsClangDeclContext(dc)) | |||
| 9653 | return llvm::dyn_cast<clang::CXXMethodDecl>( | |||
| 9654 | (clang::DeclContext *)dc.GetOpaqueDeclContext()); | |||
| 9655 | return nullptr; | |||
| 9656 | } | |||
| 9657 | ||||
| 9658 | clang::FunctionDecl * | |||
| 9659 | TypeSystemClang::DeclContextGetAsFunctionDecl(const CompilerDeclContext &dc) { | |||
| 9660 | if (IsClangDeclContext(dc)) | |||
| 9661 | return llvm::dyn_cast<clang::FunctionDecl>( | |||
| 9662 | (clang::DeclContext *)dc.GetOpaqueDeclContext()); | |||
| 9663 | return nullptr; | |||
| 9664 | } | |||
| 9665 | ||||
| 9666 | clang::NamespaceDecl * | |||
| 9667 | TypeSystemClang::DeclContextGetAsNamespaceDecl(const CompilerDeclContext &dc) { | |||
| 9668 | if (IsClangDeclContext(dc)) | |||
| 9669 | return llvm::dyn_cast<clang::NamespaceDecl>( | |||
| 9670 | (clang::DeclContext *)dc.GetOpaqueDeclContext()); | |||
| 9671 | return nullptr; | |||
| 9672 | } | |||
| 9673 | ||||
| 9674 | ClangASTMetadata * | |||
| 9675 | TypeSystemClang::DeclContextGetMetaData(const CompilerDeclContext &dc, | |||
| 9676 | const Decl *object) { | |||
| 9677 | TypeSystemClang *ast = llvm::cast<TypeSystemClang>(dc.GetTypeSystem()); | |||
| 9678 | return ast->GetMetadata(object); | |||
| 9679 | } | |||
| 9680 | ||||
| 9681 | clang::ASTContext * | |||
| 9682 | TypeSystemClang::DeclContextGetTypeSystemClang(const CompilerDeclContext &dc) { | |||
| 9683 | TypeSystemClang *ast = | |||
| 9684 | llvm::dyn_cast_or_null<TypeSystemClang>(dc.GetTypeSystem()); | |||
| 9685 | if (ast) | |||
| 9686 | return &ast->getASTContext(); | |||
| 9687 | return nullptr; | |||
| 9688 | } | |||
| 9689 | ||||
| 9690 | namespace { | |||
| 9691 | /// A specialized scratch AST used within ScratchTypeSystemClang. | |||
| 9692 | /// These are the ASTs backing the different IsolatedASTKinds. They behave | |||
| 9693 | /// like a normal ScratchTypeSystemClang but they don't own their own | |||
| 9694 | /// persistent storage or target reference. | |||
| 9695 | class SpecializedScratchAST : public TypeSystemClang { | |||
| 9696 | public: | |||
| 9697 | /// \param name The display name of the TypeSystemClang instance. | |||
| 9698 | /// \param triple The triple used for the TypeSystemClang instance. | |||
| 9699 | /// \param ast_source The ClangASTSource that should be used to complete | |||
| 9700 | /// type information. | |||
| 9701 | SpecializedScratchAST(llvm::StringRef name, llvm::Triple triple, | |||
| 9702 | std::unique_ptr<ClangASTSource> ast_source) | |||
| 9703 | : TypeSystemClang(name, triple), | |||
| 9704 | m_scratch_ast_source_up(std::move(ast_source)) { | |||
| 9705 | // Setup the ClangASTSource to complete this AST. | |||
| 9706 | m_scratch_ast_source_up->InstallASTContext(*this); | |||
| 9707 | llvm::IntrusiveRefCntPtr<clang::ExternalASTSource> proxy_ast_source( | |||
| 9708 | m_scratch_ast_source_up->CreateProxy()); | |||
| 9709 | SetExternalSource(proxy_ast_source); | |||
| 9710 | } | |||
| 9711 | ||||
| 9712 | /// The ExternalASTSource that performs lookups and completes types. | |||
| 9713 | std::unique_ptr<ClangASTSource> m_scratch_ast_source_up; | |||
| 9714 | }; | |||
| 9715 | } // namespace | |||
| 9716 | ||||
| 9717 | char ScratchTypeSystemClang::ID; | |||
| 9718 | const llvm::NoneType ScratchTypeSystemClang::DefaultAST = llvm::None; | |||
| 9719 | ||||
| 9720 | ScratchTypeSystemClang::ScratchTypeSystemClang(Target &target, | |||
| 9721 | llvm::Triple triple) | |||
| 9722 | : TypeSystemClang("scratch ASTContext", triple), m_triple(triple), | |||
| 9723 | m_target_wp(target.shared_from_this()), | |||
| 9724 | m_persistent_variables( | |||
| 9725 | new ClangPersistentVariables(target.shared_from_this())) { | |||
| 9726 | m_scratch_ast_source_up = CreateASTSource(); | |||
| 9727 | m_scratch_ast_source_up->InstallASTContext(*this); | |||
| 9728 | llvm::IntrusiveRefCntPtr<clang::ExternalASTSource> proxy_ast_source( | |||
| 9729 | m_scratch_ast_source_up->CreateProxy()); | |||
| 9730 | SetExternalSource(proxy_ast_source); | |||
| 9731 | } | |||
| 9732 | ||||
| 9733 | void ScratchTypeSystemClang::Finalize() { | |||
| 9734 | TypeSystemClang::Finalize(); | |||
| 9735 | m_scratch_ast_source_up.reset(); | |||
| 9736 | } | |||
| 9737 | ||||
| 9738 | TypeSystemClang * | |||
| 9739 | ScratchTypeSystemClang::GetForTarget(Target &target, | |||
| 9740 | llvm::Optional<IsolatedASTKind> ast_kind, | |||
| 9741 | bool create_on_demand) { | |||
| 9742 | auto type_system_or_err = target.GetScratchTypeSystemForLanguage( | |||
| 9743 | lldb::eLanguageTypeC, create_on_demand); | |||
| 9744 | if (auto err = type_system_or_err.takeError()) { | |||
| 9745 | LLDB_LOG_ERROR(lldb_private::GetLogIfAnyCategoriesSet(LIBLLDB_LOG_TARGET),do { ::lldb_private::Log *log_private = (lldb_private::GetLogIfAnyCategoriesSet ((1u << 22))); ::llvm::Error error_private = (std::move (err)); if (log_private && error_private) { log_private ->FormatError(::std::move(error_private), "/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/liblldbPluginTypeSystem/../../../llvm/lldb/source/Plugins/TypeSystem/Clang/TypeSystemClang.cpp" , __func__, "Couldn't get scratch TypeSystemClang"); } else :: llvm::consumeError(::std::move(error_private)); } while (0) | |||
| 9746 | std::move(err), "Couldn't get scratch TypeSystemClang")do { ::lldb_private::Log *log_private = (lldb_private::GetLogIfAnyCategoriesSet ((1u << 22))); ::llvm::Error error_private = (std::move (err)); if (log_private && error_private) { log_private ->FormatError(::std::move(error_private), "/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/liblldbPluginTypeSystem/../../../llvm/lldb/source/Plugins/TypeSystem/Clang/TypeSystemClang.cpp" , __func__, "Couldn't get scratch TypeSystemClang"); } else :: llvm::consumeError(::std::move(error_private)); } while (0); | |||
| 9747 | return nullptr; | |||
| 9748 | } | |||
| 9749 | ScratchTypeSystemClang &scratch_ast = | |||
| 9750 | llvm::cast<ScratchTypeSystemClang>(type_system_or_err.get()); | |||
| 9751 | // If no dedicated sub-AST was requested, just return the main AST. | |||
| 9752 | if (ast_kind == DefaultAST) | |||
| 9753 | return &scratch_ast; | |||
| 9754 | // Search the sub-ASTs. | |||
| 9755 | return &scratch_ast.GetIsolatedAST(*ast_kind); | |||
| 9756 | } | |||
| 9757 | ||||
| 9758 | UserExpression *ScratchTypeSystemClang::GetUserExpression( | |||
| 9759 | llvm::StringRef expr, llvm::StringRef prefix, lldb::LanguageType language, | |||
| 9760 | Expression::ResultType desired_type, | |||
| 9761 | const EvaluateExpressionOptions &options, ValueObject *ctx_obj) { | |||
| 9762 | TargetSP target_sp = m_target_wp.lock(); | |||
| 9763 | if (!target_sp) | |||
| 9764 | return nullptr; | |||
| 9765 | ||||
| 9766 | return new ClangUserExpression(*target_sp.get(), expr, prefix, language, | |||
| 9767 | desired_type, options, ctx_obj); | |||
| 9768 | } | |||
| 9769 | ||||
| 9770 | FunctionCaller *ScratchTypeSystemClang::GetFunctionCaller( | |||
| 9771 | const CompilerType &return_type, const Address &function_address, | |||
| 9772 | const ValueList &arg_value_list, const char *name) { | |||
| 9773 | TargetSP target_sp = m_target_wp.lock(); | |||
| 9774 | if (!target_sp) | |||
| 9775 | return nullptr; | |||
| 9776 | ||||
| 9777 | Process *process = target_sp->GetProcessSP().get(); | |||
| 9778 | if (!process) | |||
| 9779 | return nullptr; | |||
| 9780 | ||||
| 9781 | return new ClangFunctionCaller(*process, return_type, function_address, | |||
| 9782 | arg_value_list, name); | |||
| 9783 | } | |||
| 9784 | ||||
| 9785 | std::unique_ptr<UtilityFunction> | |||
| 9786 | ScratchTypeSystemClang::CreateUtilityFunction(std::string text, | |||
| 9787 | std::string name) { | |||
| 9788 | TargetSP target_sp = m_target_wp.lock(); | |||
| 9789 | if (!target_sp) | |||
| 9790 | return {}; | |||
| 9791 | ||||
| 9792 | return std::make_unique<ClangUtilityFunction>( | |||
| 9793 | *target_sp.get(), std::move(text), std::move(name), | |||
| 9794 | target_sp->GetDebugUtilityExpression()); | |||
| 9795 | } | |||
| 9796 | ||||
| 9797 | PersistentExpressionState * | |||
| 9798 | ScratchTypeSystemClang::GetPersistentExpressionState() { | |||
| 9799 | return m_persistent_variables.get(); | |||
| 9800 | } | |||
| 9801 | ||||
| 9802 | void ScratchTypeSystemClang::ForgetSource(ASTContext *src_ctx, | |||
| 9803 | ClangASTImporter &importer) { | |||
| 9804 | // Remove it as a source from the main AST. | |||
| 9805 | importer.ForgetSource(&getASTContext(), src_ctx); | |||
| 9806 | // Remove it as a source from all created sub-ASTs. | |||
| 9807 | for (const auto &a : m_isolated_asts) | |||
| 9808 | importer.ForgetSource(&a.second->getASTContext(), src_ctx); | |||
| 9809 | } | |||
| 9810 | ||||
| 9811 | std::unique_ptr<ClangASTSource> ScratchTypeSystemClang::CreateASTSource() { | |||
| 9812 | return std::make_unique<ClangASTSource>( | |||
| 9813 | m_target_wp.lock()->shared_from_this(), | |||
| 9814 | m_persistent_variables->GetClangASTImporter()); | |||
| 9815 | } | |||
| 9816 | ||||
| 9817 | static llvm::StringRef | |||
| 9818 | GetSpecializedASTName(ScratchTypeSystemClang::IsolatedASTKind feature) { | |||
| 9819 | switch (feature) { | |||
| 9820 | case ScratchTypeSystemClang::IsolatedASTKind::CppModules: | |||
| 9821 | return "scratch ASTContext for C++ module types"; | |||
| 9822 | } | |||
| 9823 | llvm_unreachable("Unimplemented ASTFeature kind?")__builtin_unreachable(); | |||
| 9824 | } | |||
| 9825 | ||||
| 9826 | TypeSystemClang &ScratchTypeSystemClang::GetIsolatedAST( | |||
| 9827 | ScratchTypeSystemClang::IsolatedASTKind feature) { | |||
| 9828 | auto found_ast = m_isolated_asts.find(feature); | |||
| 9829 | if (found_ast != m_isolated_asts.end()) | |||
| 9830 | return *found_ast->second; | |||
| 9831 | ||||
| 9832 | // Couldn't find the requested sub-AST, so create it now. | |||
| 9833 | std::unique_ptr<TypeSystemClang> new_ast; | |||
| 9834 | new_ast.reset(new SpecializedScratchAST(GetSpecializedASTName(feature), | |||
| 9835 | m_triple, CreateASTSource())); | |||
| 9836 | m_isolated_asts[feature] = std::move(new_ast); | |||
| 9837 | return *m_isolated_asts[feature]; | |||
| 9838 | } |
| 1 | //===- Type.h - C Language Family Type Representation -----------*- C++ -*-===// |
| 2 | // |
| 3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. |
| 4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. |
| 5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception |
| 6 | // |
| 7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 8 | // |
| 9 | /// \file |
| 10 | /// C Language Family Type Representation |
| 11 | /// |
| 12 | /// This file defines the clang::Type interface and subclasses, used to |
| 13 | /// represent types for languages in the C family. |
| 14 | // |
| 15 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 16 | |
| 17 | #ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPE_H |
| 18 | #define LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPE_H |
| 19 | |
| 20 | #include "clang/AST/DependenceFlags.h" |
| 21 | #include "clang/AST/NestedNameSpecifier.h" |
| 22 | #include "clang/AST/TemplateName.h" |
| 23 | #include "clang/Basic/AddressSpaces.h" |
| 24 | #include "clang/Basic/AttrKinds.h" |
| 25 | #include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h" |
| 26 | #include "clang/Basic/ExceptionSpecificationType.h" |
| 27 | #include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h" |
| 28 | #include "clang/Basic/Linkage.h" |
| 29 | #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" |
| 30 | #include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h" |
| 31 | #include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" |
| 32 | #include "clang/Basic/Visibility.h" |
| 33 | #include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h" |
| 34 | #include "llvm/ADT/APSInt.h" |
| 35 | #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" |
| 36 | #include "llvm/ADT/FoldingSet.h" |
| 37 | #include "llvm/ADT/None.h" |
| 38 | #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" |
| 39 | #include "llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h" |
| 40 | #include "llvm/ADT/PointerUnion.h" |
| 41 | #include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h" |
| 42 | #include "llvm/ADT/Twine.h" |
| 43 | #include "llvm/ADT/iterator_range.h" |
| 44 | #include "llvm/Support/Casting.h" |
| 45 | #include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h" |
| 46 | #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h" |
| 47 | #include "llvm/Support/PointerLikeTypeTraits.h" |
| 48 | #include "llvm/Support/TrailingObjects.h" |
| 49 | #include "llvm/Support/type_traits.h" |
| 50 | #include <cassert> |
| 51 | #include <cstddef> |
| 52 | #include <cstdint> |
| 53 | #include <cstring> |
| 54 | #include <string> |
| 55 | #include <type_traits> |
| 56 | #include <utility> |
| 57 | |
| 58 | namespace clang { |
| 59 | |
| 60 | class ExtQuals; |
| 61 | class QualType; |
| 62 | class ConceptDecl; |
| 63 | class TagDecl; |
| 64 | class TemplateParameterList; |
| 65 | class Type; |
| 66 | |
| 67 | enum { |
| 68 | TypeAlignmentInBits = 4, |
| 69 | TypeAlignment = 1 << TypeAlignmentInBits |
| 70 | }; |
| 71 | |
| 72 | namespace serialization { |
| 73 | template <class T> class AbstractTypeReader; |
| 74 | template <class T> class AbstractTypeWriter; |
| 75 | } |
| 76 | |
| 77 | } // namespace clang |
| 78 | |
| 79 | namespace llvm { |
| 80 | |
| 81 | template <typename T> |
| 82 | struct PointerLikeTypeTraits; |
| 83 | template<> |
| 84 | struct PointerLikeTypeTraits< ::clang::Type*> { |
| 85 | static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(::clang::Type *P) { return P; } |
| 86 | |
| 87 | static inline ::clang::Type *getFromVoidPointer(void *P) { |
| 88 | return static_cast< ::clang::Type*>(P); |
| 89 | } |
| 90 | |
| 91 | static constexpr int NumLowBitsAvailable = clang::TypeAlignmentInBits; |
| 92 | }; |
| 93 | |
| 94 | template<> |
| 95 | struct PointerLikeTypeTraits< ::clang::ExtQuals*> { |
| 96 | static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(::clang::ExtQuals *P) { return P; } |
| 97 | |
| 98 | static inline ::clang::ExtQuals *getFromVoidPointer(void *P) { |
| 99 | return static_cast< ::clang::ExtQuals*>(P); |
| 100 | } |
| 101 | |
| 102 | static constexpr int NumLowBitsAvailable = clang::TypeAlignmentInBits; |
| 103 | }; |
| 104 | |
| 105 | } // namespace llvm |
| 106 | |
| 107 | namespace clang { |
| 108 | |
| 109 | class ASTContext; |
| 110 | template <typename> class CanQual; |
| 111 | class CXXRecordDecl; |
| 112 | class DeclContext; |
| 113 | class EnumDecl; |
| 114 | class Expr; |
| 115 | class ExtQualsTypeCommonBase; |
| 116 | class FunctionDecl; |
| 117 | class IdentifierInfo; |
| 118 | class NamedDecl; |
| 119 | class ObjCInterfaceDecl; |
| 120 | class ObjCProtocolDecl; |
| 121 | class ObjCTypeParamDecl; |
| 122 | struct PrintingPolicy; |
| 123 | class RecordDecl; |
| 124 | class Stmt; |
| 125 | class TagDecl; |
| 126 | class TemplateArgument; |
| 127 | class TemplateArgumentListInfo; |
| 128 | class TemplateArgumentLoc; |
| 129 | class TemplateTypeParmDecl; |
| 130 | class TypedefNameDecl; |
| 131 | class UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl; |
| 132 | |
| 133 | using CanQualType = CanQual<Type>; |
| 134 | |
| 135 | // Provide forward declarations for all of the *Type classes. |
| 136 | #define TYPE(Class, Base) class Class##Type; |
| 137 | #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc" |
| 138 | |
| 139 | /// The collection of all-type qualifiers we support. |
| 140 | /// Clang supports five independent qualifiers: |
| 141 | /// * C99: const, volatile, and restrict |
| 142 | /// * MS: __unaligned |
| 143 | /// * Embedded C (TR18037): address spaces |
| 144 | /// * Objective C: the GC attributes (none, weak, or strong) |
| 145 | class Qualifiers { |
| 146 | public: |
| 147 | enum TQ { // NOTE: These flags must be kept in sync with DeclSpec::TQ. |
| 148 | Const = 0x1, |
| 149 | Restrict = 0x2, |
| 150 | Volatile = 0x4, |
| 151 | CVRMask = Const | Volatile | Restrict |
| 152 | }; |
| 153 | |
| 154 | enum GC { |
| 155 | GCNone = 0, |
| 156 | Weak, |
| 157 | Strong |
| 158 | }; |
| 159 | |
| 160 | enum ObjCLifetime { |
| 161 | /// There is no lifetime qualification on this type. |
| 162 | OCL_None, |
| 163 | |
| 164 | /// This object can be modified without requiring retains or |
| 165 | /// releases. |
| 166 | OCL_ExplicitNone, |
| 167 | |
| 168 | /// Assigning into this object requires the old value to be |
| 169 | /// released and the new value to be retained. The timing of the |
| 170 | /// release of the old value is inexact: it may be moved to |
| 171 | /// immediately after the last known point where the value is |
| 172 | /// live. |
| 173 | OCL_Strong, |
| 174 | |
| 175 | /// Reading or writing from this object requires a barrier call. |
| 176 | OCL_Weak, |
| 177 | |
| 178 | /// Assigning into this object requires a lifetime extension. |
| 179 | OCL_Autoreleasing |
| 180 | }; |
| 181 | |
| 182 | enum { |
| 183 | /// The maximum supported address space number. |
| 184 | /// 23 bits should be enough for anyone. |
| 185 | MaxAddressSpace = 0x7fffffu, |
| 186 | |
| 187 | /// The width of the "fast" qualifier mask. |
| 188 | FastWidth = 3, |
| 189 | |
| 190 | /// The fast qualifier mask. |
| 191 | FastMask = (1 << FastWidth) - 1 |
| 192 | }; |
| 193 | |
| 194 | /// Returns the common set of qualifiers while removing them from |
| 195 | /// the given sets. |
| 196 | static Qualifiers removeCommonQualifiers(Qualifiers &L, Qualifiers &R) { |
| 197 | // If both are only CVR-qualified, bit operations are sufficient. |
| 198 | if (!(L.Mask & ~CVRMask) && !(R.Mask & ~CVRMask)) { |
| 199 | Qualifiers Q; |
| 200 | Q.Mask = L.Mask & R.Mask; |
| 201 | L.Mask &= ~Q.Mask; |
| 202 | R.Mask &= ~Q.Mask; |
| 203 | return Q; |
| 204 | } |
| 205 | |
| 206 | Qualifiers Q; |
| 207 | unsigned CommonCRV = L.getCVRQualifiers() & R.getCVRQualifiers(); |
| 208 | Q.addCVRQualifiers(CommonCRV); |
| 209 | L.removeCVRQualifiers(CommonCRV); |
| 210 | R.removeCVRQualifiers(CommonCRV); |
| 211 | |
| 212 | if (L.getObjCGCAttr() == R.getObjCGCAttr()) { |
| 213 | Q.setObjCGCAttr(L.getObjCGCAttr()); |
| 214 | L.removeObjCGCAttr(); |
| 215 | R.removeObjCGCAttr(); |
| 216 | } |
| 217 | |
| 218 | if (L.getObjCLifetime() == R.getObjCLifetime()) { |
| 219 | Q.setObjCLifetime(L.getObjCLifetime()); |
| 220 | L.removeObjCLifetime(); |
| 221 | R.removeObjCLifetime(); |
| 222 | } |
| 223 | |
| 224 | if (L.getAddressSpace() == R.getAddressSpace()) { |
| 225 | Q.setAddressSpace(L.getAddressSpace()); |
| 226 | L.removeAddressSpace(); |
| 227 | R.removeAddressSpace(); |
| 228 | } |
| 229 | return Q; |
| 230 | } |
| 231 | |
| 232 | static Qualifiers fromFastMask(unsigned Mask) { |
| 233 | Qualifiers Qs; |
| 234 | Qs.addFastQualifiers(Mask); |
| 235 | return Qs; |
| 236 | } |
| 237 | |
| 238 | static Qualifiers fromCVRMask(unsigned CVR) { |
| 239 | Qualifiers Qs; |
| 240 | Qs.addCVRQualifiers(CVR); |
| 241 | return Qs; |
| 242 | } |
| 243 | |
| 244 | static Qualifiers fromCVRUMask(unsigned CVRU) { |
| 245 | Qualifiers Qs; |
| 246 | Qs.addCVRUQualifiers(CVRU); |
| 247 | return Qs; |
| 248 | } |
| 249 | |
| 250 | // Deserialize qualifiers from an opaque representation. |
| 251 | static Qualifiers fromOpaqueValue(unsigned opaque) { |
| 252 | Qualifiers Qs; |
| 253 | Qs.Mask = opaque; |
| 254 | return Qs; |
| 255 | } |
| 256 | |
| 257 | // Serialize these qualifiers into an opaque representation. |
| 258 | unsigned getAsOpaqueValue() const { |
| 259 | return Mask; |
| 260 | } |
| 261 | |
| 262 | bool hasConst() const { return Mask & Const; } |
| 263 | bool hasOnlyConst() const { return Mask == Const; } |
| 264 | void removeConst() { Mask &= ~Const; } |
| 265 | void addConst() { Mask |= Const; } |
| 266 | |
| 267 | bool hasVolatile() const { return Mask & Volatile; } |
| 268 | bool hasOnlyVolatile() const { return Mask == Volatile; } |
| 269 | void removeVolatile() { Mask &= ~Volatile; } |
| 270 | void addVolatile() { Mask |= Volatile; } |
| 271 | |
| 272 | bool hasRestrict() const { return Mask & Restrict; } |
| 273 | bool hasOnlyRestrict() const { return Mask == Restrict; } |
| 274 | void removeRestrict() { Mask &= ~Restrict; } |
| 275 | void addRestrict() { Mask |= Restrict; } |
| 276 | |
| 277 | bool hasCVRQualifiers() const { return getCVRQualifiers(); } |
| 278 | unsigned getCVRQualifiers() const { return Mask & CVRMask; } |
| 279 | unsigned getCVRUQualifiers() const { return Mask & (CVRMask | UMask); } |
| 280 | |
| 281 | void setCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
| 282 | assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits")((void)0); |
| 283 | Mask = (Mask & ~CVRMask) | mask; |
| 284 | } |
| 285 | void removeCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
| 286 | assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits")((void)0); |
| 287 | Mask &= ~mask; |
| 288 | } |
| 289 | void removeCVRQualifiers() { |
| 290 | removeCVRQualifiers(CVRMask); |
| 291 | } |
| 292 | void addCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
| 293 | assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits")((void)0); |
| 294 | Mask |= mask; |
| 295 | } |
| 296 | void addCVRUQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
| 297 | assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask & ~UMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVRU bits")((void)0); |
| 298 | Mask |= mask; |
| 299 | } |
| 300 | |
| 301 | bool hasUnaligned() const { return Mask & UMask; } |
| 302 | void setUnaligned(bool flag) { |
| 303 | Mask = (Mask & ~UMask) | (flag ? UMask : 0); |
| 304 | } |
| 305 | void removeUnaligned() { Mask &= ~UMask; } |
| 306 | void addUnaligned() { Mask |= UMask; } |
| 307 | |
| 308 | bool hasObjCGCAttr() const { return Mask & GCAttrMask; } |
| 309 | GC getObjCGCAttr() const { return GC((Mask & GCAttrMask) >> GCAttrShift); } |
| 310 | void setObjCGCAttr(GC type) { |
| 311 | Mask = (Mask & ~GCAttrMask) | (type << GCAttrShift); |
| 312 | } |
| 313 | void removeObjCGCAttr() { setObjCGCAttr(GCNone); } |
| 314 | void addObjCGCAttr(GC type) { |
| 315 | assert(type)((void)0); |
| 316 | setObjCGCAttr(type); |
| 317 | } |
| 318 | Qualifiers withoutObjCGCAttr() const { |
| 319 | Qualifiers qs = *this; |
| 320 | qs.removeObjCGCAttr(); |
| 321 | return qs; |
| 322 | } |
| 323 | Qualifiers withoutObjCLifetime() const { |
| 324 | Qualifiers qs = *this; |
| 325 | qs.removeObjCLifetime(); |
| 326 | return qs; |
| 327 | } |
| 328 | Qualifiers withoutAddressSpace() const { |
| 329 | Qualifiers qs = *this; |
| 330 | qs.removeAddressSpace(); |
| 331 | return qs; |
| 332 | } |
| 333 | |
| 334 | bool hasObjCLifetime() const { return Mask & LifetimeMask; } |
| 335 | ObjCLifetime getObjCLifetime() const { |
| 336 | return ObjCLifetime((Mask & LifetimeMask) >> LifetimeShift); |
| 337 | } |
| 338 | void setObjCLifetime(ObjCLifetime type) { |
| 339 | Mask = (Mask & ~LifetimeMask) | (type << LifetimeShift); |
| 340 | } |
| 341 | void removeObjCLifetime() { setObjCLifetime(OCL_None); } |
| 342 | void addObjCLifetime(ObjCLifetime type) { |
| 343 | assert(type)((void)0); |
| 344 | assert(!hasObjCLifetime())((void)0); |
| 345 | Mask |= (type << LifetimeShift); |
| 346 | } |
| 347 | |
| 348 | /// True if the lifetime is neither None or ExplicitNone. |
| 349 | bool hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() const { |
| 350 | ObjCLifetime lifetime = getObjCLifetime(); |
| 351 | return (lifetime > OCL_ExplicitNone); |
| 352 | } |
| 353 | |
| 354 | /// True if the lifetime is either strong or weak. |
| 355 | bool hasStrongOrWeakObjCLifetime() const { |
| 356 | ObjCLifetime lifetime = getObjCLifetime(); |
| 357 | return (lifetime == OCL_Strong || lifetime == OCL_Weak); |
| 358 | } |
| 359 | |
| 360 | bool hasAddressSpace() const { return Mask & AddressSpaceMask; } |
| 361 | LangAS getAddressSpace() const { |
| 362 | return static_cast<LangAS>(Mask >> AddressSpaceShift); |
| 363 | } |
| 364 | bool hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace() const { |
| 365 | return isTargetAddressSpace(getAddressSpace()); |
| 366 | } |
| 367 | /// Get the address space attribute value to be printed by diagnostics. |
| 368 | unsigned getAddressSpaceAttributePrintValue() const { |
| 369 | auto Addr = getAddressSpace(); |
| 370 | // This function is not supposed to be used with language specific |
| 371 | // address spaces. If that happens, the diagnostic message should consider |
| 372 | // printing the QualType instead of the address space value. |
| 373 | assert(Addr == LangAS::Default || hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace())((void)0); |
| 374 | if (Addr != LangAS::Default) |
| 375 | return toTargetAddressSpace(Addr); |
| 376 | // TODO: The diagnostic messages where Addr may be 0 should be fixed |
| 377 | // since it cannot differentiate the situation where 0 denotes the default |
| 378 | // address space or user specified __attribute__((address_space(0))). |
| 379 | return 0; |
| 380 | } |
| 381 | void setAddressSpace(LangAS space) { |
| 382 | assert((unsigned)space <= MaxAddressSpace)((void)0); |
| 383 | Mask = (Mask & ~AddressSpaceMask) |
| 384 | | (((uint32_t) space) << AddressSpaceShift); |
| 385 | } |
| 386 | void removeAddressSpace() { setAddressSpace(LangAS::Default); } |
| 387 | void addAddressSpace(LangAS space) { |
| 388 | assert(space != LangAS::Default)((void)0); |
| 389 | setAddressSpace(space); |
| 390 | } |
| 391 | |
| 392 | // Fast qualifiers are those that can be allocated directly |
| 393 | // on a QualType object. |
| 394 | bool hasFastQualifiers() const { return getFastQualifiers(); } |
| 395 | unsigned getFastQualifiers() const { return Mask & FastMask; } |
| 396 | void setFastQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
| 397 | assert(!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits")((void)0); |
| 398 | Mask = (Mask & ~FastMask) | mask; |
| 399 | } |
| 400 | void removeFastQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
| 401 | assert(!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits")((void)0); |
| 402 | Mask &= ~mask; |
| 403 | } |
| 404 | void removeFastQualifiers() { |
| 405 | removeFastQualifiers(FastMask); |
| 406 | } |
| 407 | void addFastQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
| 408 | assert(!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits")((void)0); |
| 409 | Mask |= mask; |
| 410 | } |
| 411 | |
| 412 | /// Return true if the set contains any qualifiers which require an ExtQuals |
| 413 | /// node to be allocated. |
| 414 | bool hasNonFastQualifiers() const { return Mask & ~FastMask; } |
| 415 | Qualifiers getNonFastQualifiers() const { |
| 416 | Qualifiers Quals = *this; |
| 417 | Quals.setFastQualifiers(0); |
| 418 | return Quals; |
| 419 | } |
| 420 | |
| 421 | /// Return true if the set contains any qualifiers. |
| 422 | bool hasQualifiers() const { return Mask; } |
| 423 | bool empty() const { return !Mask; } |
| 424 | |
| 425 | /// Add the qualifiers from the given set to this set. |
| 426 | void addQualifiers(Qualifiers Q) { |
| 427 | // If the other set doesn't have any non-boolean qualifiers, just |
| 428 | // bit-or it in. |
| 429 | if (!(Q.Mask & ~CVRMask)) |
| 430 | Mask |= Q.Mask; |
| 431 | else { |
| 432 | Mask |= (Q.Mask & CVRMask); |
| 433 | if (Q.hasAddressSpace()) |
| 434 | addAddressSpace(Q.getAddressSpace()); |
| 435 | if (Q.hasObjCGCAttr()) |
| 436 | addObjCGCAttr(Q.getObjCGCAttr()); |
| 437 | if (Q.hasObjCLifetime()) |
| 438 | addObjCLifetime(Q.getObjCLifetime()); |
| 439 | } |
| 440 | } |
| 441 | |
| 442 | /// Remove the qualifiers from the given set from this set. |
| 443 | void removeQualifiers(Qualifiers Q) { |
| 444 | // If the other set doesn't have any non-boolean qualifiers, just |
| 445 | // bit-and the inverse in. |
| 446 | if (!(Q.Mask & ~CVRMask)) |
| 447 | Mask &= ~Q.Mask; |
| 448 | else { |
| 449 | Mask &= ~(Q.Mask & CVRMask); |
| 450 | if (getObjCGCAttr() == Q.getObjCGCAttr()) |
| 451 | removeObjCGCAttr(); |
| 452 | if (getObjCLifetime() == Q.getObjCLifetime()) |
| 453 | removeObjCLifetime(); |
| 454 | if (getAddressSpace() == Q.getAddressSpace()) |
| 455 | removeAddressSpace(); |
| 456 | } |
| 457 | } |
| 458 | |
| 459 | /// Add the qualifiers from the given set to this set, given that |
| 460 | /// they don't conflict. |
| 461 | void addConsistentQualifiers(Qualifiers qs) { |
| 462 | assert(getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() ||((void)0) |
| 463 | !hasAddressSpace() || !qs.hasAddressSpace())((void)0); |
| 464 | assert(getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() ||((void)0) |
| 465 | !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr())((void)0); |
| 466 | assert(getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() ||((void)0) |
| 467 | !hasObjCLifetime() || !qs.hasObjCLifetime())((void)0); |
| 468 | Mask |= qs.Mask; |
| 469 | } |
| 470 | |
| 471 | /// Returns true if address space A is equal to or a superset of B. |
| 472 | /// OpenCL v2.0 defines conversion rules (OpenCLC v2.0 s6.5.5) and notion of |
| 473 | /// overlapping address spaces. |
| 474 | /// CL1.1 or CL1.2: |
| 475 | /// every address space is a superset of itself. |
| 476 | /// CL2.0 adds: |
| 477 | /// __generic is a superset of any address space except for __constant. |
| 478 | static bool isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(LangAS A, LangAS B) { |
| 479 | // Address spaces must match exactly. |
| 480 | return A == B || |
| 481 | // Otherwise in OpenCLC v2.0 s6.5.5: every address space except |
| 482 | // for __constant can be used as __generic. |
| 483 | (A == LangAS::opencl_generic && B != LangAS::opencl_constant) || |
| 484 | // We also define global_device and global_host address spaces, |
| 485 | // to distinguish global pointers allocated on host from pointers |
| 486 | // allocated on device, which are a subset of __global. |
| 487 | (A == LangAS::opencl_global && (B == LangAS::opencl_global_device || |
| 488 | B == LangAS::opencl_global_host)) || |
| 489 | (A == LangAS::sycl_global && (B == LangAS::sycl_global_device || |
| 490 | B == LangAS::sycl_global_host)) || |
| 491 | // Consider pointer size address spaces to be equivalent to default. |
| 492 | ((isPtrSizeAddressSpace(A) || A == LangAS::Default) && |
| 493 | (isPtrSizeAddressSpace(B) || B == LangAS::Default)) || |
| 494 | // Default is a superset of SYCL address spaces. |
| 495 | (A == LangAS::Default && |
| 496 | (B == LangAS::sycl_private || B == LangAS::sycl_local || |
| 497 | B == LangAS::sycl_global || B == LangAS::sycl_global_device || |
| 498 | B == LangAS::sycl_global_host)); |
| 499 | } |
| 500 | |
| 501 | /// Returns true if the address space in these qualifiers is equal to or |
| 502 | /// a superset of the address space in the argument qualifiers. |
| 503 | bool isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(Qualifiers other) const { |
| 504 | return isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(getAddressSpace(), other.getAddressSpace()); |
| 505 | } |
| 506 | |
| 507 | /// Determines if these qualifiers compatibly include another set. |
| 508 | /// Generally this answers the question of whether an object with the other |
| 509 | /// qualifiers can be safely used as an object with these qualifiers. |
| 510 | bool compatiblyIncludes(Qualifiers other) const { |
| 511 | return isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(other) && |
| 512 | // ObjC GC qualifiers can match, be added, or be removed, but can't |
| 513 | // be changed. |
| 514 | (getObjCGCAttr() == other.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() || |
| 515 | !other.hasObjCGCAttr()) && |
| 516 | // ObjC lifetime qualifiers must match exactly. |
| 517 | getObjCLifetime() == other.getObjCLifetime() && |
| 518 | // CVR qualifiers may subset. |
| 519 | (((Mask & CVRMask) | (other.Mask & CVRMask)) == (Mask & CVRMask)) && |
| 520 | // U qualifier may superset. |
| 521 | (!other.hasUnaligned() || hasUnaligned()); |
| 522 | } |
| 523 | |
| 524 | /// Determines if these qualifiers compatibly include another set of |
| 525 | /// qualifiers from the narrow perspective of Objective-C ARC lifetime. |
| 526 | /// |
| 527 | /// One set of Objective-C lifetime qualifiers compatibly includes the other |
| 528 | /// if the lifetime qualifiers match, or if both are non-__weak and the |
| 529 | /// including set also contains the 'const' qualifier, or both are non-__weak |
| 530 | /// and one is None (which can only happen in non-ARC modes). |
| 531 | bool compatiblyIncludesObjCLifetime(Qualifiers other) const { |
| 532 | if (getObjCLifetime() == other.getObjCLifetime()) |
| 533 | return true; |
| 534 | |
| 535 | if (getObjCLifetime() == OCL_Weak || other.getObjCLifetime() == OCL_Weak) |
| 536 | return false; |
| 537 | |
| 538 | if (getObjCLifetime() == OCL_None || other.getObjCLifetime() == OCL_None) |
| 539 | return true; |
| 540 | |
| 541 | return hasConst(); |
| 542 | } |
| 543 | |
| 544 | /// Determine whether this set of qualifiers is a strict superset of |
| 545 | /// another set of qualifiers, not considering qualifier compatibility. |
| 546 | bool isStrictSupersetOf(Qualifiers Other) const; |
| 547 | |
| 548 | bool operator==(Qualifiers Other) const { return Mask == Other.Mask; } |
| 549 | bool operator!=(Qualifiers Other) const { return Mask != Other.Mask; } |
| 550 | |
| 551 | explicit operator bool() const { return hasQualifiers(); } |
| 552 | |
| 553 | Qualifiers &operator+=(Qualifiers R) { |
| 554 | addQualifiers(R); |
| 555 | return *this; |
| 556 | } |
| 557 | |
| 558 | // Union two qualifier sets. If an enumerated qualifier appears |
| 559 | // in both sets, use the one from the right. |
| 560 | friend Qualifiers operator+(Qualifiers L, Qualifiers R) { |
| 561 | L += R; |
| 562 | return L; |
| 563 | } |
| 564 | |
| 565 | Qualifiers &operator-=(Qualifiers R) { |
| 566 | removeQualifiers(R); |
| 567 | return *this; |
| 568 | } |
| 569 | |
| 570 | /// Compute the difference between two qualifier sets. |
| 571 | friend Qualifiers operator-(Qualifiers L, Qualifiers R) { |
| 572 | L -= R; |
| 573 | return L; |
| 574 | } |
| 575 | |
| 576 | std::string getAsString() const; |
| 577 | std::string getAsString(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
| 578 | |
| 579 | static std::string getAddrSpaceAsString(LangAS AS); |
| 580 | |
| 581 | bool isEmptyWhenPrinted(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
| 582 | void print(raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
| 583 | bool appendSpaceIfNonEmpty = false) const; |
| 584 | |
| 585 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const { |
| 586 | ID.AddInteger(Mask); |
| 587 | } |
| 588 | |
| 589 | private: |
| 590 | // bits: |0 1 2|3|4 .. 5|6 .. 8|9 ... 31| |
| 591 | // |C R V|U|GCAttr|Lifetime|AddressSpace| |
| 592 | uint32_t Mask = 0; |
| 593 | |
| 594 | static const uint32_t UMask = 0x8; |
| 595 | static const uint32_t UShift = 3; |
| 596 | static const uint32_t GCAttrMask = 0x30; |
| 597 | static const uint32_t GCAttrShift = 4; |
| 598 | static const uint32_t LifetimeMask = 0x1C0; |
| 599 | static const uint32_t LifetimeShift = 6; |
| 600 | static const uint32_t AddressSpaceMask = |
| 601 | ~(CVRMask | UMask | GCAttrMask | LifetimeMask); |
| 602 | static const uint32_t AddressSpaceShift = 9; |
| 603 | }; |
| 604 | |
| 605 | /// A std::pair-like structure for storing a qualified type split |
| 606 | /// into its local qualifiers and its locally-unqualified type. |
| 607 | struct SplitQualType { |
| 608 | /// The locally-unqualified type. |
| 609 | const Type *Ty = nullptr; |
| 610 | |
| 611 | /// The local qualifiers. |
| 612 | Qualifiers Quals; |
| 613 | |
| 614 | SplitQualType() = default; |
| 615 | SplitQualType(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs) : Ty(ty), Quals(qs) {} |
| 616 | |
| 617 | SplitQualType getSingleStepDesugaredType() const; // end of this file |
| 618 | |
| 619 | // Make std::tie work. |
| 620 | std::pair<const Type *,Qualifiers> asPair() const { |
| 621 | return std::pair<const Type *, Qualifiers>(Ty, Quals); |
| 622 | } |
| 623 | |
| 624 | friend bool operator==(SplitQualType a, SplitQualType b) { |
| 625 | return a.Ty == b.Ty && a.Quals == b.Quals; |
| 626 | } |
| 627 | friend bool operator!=(SplitQualType a, SplitQualType b) { |
| 628 | return a.Ty != b.Ty || a.Quals != b.Quals; |
| 629 | } |
| 630 | }; |
| 631 | |
| 632 | /// The kind of type we are substituting Objective-C type arguments into. |
| 633 | /// |
| 634 | /// The kind of substitution affects the replacement of type parameters when |
| 635 | /// no concrete type information is provided, e.g., when dealing with an |
| 636 | /// unspecialized type. |
| 637 | enum class ObjCSubstitutionContext { |
| 638 | /// An ordinary type. |
| 639 | Ordinary, |
| 640 | |
| 641 | /// The result type of a method or function. |
| 642 | Result, |
| 643 | |
| 644 | /// The parameter type of a method or function. |
| 645 | Parameter, |
| 646 | |
| 647 | /// The type of a property. |
| 648 | Property, |
| 649 | |
| 650 | /// The superclass of a type. |
| 651 | Superclass, |
| 652 | }; |
| 653 | |
| 654 | /// A (possibly-)qualified type. |
| 655 | /// |
| 656 | /// For efficiency, we don't store CV-qualified types as nodes on their |
| 657 | /// own: instead each reference to a type stores the qualifiers. This |
| 658 | /// greatly reduces the number of nodes we need to allocate for types (for |
| 659 | /// example we only need one for 'int', 'const int', 'volatile int', |
| 660 | /// 'const volatile int', etc). |
| 661 | /// |
| 662 | /// As an added efficiency bonus, instead of making this a pair, we |
| 663 | /// just store the two bits we care about in the low bits of the |
| 664 | /// pointer. To handle the packing/unpacking, we make QualType be a |
| 665 | /// simple wrapper class that acts like a smart pointer. A third bit |
| 666 | /// indicates whether there are extended qualifiers present, in which |
| 667 | /// case the pointer points to a special structure. |
| 668 | class QualType { |
| 669 | friend class QualifierCollector; |
| 670 | |
| 671 | // Thankfully, these are efficiently composable. |
| 672 | llvm::PointerIntPair<llvm::PointerUnion<const Type *, const ExtQuals *>, |
| 673 | Qualifiers::FastWidth> Value; |
| 674 | |
| 675 | const ExtQuals *getExtQualsUnsafe() const { |
| 676 | return Value.getPointer().get<const ExtQuals*>(); |
| 677 | } |
| 678 | |
| 679 | const Type *getTypePtrUnsafe() const { |
| 680 | return Value.getPointer().get<const Type*>(); |
| 681 | } |
| 682 | |
| 683 | const ExtQualsTypeCommonBase *getCommonPtr() const { |
| 684 | assert(!isNull() && "Cannot retrieve a NULL type pointer")((void)0); |
| 685 | auto CommonPtrVal = reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(Value.getOpaqueValue()); |
| 686 | CommonPtrVal &= ~(uintptr_t)((1 << TypeAlignmentInBits) - 1); |
| 687 | return reinterpret_cast<ExtQualsTypeCommonBase*>(CommonPtrVal); |
| 688 | } |
| 689 | |
| 690 | public: |
| 691 | QualType() = default; |
| 692 | QualType(const Type *Ptr, unsigned Quals) : Value(Ptr, Quals) {} |
| 693 | QualType(const ExtQuals *Ptr, unsigned Quals) : Value(Ptr, Quals) {} |
| 694 | |
| 695 | unsigned getLocalFastQualifiers() const { return Value.getInt(); } |
| 696 | void setLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned Quals) { Value.setInt(Quals); } |
| 697 | |
| 698 | /// Retrieves a pointer to the underlying (unqualified) type. |
| 699 | /// |
| 700 | /// This function requires that the type not be NULL. If the type might be |
| 701 | /// NULL, use the (slightly less efficient) \c getTypePtrOrNull(). |
| 702 | const Type *getTypePtr() const; |
| 703 | |
| 704 | const Type *getTypePtrOrNull() const; |
| 705 | |
| 706 | /// Retrieves a pointer to the name of the base type. |
| 707 | const IdentifierInfo *getBaseTypeIdentifier() const; |
| 708 | |
| 709 | /// Divides a QualType into its unqualified type and a set of local |
| 710 | /// qualifiers. |
| 711 | SplitQualType split() const; |
| 712 | |
| 713 | void *getAsOpaquePtr() const { return Value.getOpaqueValue(); } |
| 714 | |
| 715 | static QualType getFromOpaquePtr(const void *Ptr) { |
| 716 | QualType T; |
| 717 | T.Value.setFromOpaqueValue(const_cast<void*>(Ptr)); |
| 718 | return T; |
| 719 | } |
| 720 | |
| 721 | const Type &operator*() const { |
| 722 | return *getTypePtr(); |
| 723 | } |
| 724 | |
| 725 | const Type *operator->() const { |
| 726 | return getTypePtr(); |
| 727 | } |
| 728 | |
| 729 | bool isCanonical() const; |
| 730 | bool isCanonicalAsParam() const; |
| 731 | |
| 732 | /// Return true if this QualType doesn't point to a type yet. |
| 733 | bool isNull() const { |
| 734 | return Value.getPointer().isNull(); |
| 735 | } |
| 736 | |
| 737 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the |
| 738 | /// "const" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have |
| 739 | /// added "const" at a different level. |
| 740 | bool isLocalConstQualified() const { |
| 741 | return (getLocalFastQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const); |
| 742 | } |
| 743 | |
| 744 | /// Determine whether this type is const-qualified. |
| 745 | bool isConstQualified() const; |
| 746 | |
| 747 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the |
| 748 | /// "restrict" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have |
| 749 | /// added "restrict" at a different level. |
| 750 | bool isLocalRestrictQualified() const { |
| 751 | return (getLocalFastQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Restrict); |
| 752 | } |
| 753 | |
| 754 | /// Determine whether this type is restrict-qualified. |
| 755 | bool isRestrictQualified() const; |
| 756 | |
| 757 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the |
| 758 | /// "volatile" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have |
| 759 | /// added "volatile" at a different level. |
| 760 | bool isLocalVolatileQualified() const { |
| 761 | return (getLocalFastQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Volatile); |
| 762 | } |
| 763 | |
| 764 | /// Determine whether this type is volatile-qualified. |
| 765 | bool isVolatileQualified() const; |
| 766 | |
| 767 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has any |
| 768 | /// qualifiers, without looking through any typedefs that might add |
| 769 | /// qualifiers at a different level. |
| 770 | bool hasLocalQualifiers() const { |
| 771 | return getLocalFastQualifiers() || hasLocalNonFastQualifiers(); |
| 772 | } |
| 773 | |
| 774 | /// Determine whether this type has any qualifiers. |
| 775 | bool hasQualifiers() const; |
| 776 | |
| 777 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has any |
| 778 | /// "non-fast" qualifiers, e.g., those that are stored in an ExtQualType |
| 779 | /// instance. |
| 780 | bool hasLocalNonFastQualifiers() const { |
| 781 | return Value.getPointer().is<const ExtQuals*>(); |
| 782 | } |
| 783 | |
| 784 | /// Retrieve the set of qualifiers local to this particular QualType |
| 785 | /// instance, not including any qualifiers acquired through typedefs or |
| 786 | /// other sugar. |
| 787 | Qualifiers getLocalQualifiers() const; |
| 788 | |
| 789 | /// Retrieve the set of qualifiers applied to this type. |
| 790 | Qualifiers getQualifiers() const; |
| 791 | |
| 792 | /// Retrieve the set of CVR (const-volatile-restrict) qualifiers |
| 793 | /// local to this particular QualType instance, not including any qualifiers |
| 794 | /// acquired through typedefs or other sugar. |
| 795 | unsigned getLocalCVRQualifiers() const { |
| 796 | return getLocalFastQualifiers(); |
| 797 | } |
| 798 | |
| 799 | /// Retrieve the set of CVR (const-volatile-restrict) qualifiers |
| 800 | /// applied to this type. |
| 801 | unsigned getCVRQualifiers() const; |
| 802 | |
| 803 | bool isConstant(const ASTContext& Ctx) const { |
| 804 | return QualType::isConstant(*this, Ctx); |
| 805 | } |
| 806 | |
| 807 | /// Determine whether this is a Plain Old Data (POD) type (C++ 3.9p10). |
| 808 | bool isPODType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
| 809 | |
| 810 | /// Return true if this is a POD type according to the rules of the C++98 |
| 811 | /// standard, regardless of the current compilation's language. |
| 812 | bool isCXX98PODType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
| 813 | |
| 814 | /// Return true if this is a POD type according to the more relaxed rules |
| 815 | /// of the C++11 standard, regardless of the current compilation's language. |
| 816 | /// (C++0x [basic.types]p9). Note that, unlike |
| 817 | /// CXXRecordDecl::isCXX11StandardLayout, this takes DRs into account. |
| 818 | bool isCXX11PODType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
| 819 | |
| 820 | /// Return true if this is a trivial type per (C++0x [basic.types]p9) |
| 821 | bool isTrivialType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
| 822 | |
| 823 | /// Return true if this is a trivially copyable type (C++0x [basic.types]p9) |
| 824 | bool isTriviallyCopyableType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
| 825 | |
| 826 | |
| 827 | /// Returns true if it is a class and it might be dynamic. |
| 828 | bool mayBeDynamicClass() const; |
| 829 | |
| 830 | /// Returns true if it is not a class or if the class might not be dynamic. |
| 831 | bool mayBeNotDynamicClass() const; |
| 832 | |
| 833 | // Don't promise in the API that anything besides 'const' can be |
| 834 | // easily added. |
| 835 | |
| 836 | /// Add the `const` type qualifier to this QualType. |
| 837 | void addConst() { |
| 838 | addFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Const); |
| 839 | } |
| 840 | QualType withConst() const { |
| 841 | return withFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Const); |
| 842 | } |
| 843 | |
| 844 | /// Add the `volatile` type qualifier to this QualType. |
| 845 | void addVolatile() { |
| 846 | addFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Volatile); |
| 847 | } |
| 848 | QualType withVolatile() const { |
| 849 | return withFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Volatile); |
| 850 | } |
| 851 | |
| 852 | /// Add the `restrict` qualifier to this QualType. |
| 853 | void addRestrict() { |
| 854 | addFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Restrict); |
| 855 | } |
| 856 | QualType withRestrict() const { |
| 857 | return withFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Restrict); |
| 858 | } |
| 859 | |
| 860 | QualType withCVRQualifiers(unsigned CVR) const { |
| 861 | return withFastQualifiers(CVR); |
| 862 | } |
| 863 | |
| 864 | void addFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs) { |
| 865 | assert(!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask)((void)0) |
| 866 | && "non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!")((void)0); |
| 867 | Value.setInt(Value.getInt() | TQs); |
| 868 | } |
| 869 | |
| 870 | void removeLocalConst(); |
| 871 | void removeLocalVolatile(); |
| 872 | void removeLocalRestrict(); |
| 873 | void removeLocalCVRQualifiers(unsigned Mask); |
| 874 | |
| 875 | void removeLocalFastQualifiers() { Value.setInt(0); } |
| 876 | void removeLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned Mask) { |
| 877 | assert(!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && "mask has non-fast qualifiers")((void)0); |
| 878 | Value.setInt(Value.getInt() & ~Mask); |
| 879 | } |
| 880 | |
| 881 | // Creates a type with the given qualifiers in addition to any |
| 882 | // qualifiers already on this type. |
| 883 | QualType withFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs) const { |
| 884 | QualType T = *this; |
| 885 | T.addFastQualifiers(TQs); |
| 886 | return T; |
| 887 | } |
| 888 | |
| 889 | // Creates a type with exactly the given fast qualifiers, removing |
| 890 | // any existing fast qualifiers. |
| 891 | QualType withExactLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs) const { |
| 892 | return withoutLocalFastQualifiers().withFastQualifiers(TQs); |
| 893 | } |
| 894 | |
| 895 | // Removes fast qualifiers, but leaves any extended qualifiers in place. |
| 896 | QualType withoutLocalFastQualifiers() const { |
| 897 | QualType T = *this; |
| 898 | T.removeLocalFastQualifiers(); |
| 899 | return T; |
| 900 | } |
| 901 | |
| 902 | QualType getCanonicalType() const; |
| 903 | |
| 904 | /// Return this type with all of the instance-specific qualifiers |
| 905 | /// removed, but without removing any qualifiers that may have been applied |
| 906 | /// through typedefs. |
| 907 | QualType getLocalUnqualifiedType() const { return QualType(getTypePtr(), 0); } |
| 908 | |
| 909 | /// Retrieve the unqualified variant of the given type, |
| 910 | /// removing as little sugar as possible. |
| 911 | /// |
| 912 | /// This routine looks through various kinds of sugar to find the |
| 913 | /// least-desugared type that is unqualified. For example, given: |
| 914 | /// |
| 915 | /// \code |
| 916 | /// typedef int Integer; |
| 917 | /// typedef const Integer CInteger; |
| 918 | /// typedef CInteger DifferenceType; |
| 919 | /// \endcode |
| 920 | /// |
| 921 | /// Executing \c getUnqualifiedType() on the type \c DifferenceType will |
| 922 | /// desugar until we hit the type \c Integer, which has no qualifiers on it. |
| 923 | /// |
| 924 | /// The resulting type might still be qualified if it's sugar for an array |
| 925 | /// type. To strip qualifiers even from within a sugared array type, use |
| 926 | /// ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType. |
| 927 | inline QualType getUnqualifiedType() const; |
| 928 | |
| 929 | /// Retrieve the unqualified variant of the given type, removing as little |
| 930 | /// sugar as possible. |
| 931 | /// |
| 932 | /// Like getUnqualifiedType(), but also returns the set of |
| 933 | /// qualifiers that were built up. |
| 934 | /// |
| 935 | /// The resulting type might still be qualified if it's sugar for an array |
| 936 | /// type. To strip qualifiers even from within a sugared array type, use |
| 937 | /// ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType. |
| 938 | inline SplitQualType getSplitUnqualifiedType() const; |
| 939 | |
| 940 | /// Determine whether this type is more qualified than the other |
| 941 | /// given type, requiring exact equality for non-CVR qualifiers. |
| 942 | bool isMoreQualifiedThan(QualType Other) const; |
| 943 | |
| 944 | /// Determine whether this type is at least as qualified as the other |
| 945 | /// given type, requiring exact equality for non-CVR qualifiers. |
| 946 | bool isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(QualType Other) const; |
| 947 | |
| 948 | QualType getNonReferenceType() const; |
| 949 | |
| 950 | /// Determine the type of a (typically non-lvalue) expression with the |
| 951 | /// specified result type. |
| 952 | /// |
| 953 | /// This routine should be used for expressions for which the return type is |
| 954 | /// explicitly specified (e.g., in a cast or call) and isn't necessarily |
| 955 | /// an lvalue. It removes a top-level reference (since there are no |
| 956 | /// expressions of reference type) and deletes top-level cvr-qualifiers |
| 957 | /// from non-class types (in C++) or all types (in C). |
| 958 | QualType getNonLValueExprType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
| 959 | |
| 960 | /// Remove an outer pack expansion type (if any) from this type. Used as part |
| 961 | /// of converting the type of a declaration to the type of an expression that |
| 962 | /// references that expression. It's meaningless for an expression to have a |
| 963 | /// pack expansion type. |
| 964 | QualType getNonPackExpansionType() const; |
| 965 | |
| 966 | /// Return the specified type with any "sugar" removed from |
| 967 | /// the type. This takes off typedefs, typeof's etc. If the outer level of |
| 968 | /// the type is already concrete, it returns it unmodified. This is similar |
| 969 | /// to getting the canonical type, but it doesn't remove *all* typedefs. For |
| 970 | /// example, it returns "T*" as "T*", (not as "int*"), because the pointer is |
| 971 | /// concrete. |
| 972 | /// |
| 973 | /// Qualifiers are left in place. |
| 974 | QualType getDesugaredType(const ASTContext &Context) const { |
| 975 | return getDesugaredType(*this, Context); |
| 976 | } |
| 977 | |
| 978 | SplitQualType getSplitDesugaredType() const { |
| 979 | return getSplitDesugaredType(*this); |
| 980 | } |
| 981 | |
| 982 | /// Return the specified type with one level of "sugar" removed from |
| 983 | /// the type. |
| 984 | /// |
| 985 | /// This routine takes off the first typedef, typeof, etc. If the outer level |
| 986 | /// of the type is already concrete, it returns it unmodified. |
| 987 | QualType getSingleStepDesugaredType(const ASTContext &Context) const { |
| 988 | return getSingleStepDesugaredTypeImpl(*this, Context); |
| 989 | } |
| 990 | |
| 991 | /// Returns the specified type after dropping any |
| 992 | /// outer-level parentheses. |
| 993 | QualType IgnoreParens() const { |
| 994 | if (isa<ParenType>(*this)) |
| 995 | return QualType::IgnoreParens(*this); |
| 996 | return *this; |
| 997 | } |
| 998 | |
| 999 | /// Indicate whether the specified types and qualifiers are identical. |
| 1000 | friend bool operator==(const QualType &LHS, const QualType &RHS) { |
| 1001 | return LHS.Value == RHS.Value; |
| 1002 | } |
| 1003 | friend bool operator!=(const QualType &LHS, const QualType &RHS) { |
| 1004 | return LHS.Value != RHS.Value; |
| 1005 | } |
| 1006 | friend bool operator<(const QualType &LHS, const QualType &RHS) { |
| 1007 | return LHS.Value < RHS.Value; |
| 1008 | } |
| 1009 | |
| 1010 | static std::string getAsString(SplitQualType split, |
| 1011 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { |
| 1012 | return getAsString(split.Ty, split.Quals, Policy); |
| 1013 | } |
| 1014 | static std::string getAsString(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs, |
| 1015 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy); |
| 1016 | |
| 1017 | std::string getAsString() const; |
| 1018 | std::string getAsString(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
| 1019 | |
| 1020 | void print(raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
| 1021 | const Twine &PlaceHolder = Twine(), |
| 1022 | unsigned Indentation = 0) const; |
| 1023 | |
| 1024 | static void print(SplitQualType split, raw_ostream &OS, |
| 1025 | const PrintingPolicy &policy, const Twine &PlaceHolder, |
| 1026 | unsigned Indentation = 0) { |
| 1027 | return print(split.Ty, split.Quals, OS, policy, PlaceHolder, Indentation); |
| 1028 | } |
| 1029 | |
| 1030 | static void print(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs, |
| 1031 | raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &policy, |
| 1032 | const Twine &PlaceHolder, |
| 1033 | unsigned Indentation = 0); |
| 1034 | |
| 1035 | void getAsStringInternal(std::string &Str, |
| 1036 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
| 1037 | |
| 1038 | static void getAsStringInternal(SplitQualType split, std::string &out, |
| 1039 | const PrintingPolicy &policy) { |
| 1040 | return getAsStringInternal(split.Ty, split.Quals, out, policy); |
| 1041 | } |
| 1042 | |
| 1043 | static void getAsStringInternal(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs, |
| 1044 | std::string &out, |
| 1045 | const PrintingPolicy &policy); |
| 1046 | |
| 1047 | class StreamedQualTypeHelper { |
| 1048 | const QualType &T; |
| 1049 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy; |
| 1050 | const Twine &PlaceHolder; |
| 1051 | unsigned Indentation; |
| 1052 | |
| 1053 | public: |
| 1054 | StreamedQualTypeHelper(const QualType &T, const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
| 1055 | const Twine &PlaceHolder, unsigned Indentation) |
| 1056 | : T(T), Policy(Policy), PlaceHolder(PlaceHolder), |
| 1057 | Indentation(Indentation) {} |
| 1058 | |
| 1059 | friend raw_ostream &operator<<(raw_ostream &OS, |
| 1060 | const StreamedQualTypeHelper &SQT) { |
| 1061 | SQT.T.print(OS, SQT.Policy, SQT.PlaceHolder, SQT.Indentation); |
| 1062 | return OS; |
| 1063 | } |
| 1064 | }; |
| 1065 | |
| 1066 | StreamedQualTypeHelper stream(const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
| 1067 | const Twine &PlaceHolder = Twine(), |
| 1068 | unsigned Indentation = 0) const { |
| 1069 | return StreamedQualTypeHelper(*this, Policy, PlaceHolder, Indentation); |
| 1070 | } |
| 1071 | |
| 1072 | void dump(const char *s) const; |
| 1073 | void dump() const; |
| 1074 | void dump(llvm::raw_ostream &OS, const ASTContext &Context) const; |
| 1075 | |
| 1076 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const { |
| 1077 | ID.AddPointer(getAsOpaquePtr()); |
| 1078 | } |
| 1079 | |
| 1080 | /// Check if this type has any address space qualifier. |
| 1081 | inline bool hasAddressSpace() const; |
| 1082 | |
| 1083 | /// Return the address space of this type. |
| 1084 | inline LangAS getAddressSpace() const; |
| 1085 | |
| 1086 | /// Returns true if address space qualifiers overlap with T address space |
| 1087 | /// qualifiers. |
| 1088 | /// OpenCL C defines conversion rules for pointers to different address spaces |
| 1089 | /// and notion of overlapping address spaces. |
| 1090 | /// CL1.1 or CL1.2: |
| 1091 | /// address spaces overlap iff they are they same. |
| 1092 | /// OpenCL C v2.0 s6.5.5 adds: |
| 1093 | /// __generic overlaps with any address space except for __constant. |
| 1094 | bool isAddressSpaceOverlapping(QualType T) const { |
| 1095 | Qualifiers Q = getQualifiers(); |
| 1096 | Qualifiers TQ = T.getQualifiers(); |
| 1097 | // Address spaces overlap if at least one of them is a superset of another |
| 1098 | return Q.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(TQ) || TQ.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(Q); |
| 1099 | } |
| 1100 | |
| 1101 | /// Returns gc attribute of this type. |
| 1102 | inline Qualifiers::GC getObjCGCAttr() const; |
| 1103 | |
| 1104 | /// true when Type is objc's weak. |
| 1105 | bool isObjCGCWeak() const { |
| 1106 | return getObjCGCAttr() == Qualifiers::Weak; |
| 1107 | } |
| 1108 | |
| 1109 | /// true when Type is objc's strong. |
| 1110 | bool isObjCGCStrong() const { |
| 1111 | return getObjCGCAttr() == Qualifiers::Strong; |
| 1112 | } |
| 1113 | |
| 1114 | /// Returns lifetime attribute of this type. |
| 1115 | Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime getObjCLifetime() const { |
| 1116 | return getQualifiers().getObjCLifetime(); |
| 1117 | } |
| 1118 | |
| 1119 | bool hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() const { |
| 1120 | return getQualifiers().hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime(); |
| 1121 | } |
| 1122 | |
| 1123 | bool hasStrongOrWeakObjCLifetime() const { |
| 1124 | return getQualifiers().hasStrongOrWeakObjCLifetime(); |
| 1125 | } |
| 1126 | |
| 1127 | // true when Type is objc's weak and weak is enabled but ARC isn't. |
| 1128 | bool isNonWeakInMRRWithObjCWeak(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
| 1129 | |
| 1130 | enum PrimitiveDefaultInitializeKind { |
| 1131 | /// The type does not fall into any of the following categories. Note that |
| 1132 | /// this case is zero-valued so that values of this enum can be used as a |
| 1133 | /// boolean condition for non-triviality. |
| 1134 | PDIK_Trivial, |
| 1135 | |
| 1136 | /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified |
| 1137 | /// with the ARC __strong qualifier. |
| 1138 | PDIK_ARCStrong, |
| 1139 | |
| 1140 | /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified |
| 1141 | /// with the ARC __weak qualifier. |
| 1142 | PDIK_ARCWeak, |
| 1143 | |
| 1144 | /// The type is a struct containing a field whose type is not PCK_Trivial. |
| 1145 | PDIK_Struct |
| 1146 | }; |
| 1147 | |
| 1148 | /// Functions to query basic properties of non-trivial C struct types. |
| 1149 | |
| 1150 | /// Check if this is a non-trivial type that would cause a C struct |
| 1151 | /// transitively containing this type to be non-trivial to default initialize |
| 1152 | /// and return the kind. |
| 1153 | PrimitiveDefaultInitializeKind |
| 1154 | isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize() const; |
| 1155 | |
| 1156 | enum PrimitiveCopyKind { |
| 1157 | /// The type does not fall into any of the following categories. Note that |
| 1158 | /// this case is zero-valued so that values of this enum can be used as a |
| 1159 | /// boolean condition for non-triviality. |
| 1160 | PCK_Trivial, |
| 1161 | |
| 1162 | /// The type would be trivial except that it is volatile-qualified. Types |
| 1163 | /// that fall into one of the other non-trivial cases may additionally be |
| 1164 | /// volatile-qualified. |
| 1165 | PCK_VolatileTrivial, |
| 1166 | |
| 1167 | /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified |
| 1168 | /// with the ARC __strong qualifier. |
| 1169 | PCK_ARCStrong, |
| 1170 | |
| 1171 | /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified |
| 1172 | /// with the ARC __weak qualifier. |
| 1173 | PCK_ARCWeak, |
| 1174 | |
| 1175 | /// The type is a struct containing a field whose type is neither |
| 1176 | /// PCK_Trivial nor PCK_VolatileTrivial. |
| 1177 | /// Note that a C++ struct type does not necessarily match this; C++ copying |
| 1178 | /// semantics are too complex to express here, in part because they depend |
| 1179 | /// on the exact constructor or assignment operator that is chosen by |
| 1180 | /// overload resolution to do the copy. |
| 1181 | PCK_Struct |
| 1182 | }; |
| 1183 | |
| 1184 | /// Check if this is a non-trivial type that would cause a C struct |
| 1185 | /// transitively containing this type to be non-trivial to copy and return the |
| 1186 | /// kind. |
| 1187 | PrimitiveCopyKind isNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy() const; |
| 1188 | |
| 1189 | /// Check if this is a non-trivial type that would cause a C struct |
| 1190 | /// transitively containing this type to be non-trivial to destructively |
| 1191 | /// move and return the kind. Destructive move in this context is a C++-style |
| 1192 | /// move in which the source object is placed in a valid but unspecified state |
| 1193 | /// after it is moved, as opposed to a truly destructive move in which the |
| 1194 | /// source object is placed in an uninitialized state. |
| 1195 | PrimitiveCopyKind isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructiveMove() const; |
| 1196 | |
| 1197 | enum DestructionKind { |
| 1198 | DK_none, |
| 1199 | DK_cxx_destructor, |
| 1200 | DK_objc_strong_lifetime, |
| 1201 | DK_objc_weak_lifetime, |
| 1202 | DK_nontrivial_c_struct |
| 1203 | }; |
| 1204 | |
| 1205 | /// Returns a nonzero value if objects of this type require |
| 1206 | /// non-trivial work to clean up after. Non-zero because it's |
| 1207 | /// conceivable that qualifiers (objc_gc(weak)?) could make |
| 1208 | /// something require destruction. |
| 1209 | DestructionKind isDestructedType() const { |
| 1210 | return isDestructedTypeImpl(*this); |
| 1211 | } |
| 1212 | |
| 1213 | /// Check if this is or contains a C union that is non-trivial to |
| 1214 | /// default-initialize, which is a union that has a member that is non-trivial |
| 1215 | /// to default-initialize. If this returns true, |
| 1216 | /// isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize returns PDIK_Struct. |
| 1217 | bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() const; |
| 1218 | |
| 1219 | /// Check if this is or contains a C union that is non-trivial to destruct, |
| 1220 | /// which is a union that has a member that is non-trivial to destruct. If |
| 1221 | /// this returns true, isDestructedType returns DK_nontrivial_c_struct. |
| 1222 | bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() const; |
| 1223 | |
| 1224 | /// Check if this is or contains a C union that is non-trivial to copy, which |
| 1225 | /// is a union that has a member that is non-trivial to copy. If this returns |
| 1226 | /// true, isNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy returns PCK_Struct. |
| 1227 | bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion() const; |
| 1228 | |
| 1229 | /// Determine whether expressions of the given type are forbidden |
| 1230 | /// from being lvalues in C. |
| 1231 | /// |
| 1232 | /// The expression types that are forbidden to be lvalues are: |
| 1233 | /// - 'void', but not qualified void |
| 1234 | /// - function types |
| 1235 | /// |
| 1236 | /// The exact rule here is C99 6.3.2.1: |
| 1237 | /// An lvalue is an expression with an object type or an incomplete |
| 1238 | /// type other than void. |
| 1239 | bool isCForbiddenLValueType() const; |
| 1240 | |
| 1241 | /// Substitute type arguments for the Objective-C type parameters used in the |
| 1242 | /// subject type. |
| 1243 | /// |
| 1244 | /// \param ctx ASTContext in which the type exists. |
| 1245 | /// |
| 1246 | /// \param typeArgs The type arguments that will be substituted for the |
| 1247 | /// Objective-C type parameters in the subject type, which are generally |
| 1248 | /// computed via \c Type::getObjCSubstitutions. If empty, the type |
| 1249 | /// parameters will be replaced with their bounds or id/Class, as appropriate |
| 1250 | /// for the context. |
| 1251 | /// |
| 1252 | /// \param context The context in which the subject type was written. |
| 1253 | /// |
| 1254 | /// \returns the resulting type. |
| 1255 | QualType substObjCTypeArgs(ASTContext &ctx, |
| 1256 | ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs, |
| 1257 | ObjCSubstitutionContext context) const; |
| 1258 | |
| 1259 | /// Substitute type arguments from an object type for the Objective-C type |
| 1260 | /// parameters used in the subject type. |
| 1261 | /// |
| 1262 | /// This operation combines the computation of type arguments for |
| 1263 | /// substitution (\c Type::getObjCSubstitutions) with the actual process of |
| 1264 | /// substitution (\c QualType::substObjCTypeArgs) for the convenience of |
| 1265 | /// callers that need to perform a single substitution in isolation. |
| 1266 | /// |
| 1267 | /// \param objectType The type of the object whose member type we're |
| 1268 | /// substituting into. For example, this might be the receiver of a message |
| 1269 | /// or the base of a property access. |
| 1270 | /// |
| 1271 | /// \param dc The declaration context from which the subject type was |
| 1272 | /// retrieved, which indicates (for example) which type parameters should |
| 1273 | /// be substituted. |
| 1274 | /// |
| 1275 | /// \param context The context in which the subject type was written. |
| 1276 | /// |
| 1277 | /// \returns the subject type after replacing all of the Objective-C type |
| 1278 | /// parameters with their corresponding arguments. |
| 1279 | QualType substObjCMemberType(QualType objectType, |
| 1280 | const DeclContext *dc, |
| 1281 | ObjCSubstitutionContext context) const; |
| 1282 | |
| 1283 | /// Strip Objective-C "__kindof" types from the given type. |
| 1284 | QualType stripObjCKindOfType(const ASTContext &ctx) const; |
| 1285 | |
| 1286 | /// Remove all qualifiers including _Atomic. |
| 1287 | QualType getAtomicUnqualifiedType() const; |
| 1288 | |
| 1289 | private: |
| 1290 | // These methods are implemented in a separate translation unit; |
| 1291 | // "static"-ize them to avoid creating temporary QualTypes in the |
| 1292 | // caller. |
| 1293 | static bool isConstant(QualType T, const ASTContext& Ctx); |
| 1294 | static QualType getDesugaredType(QualType T, const ASTContext &Context); |
| 1295 | static SplitQualType getSplitDesugaredType(QualType T); |
| 1296 | static SplitQualType getSplitUnqualifiedTypeImpl(QualType type); |
| 1297 | static QualType getSingleStepDesugaredTypeImpl(QualType type, |
| 1298 | const ASTContext &C); |
| 1299 | static QualType IgnoreParens(QualType T); |
| 1300 | static DestructionKind isDestructedTypeImpl(QualType type); |
| 1301 | |
| 1302 | /// Check if \param RD is or contains a non-trivial C union. |
| 1303 | static bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion(const RecordDecl *RD); |
| 1304 | static bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion(const RecordDecl *RD); |
| 1305 | static bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion(const RecordDecl *RD); |
| 1306 | }; |
| 1307 | |
| 1308 | } // namespace clang |
| 1309 | |
| 1310 | namespace llvm { |
| 1311 | |
| 1312 | /// Implement simplify_type for QualType, so that we can dyn_cast from QualType |
| 1313 | /// to a specific Type class. |
| 1314 | template<> struct simplify_type< ::clang::QualType> { |
| 1315 | using SimpleType = const ::clang::Type *; |
| 1316 | |
| 1317 | static SimpleType getSimplifiedValue(::clang::QualType Val) { |
| 1318 | return Val.getTypePtr(); |
| 1319 | } |
| 1320 | }; |
| 1321 | |
| 1322 | // Teach SmallPtrSet that QualType is "basically a pointer". |
| 1323 | template<> |
| 1324 | struct PointerLikeTypeTraits<clang::QualType> { |
| 1325 | static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(clang::QualType P) { |
| 1326 | return P.getAsOpaquePtr(); |
| 1327 | } |
| 1328 | |
| 1329 | static inline clang::QualType getFromVoidPointer(void *P) { |
| 1330 | return clang::QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(P); |
| 1331 | } |
| 1332 | |
| 1333 | // Various qualifiers go in low bits. |
| 1334 | static constexpr int NumLowBitsAvailable = 0; |
| 1335 | }; |
| 1336 | |
| 1337 | } // namespace llvm |
| 1338 | |
| 1339 | namespace clang { |
| 1340 | |
| 1341 | /// Base class that is common to both the \c ExtQuals and \c Type |
| 1342 | /// classes, which allows \c QualType to access the common fields between the |
| 1343 | /// two. |
| 1344 | class ExtQualsTypeCommonBase { |
| 1345 | friend class ExtQuals; |
| 1346 | friend class QualType; |
| 1347 | friend class Type; |
| 1348 | |
| 1349 | /// The "base" type of an extended qualifiers type (\c ExtQuals) or |
| 1350 | /// a self-referential pointer (for \c Type). |
| 1351 | /// |
| 1352 | /// This pointer allows an efficient mapping from a QualType to its |
| 1353 | /// underlying type pointer. |
| 1354 | const Type *const BaseType; |
| 1355 | |
| 1356 | /// The canonical type of this type. A QualType. |
| 1357 | QualType CanonicalType; |
| 1358 | |
| 1359 | ExtQualsTypeCommonBase(const Type *baseType, QualType canon) |
| 1360 | : BaseType(baseType), CanonicalType(canon) {} |
| 1361 | }; |
| 1362 | |
| 1363 | /// We can encode up to four bits in the low bits of a |
| 1364 | /// type pointer, but there are many more type qualifiers that we want |
| 1365 | /// to be able to apply to an arbitrary type. Therefore we have this |
| 1366 | /// struct, intended to be heap-allocated and used by QualType to |
| 1367 | /// store qualifiers. |
| 1368 | /// |
| 1369 | /// The current design tags the 'const', 'restrict', and 'volatile' qualifiers |
| 1370 | /// in three low bits on the QualType pointer; a fourth bit records whether |
| 1371 | /// the pointer is an ExtQuals node. The extended qualifiers (address spaces, |
| 1372 | /// Objective-C GC attributes) are much more rare. |
| 1373 | class ExtQuals : public ExtQualsTypeCommonBase, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
| 1374 | // NOTE: changing the fast qualifiers should be straightforward as |
| 1375 | // long as you don't make 'const' non-fast. |
| 1376 | // 1. Qualifiers: |
| 1377 | // a) Modify the bitmasks (Qualifiers::TQ and DeclSpec::TQ). |
| 1378 | // Fast qualifiers must occupy the low-order bits. |
| 1379 | // b) Update Qualifiers::FastWidth and FastMask. |
| 1380 | // 2. QualType: |
| 1381 | // a) Update is{Volatile,Restrict}Qualified(), defined inline. |
| 1382 | // b) Update remove{Volatile,Restrict}, defined near the end of |
| 1383 | // this header. |
| 1384 | // 3. ASTContext: |
| 1385 | // a) Update get{Volatile,Restrict}Type. |
| 1386 | |
| 1387 | /// The immutable set of qualifiers applied by this node. Always contains |
| 1388 | /// extended qualifiers. |
| 1389 | Qualifiers Quals; |
| 1390 | |
| 1391 | ExtQuals *this_() { return this; } |
| 1392 | |
| 1393 | public: |
| 1394 | ExtQuals(const Type *baseType, QualType canon, Qualifiers quals) |
| 1395 | : ExtQualsTypeCommonBase(baseType, |
| 1396 | canon.isNull() ? QualType(this_(), 0) : canon), |
| 1397 | Quals(quals) { |
| 1398 | assert(Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers()((void)0) |
| 1399 | && "ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers")((void)0); |
| 1400 | assert(!Quals.hasFastQualifiers()((void)0) |
| 1401 | && "ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers")((void)0); |
| 1402 | } |
| 1403 | |
| 1404 | Qualifiers getQualifiers() const { return Quals; } |
| 1405 | |
| 1406 | bool hasObjCGCAttr() const { return Quals.hasObjCGCAttr(); } |
| 1407 | Qualifiers::GC getObjCGCAttr() const { return Quals.getObjCGCAttr(); } |
| 1408 | |
| 1409 | bool hasObjCLifetime() const { return Quals.hasObjCLifetime(); } |
| 1410 | Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime getObjCLifetime() const { |
| 1411 | return Quals.getObjCLifetime(); |
| 1412 | } |
| 1413 | |
| 1414 | bool hasAddressSpace() const { return Quals.hasAddressSpace(); } |
| 1415 | LangAS getAddressSpace() const { return Quals.getAddressSpace(); } |
| 1416 | |
| 1417 | const Type *getBaseType() const { return BaseType; } |
| 1418 | |
| 1419 | public: |
| 1420 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const { |
| 1421 | Profile(ID, getBaseType(), Quals); |
| 1422 | } |
| 1423 | |
| 1424 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
| 1425 | const Type *BaseType, |
| 1426 | Qualifiers Quals) { |
| 1427 | assert(!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && "fast qualifiers in ExtQuals hash!")((void)0); |
| 1428 | ID.AddPointer(BaseType); |
| 1429 | Quals.Profile(ID); |
| 1430 | } |
| 1431 | }; |
| 1432 | |
| 1433 | /// The kind of C++11 ref-qualifier associated with a function type. |
| 1434 | /// This determines whether a member function's "this" object can be an |
| 1435 | /// lvalue, rvalue, or neither. |
| 1436 | enum RefQualifierKind { |
| 1437 | /// No ref-qualifier was provided. |
| 1438 | RQ_None = 0, |
| 1439 | |
| 1440 | /// An lvalue ref-qualifier was provided (\c &). |
| 1441 | RQ_LValue, |
| 1442 | |
| 1443 | /// An rvalue ref-qualifier was provided (\c &&). |
| 1444 | RQ_RValue |
| 1445 | }; |
| 1446 | |
| 1447 | /// Which keyword(s) were used to create an AutoType. |
| 1448 | enum class AutoTypeKeyword { |
| 1449 | /// auto |
| 1450 | Auto, |
| 1451 | |
| 1452 | /// decltype(auto) |
| 1453 | DecltypeAuto, |
| 1454 | |
| 1455 | /// __auto_type (GNU extension) |
| 1456 | GNUAutoType |
| 1457 | }; |
| 1458 | |
| 1459 | /// The base class of the type hierarchy. |
| 1460 | /// |
| 1461 | /// A central concept with types is that each type always has a canonical |
| 1462 | /// type. A canonical type is the type with any typedef names stripped out |
| 1463 | /// of it or the types it references. For example, consider: |
| 1464 | /// |
| 1465 | /// typedef int foo; |
| 1466 | /// typedef foo* bar; |
| 1467 | /// 'int *' 'foo *' 'bar' |
| 1468 | /// |
| 1469 | /// There will be a Type object created for 'int'. Since int is canonical, its |
| 1470 | /// CanonicalType pointer points to itself. There is also a Type for 'foo' (a |
| 1471 | /// TypedefType). Its CanonicalType pointer points to the 'int' Type. Next |
| 1472 | /// there is a PointerType that represents 'int*', which, like 'int', is |
| 1473 | /// canonical. Finally, there is a PointerType type for 'foo*' whose canonical |
| 1474 | /// type is 'int*', and there is a TypedefType for 'bar', whose canonical type |
| 1475 | /// is also 'int*'. |
| 1476 | /// |
| 1477 | /// Non-canonical types are useful for emitting diagnostics, without losing |
| 1478 | /// information about typedefs being used. Canonical types are useful for type |
| 1479 | /// comparisons (they allow by-pointer equality tests) and useful for reasoning |
| 1480 | /// about whether something has a particular form (e.g. is a function type), |
| 1481 | /// because they implicitly, recursively, strip all typedefs out of a type. |
| 1482 | /// |
| 1483 | /// Types, once created, are immutable. |
| 1484 | /// |
| 1485 | class alignas(8) Type : public ExtQualsTypeCommonBase { |
| 1486 | public: |
| 1487 | enum TypeClass { |
| 1488 | #define TYPE(Class, Base) Class, |
| 1489 | #define LAST_TYPE(Class) TypeLast = Class |
| 1490 | #define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) |
| 1491 | #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc" |
| 1492 | }; |
| 1493 | |
| 1494 | private: |
| 1495 | /// Bitfields required by the Type class. |
| 1496 | class TypeBitfields { |
| 1497 | friend class Type; |
| 1498 | template <class T> friend class TypePropertyCache; |
| 1499 | |
| 1500 | /// TypeClass bitfield - Enum that specifies what subclass this belongs to. |
| 1501 | unsigned TC : 8; |
| 1502 | |
| 1503 | /// Store information on the type dependency. |
| 1504 | unsigned Dependence : llvm::BitWidth<TypeDependence>; |
| 1505 | |
| 1506 | /// True if the cache (i.e. the bitfields here starting with |
| 1507 | /// 'Cache') is valid. |
| 1508 | mutable unsigned CacheValid : 1; |
| 1509 | |
| 1510 | /// Linkage of this type. |
| 1511 | mutable unsigned CachedLinkage : 3; |
| 1512 | |
| 1513 | /// Whether this type involves and local or unnamed types. |
| 1514 | mutable unsigned CachedLocalOrUnnamed : 1; |
| 1515 | |
| 1516 | /// Whether this type comes from an AST file. |
| 1517 | mutable unsigned FromAST : 1; |
| 1518 | |
| 1519 | bool isCacheValid() const { |
| 1520 | return CacheValid; |
| 1521 | } |
| 1522 | |
| 1523 | Linkage getLinkage() const { |
| 1524 | assert(isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache")((void)0); |
| 1525 | return static_cast<Linkage>(CachedLinkage); |
| 1526 | } |
| 1527 | |
| 1528 | bool hasLocalOrUnnamedType() const { |
| 1529 | assert(isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache")((void)0); |
| 1530 | return CachedLocalOrUnnamed; |
| 1531 | } |
| 1532 | }; |
| 1533 | enum { NumTypeBits = 8 + llvm::BitWidth<TypeDependence> + 6 }; |
| 1534 | |
| 1535 | protected: |
| 1536 | // These classes allow subclasses to somewhat cleanly pack bitfields |
| 1537 | // into Type. |
| 1538 | |
| 1539 | class ArrayTypeBitfields { |
| 1540 | friend class ArrayType; |
| 1541 | |
| 1542 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
| 1543 | |
| 1544 | /// CVR qualifiers from declarations like |
| 1545 | /// 'int X[static restrict 4]'. For function parameters only. |
| 1546 | unsigned IndexTypeQuals : 3; |
| 1547 | |
| 1548 | /// Storage class qualifiers from declarations like |
| 1549 | /// 'int X[static restrict 4]'. For function parameters only. |
| 1550 | /// Actually an ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier. |
| 1551 | unsigned SizeModifier : 3; |
| 1552 | }; |
| 1553 | |
| 1554 | class ConstantArrayTypeBitfields { |
| 1555 | friend class ConstantArrayType; |
| 1556 | |
| 1557 | unsigned : NumTypeBits + 3 + 3; |
| 1558 | |
| 1559 | /// Whether we have a stored size expression. |
| 1560 | unsigned HasStoredSizeExpr : 1; |
| 1561 | }; |
| 1562 | |
| 1563 | class BuiltinTypeBitfields { |
| 1564 | friend class BuiltinType; |
| 1565 | |
| 1566 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
| 1567 | |
| 1568 | /// The kind (BuiltinType::Kind) of builtin type this is. |
| 1569 | unsigned Kind : 8; |
| 1570 | }; |
| 1571 | |
| 1572 | /// FunctionTypeBitfields store various bits belonging to FunctionProtoType. |
| 1573 | /// Only common bits are stored here. Additional uncommon bits are stored |
| 1574 | /// in a trailing object after FunctionProtoType. |
| 1575 | class FunctionTypeBitfields { |
| 1576 | friend class FunctionProtoType; |
| 1577 | friend class FunctionType; |
| 1578 | |
| 1579 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
| 1580 | |
| 1581 | /// Extra information which affects how the function is called, like |
| 1582 | /// regparm and the calling convention. |
| 1583 | unsigned ExtInfo : 13; |
| 1584 | |
| 1585 | /// The ref-qualifier associated with a \c FunctionProtoType. |
| 1586 | /// |
| 1587 | /// This is a value of type \c RefQualifierKind. |
| 1588 | unsigned RefQualifier : 2; |
| 1589 | |
| 1590 | /// Used only by FunctionProtoType, put here to pack with the |
| 1591 | /// other bitfields. |
| 1592 | /// The qualifiers are part of FunctionProtoType because... |
| 1593 | /// |
| 1594 | /// C++ 8.3.5p4: The return type, the parameter type list and the |
| 1595 | /// cv-qualifier-seq, [...], are part of the function type. |
| 1596 | unsigned FastTypeQuals : Qualifiers::FastWidth; |
| 1597 | /// Whether this function has extended Qualifiers. |
| 1598 | unsigned HasExtQuals : 1; |
| 1599 | |
| 1600 | /// The number of parameters this function has, not counting '...'. |
| 1601 | /// According to [implimits] 8 bits should be enough here but this is |
| 1602 | /// somewhat easy to exceed with metaprogramming and so we would like to |
| 1603 | /// keep NumParams as wide as reasonably possible. |
| 1604 | unsigned NumParams : 16; |
| 1605 | |
| 1606 | /// The type of exception specification this function has. |
| 1607 | unsigned ExceptionSpecType : 4; |
| 1608 | |
| 1609 | /// Whether this function has extended parameter information. |
| 1610 | unsigned HasExtParameterInfos : 1; |
| 1611 | |
| 1612 | /// Whether the function is variadic. |
| 1613 | unsigned Variadic : 1; |
| 1614 | |
| 1615 | /// Whether this function has a trailing return type. |
| 1616 | unsigned HasTrailingReturn : 1; |
| 1617 | }; |
| 1618 | |
| 1619 | class ObjCObjectTypeBitfields { |
| 1620 | friend class ObjCObjectType; |
| 1621 | |
| 1622 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
| 1623 | |
| 1624 | /// The number of type arguments stored directly on this object type. |
| 1625 | unsigned NumTypeArgs : 7; |
| 1626 | |
| 1627 | /// The number of protocols stored directly on this object type. |
| 1628 | unsigned NumProtocols : 6; |
| 1629 | |
| 1630 | /// Whether this is a "kindof" type. |
| 1631 | unsigned IsKindOf : 1; |
| 1632 | }; |
| 1633 | |
| 1634 | class ReferenceTypeBitfields { |
| 1635 | friend class ReferenceType; |
| 1636 | |
| 1637 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
| 1638 | |
| 1639 | /// True if the type was originally spelled with an lvalue sigil. |
| 1640 | /// This is never true of rvalue references but can also be false |
| 1641 | /// on lvalue references because of C++0x [dcl.typedef]p9, |
| 1642 | /// as follows: |
| 1643 | /// |
| 1644 | /// typedef int &ref; // lvalue, spelled lvalue |
| 1645 | /// typedef int &&rvref; // rvalue |
| 1646 | /// ref &a; // lvalue, inner ref, spelled lvalue |
| 1647 | /// ref &&a; // lvalue, inner ref |
| 1648 | /// rvref &a; // lvalue, inner ref, spelled lvalue |
| 1649 | /// rvref &&a; // rvalue, inner ref |
| 1650 | unsigned SpelledAsLValue : 1; |
| 1651 | |
| 1652 | /// True if the inner type is a reference type. This only happens |
| 1653 | /// in non-canonical forms. |
| 1654 | unsigned InnerRef : 1; |
| 1655 | }; |
| 1656 | |
| 1657 | class TypeWithKeywordBitfields { |
| 1658 | friend class TypeWithKeyword; |
| 1659 | |
| 1660 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
| 1661 | |
| 1662 | /// An ElaboratedTypeKeyword. 8 bits for efficient access. |
| 1663 | unsigned Keyword : 8; |
| 1664 | }; |
| 1665 | |
| 1666 | enum { NumTypeWithKeywordBits = 8 }; |
| 1667 | |
| 1668 | class ElaboratedTypeBitfields { |
| 1669 | friend class ElaboratedType; |
| 1670 | |
| 1671 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
| 1672 | unsigned : NumTypeWithKeywordBits; |
| 1673 | |
| 1674 | /// Whether the ElaboratedType has a trailing OwnedTagDecl. |
| 1675 | unsigned HasOwnedTagDecl : 1; |
| 1676 | }; |
| 1677 | |
| 1678 | class VectorTypeBitfields { |
| 1679 | friend class VectorType; |
| 1680 | friend class DependentVectorType; |
| 1681 | |
| 1682 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
| 1683 | |
| 1684 | /// The kind of vector, either a generic vector type or some |
| 1685 | /// target-specific vector type such as for AltiVec or Neon. |
| 1686 | unsigned VecKind : 3; |
| 1687 | /// The number of elements in the vector. |
| 1688 | uint32_t NumElements; |
| 1689 | }; |
| 1690 | |
| 1691 | class AttributedTypeBitfields { |
| 1692 | friend class AttributedType; |
| 1693 | |
| 1694 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
| 1695 | |
| 1696 | /// An AttributedType::Kind |
| 1697 | unsigned AttrKind : 32 - NumTypeBits; |
| 1698 | }; |
| 1699 | |
| 1700 | class AutoTypeBitfields { |
| 1701 | friend class AutoType; |
| 1702 | |
| 1703 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
| 1704 | |
| 1705 | /// Was this placeholder type spelled as 'auto', 'decltype(auto)', |
| 1706 | /// or '__auto_type'? AutoTypeKeyword value. |
| 1707 | unsigned Keyword : 2; |
| 1708 | |
| 1709 | /// The number of template arguments in the type-constraints, which is |
| 1710 | /// expected to be able to hold at least 1024 according to [implimits]. |
| 1711 | /// However as this limit is somewhat easy to hit with template |
| 1712 | /// metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large as possible. |
| 1713 | /// At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since this type |
| 1714 | /// safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason to |
| 1715 | /// introduce the performance impact of a bitfield. |
| 1716 | unsigned NumArgs; |
| 1717 | }; |
| 1718 | |
| 1719 | class SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBitfields { |
| 1720 | friend class SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType; |
| 1721 | |
| 1722 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
| 1723 | |
| 1724 | /// The number of template arguments in \c Arguments, which is |
| 1725 | /// expected to be able to hold at least 1024 according to [implimits]. |
| 1726 | /// However as this limit is somewhat easy to hit with template |
| 1727 | /// metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large as possible. |
| 1728 | /// At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since this type |
| 1729 | /// safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason to |
| 1730 | /// introduce the performance impact of a bitfield. |
| 1731 | unsigned NumArgs; |
| 1732 | }; |
| 1733 | |
| 1734 | class TemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields { |
| 1735 | friend class TemplateSpecializationType; |
| 1736 | |
| 1737 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
| 1738 | |
| 1739 | /// Whether this template specialization type is a substituted type alias. |
| 1740 | unsigned TypeAlias : 1; |
| 1741 | |
| 1742 | /// The number of template arguments named in this class template |
| 1743 | /// specialization, which is expected to be able to hold at least 1024 |
| 1744 | /// according to [implimits]. However, as this limit is somewhat easy to |
| 1745 | /// hit with template metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large |
| 1746 | /// as possible. At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since |
| 1747 | /// this type safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason |
| 1748 | /// to introduce the performance impact of a bitfield. |
| 1749 | unsigned NumArgs; |
| 1750 | }; |
| 1751 | |
| 1752 | class DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields { |
| 1753 | friend class DependentTemplateSpecializationType; |
| 1754 | |
| 1755 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
| 1756 | unsigned : NumTypeWithKeywordBits; |
| 1757 | |
| 1758 | /// The number of template arguments named in this class template |
| 1759 | /// specialization, which is expected to be able to hold at least 1024 |
| 1760 | /// according to [implimits]. However, as this limit is somewhat easy to |
| 1761 | /// hit with template metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large |
| 1762 | /// as possible. At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since |
| 1763 | /// this type safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason |
| 1764 | /// to introduce the performance impact of a bitfield. |
| 1765 | unsigned NumArgs; |
| 1766 | }; |
| 1767 | |
| 1768 | class PackExpansionTypeBitfields { |
| 1769 | friend class PackExpansionType; |
| 1770 | |
| 1771 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
| 1772 | |
| 1773 | /// The number of expansions that this pack expansion will |
| 1774 | /// generate when substituted (+1), which is expected to be able to |
| 1775 | /// hold at least 1024 according to [implimits]. However, as this limit |
| 1776 | /// is somewhat easy to hit with template metaprogramming we'd prefer to |
| 1777 | /// keep it as large as possible. At the moment it has been left as a |
| 1778 | /// non-bitfield since this type safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so |
| 1779 | /// there is no reason to introduce the performance impact of a bitfield. |
| 1780 | /// |
| 1781 | /// This field will only have a non-zero value when some of the parameter |
| 1782 | /// packs that occur within the pattern have been substituted but others |
| 1783 | /// have not. |
| 1784 | unsigned NumExpansions; |
| 1785 | }; |
| 1786 | |
| 1787 | union { |
| 1788 | TypeBitfields TypeBits; |
| 1789 | ArrayTypeBitfields ArrayTypeBits; |
| 1790 | ConstantArrayTypeBitfields ConstantArrayTypeBits; |
| 1791 | AttributedTypeBitfields AttributedTypeBits; |
| 1792 | AutoTypeBitfields AutoTypeBits; |
| 1793 | BuiltinTypeBitfields BuiltinTypeBits; |
| 1794 | FunctionTypeBitfields FunctionTypeBits; |
| 1795 | ObjCObjectTypeBitfields ObjCObjectTypeBits; |
| 1796 | ReferenceTypeBitfields ReferenceTypeBits; |
| 1797 | TypeWithKeywordBitfields TypeWithKeywordBits; |
| 1798 | ElaboratedTypeBitfields ElaboratedTypeBits; |
| 1799 | VectorTypeBitfields VectorTypeBits; |
| 1800 | SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBitfields SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBits; |
| 1801 | TemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields TemplateSpecializationTypeBits; |
| 1802 | DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields |
| 1803 | DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBits; |
| 1804 | PackExpansionTypeBitfields PackExpansionTypeBits; |
| 1805 | }; |
| 1806 | |
| 1807 | private: |
| 1808 | template <class T> friend class TypePropertyCache; |
| 1809 | |
| 1810 | /// Set whether this type comes from an AST file. |
| 1811 | void setFromAST(bool V = true) const { |
| 1812 | TypeBits.FromAST = V; |
| 1813 | } |
| 1814 | |
| 1815 | protected: |
| 1816 | friend class ASTContext; |
| 1817 | |
| 1818 | Type(TypeClass tc, QualType canon, TypeDependence Dependence) |
| 1819 | : ExtQualsTypeCommonBase(this, |
| 1820 | canon.isNull() ? QualType(this_(), 0) : canon) { |
| 1821 | static_assert(sizeof(*this) <= 8 + sizeof(ExtQualsTypeCommonBase), |
| 1822 | "changing bitfields changed sizeof(Type)!"); |
| 1823 | static_assert(alignof(decltype(*this)) % sizeof(void *) == 0, |
| 1824 | "Insufficient alignment!"); |
| 1825 | TypeBits.TC = tc; |
| 1826 | TypeBits.Dependence = static_cast<unsigned>(Dependence); |
| 1827 | TypeBits.CacheValid = false; |
| 1828 | TypeBits.CachedLocalOrUnnamed = false; |
| 1829 | TypeBits.CachedLinkage = NoLinkage; |
| 1830 | TypeBits.FromAST = false; |
| 1831 | } |
| 1832 | |
| 1833 | // silence VC++ warning C4355: 'this' : used in base member initializer list |
| 1834 | Type *this_() { return this; } |
| 1835 | |
| 1836 | void setDependence(TypeDependence D) { |
| 1837 | TypeBits.Dependence = static_cast<unsigned>(D); |
| 1838 | } |
| 1839 | |
| 1840 | void addDependence(TypeDependence D) { setDependence(getDependence() | D); } |
| 1841 | |
| 1842 | public: |
| 1843 | friend class ASTReader; |
| 1844 | friend class ASTWriter; |
| 1845 | template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeReader; |
| 1846 | template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeWriter; |
| 1847 | |
| 1848 | Type(const Type &) = delete; |
| 1849 | Type(Type &&) = delete; |
| 1850 | Type &operator=(const Type &) = delete; |
| 1851 | Type &operator=(Type &&) = delete; |
| 1852 | |
| 1853 | TypeClass getTypeClass() const { return static_cast<TypeClass>(TypeBits.TC); } |
| 1854 | |
| 1855 | /// Whether this type comes from an AST file. |
| 1856 | bool isFromAST() const { return TypeBits.FromAST; } |
| 1857 | |
| 1858 | /// Whether this type is or contains an unexpanded parameter |
| 1859 | /// pack, used to support C++0x variadic templates. |
| 1860 | /// |
| 1861 | /// A type that contains a parameter pack shall be expanded by the |
| 1862 | /// ellipsis operator at some point. For example, the typedef in the |
| 1863 | /// following example contains an unexpanded parameter pack 'T': |
| 1864 | /// |
| 1865 | /// \code |
| 1866 | /// template<typename ...T> |
| 1867 | /// struct X { |
| 1868 | /// typedef T* pointer_types; // ill-formed; T is a parameter pack. |
| 1869 | /// }; |
| 1870 | /// \endcode |
| 1871 | /// |
| 1872 | /// Note that this routine does not specify which |
| 1873 | bool containsUnexpandedParameterPack() const { |
| 1874 | return getDependence() & TypeDependence::UnexpandedPack; |
| 1875 | } |
| 1876 | |
| 1877 | /// Determines if this type would be canonical if it had no further |
| 1878 | /// qualification. |
| 1879 | bool isCanonicalUnqualified() const { |
| 1880 | return CanonicalType == QualType(this, 0); |
| 1881 | } |
| 1882 | |
| 1883 | /// Pull a single level of sugar off of this locally-unqualified type. |
| 1884 | /// Users should generally prefer SplitQualType::getSingleStepDesugaredType() |
| 1885 | /// or QualType::getSingleStepDesugaredType(const ASTContext&). |
| 1886 | QualType getLocallyUnqualifiedSingleStepDesugaredType() const; |
| 1887 | |
| 1888 | /// As an extension, we classify types as one of "sized" or "sizeless"; |
| 1889 | /// every type is one or the other. Standard types are all sized; |
| 1890 | /// sizeless types are purely an extension. |
| 1891 | /// |
| 1892 | /// Sizeless types contain data with no specified size, alignment, |
| 1893 | /// or layout. |
| 1894 | bool isSizelessType() const; |
| 1895 | bool isSizelessBuiltinType() const; |
| 1896 | |
| 1897 | /// Determines if this is a sizeless type supported by the |
| 1898 | /// 'arm_sve_vector_bits' type attribute, which can be applied to a single |
| 1899 | /// SVE vector or predicate, excluding tuple types such as svint32x4_t. |
| 1900 | bool isVLSTBuiltinType() const; |
| 1901 | |
| 1902 | /// Returns the representative type for the element of an SVE builtin type. |
| 1903 | /// This is used to represent fixed-length SVE vectors created with the |
| 1904 | /// 'arm_sve_vector_bits' type attribute as VectorType. |
| 1905 | QualType getSveEltType(const ASTContext &Ctx) const; |
| 1906 | |
| 1907 | /// Types are partitioned into 3 broad categories (C99 6.2.5p1): |
| 1908 | /// object types, function types, and incomplete types. |
| 1909 | |
| 1910 | /// Return true if this is an incomplete type. |
| 1911 | /// A type that can describe objects, but which lacks information needed to |
| 1912 | /// determine its size (e.g. void, or a fwd declared struct). Clients of this |
| 1913 | /// routine will need to determine if the size is actually required. |
| 1914 | /// |
| 1915 | /// Def If non-null, and the type refers to some kind of declaration |
| 1916 | /// that can be completed (such as a C struct, C++ class, or Objective-C |
| 1917 | /// class), will be set to the declaration. |
| 1918 | bool isIncompleteType(NamedDecl **Def = nullptr) const; |
| 1919 | |
| 1920 | /// Return true if this is an incomplete or object |
| 1921 | /// type, in other words, not a function type. |
| 1922 | bool isIncompleteOrObjectType() const { |
| 1923 | return !isFunctionType(); |
| 1924 | } |
| 1925 | |
| 1926 | /// Determine whether this type is an object type. |
| 1927 | bool isObjectType() const { |
| 1928 | // C++ [basic.types]p8: |
| 1929 | // An object type is a (possibly cv-qualified) type that is not a |
| 1930 | // function type, not a reference type, and not a void type. |
| 1931 | return !isReferenceType() && !isFunctionType() && !isVoidType(); |
| 1932 | } |
| 1933 | |
| 1934 | /// Return true if this is a literal type |
| 1935 | /// (C++11 [basic.types]p10) |
| 1936 | bool isLiteralType(const ASTContext &Ctx) const; |
| 1937 | |
| 1938 | /// Determine if this type is a structural type, per C++20 [temp.param]p7. |
| 1939 | bool isStructuralType() const; |
| 1940 | |
| 1941 | /// Test if this type is a standard-layout type. |
| 1942 | /// (C++0x [basic.type]p9) |
| 1943 | bool isStandardLayoutType() const; |
| 1944 | |
| 1945 | /// Helper methods to distinguish type categories. All type predicates |
| 1946 | /// operate on the canonical type, ignoring typedefs and qualifiers. |
| 1947 | |
| 1948 | /// Returns true if the type is a builtin type. |
| 1949 | bool isBuiltinType() const; |
| 1950 | |
| 1951 | /// Test for a particular builtin type. |
| 1952 | bool isSpecificBuiltinType(unsigned K) const; |
| 1953 | |
| 1954 | /// Test for a type which does not represent an actual type-system type but |
| 1955 | /// is instead used as a placeholder for various convenient purposes within |
| 1956 | /// Clang. All such types are BuiltinTypes. |
| 1957 | bool isPlaceholderType() const; |
| 1958 | const BuiltinType *getAsPlaceholderType() const; |
| 1959 | |
| 1960 | /// Test for a specific placeholder type. |
| 1961 | bool isSpecificPlaceholderType(unsigned K) const; |
| 1962 | |
| 1963 | /// Test for a placeholder type other than Overload; see |
| 1964 | /// BuiltinType::isNonOverloadPlaceholderType. |
| 1965 | bool isNonOverloadPlaceholderType() const; |
| 1966 | |
| 1967 | /// isIntegerType() does *not* include complex integers (a GCC extension). |
| 1968 | /// isComplexIntegerType() can be used to test for complex integers. |
| 1969 | bool isIntegerType() const; // C99 6.2.5p17 (int, char, bool, enum) |
| 1970 | bool isEnumeralType() const; |
| 1971 | |
| 1972 | /// Determine whether this type is a scoped enumeration type. |
| 1973 | bool isScopedEnumeralType() const; |
| 1974 | bool isBooleanType() const; |
| 1975 | bool isCharType() const; |
| 1976 | bool isWideCharType() const; |
| 1977 | bool isChar8Type() const; |
| 1978 | bool isChar16Type() const; |
| 1979 | bool isChar32Type() const; |
| 1980 | bool isAnyCharacterType() const; |
| 1981 | bool isIntegralType(const ASTContext &Ctx) const; |
| 1982 | |
| 1983 | /// Determine whether this type is an integral or enumeration type. |
| 1984 | bool isIntegralOrEnumerationType() const; |
| 1985 | |
| 1986 | /// Determine whether this type is an integral or unscoped enumeration type. |
| 1987 | bool isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() const; |
| 1988 | bool isUnscopedEnumerationType() const; |
| 1989 | |
| 1990 | /// Floating point categories. |
| 1991 | bool isRealFloatingType() const; // C99 6.2.5p10 (float, double, long double) |
| 1992 | /// isComplexType() does *not* include complex integers (a GCC extension). |
| 1993 | /// isComplexIntegerType() can be used to test for complex integers. |
| 1994 | bool isComplexType() const; // C99 6.2.5p11 (complex) |
| 1995 | bool isAnyComplexType() const; // C99 6.2.5p11 (complex) + Complex Int. |
| 1996 | bool isFloatingType() const; // C99 6.2.5p11 (real floating + complex) |
| 1997 | bool isHalfType() const; // OpenCL 6.1.1.1, NEON (IEEE 754-2008 half) |
| 1998 | bool isFloat16Type() const; // C11 extension ISO/IEC TS 18661 |
| 1999 | bool isBFloat16Type() const; |
| 2000 | bool isFloat128Type() const; |
| 2001 | bool isRealType() const; // C99 6.2.5p17 (real floating + integer) |
| 2002 | bool isArithmeticType() const; // C99 6.2.5p18 (integer + floating) |
| 2003 | bool isVoidType() const; // C99 6.2.5p19 |
| 2004 | bool isScalarType() const; // C99 6.2.5p21 (arithmetic + pointers) |
| 2005 | bool isAggregateType() const; |
| 2006 | bool isFundamentalType() const; |
| 2007 | bool isCompoundType() const; |
| 2008 | |
| 2009 | // Type Predicates: Check to see if this type is structurally the specified |
| 2010 | // type, ignoring typedefs and qualifiers. |
| 2011 | bool isFunctionType() const; |
| 2012 | bool isFunctionNoProtoType() const { return getAs<FunctionNoProtoType>(); } |
| 2013 | bool isFunctionProtoType() const { return getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); } |
| 2014 | bool isPointerType() const; |
| 2015 | bool isAnyPointerType() const; // Any C pointer or ObjC object pointer |
| 2016 | bool isBlockPointerType() const; |
| 2017 | bool isVoidPointerType() const; |
| 2018 | bool isReferenceType() const; |
| 2019 | bool isLValueReferenceType() const; |
| 2020 | bool isRValueReferenceType() const; |
| 2021 | bool isObjectPointerType() const; |
| 2022 | bool isFunctionPointerType() const; |
| 2023 | bool isFunctionReferenceType() const; |
| 2024 | bool isMemberPointerType() const; |
| 2025 | bool isMemberFunctionPointerType() const; |
| 2026 | bool isMemberDataPointerType() const; |
| 2027 | bool isArrayType() const; |
| 2028 | bool isConstantArrayType() const; |
| 2029 | bool isIncompleteArrayType() const; |
| 2030 | bool isVariableArrayType() const; |
| 2031 | bool isDependentSizedArrayType() const; |
| 2032 | bool isRecordType() const; |
| 2033 | bool isClassType() const; |
| 2034 | bool isStructureType() const; |
| 2035 | bool isObjCBoxableRecordType() const; |
| 2036 | bool isInterfaceType() const; |
| 2037 | bool isStructureOrClassType() const; |
| 2038 | bool isUnionType() const; |
| 2039 | bool isComplexIntegerType() const; // GCC _Complex integer type. |
| 2040 | bool isVectorType() const; // GCC vector type. |
| 2041 | bool isExtVectorType() const; // Extended vector type. |
| 2042 | bool isMatrixType() const; // Matrix type. |
| 2043 | bool isConstantMatrixType() const; // Constant matrix type. |
| 2044 | bool isDependentAddressSpaceType() const; // value-dependent address space qualifier |
| 2045 | bool isObjCObjectPointerType() const; // pointer to ObjC object |
| 2046 | bool isObjCRetainableType() const; // ObjC object or block pointer |
| 2047 | bool isObjCLifetimeType() const; // (array of)* retainable type |
| 2048 | bool isObjCIndirectLifetimeType() const; // (pointer to)* lifetime type |
| 2049 | bool isObjCNSObjectType() const; // __attribute__((NSObject)) |
| 2050 | bool isObjCIndependentClassType() const; // __attribute__((objc_independent_class)) |
| 2051 | // FIXME: change this to 'raw' interface type, so we can used 'interface' type |
| 2052 | // for the common case. |
| 2053 | bool isObjCObjectType() const; // NSString or typeof(*(id)0) |
| 2054 | bool isObjCQualifiedInterfaceType() const; // NSString<foo> |
| 2055 | bool isObjCQualifiedIdType() const; // id<foo> |
| 2056 | bool isObjCQualifiedClassType() const; // Class<foo> |
| 2057 | bool isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType() const; |
| 2058 | bool isObjCIdType() const; // id |
| 2059 | bool isDecltypeType() const; |
| 2060 | /// Was this type written with the special inert-in-ARC __unsafe_unretained |
| 2061 | /// qualifier? |
| 2062 | /// |
| 2063 | /// This approximates the answer to the following question: if this |
| 2064 | /// translation unit were compiled in ARC, would this type be qualified |
| 2065 | /// with __unsafe_unretained? |
| 2066 | bool isObjCInertUnsafeUnretainedType() const { |
| 2067 | return hasAttr(attr::ObjCInertUnsafeUnretained); |
| 2068 | } |
| 2069 | |
| 2070 | /// Whether the type is Objective-C 'id' or a __kindof type of an |
| 2071 | /// object type, e.g., __kindof NSView * or __kindof id |
| 2072 | /// <NSCopying>. |
| 2073 | /// |
| 2074 | /// \param bound Will be set to the bound on non-id subtype types, |
| 2075 | /// which will be (possibly specialized) Objective-C class type, or |
| 2076 | /// null for 'id. |
| 2077 | bool isObjCIdOrObjectKindOfType(const ASTContext &ctx, |
| 2078 | const ObjCObjectType *&bound) const; |
| 2079 | |
| 2080 | bool isObjCClassType() const; // Class |
| 2081 | |
| 2082 | /// Whether the type is Objective-C 'Class' or a __kindof type of an |
| 2083 | /// Class type, e.g., __kindof Class <NSCopying>. |
| 2084 | /// |
| 2085 | /// Unlike \c isObjCIdOrObjectKindOfType, there is no relevant bound |
| 2086 | /// here because Objective-C's type system cannot express "a class |
| 2087 | /// object for a subclass of NSFoo". |
| 2088 | bool isObjCClassOrClassKindOfType() const; |
| 2089 | |
| 2090 | bool isBlockCompatibleObjCPointerType(ASTContext &ctx) const; |
| 2091 | bool isObjCSelType() const; // Class |
| 2092 | bool isObjCBuiltinType() const; // 'id' or 'Class' |
| 2093 | bool isObjCARCBridgableType() const; |
| 2094 | bool isCARCBridgableType() const; |
| 2095 | bool isTemplateTypeParmType() const; // C++ template type parameter |
| 2096 | bool isNullPtrType() const; // C++11 std::nullptr_t |
| 2097 | bool isNothrowT() const; // C++ std::nothrow_t |
| 2098 | bool isAlignValT() const; // C++17 std::align_val_t |
| 2099 | bool isStdByteType() const; // C++17 std::byte |
| 2100 | bool isAtomicType() const; // C11 _Atomic() |
| 2101 | bool isUndeducedAutoType() const; // C++11 auto or |
| 2102 | // C++14 decltype(auto) |
| 2103 | bool isTypedefNameType() const; // typedef or alias template |
| 2104 | |
| 2105 | #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \ |
| 2106 | bool is##Id##Type() const; |
| 2107 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" |
| 2108 | |
| 2109 | bool isImageType() const; // Any OpenCL image type |
| 2110 | |
| 2111 | bool isSamplerT() const; // OpenCL sampler_t |
| 2112 | bool isEventT() const; // OpenCL event_t |
| 2113 | bool isClkEventT() const; // OpenCL clk_event_t |
| 2114 | bool isQueueT() const; // OpenCL queue_t |
| 2115 | bool isReserveIDT() const; // OpenCL reserve_id_t |
| 2116 | |
| 2117 | #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) \ |
| 2118 | bool is##Id##Type() const; |
| 2119 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" |
| 2120 | // Type defined in cl_intel_device_side_avc_motion_estimation OpenCL extension |
| 2121 | bool isOCLIntelSubgroupAVCType() const; |
| 2122 | bool isOCLExtOpaqueType() const; // Any OpenCL extension type |
| 2123 | |
| 2124 | bool isPipeType() const; // OpenCL pipe type |
| 2125 | bool isExtIntType() const; // Extended Int Type |
| 2126 | bool isOpenCLSpecificType() const; // Any OpenCL specific type |
| 2127 | |
| 2128 | /// Determines if this type, which must satisfy |
| 2129 | /// isObjCLifetimeType(), is implicitly __unsafe_unretained rather |
| 2130 | /// than implicitly __strong. |
| 2131 | bool isObjCARCImplicitlyUnretainedType() const; |
| 2132 | |
| 2133 | /// Check if the type is the CUDA device builtin surface type. |
| 2134 | bool isCUDADeviceBuiltinSurfaceType() const; |
| 2135 | /// Check if the type is the CUDA device builtin texture type. |
| 2136 | bool isCUDADeviceBuiltinTextureType() const; |
| 2137 | |
| 2138 | /// Return the implicit lifetime for this type, which must not be dependent. |
| 2139 | Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime getObjCARCImplicitLifetime() const; |
| 2140 | |
| 2141 | enum ScalarTypeKind { |
| 2142 | STK_CPointer, |
| 2143 | STK_BlockPointer, |
| 2144 | STK_ObjCObjectPointer, |
| 2145 | STK_MemberPointer, |
| 2146 | STK_Bool, |
| 2147 | STK_Integral, |
| 2148 | STK_Floating, |
| 2149 | STK_IntegralComplex, |
| 2150 | STK_FloatingComplex, |
| 2151 | STK_FixedPoint |
| 2152 | }; |
| 2153 | |
| 2154 | /// Given that this is a scalar type, classify it. |
| 2155 | ScalarTypeKind getScalarTypeKind() const; |
| 2156 | |
| 2157 | TypeDependence getDependence() const { |
| 2158 | return static_cast<TypeDependence>(TypeBits.Dependence); |
| 2159 | } |
| 2160 | |
| 2161 | /// Whether this type is an error type. |
| 2162 | bool containsErrors() const { |
| 2163 | return getDependence() & TypeDependence::Error; |
| 2164 | } |
| 2165 | |
| 2166 | /// Whether this type is a dependent type, meaning that its definition |
| 2167 | /// somehow depends on a template parameter (C++ [temp.dep.type]). |
| 2168 | bool isDependentType() const { |
| 2169 | return getDependence() & TypeDependence::Dependent; |
| 2170 | } |
| 2171 | |
| 2172 | /// Determine whether this type is an instantiation-dependent type, |
| 2173 | /// meaning that the type involves a template parameter (even if the |
| 2174 | /// definition does not actually depend on the type substituted for that |
| 2175 | /// template parameter). |
| 2176 | bool isInstantiationDependentType() const { |
| 2177 | return getDependence() & TypeDependence::Instantiation; |
| 2178 | } |
| 2179 | |
| 2180 | /// Determine whether this type is an undeduced type, meaning that |
| 2181 | /// it somehow involves a C++11 'auto' type or similar which has not yet been |
| 2182 | /// deduced. |
| 2183 | bool isUndeducedType() const; |
| 2184 | |
| 2185 | /// Whether this type is a variably-modified type (C99 6.7.5). |
| 2186 | bool isVariablyModifiedType() const { |
| 2187 | return getDependence() & TypeDependence::VariablyModified; |
| 2188 | } |
| 2189 | |
| 2190 | /// Whether this type involves a variable-length array type |
| 2191 | /// with a definite size. |
| 2192 | bool hasSizedVLAType() const; |
| 2193 | |
| 2194 | /// Whether this type is or contains a local or unnamed type. |
| 2195 | bool hasUnnamedOrLocalType() const; |
| 2196 | |
| 2197 | bool isOverloadableType() const; |
| 2198 | |
| 2199 | /// Determine wither this type is a C++ elaborated-type-specifier. |
| 2200 | bool isElaboratedTypeSpecifier() const; |
| 2201 | |
| 2202 | bool canDecayToPointerType() const; |
| 2203 | |
| 2204 | /// Whether this type is represented natively as a pointer. This includes |
| 2205 | /// pointers, references, block pointers, and Objective-C interface, |
| 2206 | /// qualified id, and qualified interface types, as well as nullptr_t. |
| 2207 | bool hasPointerRepresentation() const; |
| 2208 | |
| 2209 | /// Whether this type can represent an objective pointer type for the |
| 2210 | /// purpose of GC'ability |
| 2211 | bool hasObjCPointerRepresentation() const; |
| 2212 | |
| 2213 | /// Determine whether this type has an integer representation |
| 2214 | /// of some sort, e.g., it is an integer type or a vector. |
| 2215 | bool hasIntegerRepresentation() const; |
| 2216 | |
| 2217 | /// Determine whether this type has an signed integer representation |
| 2218 | /// of some sort, e.g., it is an signed integer type or a vector. |
| 2219 | bool hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() const; |
| 2220 | |
| 2221 | /// Determine whether this type has an unsigned integer representation |
| 2222 | /// of some sort, e.g., it is an unsigned integer type or a vector. |
| 2223 | bool hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation() const; |
| 2224 | |
| 2225 | /// Determine whether this type has a floating-point representation |
| 2226 | /// of some sort, e.g., it is a floating-point type or a vector thereof. |
| 2227 | bool hasFloatingRepresentation() const; |
| 2228 | |
| 2229 | // Type Checking Functions: Check to see if this type is structurally the |
| 2230 | // specified type, ignoring typedefs and qualifiers, and return a pointer to |
| 2231 | // the best type we can. |
| 2232 | const RecordType *getAsStructureType() const; |
| 2233 | /// NOTE: getAs*ArrayType are methods on ASTContext. |
| 2234 | const RecordType *getAsUnionType() const; |
| 2235 | const ComplexType *getAsComplexIntegerType() const; // GCC complex int type. |
| 2236 | const ObjCObjectType *getAsObjCInterfaceType() const; |
| 2237 | |
| 2238 | // The following is a convenience method that returns an ObjCObjectPointerType |
| 2239 | // for object declared using an interface. |
| 2240 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *getAsObjCInterfacePointerType() const; |
| 2241 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *getAsObjCQualifiedIdType() const; |
| 2242 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *getAsObjCQualifiedClassType() const; |
| 2243 | const ObjCObjectType *getAsObjCQualifiedInterfaceType() const; |
| 2244 | |
| 2245 | /// Retrieves the CXXRecordDecl that this type refers to, either |
| 2246 | /// because the type is a RecordType or because it is the injected-class-name |
| 2247 | /// type of a class template or class template partial specialization. |
| 2248 | CXXRecordDecl *getAsCXXRecordDecl() const; |
| 2249 | |
| 2250 | /// Retrieves the RecordDecl this type refers to. |
| 2251 | RecordDecl *getAsRecordDecl() const; |
| 2252 | |
| 2253 | /// Retrieves the TagDecl that this type refers to, either |
| 2254 | /// because the type is a TagType or because it is the injected-class-name |
| 2255 | /// type of a class template or class template partial specialization. |
| 2256 | TagDecl *getAsTagDecl() const; |
| 2257 | |
| 2258 | /// If this is a pointer or reference to a RecordType, return the |
| 2259 | /// CXXRecordDecl that the type refers to. |
| 2260 | /// |
| 2261 | /// If this is not a pointer or reference, or the type being pointed to does |
| 2262 | /// not refer to a CXXRecordDecl, returns NULL. |
| 2263 | const CXXRecordDecl *getPointeeCXXRecordDecl() const; |
| 2264 | |
| 2265 | /// Get the DeducedType whose type will be deduced for a variable with |
| 2266 | /// an initializer of this type. This looks through declarators like pointer |
| 2267 | /// types, but not through decltype or typedefs. |
| 2268 | DeducedType *getContainedDeducedType() const; |
| 2269 | |
| 2270 | /// Get the AutoType whose type will be deduced for a variable with |
| 2271 | /// an initializer of this type. This looks through declarators like pointer |
| 2272 | /// types, but not through decltype or typedefs. |
| 2273 | AutoType *getContainedAutoType() const { |
| 2274 | return dyn_cast_or_null<AutoType>(getContainedDeducedType()); |
| 2275 | } |
| 2276 | |
| 2277 | /// Determine whether this type was written with a leading 'auto' |
| 2278 | /// corresponding to a trailing return type (possibly for a nested |
| 2279 | /// function type within a pointer to function type or similar). |
| 2280 | bool hasAutoForTrailingReturnType() const; |
| 2281 | |
| 2282 | /// Member-template getAs<specific type>'. Look through sugar for |
| 2283 | /// an instance of \<specific type>. This scheme will eventually |
| 2284 | /// replace the specific getAsXXXX methods above. |
| 2285 | /// |
| 2286 | /// There are some specializations of this member template listed |
| 2287 | /// immediately following this class. |
| 2288 | template <typename T> const T *getAs() const; |
| 2289 | |
| 2290 | /// Member-template getAsAdjusted<specific type>. Look through specific kinds |
| 2291 | /// of sugar (parens, attributes, etc) for an instance of \<specific type>. |
| 2292 | /// This is used when you need to walk over sugar nodes that represent some |
| 2293 | /// kind of type adjustment from a type that was written as a \<specific type> |
| 2294 | /// to another type that is still canonically a \<specific type>. |
| 2295 | template <typename T> const T *getAsAdjusted() const; |
| 2296 | |
| 2297 | /// A variant of getAs<> for array types which silently discards |
| 2298 | /// qualifiers from the outermost type. |
| 2299 | const ArrayType *getAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const; |
| 2300 | |
| 2301 | /// Member-template castAs<specific type>. Look through sugar for |
| 2302 | /// the underlying instance of \<specific type>. |
| 2303 | /// |
| 2304 | /// This method has the same relationship to getAs<T> as cast<T> has |
| 2305 | /// to dyn_cast<T>; which is to say, the underlying type *must* |
| 2306 | /// have the intended type, and this method will never return null. |
| 2307 | template <typename T> const T *castAs() const; |
| 2308 | |
| 2309 | /// A variant of castAs<> for array type which silently discards |
| 2310 | /// qualifiers from the outermost type. |
| 2311 | const ArrayType *castAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const; |
| 2312 | |
| 2313 | /// Determine whether this type had the specified attribute applied to it |
| 2314 | /// (looking through top-level type sugar). |
| 2315 | bool hasAttr(attr::Kind AK) const; |
| 2316 | |
| 2317 | /// Get the base element type of this type, potentially discarding type |
| 2318 | /// qualifiers. This should never be used when type qualifiers |
| 2319 | /// are meaningful. |
| 2320 | const Type *getBaseElementTypeUnsafe() const; |
| 2321 | |
| 2322 | /// If this is an array type, return the element type of the array, |
| 2323 | /// potentially with type qualifiers missing. |
| 2324 | /// This should never be used when type qualifiers are meaningful. |
| 2325 | const Type *getArrayElementTypeNoTypeQual() const; |
| 2326 | |
| 2327 | /// If this is a pointer type, return the pointee type. |
| 2328 | /// If this is an array type, return the array element type. |
| 2329 | /// This should never be used when type qualifiers are meaningful. |
| 2330 | const Type *getPointeeOrArrayElementType() const; |
| 2331 | |
| 2332 | /// If this is a pointer, ObjC object pointer, or block |
| 2333 | /// pointer, this returns the respective pointee. |
| 2334 | QualType getPointeeType() const; |
| 2335 | |
| 2336 | /// Return the specified type with any "sugar" removed from the type, |
| 2337 | /// removing any typedefs, typeofs, etc., as well as any qualifiers. |
| 2338 | const Type *getUnqualifiedDesugaredType() const; |
| 2339 | |
| 2340 | /// More type predicates useful for type checking/promotion |
| 2341 | bool isPromotableIntegerType() const; // C99 6.3.1.1p2 |
| 2342 | |
| 2343 | /// Return true if this is an integer type that is |
| 2344 | /// signed, according to C99 6.2.5p4 [char, signed char, short, int, long..], |
| 2345 | /// or an enum decl which has a signed representation. |
| 2346 | bool isSignedIntegerType() const; |
| 2347 | |
| 2348 | /// Return true if this is an integer type that is |
| 2349 | /// unsigned, according to C99 6.2.5p6 [which returns true for _Bool], |
| 2350 | /// or an enum decl which has an unsigned representation. |
| 2351 | bool isUnsignedIntegerType() const; |
| 2352 | |
| 2353 | /// Determines whether this is an integer type that is signed or an |
| 2354 | /// enumeration types whose underlying type is a signed integer type. |
| 2355 | bool isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType() const; |
| 2356 | |
| 2357 | /// Determines whether this is an integer type that is unsigned or an |
| 2358 | /// enumeration types whose underlying type is a unsigned integer type. |
| 2359 | bool isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType() const; |
| 2360 | |
| 2361 | /// Return true if this is a fixed point type according to |
| 2362 | /// ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. |
| 2363 | bool isFixedPointType() const; |
| 2364 | |
| 2365 | /// Return true if this is a fixed point or integer type. |
| 2366 | bool isFixedPointOrIntegerType() const; |
| 2367 | |
| 2368 | /// Return true if this is a saturated fixed point type according to |
| 2369 | /// ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can be signed or unsigned. |
| 2370 | bool isSaturatedFixedPointType() const; |
| 2371 | |
| 2372 | /// Return true if this is a saturated fixed point type according to |
| 2373 | /// ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can be signed or unsigned. |
| 2374 | bool isUnsaturatedFixedPointType() const; |
| 2375 | |
| 2376 | /// Return true if this is a fixed point type that is signed according |
| 2377 | /// to ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can also be saturated. |
| 2378 | bool isSignedFixedPointType() const; |
| 2379 | |
| 2380 | /// Return true if this is a fixed point type that is unsigned according |
| 2381 | /// to ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can also be saturated. |
| 2382 | bool isUnsignedFixedPointType() const; |
| 2383 | |
| 2384 | /// Return true if this is not a variable sized type, |
| 2385 | /// according to the rules of C99 6.7.5p3. It is not legal to call this on |
| 2386 | /// incomplete types. |
| 2387 | bool isConstantSizeType() const; |
| 2388 | |
| 2389 | /// Returns true if this type can be represented by some |
| 2390 | /// set of type specifiers. |
| 2391 | bool isSpecifierType() const; |
| 2392 | |
| 2393 | /// Determine the linkage of this type. |
| 2394 | Linkage getLinkage() const; |
| 2395 | |
| 2396 | /// Determine the visibility of this type. |
| 2397 | Visibility getVisibility() const { |
| 2398 | return getLinkageAndVisibility().getVisibility(); |
| 2399 | } |
| 2400 | |
| 2401 | /// Return true if the visibility was explicitly set is the code. |
| 2402 | bool isVisibilityExplicit() const { |
| 2403 | return getLinkageAndVisibility().isVisibilityExplicit(); |
| 2404 | } |
| 2405 | |
| 2406 | /// Determine the linkage and visibility of this type. |
| 2407 | LinkageInfo getLinkageAndVisibility() const; |
| 2408 | |
| 2409 | /// True if the computed linkage is valid. Used for consistency |
| 2410 | /// checking. Should always return true. |
| 2411 | bool isLinkageValid() const; |
| 2412 | |
| 2413 | /// Determine the nullability of the given type. |
| 2414 | /// |
| 2415 | /// Note that nullability is only captured as sugar within the type |
| 2416 | /// system, not as part of the canonical type, so nullability will |
| 2417 | /// be lost by canonicalization and desugaring. |
| 2418 | Optional<NullabilityKind> getNullability(const ASTContext &context) const; |
| 2419 | |
| 2420 | /// Determine whether the given type can have a nullability |
| 2421 | /// specifier applied to it, i.e., if it is any kind of pointer type. |
| 2422 | /// |
| 2423 | /// \param ResultIfUnknown The value to return if we don't yet know whether |
| 2424 | /// this type can have nullability because it is dependent. |
| 2425 | bool canHaveNullability(bool ResultIfUnknown = true) const; |
| 2426 | |
| 2427 | /// Retrieve the set of substitutions required when accessing a member |
| 2428 | /// of the Objective-C receiver type that is declared in the given context. |
| 2429 | /// |
| 2430 | /// \c *this is the type of the object we're operating on, e.g., the |
| 2431 | /// receiver for a message send or the base of a property access, and is |
| 2432 | /// expected to be of some object or object pointer type. |
| 2433 | /// |
| 2434 | /// \param dc The declaration context for which we are building up a |
| 2435 | /// substitution mapping, which should be an Objective-C class, extension, |
| 2436 | /// category, or method within. |
| 2437 | /// |
| 2438 | /// \returns an array of type arguments that can be substituted for |
| 2439 | /// the type parameters of the given declaration context in any type described |
| 2440 | /// within that context, or an empty optional to indicate that no |
| 2441 | /// substitution is required. |
| 2442 | Optional<ArrayRef<QualType>> |
| 2443 | getObjCSubstitutions(const DeclContext *dc) const; |
| 2444 | |
| 2445 | /// Determines if this is an ObjC interface type that may accept type |
| 2446 | /// parameters. |
| 2447 | bool acceptsObjCTypeParams() const; |
| 2448 | |
| 2449 | const char *getTypeClassName() const; |
| 2450 | |
| 2451 | QualType getCanonicalTypeInternal() const { |
| 2452 | return CanonicalType; |
| 2453 | } |
| 2454 | |
| 2455 | CanQualType getCanonicalTypeUnqualified() const; // in CanonicalType.h |
| 2456 | void dump() const; |
| 2457 | void dump(llvm::raw_ostream &OS, const ASTContext &Context) const; |
| 2458 | }; |
| 2459 | |
| 2460 | /// This will check for a TypedefType by removing any existing sugar |
| 2461 | /// until it reaches a TypedefType or a non-sugared type. |
| 2462 | template <> const TypedefType *Type::getAs() const; |
| 2463 | |
| 2464 | /// This will check for a TemplateSpecializationType by removing any |
| 2465 | /// existing sugar until it reaches a TemplateSpecializationType or a |
| 2466 | /// non-sugared type. |
| 2467 | template <> const TemplateSpecializationType *Type::getAs() const; |
| 2468 | |
| 2469 | /// This will check for an AttributedType by removing any existing sugar |
| 2470 | /// until it reaches an AttributedType or a non-sugared type. |
| 2471 | template <> const AttributedType *Type::getAs() const; |
| 2472 | |
| 2473 | // We can do canonical leaf types faster, because we don't have to |
| 2474 | // worry about preserving child type decoration. |
| 2475 | #define TYPE(Class, Base) |
| 2476 | #define LEAF_TYPE(Class) \ |
| 2477 | template <> inline const Class##Type *Type::getAs() const { \ |
| 2478 | return dyn_cast<Class##Type>(CanonicalType); \ |
| 2479 | } \ |
| 2480 | template <> inline const Class##Type *Type::castAs() const { \ |
| 2481 | return cast<Class##Type>(CanonicalType); \ |
| 2482 | } |
| 2483 | #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc" |
| 2484 | |
| 2485 | /// This class is used for builtin types like 'int'. Builtin |
| 2486 | /// types are always canonical and have a literal name field. |
| 2487 | class BuiltinType : public Type { |
| 2488 | public: |
| 2489 | enum Kind { |
| 2490 | // OpenCL image types |
| 2491 | #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) Id, |
| 2492 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" |
| 2493 | // OpenCL extension types |
| 2494 | #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) Id, |
| 2495 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" |
| 2496 | // SVE Types |
| 2497 | #define SVE_TYPE(Name, Id, SingletonId) Id, |
| 2498 | #include "clang/Basic/AArch64SVEACLETypes.def" |
| 2499 | // PPC MMA Types |
| 2500 | #define PPC_VECTOR_TYPE(Name, Id, Size) Id, |
| 2501 | #include "clang/Basic/PPCTypes.def" |
| 2502 | // RVV Types |
| 2503 | #define RVV_TYPE(Name, Id, SingletonId) Id, |
| 2504 | #include "clang/Basic/RISCVVTypes.def" |
| 2505 | // All other builtin types |
| 2506 | #define BUILTIN_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) Id, |
| 2507 | #define LAST_BUILTIN_TYPE(Id) LastKind = Id |
| 2508 | #include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def" |
| 2509 | }; |
| 2510 | |
| 2511 | private: |
| 2512 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
| 2513 | |
| 2514 | BuiltinType(Kind K) |
| 2515 | : Type(Builtin, QualType(), |
| 2516 | K == Dependent ? TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation |
| 2517 | : TypeDependence::None) { |
| 2518 | BuiltinTypeBits.Kind = K; |
| 2519 | } |
| 2520 | |
| 2521 | public: |
| 2522 | Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(BuiltinTypeBits.Kind); } |
| 2523 | StringRef getName(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
| 2524 | |
| 2525 | const char *getNameAsCString(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const { |
| 2526 | // The StringRef is null-terminated. |
| 2527 | StringRef str = getName(Policy); |
| 2528 | assert(!str.empty() && str.data()[str.size()] == '\0')((void)0); |
| 2529 | return str.data(); |
| 2530 | } |
| 2531 | |
| 2532 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
| 2533 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
| 2534 | |
| 2535 | bool isInteger() const { |
| 2536 | return getKind() >= Bool && getKind() <= Int128; |
| 2537 | } |
| 2538 | |
| 2539 | bool isSignedInteger() const { |
| 2540 | return getKind() >= Char_S && getKind() <= Int128; |
| 2541 | } |
| 2542 | |
| 2543 | bool isUnsignedInteger() const { |
| 2544 | return getKind() >= Bool && getKind() <= UInt128; |
| 2545 | } |
| 2546 | |
| 2547 | bool isFloatingPoint() const { |
| 2548 | return getKind() >= Half && getKind() <= Float128; |
| 2549 | } |
| 2550 | |
| 2551 | /// Determines whether the given kind corresponds to a placeholder type. |
| 2552 | static bool isPlaceholderTypeKind(Kind K) { |
| 2553 | return K >= Overload; |
| 2554 | } |
| 2555 | |
| 2556 | /// Determines whether this type is a placeholder type, i.e. a type |
| 2557 | /// which cannot appear in arbitrary positions in a fully-formed |
| 2558 | /// expression. |
| 2559 | bool isPlaceholderType() const { |
| 2560 | return isPlaceholderTypeKind(getKind()); |
| 2561 | } |
| 2562 | |
| 2563 | /// Determines whether this type is a placeholder type other than |
| 2564 | /// Overload. Most placeholder types require only syntactic |
| 2565 | /// information about their context in order to be resolved (e.g. |
| 2566 | /// whether it is a call expression), which means they can (and |
| 2567 | /// should) be resolved in an earlier "phase" of analysis. |
| 2568 | /// Overload expressions sometimes pick up further information |
| 2569 | /// from their context, like whether the context expects a |
| 2570 | /// specific function-pointer type, and so frequently need |
| 2571 | /// special treatment. |
| 2572 | bool isNonOverloadPlaceholderType() const { |
| 2573 | return getKind() > Overload; |
| 2574 | } |
| 2575 | |
| 2576 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Builtin; } |
| 2577 | }; |
| 2578 | |
| 2579 | /// Complex values, per C99 6.2.5p11. This supports the C99 complex |
| 2580 | /// types (_Complex float etc) as well as the GCC integer complex extensions. |
| 2581 | class ComplexType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
| 2582 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
| 2583 | |
| 2584 | QualType ElementType; |
| 2585 | |
| 2586 | ComplexType(QualType Element, QualType CanonicalPtr) |
| 2587 | : Type(Complex, CanonicalPtr, Element->getDependence()), |
| 2588 | ElementType(Element) {} |
| 2589 | |
| 2590 | public: |
| 2591 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
| 2592 | |
| 2593 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
| 2594 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
| 2595 | |
| 2596 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
| 2597 | Profile(ID, getElementType()); |
| 2598 | } |
| 2599 | |
| 2600 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Element) { |
| 2601 | ID.AddPointer(Element.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
| 2602 | } |
| 2603 | |
| 2604 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Complex; } |
| 2605 | }; |
| 2606 | |
| 2607 | /// Sugar for parentheses used when specifying types. |
| 2608 | class ParenType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
| 2609 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
| 2610 | |
| 2611 | QualType Inner; |
| 2612 | |
| 2613 | ParenType(QualType InnerType, QualType CanonType) |
| 2614 | : Type(Paren, CanonType, InnerType->getDependence()), Inner(InnerType) {} |
| 2615 | |
| 2616 | public: |
| 2617 | QualType getInnerType() const { return Inner; } |
| 2618 | |
| 2619 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
| 2620 | QualType desugar() const { return getInnerType(); } |
| 2621 | |
| 2622 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
| 2623 | Profile(ID, getInnerType()); |
| 2624 | } |
| 2625 | |
| 2626 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Inner) { |
| 2627 | Inner.Profile(ID); |
| 2628 | } |
| 2629 | |
| 2630 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Paren; } |
| 2631 | }; |
| 2632 | |
| 2633 | /// PointerType - C99 6.7.5.1 - Pointer Declarators. |
| 2634 | class PointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
| 2635 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
| 2636 | |
| 2637 | QualType PointeeType; |
| 2638 | |
| 2639 | PointerType(QualType Pointee, QualType CanonicalPtr) |
| 2640 | : Type(Pointer, CanonicalPtr, Pointee->getDependence()), |
| 2641 | PointeeType(Pointee) {} |
| 2642 | |
| 2643 | public: |
| 2644 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } |
| 2645 | |
| 2646 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
| 2647 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
| 2648 | |
| 2649 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
| 2650 | Profile(ID, getPointeeType()); |
| 2651 | } |
| 2652 | |
| 2653 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee) { |
| 2654 | ID.AddPointer(Pointee.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
| 2655 | } |
| 2656 | |
| 2657 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Pointer; } |
| 2658 | }; |
| 2659 | |
| 2660 | /// Represents a type which was implicitly adjusted by the semantic |
| 2661 | /// engine for arbitrary reasons. For example, array and function types can |
| 2662 | /// decay, and function types can have their calling conventions adjusted. |
| 2663 | class AdjustedType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
| 2664 | QualType OriginalTy; |
| 2665 | QualType AdjustedTy; |
| 2666 | |
| 2667 | protected: |
| 2668 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
| 2669 | |
| 2670 | AdjustedType(TypeClass TC, QualType OriginalTy, QualType AdjustedTy, |
| 2671 | QualType CanonicalPtr) |
| 2672 | : Type(TC, CanonicalPtr, OriginalTy->getDependence()), |
| 2673 | OriginalTy(OriginalTy), AdjustedTy(AdjustedTy) {} |
| 2674 | |
| 2675 | public: |
| 2676 | QualType getOriginalType() const { return OriginalTy; } |
| 2677 | QualType getAdjustedType() const { return AdjustedTy; } |
| 2678 | |
| 2679 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
| 2680 | QualType desugar() const { return AdjustedTy; } |
| 2681 | |
| 2682 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
| 2683 | Profile(ID, OriginalTy, AdjustedTy); |
| 2684 | } |
| 2685 | |
| 2686 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Orig, QualType New) { |
| 2687 | ID.AddPointer(Orig.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
| 2688 | ID.AddPointer(New.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
| 2689 | } |
| 2690 | |
| 2691 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 2692 | return T->getTypeClass() == Adjusted || T->getTypeClass() == Decayed; |
| 2693 | } |
| 2694 | }; |
| 2695 | |
| 2696 | /// Represents a pointer type decayed from an array or function type. |
| 2697 | class DecayedType : public AdjustedType { |
| 2698 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
| 2699 | |
| 2700 | inline |
| 2701 | DecayedType(QualType OriginalType, QualType Decayed, QualType Canonical); |
| 2702 | |
| 2703 | public: |
| 2704 | QualType getDecayedType() const { return getAdjustedType(); } |
| 2705 | |
| 2706 | inline QualType getPointeeType() const; |
| 2707 | |
| 2708 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Decayed; } |
| 2709 | }; |
| 2710 | |
| 2711 | /// Pointer to a block type. |
| 2712 | /// This type is to represent types syntactically represented as |
| 2713 | /// "void (^)(int)", etc. Pointee is required to always be a function type. |
| 2714 | class BlockPointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
| 2715 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
| 2716 | |
| 2717 | // Block is some kind of pointer type |
| 2718 | QualType PointeeType; |
| 2719 | |
| 2720 | BlockPointerType(QualType Pointee, QualType CanonicalCls) |
| 2721 | : Type(BlockPointer, CanonicalCls, Pointee->getDependence()), |
| 2722 | PointeeType(Pointee) {} |
| 2723 | |
| 2724 | public: |
| 2725 | // Get the pointee type. Pointee is required to always be a function type. |
| 2726 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } |
| 2727 | |
| 2728 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
| 2729 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
| 2730 | |
| 2731 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
| 2732 | Profile(ID, getPointeeType()); |
| 2733 | } |
| 2734 | |
| 2735 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee) { |
| 2736 | ID.AddPointer(Pointee.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
| 2737 | } |
| 2738 | |
| 2739 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 2740 | return T->getTypeClass() == BlockPointer; |
| 2741 | } |
| 2742 | }; |
| 2743 | |
| 2744 | /// Base for LValueReferenceType and RValueReferenceType |
| 2745 | class ReferenceType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
| 2746 | QualType PointeeType; |
| 2747 | |
| 2748 | protected: |
| 2749 | ReferenceType(TypeClass tc, QualType Referencee, QualType CanonicalRef, |
| 2750 | bool SpelledAsLValue) |
| 2751 | : Type(tc, CanonicalRef, Referencee->getDependence()), |
| 2752 | PointeeType(Referencee) { |
| 2753 | ReferenceTypeBits.SpelledAsLValue = SpelledAsLValue; |
| 2754 | ReferenceTypeBits.InnerRef = Referencee->isReferenceType(); |
| 2755 | } |
| 2756 | |
| 2757 | public: |
| 2758 | bool isSpelledAsLValue() const { return ReferenceTypeBits.SpelledAsLValue; } |
| 2759 | bool isInnerRef() const { return ReferenceTypeBits.InnerRef; } |
| 2760 | |
| 2761 | QualType getPointeeTypeAsWritten() const { return PointeeType; } |
| 2762 | |
| 2763 | QualType getPointeeType() const { |
| 2764 | // FIXME: this might strip inner qualifiers; okay? |
| 2765 | const ReferenceType *T = this; |
| 2766 | while (T->isInnerRef()) |
| 2767 | T = T->PointeeType->castAs<ReferenceType>(); |
| 2768 | return T->PointeeType; |
| 2769 | } |
| 2770 | |
| 2771 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
| 2772 | Profile(ID, PointeeType, isSpelledAsLValue()); |
| 2773 | } |
| 2774 | |
| 2775 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
| 2776 | QualType Referencee, |
| 2777 | bool SpelledAsLValue) { |
| 2778 | ID.AddPointer(Referencee.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
| 2779 | ID.AddBoolean(SpelledAsLValue); |
| 2780 | } |
| 2781 | |
| 2782 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 2783 | return T->getTypeClass() == LValueReference || |
| 2784 | T->getTypeClass() == RValueReference; |
| 2785 | } |
| 2786 | }; |
| 2787 | |
| 2788 | /// An lvalue reference type, per C++11 [dcl.ref]. |
| 2789 | class LValueReferenceType : public ReferenceType { |
| 2790 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
| 2791 | |
| 2792 | LValueReferenceType(QualType Referencee, QualType CanonicalRef, |
| 2793 | bool SpelledAsLValue) |
| 2794 | : ReferenceType(LValueReference, Referencee, CanonicalRef, |
| 2795 | SpelledAsLValue) {} |
| 2796 | |
| 2797 | public: |
| 2798 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
| 2799 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
| 2800 | |
| 2801 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 2802 | return T->getTypeClass() == LValueReference; |
| 2803 | } |
| 2804 | }; |
| 2805 | |
| 2806 | /// An rvalue reference type, per C++11 [dcl.ref]. |
| 2807 | class RValueReferenceType : public ReferenceType { |
| 2808 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
| 2809 | |
| 2810 | RValueReferenceType(QualType Referencee, QualType CanonicalRef) |
| 2811 | : ReferenceType(RValueReference, Referencee, CanonicalRef, false) {} |
| 2812 | |
| 2813 | public: |
| 2814 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
| 2815 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
| 2816 | |
| 2817 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 2818 | return T->getTypeClass() == RValueReference; |
| 2819 | } |
| 2820 | }; |
| 2821 | |
| 2822 | /// A pointer to member type per C++ 8.3.3 - Pointers to members. |
| 2823 | /// |
| 2824 | /// This includes both pointers to data members and pointer to member functions. |
| 2825 | class MemberPointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
| 2826 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
| 2827 | |
| 2828 | QualType PointeeType; |
| 2829 | |
| 2830 | /// The class of which the pointee is a member. Must ultimately be a |
| 2831 | /// RecordType, but could be a typedef or a template parameter too. |
| 2832 | const Type *Class; |
| 2833 | |
| 2834 | MemberPointerType(QualType Pointee, const Type *Cls, QualType CanonicalPtr) |
| 2835 | : Type(MemberPointer, CanonicalPtr, |
| 2836 | (Cls->getDependence() & ~TypeDependence::VariablyModified) | |
| 2837 | Pointee->getDependence()), |
| 2838 | PointeeType(Pointee), Class(Cls) {} |
| 2839 | |
| 2840 | public: |
| 2841 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } |
| 2842 | |
| 2843 | /// Returns true if the member type (i.e. the pointee type) is a |
| 2844 | /// function type rather than a data-member type. |
| 2845 | bool isMemberFunctionPointer() const { |
| 2846 | return PointeeType->isFunctionProtoType(); |
| 2847 | } |
| 2848 | |
| 2849 | /// Returns true if the member type (i.e. the pointee type) is a |
| 2850 | /// data type rather than a function type. |
| 2851 | bool isMemberDataPointer() const { |
| 2852 | return !PointeeType->isFunctionProtoType(); |
| 2853 | } |
| 2854 | |
| 2855 | const Type *getClass() const { return Class; } |
| 2856 | CXXRecordDecl *getMostRecentCXXRecordDecl() const; |
| 2857 | |
| 2858 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
| 2859 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
| 2860 | |
| 2861 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
| 2862 | Profile(ID, getPointeeType(), getClass()); |
| 2863 | } |
| 2864 | |
| 2865 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee, |
| 2866 | const Type *Class) { |
| 2867 | ID.AddPointer(Pointee.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
| 2868 | ID.AddPointer(Class); |
| 2869 | } |
| 2870 | |
| 2871 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 2872 | return T->getTypeClass() == MemberPointer; |
| 2873 | } |
| 2874 | }; |
| 2875 | |
| 2876 | /// Represents an array type, per C99 6.7.5.2 - Array Declarators. |
| 2877 | class ArrayType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
| 2878 | public: |
| 2879 | /// Capture whether this is a normal array (e.g. int X[4]) |
| 2880 | /// an array with a static size (e.g. int X[static 4]), or an array |
| 2881 | /// with a star size (e.g. int X[*]). |
| 2882 | /// 'static' is only allowed on function parameters. |
| 2883 | enum ArraySizeModifier { |
| 2884 | Normal, Static, Star |
| 2885 | }; |
| 2886 | |
| 2887 | private: |
| 2888 | /// The element type of the array. |
| 2889 | QualType ElementType; |
| 2890 | |
| 2891 | protected: |
| 2892 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
| 2893 | |
| 2894 | ArrayType(TypeClass tc, QualType et, QualType can, ArraySizeModifier sm, |
| 2895 | unsigned tq, const Expr *sz = nullptr); |
| 2896 | |
| 2897 | public: |
| 2898 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
| 2899 | |
| 2900 | ArraySizeModifier getSizeModifier() const { |
| 2901 | return ArraySizeModifier(ArrayTypeBits.SizeModifier); |
| 2902 | } |
| 2903 | |
| 2904 | Qualifiers getIndexTypeQualifiers() const { |
| 2905 | return Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()); |
| 2906 | } |
| 2907 | |
| 2908 | unsigned getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers() const { |
| 2909 | return ArrayTypeBits.IndexTypeQuals; |
| 2910 | } |
| 2911 | |
| 2912 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 2913 | return T->getTypeClass() == ConstantArray || |
| 2914 | T->getTypeClass() == VariableArray || |
| 2915 | T->getTypeClass() == IncompleteArray || |
| 2916 | T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedArray; |
| 2917 | } |
| 2918 | }; |
| 2919 | |
| 2920 | /// Represents the canonical version of C arrays with a specified constant size. |
| 2921 | /// For example, the canonical type for 'int A[4 + 4*100]' is a |
| 2922 | /// ConstantArrayType where the element type is 'int' and the size is 404. |
| 2923 | class ConstantArrayType final |
| 2924 | : public ArrayType, |
| 2925 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<ConstantArrayType, const Expr *> { |
| 2926 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
| 2927 | friend TrailingObjects; |
| 2928 | |
| 2929 | llvm::APInt Size; // Allows us to unique the type. |
| 2930 | |
| 2931 | ConstantArrayType(QualType et, QualType can, const llvm::APInt &size, |
| 2932 | const Expr *sz, ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq) |
| 2933 | : ArrayType(ConstantArray, et, can, sm, tq, sz), Size(size) { |
| 2934 | ConstantArrayTypeBits.HasStoredSizeExpr = sz != nullptr; |
| 2935 | if (ConstantArrayTypeBits.HasStoredSizeExpr) { |
| 2936 | assert(!can.isNull() && "canonical constant array should not have size")((void)0); |
| 2937 | *getTrailingObjects<const Expr*>() = sz; |
| 2938 | } |
| 2939 | } |
| 2940 | |
| 2941 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<const Expr*>) const { |
| 2942 | return ConstantArrayTypeBits.HasStoredSizeExpr; |
| 2943 | } |
| 2944 | |
| 2945 | public: |
| 2946 | const llvm::APInt &getSize() const { return Size; } |
| 2947 | const Expr *getSizeExpr() const { |
| 2948 | return ConstantArrayTypeBits.HasStoredSizeExpr |
| 2949 | ? *getTrailingObjects<const Expr *>() |
| 2950 | : nullptr; |
| 2951 | } |
| 2952 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
| 2953 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
| 2954 | |
| 2955 | /// Determine the number of bits required to address a member of |
| 2956 | // an array with the given element type and number of elements. |
| 2957 | static unsigned getNumAddressingBits(const ASTContext &Context, |
| 2958 | QualType ElementType, |
| 2959 | const llvm::APInt &NumElements); |
| 2960 | |
| 2961 | /// Determine the maximum number of active bits that an array's size |
| 2962 | /// can require, which limits the maximum size of the array. |
| 2963 | static unsigned getMaxSizeBits(const ASTContext &Context); |
| 2964 | |
| 2965 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx) { |
| 2966 | Profile(ID, Ctx, getElementType(), getSize(), getSizeExpr(), |
| 2967 | getSizeModifier(), getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()); |
| 2968 | } |
| 2969 | |
| 2970 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx, |
| 2971 | QualType ET, const llvm::APInt &ArraySize, |
| 2972 | const Expr *SizeExpr, ArraySizeModifier SizeMod, |
| 2973 | unsigned TypeQuals); |
| 2974 | |
| 2975 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 2976 | return T->getTypeClass() == ConstantArray; |
| 2977 | } |
| 2978 | }; |
| 2979 | |
| 2980 | /// Represents a C array with an unspecified size. For example 'int A[]' has |
| 2981 | /// an IncompleteArrayType where the element type is 'int' and the size is |
| 2982 | /// unspecified. |
| 2983 | class IncompleteArrayType : public ArrayType { |
| 2984 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
| 2985 | |
| 2986 | IncompleteArrayType(QualType et, QualType can, |
| 2987 | ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq) |
| 2988 | : ArrayType(IncompleteArray, et, can, sm, tq) {} |
| 2989 | |
| 2990 | public: |
| 2991 | friend class StmtIteratorBase; |
| 2992 | |
| 2993 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
| 2994 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
| 2995 | |
| 2996 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 2997 | return T->getTypeClass() == IncompleteArray; |
| 2998 | } |
| 2999 | |
| 3000 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
| 3001 | Profile(ID, getElementType(), getSizeModifier(), |
| 3002 | getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()); |
| 3003 | } |
| 3004 | |
| 3005 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ET, |
| 3006 | ArraySizeModifier SizeMod, unsigned TypeQuals) { |
| 3007 | ID.AddPointer(ET.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
| 3008 | ID.AddInteger(SizeMod); |
| 3009 | ID.AddInteger(TypeQuals); |
| 3010 | } |
| 3011 | }; |
| 3012 | |
| 3013 | /// Represents a C array with a specified size that is not an |
| 3014 | /// integer-constant-expression. For example, 'int s[x+foo()]'. |
| 3015 | /// Since the size expression is an arbitrary expression, we store it as such. |
| 3016 | /// |
| 3017 | /// Note: VariableArrayType's aren't uniqued (since the expressions aren't) and |
| 3018 | /// should not be: two lexically equivalent variable array types could mean |
| 3019 | /// different things, for example, these variables do not have the same type |
| 3020 | /// dynamically: |
| 3021 | /// |
| 3022 | /// void foo(int x) { |
| 3023 | /// int Y[x]; |
| 3024 | /// ++x; |
| 3025 | /// int Z[x]; |
| 3026 | /// } |
| 3027 | class VariableArrayType : public ArrayType { |
| 3028 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
| 3029 | |
| 3030 | /// An assignment-expression. VLA's are only permitted within |
| 3031 | /// a function block. |
| 3032 | Stmt *SizeExpr; |
| 3033 | |
| 3034 | /// The range spanned by the left and right array brackets. |
| 3035 | SourceRange Brackets; |
| 3036 | |
| 3037 | VariableArrayType(QualType et, QualType can, Expr *e, |
| 3038 | ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq, |
| 3039 | SourceRange brackets) |
| 3040 | : ArrayType(VariableArray, et, can, sm, tq, e), |
| 3041 | SizeExpr((Stmt*) e), Brackets(brackets) {} |
| 3042 | |
| 3043 | public: |
| 3044 | friend class StmtIteratorBase; |
| 3045 | |
| 3046 | Expr *getSizeExpr() const { |
| 3047 | // We use C-style casts instead of cast<> here because we do not wish |
| 3048 | // to have a dependency of Type.h on Stmt.h/Expr.h. |
| 3049 | return (Expr*) SizeExpr; |
| 3050 | } |
| 3051 | |
| 3052 | SourceRange getBracketsRange() const { return Brackets; } |
| 3053 | SourceLocation getLBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getBegin(); } |
| 3054 | SourceLocation getRBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getEnd(); } |
| 3055 | |
| 3056 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
| 3057 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
| 3058 | |
| 3059 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 3060 | return T->getTypeClass() == VariableArray; |
| 3061 | } |
| 3062 | |
| 3063 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
| 3064 | llvm_unreachable("Cannot unique VariableArrayTypes.")__builtin_unreachable(); |
| 3065 | } |
| 3066 | }; |
| 3067 | |
| 3068 | /// Represents an array type in C++ whose size is a value-dependent expression. |
| 3069 | /// |
| 3070 | /// For example: |
| 3071 | /// \code |
| 3072 | /// template<typename T, int Size> |
| 3073 | /// class array { |
| 3074 | /// T data[Size]; |
| 3075 | /// }; |
| 3076 | /// \endcode |
| 3077 | /// |
| 3078 | /// For these types, we won't actually know what the array bound is |
| 3079 | /// until template instantiation occurs, at which point this will |
| 3080 | /// become either a ConstantArrayType or a VariableArrayType. |
| 3081 | class DependentSizedArrayType : public ArrayType { |
| 3082 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
| 3083 | |
| 3084 | const ASTContext &Context; |
| 3085 | |
| 3086 | /// An assignment expression that will instantiate to the |
| 3087 | /// size of the array. |
| 3088 | /// |
| 3089 | /// The expression itself might be null, in which case the array |
| 3090 | /// type will have its size deduced from an initializer. |
| 3091 | Stmt *SizeExpr; |
| 3092 | |
| 3093 | /// The range spanned by the left and right array brackets. |
| 3094 | SourceRange Brackets; |
| 3095 | |
| 3096 | DependentSizedArrayType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType et, QualType can, |
| 3097 | Expr *e, ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq, |
| 3098 | SourceRange brackets); |
| 3099 | |
| 3100 | public: |
| 3101 | friend class StmtIteratorBase; |
| 3102 | |
| 3103 | Expr *getSizeExpr() const { |
| 3104 | // We use C-style casts instead of cast<> here because we do not wish |
| 3105 | // to have a dependency of Type.h on Stmt.h/Expr.h. |
| 3106 | return (Expr*) SizeExpr; |
| 3107 | } |
| 3108 | |
| 3109 | SourceRange getBracketsRange() const { return Brackets; } |
| 3110 | SourceLocation getLBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getBegin(); } |
| 3111 | SourceLocation getRBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getEnd(); } |
| 3112 | |
| 3113 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
| 3114 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
| 3115 | |
| 3116 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 3117 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedArray; |
| 3118 | } |
| 3119 | |
| 3120 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
| 3121 | Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(), |
| 3122 | getSizeModifier(), getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), getSizeExpr()); |
| 3123 | } |
| 3124 | |
| 3125 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
| 3126 | QualType ET, ArraySizeModifier SizeMod, |
| 3127 | unsigned TypeQuals, Expr *E); |
| 3128 | }; |
| 3129 | |
| 3130 | /// Represents an extended address space qualifier where the input address space |
| 3131 | /// value is dependent. Non-dependent address spaces are not represented with a |
| 3132 | /// special Type subclass; they are stored on an ExtQuals node as part of a QualType. |
| 3133 | /// |
| 3134 | /// For example: |
| 3135 | /// \code |
| 3136 | /// template<typename T, int AddrSpace> |
| 3137 | /// class AddressSpace { |
| 3138 | /// typedef T __attribute__((address_space(AddrSpace))) type; |
| 3139 | /// } |
| 3140 | /// \endcode |
| 3141 | class DependentAddressSpaceType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
| 3142 | friend class ASTContext; |
| 3143 | |
| 3144 | const ASTContext &Context; |
| 3145 | Expr *AddrSpaceExpr; |
| 3146 | QualType PointeeType; |
| 3147 | SourceLocation loc; |
| 3148 | |
| 3149 | DependentAddressSpaceType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType PointeeType, |
| 3150 | QualType can, Expr *AddrSpaceExpr, |
| 3151 | SourceLocation loc); |
| 3152 | |
| 3153 | public: |
| 3154 | Expr *getAddrSpaceExpr() const { return AddrSpaceExpr; } |
| 3155 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } |
| 3156 | SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return loc; } |
| 3157 | |
| 3158 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
| 3159 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
| 3160 | |
| 3161 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 3162 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentAddressSpace; |
| 3163 | } |
| 3164 | |
| 3165 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
| 3166 | Profile(ID, Context, getPointeeType(), getAddrSpaceExpr()); |
| 3167 | } |
| 3168 | |
| 3169 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
| 3170 | QualType PointeeType, Expr *AddrSpaceExpr); |
| 3171 | }; |
| 3172 | |
| 3173 | /// Represents an extended vector type where either the type or size is |
| 3174 | /// dependent. |
| 3175 | /// |
| 3176 | /// For example: |
| 3177 | /// \code |
| 3178 | /// template<typename T, int Size> |
| 3179 | /// class vector { |
| 3180 | /// typedef T __attribute__((ext_vector_type(Size))) type; |
| 3181 | /// } |
| 3182 | /// \endcode |
| 3183 | class DependentSizedExtVectorType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
| 3184 | friend class ASTContext; |
| 3185 | |
| 3186 | const ASTContext &Context; |
| 3187 | Expr *SizeExpr; |
| 3188 | |
| 3189 | /// The element type of the array. |
| 3190 | QualType ElementType; |
| 3191 | |
| 3192 | SourceLocation loc; |
| 3193 | |
| 3194 | DependentSizedExtVectorType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType ElementType, |
| 3195 | QualType can, Expr *SizeExpr, SourceLocation loc); |
| 3196 | |
| 3197 | public: |
| 3198 | Expr *getSizeExpr() const { return SizeExpr; } |
| 3199 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
| 3200 | SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return loc; } |
| 3201 | |
| 3202 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
| 3203 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
| 3204 | |
| 3205 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 3206 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedExtVector; |
| 3207 | } |
| 3208 | |
| 3209 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
| 3210 | Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(), getSizeExpr()); |
| 3211 | } |
| 3212 | |
| 3213 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
| 3214 | QualType ElementType, Expr *SizeExpr); |
| 3215 | }; |
| 3216 | |
| 3217 | |
| 3218 | /// Represents a GCC generic vector type. This type is created using |
| 3219 | /// __attribute__((vector_size(n)), where "n" specifies the vector size in |
| 3220 | /// bytes; or from an Altivec __vector or vector declaration. |
| 3221 | /// Since the constructor takes the number of vector elements, the |
| 3222 | /// client is responsible for converting the size into the number of elements. |
| 3223 | class VectorType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
| 3224 | public: |
| 3225 | enum VectorKind { |
| 3226 | /// not a target-specific vector type |
| 3227 | GenericVector, |
| 3228 | |
| 3229 | /// is AltiVec vector |
| 3230 | AltiVecVector, |
| 3231 | |
| 3232 | /// is AltiVec 'vector Pixel' |
| 3233 | AltiVecPixel, |
| 3234 | |
| 3235 | /// is AltiVec 'vector bool ...' |
| 3236 | AltiVecBool, |
| 3237 | |
| 3238 | /// is ARM Neon vector |
| 3239 | NeonVector, |
| 3240 | |
| 3241 | /// is ARM Neon polynomial vector |
| 3242 | NeonPolyVector, |
| 3243 | |
| 3244 | /// is AArch64 SVE fixed-length data vector |
| 3245 | SveFixedLengthDataVector, |
| 3246 | |
| 3247 | /// is AArch64 SVE fixed-length predicate vector |
| 3248 | SveFixedLengthPredicateVector |
| 3249 | }; |
| 3250 | |
| 3251 | protected: |
| 3252 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
| 3253 | |
| 3254 | /// The element type of the vector. |
| 3255 | QualType ElementType; |
| 3256 | |
| 3257 | VectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned nElements, QualType canonType, |
| 3258 | VectorKind vecKind); |
| 3259 | |
| 3260 | VectorType(TypeClass tc, QualType vecType, unsigned nElements, |
| 3261 | QualType canonType, VectorKind vecKind); |
| 3262 | |
| 3263 | public: |
| 3264 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
| 3265 | unsigned getNumElements() const { return VectorTypeBits.NumElements; } |
| 3266 | |
| 3267 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
| 3268 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
| 3269 | |
| 3270 | VectorKind getVectorKind() const { |
| 3271 | return VectorKind(VectorTypeBits.VecKind); |
| 3272 | } |
| 3273 | |
| 3274 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
| 3275 | Profile(ID, getElementType(), getNumElements(), |
| 3276 | getTypeClass(), getVectorKind()); |
| 3277 | } |
| 3278 | |
| 3279 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ElementType, |
| 3280 | unsigned NumElements, TypeClass TypeClass, |
| 3281 | VectorKind VecKind) { |
| 3282 | ID.AddPointer(ElementType.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
| 3283 | ID.AddInteger(NumElements); |
| 3284 | ID.AddInteger(TypeClass); |
| 3285 | ID.AddInteger(VecKind); |
| 3286 | } |
| 3287 | |
| 3288 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 3289 | return T->getTypeClass() == Vector || T->getTypeClass() == ExtVector; |
| 3290 | } |
| 3291 | }; |
| 3292 | |
| 3293 | /// Represents a vector type where either the type or size is dependent. |
| 3294 | //// |
| 3295 | /// For example: |
| 3296 | /// \code |
| 3297 | /// template<typename T, int Size> |
| 3298 | /// class vector { |
| 3299 | /// typedef T __attribute__((vector_size(Size))) type; |
| 3300 | /// } |
| 3301 | /// \endcode |
| 3302 | class DependentVectorType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
| 3303 | friend class ASTContext; |
| 3304 | |
| 3305 | const ASTContext &Context; |
| 3306 | QualType ElementType; |
| 3307 | Expr *SizeExpr; |
| 3308 | SourceLocation Loc; |
| 3309 | |
| 3310 | DependentVectorType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType ElementType, |
| 3311 | QualType CanonType, Expr *SizeExpr, |
| 3312 | SourceLocation Loc, VectorType::VectorKind vecKind); |
| 3313 | |
| 3314 | public: |
| 3315 | Expr *getSizeExpr() const { return SizeExpr; } |
| 3316 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
| 3317 | SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return Loc; } |
| 3318 | VectorType::VectorKind getVectorKind() const { |
| 3319 | return VectorType::VectorKind(VectorTypeBits.VecKind); |
| 3320 | } |
| 3321 | |
| 3322 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
| 3323 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
| 3324 | |
| 3325 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 3326 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentVector; |
| 3327 | } |
| 3328 | |
| 3329 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
| 3330 | Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(), getSizeExpr(), getVectorKind()); |
| 3331 | } |
| 3332 | |
| 3333 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
| 3334 | QualType ElementType, const Expr *SizeExpr, |
| 3335 | VectorType::VectorKind VecKind); |
| 3336 | }; |
| 3337 | |
| 3338 | /// ExtVectorType - Extended vector type. This type is created using |
| 3339 | /// __attribute__((ext_vector_type(n)), where "n" is the number of elements. |
| 3340 | /// Unlike vector_size, ext_vector_type is only allowed on typedef's. This |
| 3341 | /// class enables syntactic extensions, like Vector Components for accessing |
| 3342 | /// points (as .xyzw), colors (as .rgba), and textures (modeled after OpenGL |
| 3343 | /// Shading Language). |
| 3344 | class ExtVectorType : public VectorType { |
| 3345 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
| 3346 | |
| 3347 | ExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned nElements, QualType canonType) |
| 3348 | : VectorType(ExtVector, vecType, nElements, canonType, GenericVector) {} |
| 3349 | |
| 3350 | public: |
| 3351 | static int getPointAccessorIdx(char c) { |
| 3352 | switch (c) { |
| 3353 | default: return -1; |
| 3354 | case 'x': case 'r': return 0; |
| 3355 | case 'y': case 'g': return 1; |
| 3356 | case 'z': case 'b': return 2; |
| 3357 | case 'w': case 'a': return 3; |
| 3358 | } |
| 3359 | } |
| 3360 | |
| 3361 | static int getNumericAccessorIdx(char c) { |
| 3362 | switch (c) { |
| 3363 | default: return -1; |
| 3364 | case '0': return 0; |
| 3365 | case '1': return 1; |
| 3366 | case '2': return 2; |
| 3367 | case '3': return 3; |
| 3368 | case '4': return 4; |
| 3369 | case '5': return 5; |
| 3370 | case '6': return 6; |
| 3371 | case '7': return 7; |
| 3372 | case '8': return 8; |
| 3373 | case '9': return 9; |
| 3374 | case 'A': |
| 3375 | case 'a': return 10; |
| 3376 | case 'B': |
| 3377 | case 'b': return 11; |
| 3378 | case 'C': |
| 3379 | case 'c': return 12; |
| 3380 | case 'D': |
| 3381 | case 'd': return 13; |
| 3382 | case 'E': |
| 3383 | case 'e': return 14; |
| 3384 | case 'F': |
| 3385 | case 'f': return 15; |
| 3386 | } |
| 3387 | } |
| 3388 | |
| 3389 | static int getAccessorIdx(char c, bool isNumericAccessor) { |
| 3390 | if (isNumericAccessor) |
| 3391 | return getNumericAccessorIdx(c); |
| 3392 | else |
| 3393 | return getPointAccessorIdx(c); |
| 3394 | } |
| 3395 | |
| 3396 | bool isAccessorWithinNumElements(char c, bool isNumericAccessor) const { |
| 3397 | if (int idx = getAccessorIdx(c, isNumericAccessor)+1) |
| 3398 | return unsigned(idx-1) < getNumElements(); |
| 3399 | return false; |
| 3400 | } |
| 3401 | |
| 3402 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
| 3403 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
| 3404 | |
| 3405 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 3406 | return T->getTypeClass() == ExtVector; |
| 3407 | } |
| 3408 | }; |
| 3409 | |
| 3410 | /// Represents a matrix type, as defined in the Matrix Types clang extensions. |
| 3411 | /// __attribute__((matrix_type(rows, columns))), where "rows" specifies |
| 3412 | /// number of rows and "columns" specifies the number of columns. |
| 3413 | class MatrixType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
| 3414 | protected: |
| 3415 | friend class ASTContext; |
| 3416 | |
| 3417 | /// The element type of the matrix. |
| 3418 | QualType ElementType; |
| 3419 | |
| 3420 | MatrixType(QualType ElementTy, QualType CanonElementTy); |
| 3421 | |
| 3422 | MatrixType(TypeClass TypeClass, QualType ElementTy, QualType CanonElementTy, |
| 3423 | const Expr *RowExpr = nullptr, const Expr *ColumnExpr = nullptr); |
| 3424 | |
| 3425 | public: |
| 3426 | /// Returns type of the elements being stored in the matrix |
| 3427 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
| 3428 | |
| 3429 | /// Valid elements types are the following: |
| 3430 | /// * an integer type (as in C2x 6.2.5p19), but excluding enumerated types |
| 3431 | /// and _Bool |
| 3432 | /// * the standard floating types float or double |
| 3433 | /// * a half-precision floating point type, if one is supported on the target |
| 3434 | static bool isValidElementType(QualType T) { |
| 3435 | return T->isDependentType() || |
| 3436 | (T->isRealType() && !T->isBooleanType() && !T->isEnumeralType()); |
| 3437 | } |
| 3438 | |
| 3439 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
| 3440 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
| 3441 | |
| 3442 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 3443 | return T->getTypeClass() == ConstantMatrix || |
| 3444 | T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedMatrix; |
| 3445 | } |
| 3446 | }; |
| 3447 | |
| 3448 | /// Represents a concrete matrix type with constant number of rows and columns |
| 3449 | class ConstantMatrixType final : public MatrixType { |
| 3450 | protected: |
| 3451 | friend class ASTContext; |
| 3452 | |
| 3453 | /// The element type of the matrix. |
| 3454 | // FIXME: Appears to be unused? There is also MatrixType::ElementType... |
| 3455 | QualType ElementType; |
| 3456 | |
| 3457 | /// Number of rows and columns. |
| 3458 | unsigned NumRows; |
| 3459 | unsigned NumColumns; |
| 3460 | |
| 3461 | static constexpr unsigned MaxElementsPerDimension = (1 << 20) - 1; |
| 3462 | |
| 3463 | ConstantMatrixType(QualType MatrixElementType, unsigned NRows, |
| 3464 | unsigned NColumns, QualType CanonElementType); |
| 3465 | |
| 3466 | ConstantMatrixType(TypeClass typeClass, QualType MatrixType, unsigned NRows, |
| 3467 | unsigned NColumns, QualType CanonElementType); |
| 3468 | |
| 3469 | public: |
| 3470 | /// Returns the number of rows in the matrix. |
| 3471 | unsigned getNumRows() const { return NumRows; } |
| 3472 | |
| 3473 | /// Returns the number of columns in the matrix. |
| 3474 | unsigned getNumColumns() const { return NumColumns; } |
| 3475 | |
| 3476 | /// Returns the number of elements required to embed the matrix into a vector. |
| 3477 | unsigned getNumElementsFlattened() const { |
| 3478 | return getNumRows() * getNumColumns(); |
| 3479 | } |
| 3480 | |
| 3481 | /// Returns true if \p NumElements is a valid matrix dimension. |
| 3482 | static constexpr bool isDimensionValid(size_t NumElements) { |
| 3483 | return NumElements > 0 && NumElements <= MaxElementsPerDimension; |
| 3484 | } |
| 3485 | |
| 3486 | /// Returns the maximum number of elements per dimension. |
| 3487 | static constexpr unsigned getMaxElementsPerDimension() { |
| 3488 | return MaxElementsPerDimension; |
| 3489 | } |
| 3490 | |
| 3491 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
| 3492 | Profile(ID, getElementType(), getNumRows(), getNumColumns(), |
| 3493 | getTypeClass()); |
| 3494 | } |
| 3495 | |
| 3496 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ElementType, |
| 3497 | unsigned NumRows, unsigned NumColumns, |
| 3498 | TypeClass TypeClass) { |
| 3499 | ID.AddPointer(ElementType.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
| 3500 | ID.AddInteger(NumRows); |
| 3501 | ID.AddInteger(NumColumns); |
| 3502 | ID.AddInteger(TypeClass); |
| 3503 | } |
| 3504 | |
| 3505 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 3506 | return T->getTypeClass() == ConstantMatrix; |
| 3507 | } |
| 3508 | }; |
| 3509 | |
| 3510 | /// Represents a matrix type where the type and the number of rows and columns |
| 3511 | /// is dependent on a template. |
| 3512 | class DependentSizedMatrixType final : public MatrixType { |
| 3513 | friend class ASTContext; |
| 3514 | |
| 3515 | const ASTContext &Context; |
| 3516 | Expr *RowExpr; |
| 3517 | Expr *ColumnExpr; |
| 3518 | |
| 3519 | SourceLocation loc; |
| 3520 | |
| 3521 | DependentSizedMatrixType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType ElementType, |
| 3522 | QualType CanonicalType, Expr *RowExpr, |
| 3523 | Expr *ColumnExpr, SourceLocation loc); |
| 3524 | |
| 3525 | public: |
| 3526 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
| 3527 | Expr *getRowExpr() const { return RowExpr; } |
| 3528 | Expr *getColumnExpr() const { return ColumnExpr; } |
| 3529 | SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return loc; } |
| 3530 | |
| 3531 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
| 3532 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
| 3533 | |
| 3534 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 3535 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedMatrix; |
| 3536 | } |
| 3537 | |
| 3538 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
| 3539 | Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(), getRowExpr(), getColumnExpr()); |
| 3540 | } |
| 3541 | |
| 3542 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
| 3543 | QualType ElementType, Expr *RowExpr, Expr *ColumnExpr); |
| 3544 | }; |
| 3545 | |
| 3546 | /// FunctionType - C99 6.7.5.3 - Function Declarators. This is the common base |
| 3547 | /// class of FunctionNoProtoType and FunctionProtoType. |
| 3548 | class FunctionType : public Type { |
| 3549 | // The type returned by the function. |
| 3550 | QualType ResultType; |
| 3551 | |
| 3552 | public: |
| 3553 | /// Interesting information about a specific parameter that can't simply |
| 3554 | /// be reflected in parameter's type. This is only used by FunctionProtoType |
| 3555 | /// but is in FunctionType to make this class available during the |
| 3556 | /// specification of the bases of FunctionProtoType. |
| 3557 | /// |
| 3558 | /// It makes sense to model language features this way when there's some |
| 3559 | /// sort of parameter-specific override (such as an attribute) that |
| 3560 | /// affects how the function is called. For example, the ARC ns_consumed |
| 3561 | /// attribute changes whether a parameter is passed at +0 (the default) |
| 3562 | /// or +1 (ns_consumed). This must be reflected in the function type, |
| 3563 | /// but isn't really a change to the parameter type. |
| 3564 | /// |
| 3565 | /// One serious disadvantage of modelling language features this way is |
| 3566 | /// that they generally do not work with language features that attempt |
| 3567 | /// to destructure types. For example, template argument deduction will |
| 3568 | /// not be able to match a parameter declared as |
| 3569 | /// T (*)(U) |
| 3570 | /// against an argument of type |
| 3571 | /// void (*)(__attribute__((ns_consumed)) id) |
| 3572 | /// because the substitution of T=void, U=id into the former will |
| 3573 | /// not produce the latter. |
| 3574 | class ExtParameterInfo { |
| 3575 | enum { |
| 3576 | ABIMask = 0x0F, |
| 3577 | IsConsumed = 0x10, |
| 3578 | HasPassObjSize = 0x20, |
| 3579 | IsNoEscape = 0x40, |
| 3580 | }; |
| 3581 | unsigned char Data = 0; |
| 3582 | |
| 3583 | public: |
| 3584 | ExtParameterInfo() = default; |
| 3585 | |
| 3586 | /// Return the ABI treatment of this parameter. |
| 3587 | ParameterABI getABI() const { return ParameterABI(Data & ABIMask); } |
| 3588 | ExtParameterInfo withABI(ParameterABI kind) const { |
| 3589 | ExtParameterInfo copy = *this; |
| 3590 | copy.Data = (copy.Data & ~ABIMask) | unsigned(kind); |
| 3591 | return copy; |
| 3592 | } |
| 3593 | |
| 3594 | /// Is this parameter considered "consumed" by Objective-C ARC? |
| 3595 | /// Consumed parameters must have retainable object type. |
| 3596 | bool isConsumed() const { return (Data & IsConsumed); } |
| 3597 | ExtParameterInfo withIsConsumed(bool consumed) const { |
| 3598 | ExtParameterInfo copy = *this; |
| 3599 | if (consumed) |
| 3600 | copy.Data |= IsConsumed; |
| 3601 | else |
| 3602 | copy.Data &= ~IsConsumed; |
| 3603 | return copy; |
| 3604 | } |
| 3605 | |
| 3606 | bool hasPassObjectSize() const { return Data & HasPassObjSize; } |
| 3607 | ExtParameterInfo withHasPassObjectSize() const { |
| 3608 | ExtParameterInfo Copy = *this; |
| 3609 | Copy.Data |= HasPassObjSize; |
| 3610 | return Copy; |
| 3611 | } |
| 3612 | |
| 3613 | bool isNoEscape() const { return Data & IsNoEscape; } |
| 3614 | ExtParameterInfo withIsNoEscape(bool NoEscape) const { |
| 3615 | ExtParameterInfo Copy = *this; |
| 3616 | if (NoEscape) |
| 3617 | Copy.Data |= IsNoEscape; |
| 3618 | else |
| 3619 | Copy.Data &= ~IsNoEscape; |
| 3620 | return Copy; |
| 3621 | } |
| 3622 | |
| 3623 | unsigned char getOpaqueValue() const { return Data; } |
| 3624 | static ExtParameterInfo getFromOpaqueValue(unsigned char data) { |
| 3625 | ExtParameterInfo result; |
| 3626 | result.Data = data; |
| 3627 | return result; |
| 3628 | } |
| 3629 | |
| 3630 | friend bool operator==(ExtParameterInfo lhs, ExtParameterInfo rhs) { |
| 3631 | return lhs.Data == rhs.Data; |
| 3632 | } |
| 3633 | |
| 3634 | friend bool operator!=(ExtParameterInfo lhs, ExtParameterInfo rhs) { |
| 3635 | return lhs.Data != rhs.Data; |
| 3636 | } |
| 3637 | }; |
| 3638 | |
| 3639 | /// A class which abstracts out some details necessary for |
| 3640 | /// making a call. |
| 3641 | /// |
| 3642 | /// It is not actually used directly for storing this information in |
| 3643 | /// a FunctionType, although FunctionType does currently use the |
| 3644 | /// same bit-pattern. |
| 3645 | /// |
| 3646 | // If you add a field (say Foo), other than the obvious places (both, |
| 3647 | // constructors, compile failures), what you need to update is |
| 3648 | // * Operator== |
| 3649 | // * getFoo |
| 3650 | // * withFoo |
| 3651 | // * functionType. Add Foo, getFoo. |
| 3652 | // * ASTContext::getFooType |
| 3653 | // * ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes |
| 3654 | // * FunctionNoProtoType::Profile |
| 3655 | // * FunctionProtoType::Profile |
| 3656 | // * TypePrinter::PrintFunctionProto |
| 3657 | // * AST read and write |
| 3658 | // * Codegen |
| 3659 | class ExtInfo { |
| 3660 | friend class FunctionType; |
| 3661 | |
| 3662 | // Feel free to rearrange or add bits, but if you go over 16, you'll need to |
| 3663 | // adjust the Bits field below, and if you add bits, you'll need to adjust |
| 3664 | // Type::FunctionTypeBitfields::ExtInfo as well. |
| 3665 | |
| 3666 | // | CC |noreturn|produces|nocallersavedregs|regparm|nocfcheck|cmsenscall| |
| 3667 | // |0 .. 4| 5 | 6 | 7 |8 .. 10| 11 | 12 | |
| 3668 | // |
| 3669 | // regparm is either 0 (no regparm attribute) or the regparm value+1. |
| 3670 | enum { CallConvMask = 0x1F }; |
| 3671 | enum { NoReturnMask = 0x20 }; |
| 3672 | enum { ProducesResultMask = 0x40 }; |
| 3673 | enum { NoCallerSavedRegsMask = 0x80 }; |
| 3674 | enum { |
| 3675 | RegParmMask = 0x700, |
| 3676 | RegParmOffset = 8 |
| 3677 | }; |
| 3678 | enum { NoCfCheckMask = 0x800 }; |
| 3679 | enum { CmseNSCallMask = 0x1000 }; |
| 3680 | uint16_t Bits = CC_C; |
| 3681 | |
| 3682 | ExtInfo(unsigned Bits) : Bits(static_cast<uint16_t>(Bits)) {} |
| 3683 | |
| 3684 | public: |
| 3685 | // Constructor with no defaults. Use this when you know that you |
| 3686 | // have all the elements (when reading an AST file for example). |
| 3687 | ExtInfo(bool noReturn, bool hasRegParm, unsigned regParm, CallingConv cc, |
| 3688 | bool producesResult, bool noCallerSavedRegs, bool NoCfCheck, |
| 3689 | bool cmseNSCall) { |
| 3690 | assert((!hasRegParm || regParm < 7) && "Invalid regparm value")((void)0); |
| 3691 | Bits = ((unsigned)cc) | (noReturn ? NoReturnMask : 0) | |
| 3692 | (producesResult ? ProducesResultMask : 0) | |
| 3693 | (noCallerSavedRegs ? NoCallerSavedRegsMask : 0) | |
| 3694 | (hasRegParm ? ((regParm + 1) << RegParmOffset) : 0) | |
| 3695 | (NoCfCheck ? NoCfCheckMask : 0) | |
| 3696 | (cmseNSCall ? CmseNSCallMask : 0); |
| 3697 | } |
| 3698 | |
| 3699 | // Constructor with all defaults. Use when for example creating a |
| 3700 | // function known to use defaults. |
| 3701 | ExtInfo() = default; |
| 3702 | |
| 3703 | // Constructor with just the calling convention, which is an important part |
| 3704 | // of the canonical type. |
| 3705 | ExtInfo(CallingConv CC) : Bits(CC) {} |
| 3706 | |
| 3707 | bool getNoReturn() const { return Bits & NoReturnMask; } |
| 3708 | bool getProducesResult() const { return Bits & ProducesResultMask; } |
| 3709 | bool getCmseNSCall() const { return Bits & CmseNSCallMask; } |
| 3710 | bool getNoCallerSavedRegs() const { return Bits & NoCallerSavedRegsMask; } |
| 3711 | bool getNoCfCheck() const { return Bits & NoCfCheckMask; } |
| 3712 | bool getHasRegParm() const { return ((Bits & RegParmMask) >> RegParmOffset) != 0; } |
| 3713 | |
| 3714 | unsigned getRegParm() const { |
| 3715 | unsigned RegParm = (Bits & RegParmMask) >> RegParmOffset; |
| 3716 | if (RegParm > 0) |
| 3717 | --RegParm; |
| 3718 | return RegParm; |
| 3719 | } |
| 3720 | |
| 3721 | CallingConv getCC() const { return CallingConv(Bits & CallConvMask); } |
| 3722 | |
| 3723 | bool operator==(ExtInfo Other) const { |
| 3724 | return Bits == Other.Bits; |
| 3725 | } |
| 3726 | bool operator!=(ExtInfo Other) const { |
| 3727 | return Bits != Other.Bits; |
| 3728 | } |
| 3729 | |
| 3730 | // Note that we don't have setters. That is by design, use |
| 3731 | // the following with methods instead of mutating these objects. |
| 3732 | |
| 3733 | ExtInfo withNoReturn(bool noReturn) const { |
| 3734 | if (noReturn) |
| 3735 | return ExtInfo(Bits | NoReturnMask); |
| 3736 | else |
| 3737 | return ExtInfo(Bits & ~NoReturnMask); |
| 3738 | } |
| 3739 | |
| 3740 | ExtInfo withProducesResult(bool producesResult) const { |
| 3741 | if (producesResult) |
| 3742 | return ExtInfo(Bits | ProducesResultMask); |
| 3743 | else |
| 3744 | return ExtInfo(Bits & ~ProducesResultMask); |
| 3745 | } |
| 3746 | |
| 3747 | ExtInfo withCmseNSCall(bool cmseNSCall) const { |
| 3748 | if (cmseNSCall) |
| 3749 | return ExtInfo(Bits | CmseNSCallMask); |
| 3750 | else |
| 3751 | return ExtInfo(Bits & ~CmseNSCallMask); |
| 3752 | } |
| 3753 | |
| 3754 | ExtInfo withNoCallerSavedRegs(bool noCallerSavedRegs) const { |
| 3755 | if (noCallerSavedRegs) |
| 3756 | return ExtInfo(Bits | NoCallerSavedRegsMask); |
| 3757 | else |
| 3758 | return ExtInfo(Bits & ~NoCallerSavedRegsMask); |
| 3759 | } |
| 3760 | |
| 3761 | ExtInfo withNoCfCheck(bool noCfCheck) const { |
| 3762 | if (noCfCheck) |
| 3763 | return ExtInfo(Bits | NoCfCheckMask); |
| 3764 | else |
| 3765 | return ExtInfo(Bits & ~NoCfCheckMask); |
| 3766 | } |
| 3767 | |
| 3768 | ExtInfo withRegParm(unsigned RegParm) const { |
| 3769 | assert(RegParm < 7 && "Invalid regparm value")((void)0); |
| 3770 | return ExtInfo((Bits & ~RegParmMask) | |
| 3771 | ((RegParm + 1) << RegParmOffset)); |
| 3772 | } |
| 3773 | |
| 3774 | ExtInfo withCallingConv(CallingConv cc) const { |
| 3775 | return ExtInfo((Bits & ~CallConvMask) | (unsigned) cc); |
| 3776 | } |
| 3777 | |
| 3778 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const { |
| 3779 | ID.AddInteger(Bits); |
| 3780 | } |
| 3781 | }; |
| 3782 | |
| 3783 | /// A simple holder for a QualType representing a type in an |
| 3784 | /// exception specification. Unfortunately needed by FunctionProtoType |
| 3785 | /// because TrailingObjects cannot handle repeated types. |
| 3786 | struct ExceptionType { QualType Type; }; |
| 3787 | |
| 3788 | /// A simple holder for various uncommon bits which do not fit in |
| 3789 | /// FunctionTypeBitfields. Aligned to alignof(void *) to maintain the |
| 3790 | /// alignment of subsequent objects in TrailingObjects. You must update |
| 3791 | /// hasExtraBitfields in FunctionProtoType after adding extra data here. |
| 3792 | struct alignas(void *) FunctionTypeExtraBitfields { |
| 3793 | /// The number of types in the exception specification. |
| 3794 | /// A whole unsigned is not needed here and according to |
| 3795 | /// [implimits] 8 bits would be enough here. |
| 3796 | unsigned NumExceptionType; |
| 3797 | }; |
| 3798 | |
| 3799 | protected: |
| 3800 | FunctionType(TypeClass tc, QualType res, QualType Canonical, |
| 3801 | TypeDependence Dependence, ExtInfo Info) |
| 3802 | : Type(tc, Canonical, Dependence), ResultType(res) { |
| 3803 | FunctionTypeBits.ExtInfo = Info.Bits; |
| 3804 | } |
| 3805 | |
| 3806 | Qualifiers getFastTypeQuals() const { |
| 3807 | return Qualifiers::fromFastMask(FunctionTypeBits.FastTypeQuals); |
| 3808 | } |
| 3809 | |
| 3810 | public: |
| 3811 | QualType getReturnType() const { return ResultType; } |
| 3812 | |
| 3813 | bool getHasRegParm() const { return getExtInfo().getHasRegParm(); } |
| 3814 | unsigned getRegParmType() const { return getExtInfo().getRegParm(); } |
| 3815 | |
| 3816 | /// Determine whether this function type includes the GNU noreturn |
| 3817 | /// attribute. The C++11 [[noreturn]] attribute does not affect the function |
| 3818 | /// type. |
| 3819 | bool getNoReturnAttr() const { return getExtInfo().getNoReturn(); } |
| 3820 | |
| 3821 | bool getCmseNSCallAttr() const { return getExtInfo().getCmseNSCall(); } |
| 3822 | CallingConv getCallConv() const { return getExtInfo().getCC(); } |
| 3823 | ExtInfo getExtInfo() const { return ExtInfo(FunctionTypeBits.ExtInfo); } |
| 3824 | |
| 3825 | static_assert((~Qualifiers::FastMask & Qualifiers::CVRMask) == 0, |
| 3826 | "Const, volatile and restrict are assumed to be a subset of " |
| 3827 | "the fast qualifiers."); |
| 3828 | |
| 3829 | bool isConst() const { return getFastTypeQuals().hasConst(); } |
| 3830 | bool isVolatile() const { return getFastTypeQuals().hasVolatile(); } |
| 3831 | bool isRestrict() const { return getFastTypeQuals().hasRestrict(); } |
| 3832 | |
| 3833 | /// Determine the type of an expression that calls a function of |
| 3834 | /// this type. |
| 3835 | QualType getCallResultType(const ASTContext &Context) const { |
| 3836 | return getReturnType().getNonLValueExprType(Context); |
| 3837 | } |
| 3838 | |
| 3839 | static StringRef getNameForCallConv(CallingConv CC); |
| 3840 | |
| 3841 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 3842 | return T->getTypeClass() == FunctionNoProto || |
| 3843 | T->getTypeClass() == FunctionProto; |
| 3844 | } |
| 3845 | }; |
| 3846 | |
| 3847 | /// Represents a K&R-style 'int foo()' function, which has |
| 3848 | /// no information available about its arguments. |
| 3849 | class FunctionNoProtoType : public FunctionType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
| 3850 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
| 3851 | |
| 3852 | FunctionNoProtoType(QualType Result, QualType Canonical, ExtInfo Info) |
| 3853 | : FunctionType(FunctionNoProto, Result, Canonical, |
| 3854 | Result->getDependence() & |
| 3855 | ~(TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation | |
| 3856 | TypeDependence::UnexpandedPack), |
| 3857 | Info) {} |
| 3858 | |
| 3859 | public: |
| 3860 | // No additional state past what FunctionType provides. |
| 3861 | |
| 3862 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
| 3863 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
| 3864 | |
| 3865 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
| 3866 | Profile(ID, getReturnType(), getExtInfo()); |
| 3867 | } |
| 3868 | |
| 3869 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ResultType, |
| 3870 | ExtInfo Info) { |
| 3871 | Info.Profile(ID); |
| 3872 | ID.AddPointer(ResultType.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
| 3873 | } |
| 3874 | |
| 3875 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 3876 | return T->getTypeClass() == FunctionNoProto; |
| 3877 | } |
| 3878 | }; |
| 3879 | |
| 3880 | /// Represents a prototype with parameter type info, e.g. |
| 3881 | /// 'int foo(int)' or 'int foo(void)'. 'void' is represented as having no |
| 3882 | /// parameters, not as having a single void parameter. Such a type can have |
| 3883 | /// an exception specification, but this specification is not part of the |
| 3884 | /// canonical type. FunctionProtoType has several trailing objects, some of |
| 3885 | /// which optional. For more information about the trailing objects see |
| 3886 | /// the first comment inside FunctionProtoType. |
| 3887 | class FunctionProtoType final |
| 3888 | : public FunctionType, |
| 3889 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode, |
| 3890 | private llvm::TrailingObjects< |
| 3891 | FunctionProtoType, QualType, SourceLocation, |
| 3892 | FunctionType::FunctionTypeExtraBitfields, FunctionType::ExceptionType, |
| 3893 | Expr *, FunctionDecl *, FunctionType::ExtParameterInfo, Qualifiers> { |
| 3894 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
| 3895 | friend TrailingObjects; |
| 3896 | |
| 3897 | // FunctionProtoType is followed by several trailing objects, some of |
| 3898 | // which optional. They are in order: |
| 3899 | // |
| 3900 | // * An array of getNumParams() QualType holding the parameter types. |
| 3901 | // Always present. Note that for the vast majority of FunctionProtoType, |
| 3902 | // these will be the only trailing objects. |
| 3903 | // |
| 3904 | // * Optionally if the function is variadic, the SourceLocation of the |
| 3905 | // ellipsis. |
| 3906 | // |
| 3907 | // * Optionally if some extra data is stored in FunctionTypeExtraBitfields |
| 3908 | // (see FunctionTypeExtraBitfields and FunctionTypeBitfields): |
| 3909 | // a single FunctionTypeExtraBitfields. Present if and only if |
| 3910 | // hasExtraBitfields() is true. |
| 3911 | // |
| 3912 | // * Optionally exactly one of: |
| 3913 | // * an array of getNumExceptions() ExceptionType, |
| 3914 | // * a single Expr *, |
| 3915 | // * a pair of FunctionDecl *, |
| 3916 | // * a single FunctionDecl * |
| 3917 | // used to store information about the various types of exception |
| 3918 | // specification. See getExceptionSpecSize for the details. |
| 3919 | // |
| 3920 | // * Optionally an array of getNumParams() ExtParameterInfo holding |
| 3921 | // an ExtParameterInfo for each of the parameters. Present if and |
| 3922 | // only if hasExtParameterInfos() is true. |
| 3923 | // |
| 3924 | // * Optionally a Qualifiers object to represent extra qualifiers that can't |
| 3925 | // be represented by FunctionTypeBitfields.FastTypeQuals. Present if and only |
| 3926 | // if hasExtQualifiers() is true. |
| 3927 | // |
| 3928 | // The optional FunctionTypeExtraBitfields has to be before the data |
| 3929 | // related to the exception specification since it contains the number |
| 3930 | // of exception types. |
| 3931 | // |
| 3932 | // We put the ExtParameterInfos last. If all were equal, it would make |
| 3933 | // more sense to put these before the exception specification, because |
| 3934 | // it's much easier to skip past them compared to the elaborate switch |
| 3935 | // required to skip the exception specification. However, all is not |
| 3936 | // equal; ExtParameterInfos are used to model very uncommon features, |
| 3937 | // and it's better not to burden the more common paths. |
| 3938 | |
| 3939 | public: |
| 3940 | /// Holds information about the various types of exception specification. |
| 3941 | /// ExceptionSpecInfo is not stored as such in FunctionProtoType but is |
| 3942 | /// used to group together the various bits of information about the |
| 3943 | /// exception specification. |
| 3944 | struct ExceptionSpecInfo { |
| 3945 | /// The kind of exception specification this is. |
| 3946 | ExceptionSpecificationType Type = EST_None; |
| 3947 | |
| 3948 | /// Explicitly-specified list of exception types. |
| 3949 | ArrayRef<QualType> Exceptions; |
| 3950 | |
| 3951 | /// Noexcept expression, if this is a computed noexcept specification. |
| 3952 | Expr *NoexceptExpr = nullptr; |
| 3953 | |
| 3954 | /// The function whose exception specification this is, for |
| 3955 | /// EST_Unevaluated and EST_Uninstantiated. |
| 3956 | FunctionDecl *SourceDecl = nullptr; |
| 3957 | |
| 3958 | /// The function template whose exception specification this is instantiated |
| 3959 | /// from, for EST_Uninstantiated. |
| 3960 | FunctionDecl *SourceTemplate = nullptr; |
| 3961 | |
| 3962 | ExceptionSpecInfo() = default; |
| 3963 | |
| 3964 | ExceptionSpecInfo(ExceptionSpecificationType EST) : Type(EST) {} |
| 3965 | }; |
| 3966 | |
| 3967 | /// Extra information about a function prototype. ExtProtoInfo is not |
| 3968 | /// stored as such in FunctionProtoType but is used to group together |
| 3969 | /// the various bits of extra information about a function prototype. |
| 3970 | struct ExtProtoInfo { |
| 3971 | FunctionType::ExtInfo ExtInfo; |
| 3972 | bool Variadic : 1; |
| 3973 | bool HasTrailingReturn : 1; |
| 3974 | Qualifiers TypeQuals; |
| 3975 | RefQualifierKind RefQualifier = RQ_None; |
| 3976 | ExceptionSpecInfo ExceptionSpec; |
| 3977 | const ExtParameterInfo *ExtParameterInfos = nullptr; |
| 3978 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc; |
| 3979 | |
| 3980 | ExtProtoInfo() : Variadic(false), HasTrailingReturn(false) {} |
| 3981 | |
| 3982 | ExtProtoInfo(CallingConv CC) |
| 3983 | : ExtInfo(CC), Variadic(false), HasTrailingReturn(false) {} |
| 3984 | |
| 3985 | ExtProtoInfo withExceptionSpec(const ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI) { |
| 3986 | ExtProtoInfo Result(*this); |
| 3987 | Result.ExceptionSpec = ESI; |
| 3988 | return Result; |
| 3989 | } |
| 3990 | }; |
| 3991 | |
| 3992 | private: |
| 3993 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<QualType>) const { |
| 3994 | return getNumParams(); |
| 3995 | } |
| 3996 | |
| 3997 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<SourceLocation>) const { |
| 3998 | return isVariadic(); |
| 3999 | } |
| 4000 | |
| 4001 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<FunctionTypeExtraBitfields>) const { |
| 4002 | return hasExtraBitfields(); |
| 4003 | } |
| 4004 | |
| 4005 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<ExceptionType>) const { |
| 4006 | return getExceptionSpecSize().NumExceptionType; |
| 4007 | } |
| 4008 | |
| 4009 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<Expr *>) const { |
| 4010 | return getExceptionSpecSize().NumExprPtr; |
| 4011 | } |
| 4012 | |
| 4013 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<FunctionDecl *>) const { |
| 4014 | return getExceptionSpecSize().NumFunctionDeclPtr; |
| 4015 | } |
| 4016 | |
| 4017 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<ExtParameterInfo>) const { |
| 4018 | return hasExtParameterInfos() ? getNumParams() : 0; |
| 4019 | } |
| 4020 | |
| 4021 | /// Determine whether there are any argument types that |
| 4022 | /// contain an unexpanded parameter pack. |
| 4023 | static bool containsAnyUnexpandedParameterPack(const QualType *ArgArray, |
| 4024 | unsigned numArgs) { |
| 4025 | for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < numArgs; ++Idx) |
| 4026 | if (ArgArray[Idx]->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) |
| 4027 | return true; |
| 4028 | |
| 4029 | return false; |
| 4030 | } |
| 4031 | |
| 4032 | FunctionProtoType(QualType result, ArrayRef<QualType> params, |
| 4033 | QualType canonical, const ExtProtoInfo &epi); |
| 4034 | |
| 4035 | /// This struct is returned by getExceptionSpecSize and is used to |
| 4036 | /// translate an ExceptionSpecificationType to the number and kind |
| 4037 | /// of trailing objects related to the exception specification. |
| 4038 | struct ExceptionSpecSizeHolder { |
| 4039 | unsigned NumExceptionType; |
| 4040 | unsigned NumExprPtr; |
| 4041 | unsigned NumFunctionDeclPtr; |
| 4042 | }; |
| 4043 | |
| 4044 | /// Return the number and kind of trailing objects |
| 4045 | /// related to the exception specification. |
| 4046 | static ExceptionSpecSizeHolder |
| 4047 | getExceptionSpecSize(ExceptionSpecificationType EST, unsigned NumExceptions) { |
| 4048 | switch (EST) { |
| 4049 | case EST_None: |
| 4050 | case EST_DynamicNone: |
| 4051 | case EST_MSAny: |
| 4052 | case EST_BasicNoexcept: |
| 4053 | case EST_Unparsed: |
| 4054 | case EST_NoThrow: |
| 4055 | return {0, 0, 0}; |
| 4056 | |
| 4057 | case EST_Dynamic: |
| 4058 | return {NumExceptions, 0, 0}; |
| 4059 | |
| 4060 | case EST_DependentNoexcept: |
| 4061 | case EST_NoexceptFalse: |
| 4062 | case EST_NoexceptTrue: |
| 4063 | return {0, 1, 0}; |
| 4064 | |
| 4065 | case EST_Uninstantiated: |
| 4066 | return {0, 0, 2}; |
| 4067 | |
| 4068 | case EST_Unevaluated: |
| 4069 | return {0, 0, 1}; |
| 4070 | } |
| 4071 | llvm_unreachable("bad exception specification kind")__builtin_unreachable(); |
| 4072 | } |
| 4073 | |
| 4074 | /// Return the number and kind of trailing objects |
| 4075 | /// related to the exception specification. |
| 4076 | ExceptionSpecSizeHolder getExceptionSpecSize() const { |
| 4077 | return getExceptionSpecSize(getExceptionSpecType(), getNumExceptions()); |
| 4078 | } |
| 4079 | |
| 4080 | /// Whether the trailing FunctionTypeExtraBitfields is present. |
| 4081 | static bool hasExtraBitfields(ExceptionSpecificationType EST) { |
| 4082 | // If the exception spec type is EST_Dynamic then we have > 0 exception |
| 4083 | // types and the exact number is stored in FunctionTypeExtraBitfields. |
| 4084 | return EST == EST_Dynamic; |
| 4085 | } |
| 4086 | |
| 4087 | /// Whether the trailing FunctionTypeExtraBitfields is present. |
| 4088 | bool hasExtraBitfields() const { |
| 4089 | return hasExtraBitfields(getExceptionSpecType()); |
| 4090 | } |
| 4091 | |
| 4092 | bool hasExtQualifiers() const { |
| 4093 | return FunctionTypeBits.HasExtQuals; |
| 4094 | } |
| 4095 | |
| 4096 | public: |
| 4097 | unsigned getNumParams() const { return FunctionTypeBits.NumParams; } |
| 4098 | |
| 4099 | QualType getParamType(unsigned i) const { |
| 4100 | assert(i < getNumParams() && "invalid parameter index")((void)0); |
| 4101 | return param_type_begin()[i]; |
| 4102 | } |
| 4103 | |
| 4104 | ArrayRef<QualType> getParamTypes() const { |
| 4105 | return llvm::makeArrayRef(param_type_begin(), param_type_end()); |
| 4106 | } |
| 4107 | |
| 4108 | ExtProtoInfo getExtProtoInfo() const { |
| 4109 | ExtProtoInfo EPI; |
| 4110 | EPI.ExtInfo = getExtInfo(); |
| 4111 | EPI.Variadic = isVariadic(); |
| 4112 | EPI.EllipsisLoc = getEllipsisLoc(); |
| 4113 | EPI.HasTrailingReturn = hasTrailingReturn(); |
| 4114 | EPI.ExceptionSpec = getExceptionSpecInfo(); |
| 4115 | EPI.TypeQuals = getMethodQuals(); |
| 4116 | EPI.RefQualifier = getRefQualifier(); |
| 4117 | EPI.ExtParameterInfos = getExtParameterInfosOrNull(); |
| 4118 | return EPI; |
| 4119 | } |
| 4120 | |
| 4121 | /// Get the kind of exception specification on this function. |
| 4122 | ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const { |
| 4123 | return static_cast<ExceptionSpecificationType>( |
| 4124 | FunctionTypeBits.ExceptionSpecType); |
| 4125 | } |
| 4126 | |
| 4127 | /// Return whether this function has any kind of exception spec. |
| 4128 | bool hasExceptionSpec() const { return getExceptionSpecType() != EST_None; } |
| 4129 | |
| 4130 | /// Return whether this function has a dynamic (throw) exception spec. |
| 4131 | bool hasDynamicExceptionSpec() const { |
| 4132 | return isDynamicExceptionSpec(getExceptionSpecType()); |
| 4133 | } |
| 4134 | |
| 4135 | /// Return whether this function has a noexcept exception spec. |
| 4136 | bool hasNoexceptExceptionSpec() const { |
| 4137 | return isNoexceptExceptionSpec(getExceptionSpecType()); |
| 4138 | } |
| 4139 | |
| 4140 | /// Return whether this function has a dependent exception spec. |
| 4141 | bool hasDependentExceptionSpec() const; |
| 4142 | |
| 4143 | /// Return whether this function has an instantiation-dependent exception |
| 4144 | /// spec. |
| 4145 | bool hasInstantiationDependentExceptionSpec() const; |
| 4146 | |
| 4147 | /// Return all the available information about this type's exception spec. |
| 4148 | ExceptionSpecInfo getExceptionSpecInfo() const { |
| 4149 | ExceptionSpecInfo Result; |
| 4150 | Result.Type = getExceptionSpecType(); |
| 4151 | if (Result.Type == EST_Dynamic) { |
| 4152 | Result.Exceptions = exceptions(); |
| 4153 | } else if (isComputedNoexcept(Result.Type)) { |
| 4154 | Result.NoexceptExpr = getNoexceptExpr(); |
| 4155 | } else if (Result.Type == EST_Uninstantiated) { |
| 4156 | Result.SourceDecl = getExceptionSpecDecl(); |
| 4157 | Result.SourceTemplate = getExceptionSpecTemplate(); |
| 4158 | } else if (Result.Type == EST_Unevaluated) { |
| 4159 | Result.SourceDecl = getExceptionSpecDecl(); |
| 4160 | } |
| 4161 | return Result; |
| 4162 | } |
| 4163 | |
| 4164 | /// Return the number of types in the exception specification. |
| 4165 | unsigned getNumExceptions() const { |
| 4166 | return getExceptionSpecType() == EST_Dynamic |
| 4167 | ? getTrailingObjects<FunctionTypeExtraBitfields>() |
| 4168 | ->NumExceptionType |
| 4169 | : 0; |
| 4170 | } |
| 4171 | |
| 4172 | /// Return the ith exception type, where 0 <= i < getNumExceptions(). |
| 4173 | QualType getExceptionType(unsigned i) const { |
| 4174 | assert(i < getNumExceptions() && "Invalid exception number!")((void)0); |
| 4175 | return exception_begin()[i]; |
| 4176 | } |
| 4177 | |
| 4178 | /// Return the expression inside noexcept(expression), or a null pointer |
| 4179 | /// if there is none (because the exception spec is not of this form). |
| 4180 | Expr *getNoexceptExpr() const { |
| 4181 | if (!isComputedNoexcept(getExceptionSpecType())) |
| 4182 | return nullptr; |
| 4183 | return *getTrailingObjects<Expr *>(); |
| 4184 | } |
| 4185 | |
| 4186 | /// If this function type has an exception specification which hasn't |
| 4187 | /// been determined yet (either because it has not been evaluated or because |
| 4188 | /// it has not been instantiated), this is the function whose exception |
| 4189 | /// specification is represented by this type. |
| 4190 | FunctionDecl *getExceptionSpecDecl() const { |
| 4191 | if (getExceptionSpecType() != EST_Uninstantiated && |
| 4192 | getExceptionSpecType() != EST_Unevaluated) |
| 4193 | return nullptr; |
| 4194 | return getTrailingObjects<FunctionDecl *>()[0]; |
| 4195 | } |
| 4196 | |
| 4197 | /// If this function type has an uninstantiated exception |
| 4198 | /// specification, this is the function whose exception specification |
| 4199 | /// should be instantiated to find the exception specification for |
| 4200 | /// this type. |
| 4201 | FunctionDecl *getExceptionSpecTemplate() const { |
| 4202 | if (getExceptionSpecType() != EST_Uninstantiated) |
| 4203 | return nullptr; |
| 4204 | return getTrailingObjects<FunctionDecl *>()[1]; |
| 4205 | } |
| 4206 | |
| 4207 | /// Determine whether this function type has a non-throwing exception |
| 4208 | /// specification. |
| 4209 | CanThrowResult canThrow() const; |
| 4210 | |
| 4211 | /// Determine whether this function type has a non-throwing exception |
| 4212 | /// specification. If this depends on template arguments, returns |
| 4213 | /// \c ResultIfDependent. |
| 4214 | bool isNothrow(bool ResultIfDependent = false) const { |
| 4215 | return ResultIfDependent ? canThrow() != CT_Can : canThrow() == CT_Cannot; |
| 4216 | } |
| 4217 | |
| 4218 | /// Whether this function prototype is variadic. |
| 4219 | bool isVariadic() const { return FunctionTypeBits.Variadic; } |
| 4220 | |
| 4221 | SourceLocation getEllipsisLoc() const { |
| 4222 | return isVariadic() ? *getTrailingObjects<SourceLocation>() |
| 4223 | : SourceLocation(); |
| 4224 | } |
| 4225 | |
| 4226 | /// Determines whether this function prototype contains a |
| 4227 | /// parameter pack at the end. |
| 4228 | /// |
| 4229 | /// A function template whose last parameter is a parameter pack can be |
| 4230 | /// called with an arbitrary number of arguments, much like a variadic |
| 4231 | /// function. |
| 4232 | bool isTemplateVariadic() const; |
| 4233 | |
| 4234 | /// Whether this function prototype has a trailing return type. |
| 4235 | bool hasTrailingReturn() const { return FunctionTypeBits.HasTrailingReturn; } |
| 4236 | |
| 4237 | Qualifiers getMethodQuals() const { |
| 4238 | if (hasExtQualifiers()) |
| 4239 | return *getTrailingObjects<Qualifiers>(); |
| 4240 | else |
| 4241 | return getFastTypeQuals(); |
| 4242 | } |
| 4243 | |
| 4244 | /// Retrieve the ref-qualifier associated with this function type. |
| 4245 | RefQualifierKind getRefQualifier() const { |
| 4246 | return static_cast<RefQualifierKind>(FunctionTypeBits.RefQualifier); |
| 4247 | } |
| 4248 | |
| 4249 | using param_type_iterator = const QualType *; |
| 4250 | using param_type_range = llvm::iterator_range<param_type_iterator>; |
| 4251 | |
| 4252 | param_type_range param_types() const { |
| 4253 | return param_type_range(param_type_begin(), param_type_end()); |
| 4254 | } |
| 4255 | |
| 4256 | param_type_iterator param_type_begin() const { |
| 4257 | return getTrailingObjects<QualType>(); |
| 4258 | } |
| 4259 | |
| 4260 | param_type_iterator param_type_end() const { |
| 4261 | return param_type_begin() + getNumParams(); |
| 4262 | } |
| 4263 | |
| 4264 | using exception_iterator = const QualType *; |
| 4265 | |
| 4266 | ArrayRef<QualType> exceptions() const { |
| 4267 | return llvm::makeArrayRef(exception_begin(), exception_end()); |
| 4268 | } |
| 4269 | |
| 4270 | exception_iterator exception_begin() const { |
| 4271 | return reinterpret_cast<exception_iterator>( |
| 4272 | getTrailingObjects<ExceptionType>()); |
| 4273 | } |
| 4274 | |
| 4275 | exception_iterator exception_end() const { |
| 4276 | return exception_begin() + getNumExceptions(); |
| 4277 | } |
| 4278 | |
| 4279 | /// Is there any interesting extra information for any of the parameters |
| 4280 | /// of this function type? |
| 4281 | bool hasExtParameterInfos() const { |
| 4282 | return FunctionTypeBits.HasExtParameterInfos; |
| 4283 | } |
| 4284 | |
| 4285 | ArrayRef<ExtParameterInfo> getExtParameterInfos() const { |
| 4286 | assert(hasExtParameterInfos())((void)0); |
| 4287 | return ArrayRef<ExtParameterInfo>(getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>(), |
| 4288 | getNumParams()); |
| 4289 | } |
| 4290 | |
| 4291 | /// Return a pointer to the beginning of the array of extra parameter |
| 4292 | /// information, if present, or else null if none of the parameters |
| 4293 | /// carry it. This is equivalent to getExtProtoInfo().ExtParameterInfos. |
| 4294 | const ExtParameterInfo *getExtParameterInfosOrNull() const { |
| 4295 | if (!hasExtParameterInfos()) |
| 4296 | return nullptr; |
| 4297 | return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>(); |
| 4298 | } |
| 4299 | |
| 4300 | ExtParameterInfo getExtParameterInfo(unsigned I) const { |
| 4301 | assert(I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range")((void)0); |
| 4302 | if (hasExtParameterInfos()) |
| 4303 | return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>()[I]; |
| 4304 | return ExtParameterInfo(); |
| 4305 | } |
| 4306 | |
| 4307 | ParameterABI getParameterABI(unsigned I) const { |
| 4308 | assert(I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range")((void)0); |
| 4309 | if (hasExtParameterInfos()) |
| 4310 | return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>()[I].getABI(); |
| 4311 | return ParameterABI::Ordinary; |
| 4312 | } |
| 4313 | |
| 4314 | bool isParamConsumed(unsigned I) const { |
| 4315 | assert(I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range")((void)0); |
| 4316 | if (hasExtParameterInfos()) |
| 4317 | return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>()[I].isConsumed(); |
| 4318 | return false; |
| 4319 | } |
| 4320 | |
| 4321 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
| 4322 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
| 4323 | |
| 4324 | void printExceptionSpecification(raw_ostream &OS, |
| 4325 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
| 4326 | |
| 4327 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 4328 | return T->getTypeClass() == FunctionProto; |
| 4329 | } |
| 4330 | |
| 4331 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx); |
| 4332 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Result, |
| 4333 | param_type_iterator ArgTys, unsigned NumArgs, |
| 4334 | const ExtProtoInfo &EPI, const ASTContext &Context, |
| 4335 | bool Canonical); |
| 4336 | }; |
| 4337 | |
| 4338 | /// Represents the dependent type named by a dependently-scoped |
| 4339 | /// typename using declaration, e.g. |
| 4340 | /// using typename Base<T>::foo; |
| 4341 | /// |
| 4342 | /// Template instantiation turns these into the underlying type. |
| 4343 | class UnresolvedUsingType : public Type { |
| 4344 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
| 4345 | |
| 4346 | UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Decl; |
| 4347 | |
| 4348 | UnresolvedUsingType(const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *D) |
| 4349 | : Type(UnresolvedUsing, QualType(), |
| 4350 | TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation), |
| 4351 | Decl(const_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *>(D)) {} |
| 4352 | |
| 4353 | public: |
| 4354 | UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *getDecl() const { return Decl; } |
| 4355 | |
| 4356 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
| 4357 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
| 4358 | |
| 4359 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 4360 | return T->getTypeClass() == UnresolvedUsing; |
| 4361 | } |
| 4362 | |
| 4363 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
| 4364 | return Profile(ID, Decl); |
| 4365 | } |
| 4366 | |
| 4367 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
| 4368 | UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *D) { |
| 4369 | ID.AddPointer(D); |
| 4370 | } |
| 4371 | }; |
| 4372 | |
| 4373 | class TypedefType : public Type { |
| 4374 | TypedefNameDecl *Decl; |
| 4375 | |
| 4376 | private: |
| 4377 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
| 4378 | |
| 4379 | TypedefType(TypeClass tc, const TypedefNameDecl *D, QualType underlying, |
| 4380 | QualType can); |
| 4381 | |
| 4382 | public: |
| 4383 | TypedefNameDecl *getDecl() const { return Decl; } |
| 4384 | |
| 4385 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
| 4386 | QualType desugar() const; |
| 4387 | |
| 4388 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Typedef; } |
| 4389 | }; |
| 4390 | |
| 4391 | /// Sugar type that represents a type that was qualified by a qualifier written |
| 4392 | /// as a macro invocation. |
| 4393 | class MacroQualifiedType : public Type { |
| 4394 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
| 4395 | |
| 4396 | QualType UnderlyingTy; |
| 4397 | const IdentifierInfo *MacroII; |
| 4398 | |
| 4399 | MacroQualifiedType(QualType UnderlyingTy, QualType CanonTy, |
| 4400 | const IdentifierInfo *MacroII) |
| 4401 | : Type(MacroQualified, CanonTy, UnderlyingTy->getDependence()), |
| 4402 | UnderlyingTy(UnderlyingTy), MacroII(MacroII) { |
| 4403 | assert(isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) &&((void)0) |
| 4404 | "Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types.")((void)0); |
| 4405 | } |
| 4406 | |
| 4407 | public: |
| 4408 | const IdentifierInfo *getMacroIdentifier() const { return MacroII; } |
| 4409 | QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return UnderlyingTy; } |
| 4410 | |
| 4411 | /// Return this attributed type's modified type with no qualifiers attached to |
| 4412 | /// it. |
| 4413 | QualType getModifiedType() const; |
| 4414 | |
| 4415 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
| 4416 | QualType desugar() const; |
| 4417 | |
| 4418 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 4419 | return T->getTypeClass() == MacroQualified; |
| 4420 | } |
| 4421 | }; |
| 4422 | |
| 4423 | /// Represents a `typeof` (or __typeof__) expression (a GCC extension). |
| 4424 | class TypeOfExprType : public Type { |
| 4425 | Expr *TOExpr; |
| 4426 | |
| 4427 | protected: |
| 4428 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
| 4429 | |
| 4430 | TypeOfExprType(Expr *E, QualType can = QualType()); |
| 4431 | |
| 4432 | public: |
| 4433 | Expr *getUnderlyingExpr() const { return TOExpr; } |
| 4434 | |
| 4435 | /// Remove a single level of sugar. |
| 4436 | QualType desugar() const; |
| 4437 | |
| 4438 | /// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar. |
| 4439 | bool isSugared() const; |
| 4440 | |
| 4441 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == TypeOfExpr; } |
| 4442 | }; |
| 4443 | |
| 4444 | /// Internal representation of canonical, dependent |
| 4445 | /// `typeof(expr)` types. |
| 4446 | /// |
| 4447 | /// This class is used internally by the ASTContext to manage |
| 4448 | /// canonical, dependent types, only. Clients will only see instances |
| 4449 | /// of this class via TypeOfExprType nodes. |
| 4450 | class DependentTypeOfExprType |
| 4451 | : public TypeOfExprType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
| 4452 | const ASTContext &Context; |
| 4453 | |
| 4454 | public: |
| 4455 | DependentTypeOfExprType(const ASTContext &Context, Expr *E) |
| 4456 | : TypeOfExprType(E), Context(Context) {} |
| 4457 | |
| 4458 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
| 4459 | Profile(ID, Context, getUnderlyingExpr()); |
| 4460 | } |
| 4461 | |
| 4462 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
| 4463 | Expr *E); |
| 4464 | }; |
| 4465 | |
| 4466 | /// Represents `typeof(type)`, a GCC extension. |
| 4467 | class TypeOfType : public Type { |
| 4468 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
| 4469 | |
| 4470 | QualType TOType; |
| 4471 | |
| 4472 | TypeOfType(QualType T, QualType can) |
| 4473 | : Type(TypeOf, can, T->getDependence()), TOType(T) { |
| 4474 | assert(!isa<TypedefType>(can) && "Invalid canonical type")((void)0); |
| 4475 | } |
| 4476 | |
| 4477 | public: |
| 4478 | QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return TOType; } |
| 4479 | |
| 4480 | /// Remove a single level of sugar. |
| 4481 | QualType desugar() const { return getUnderlyingType(); } |
| 4482 | |
| 4483 | /// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar. |
| 4484 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
| 4485 | |
| 4486 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == TypeOf; } |
| 4487 | }; |
| 4488 | |
| 4489 | /// Represents the type `decltype(expr)` (C++11). |
| 4490 | class DecltypeType : public Type { |
| 4491 | Expr *E; |
| 4492 | QualType UnderlyingType; |
| 4493 | |
| 4494 | protected: |
| 4495 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
| 4496 | |
| 4497 | DecltypeType(Expr *E, QualType underlyingType, QualType can = QualType()); |
| 4498 | |
| 4499 | public: |
| 4500 | Expr *getUnderlyingExpr() const { return E; } |
| 4501 | QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return UnderlyingType; } |
| 4502 | |
| 4503 | /// Remove a single level of sugar. |
| 4504 | QualType desugar() const; |
| 4505 | |
| 4506 | /// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar. |
| 4507 | bool isSugared() const; |
| 4508 | |
| 4509 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Decltype; } |
| 4510 | }; |
| 4511 | |
| 4512 | /// Internal representation of canonical, dependent |
| 4513 | /// decltype(expr) types. |
| 4514 | /// |
| 4515 | /// This class is used internally by the ASTContext to manage |
| 4516 | /// canonical, dependent types, only. Clients will only see instances |
| 4517 | /// of this class via DecltypeType nodes. |
| 4518 | class DependentDecltypeType : public DecltypeType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
| 4519 | const ASTContext &Context; |
| 4520 | |
| 4521 | public: |
| 4522 | DependentDecltypeType(const ASTContext &Context, Expr *E); |
| 4523 | |
| 4524 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
| 4525 | Profile(ID, Context, getUnderlyingExpr()); |
| 4526 | } |
| 4527 | |
| 4528 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
| 4529 | Expr *E); |
| 4530 | }; |
| 4531 | |
| 4532 | /// A unary type transform, which is a type constructed from another. |
| 4533 | class UnaryTransformType : public Type { |
| 4534 | public: |
| 4535 | enum UTTKind { |
| 4536 | EnumUnderlyingType |
| 4537 | }; |
| 4538 | |
| 4539 | private: |
| 4540 | /// The untransformed type. |
| 4541 | QualType BaseType; |
| 4542 | |
| 4543 | /// The transformed type if not dependent, otherwise the same as BaseType. |
| 4544 | QualType UnderlyingType; |
| 4545 | |
| 4546 | UTTKind UKind; |
| 4547 | |
| 4548 | protected: |
| 4549 | friend class ASTContext; |
| 4550 | |
| 4551 | UnaryTransformType(QualType BaseTy, QualType UnderlyingTy, UTTKind UKind, |
| 4552 | QualType CanonicalTy); |
| 4553 | |
| 4554 | public: |
| 4555 | bool isSugared() const { return !isDependentType(); } |
| 4556 | QualType desugar() const { return UnderlyingType; } |
| 4557 | |
| 4558 | QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return UnderlyingType; } |
| 4559 | QualType getBaseType() const { return BaseType; } |
| 4560 | |
| 4561 | UTTKind getUTTKind() const { return UKind; } |
| 4562 | |
| 4563 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 4564 | return T->getTypeClass() == UnaryTransform; |
| 4565 | } |
| 4566 | }; |
| 4567 | |
| 4568 | /// Internal representation of canonical, dependent |
| 4569 | /// __underlying_type(type) types. |
| 4570 | /// |
| 4571 | /// This class is used internally by the ASTContext to manage |
| 4572 | /// canonical, dependent types, only. Clients will only see instances |
| 4573 | /// of this class via UnaryTransformType nodes. |
| 4574 | class DependentUnaryTransformType : public UnaryTransformType, |
| 4575 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
| 4576 | public: |
| 4577 | DependentUnaryTransformType(const ASTContext &C, QualType BaseType, |
| 4578 | UTTKind UKind); |
| 4579 | |
| 4580 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
| 4581 | Profile(ID, getBaseType(), getUTTKind()); |
| 4582 | } |
| 4583 | |
| 4584 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType BaseType, |
| 4585 | UTTKind UKind) { |
| 4586 | ID.AddPointer(BaseType.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
| 4587 | ID.AddInteger((unsigned)UKind); |
| 4588 | } |
| 4589 | }; |
| 4590 | |
| 4591 | class TagType : public Type { |
| 4592 | friend class ASTReader; |
| 4593 | template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeReader; |
| 4594 | |
| 4595 | /// Stores the TagDecl associated with this type. The decl may point to any |
| 4596 | /// TagDecl that declares the entity. |
| 4597 | TagDecl *decl; |
| 4598 | |
| 4599 | protected: |
| 4600 | TagType(TypeClass TC, const TagDecl *D, QualType can); |
| 4601 | |
| 4602 | public: |
| 4603 | TagDecl *getDecl() const; |
| 4604 | |
| 4605 | /// Determines whether this type is in the process of being defined. |
| 4606 | bool isBeingDefined() const; |
| 4607 | |
| 4608 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 4609 | return T->getTypeClass() == Enum || T->getTypeClass() == Record; |
| 4610 | } |
| 4611 | }; |
| 4612 | |
| 4613 | /// A helper class that allows the use of isa/cast/dyncast |
| 4614 | /// to detect TagType objects of structs/unions/classes. |
| 4615 | class RecordType : public TagType { |
| 4616 | protected: |
| 4617 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
| 4618 | |
| 4619 | explicit RecordType(const RecordDecl *D) |
| 4620 | : TagType(Record, reinterpret_cast<const TagDecl*>(D), QualType()) {} |
| 4621 | explicit RecordType(TypeClass TC, RecordDecl *D) |
| 4622 | : TagType(TC, reinterpret_cast<const TagDecl*>(D), QualType()) {} |
| 4623 | |
| 4624 | public: |
| 4625 | RecordDecl *getDecl() const { |
| 4626 | return reinterpret_cast<RecordDecl*>(TagType::getDecl()); |
| 4627 | } |
| 4628 | |
| 4629 | /// Recursively check all fields in the record for const-ness. If any field |
| 4630 | /// is declared const, return true. Otherwise, return false. |
| 4631 | bool hasConstFields() const; |
| 4632 | |
| 4633 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
| 4634 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
| 4635 | |
| 4636 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Record; } |
| 4637 | }; |
| 4638 | |
| 4639 | /// A helper class that allows the use of isa/cast/dyncast |
| 4640 | /// to detect TagType objects of enums. |
| 4641 | class EnumType : public TagType { |
| 4642 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
| 4643 | |
| 4644 | explicit EnumType(const EnumDecl *D) |
| 4645 | : TagType(Enum, reinterpret_cast<const TagDecl*>(D), QualType()) {} |
| 4646 | |
| 4647 | public: |
| 4648 | EnumDecl *getDecl() const { |
| 4649 | return reinterpret_cast<EnumDecl*>(TagType::getDecl()); |
| 4650 | } |
| 4651 | |
| 4652 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
| 4653 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
| 4654 | |
| 4655 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Enum; } |
| 4656 | }; |
| 4657 | |
| 4658 | /// An attributed type is a type to which a type attribute has been applied. |
| 4659 | /// |
| 4660 | /// The "modified type" is the fully-sugared type to which the attributed |
| 4661 | /// type was applied; generally it is not canonically equivalent to the |
| 4662 | /// attributed type. The "equivalent type" is the minimally-desugared type |
| 4663 | /// which the type is canonically equivalent to. |
| 4664 | /// |
| 4665 | /// For example, in the following attributed type: |
| 4666 | /// int32_t __attribute__((vector_size(16))) |
| 4667 | /// - the modified type is the TypedefType for int32_t |
| 4668 | /// - the equivalent type is VectorType(16, int32_t) |
| 4669 | /// - the canonical type is VectorType(16, int) |
| 4670 | class AttributedType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
| 4671 | public: |
| 4672 | using Kind = attr::Kind; |
| 4673 | |
| 4674 | private: |
| 4675 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
| 4676 | |
| 4677 | QualType ModifiedType; |
| 4678 | QualType EquivalentType; |
| 4679 | |
| 4680 | AttributedType(QualType canon, attr::Kind attrKind, QualType modified, |
| 4681 | QualType equivalent) |
| 4682 | : Type(Attributed, canon, equivalent->getDependence()), |
| 4683 | ModifiedType(modified), EquivalentType(equivalent) { |
| 4684 | AttributedTypeBits.AttrKind = attrKind; |
| 4685 | } |
| 4686 | |
| 4687 | public: |
| 4688 | Kind getAttrKind() const { |
| 4689 | return static_cast<Kind>(AttributedTypeBits.AttrKind); |
| 4690 | } |
| 4691 | |
| 4692 | QualType getModifiedType() const { return ModifiedType; } |
| 4693 | QualType getEquivalentType() const { return EquivalentType; } |
| 4694 | |
| 4695 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
| 4696 | QualType desugar() const { return getEquivalentType(); } |
| 4697 | |
| 4698 | /// Does this attribute behave like a type qualifier? |
| 4699 | /// |
| 4700 | /// A type qualifier adjusts a type to provide specialized rules for |
| 4701 | /// a specific object, like the standard const and volatile qualifiers. |
| 4702 | /// This includes attributes controlling things like nullability, |
| 4703 | /// address spaces, and ARC ownership. The value of the object is still |
| 4704 | /// largely described by the modified type. |
| 4705 | /// |
| 4706 | /// In contrast, many type attributes "rewrite" their modified type to |
| 4707 | /// produce a fundamentally different type, not necessarily related in any |
| 4708 | /// formalizable way to the original type. For example, calling convention |
| 4709 | /// and vector attributes are not simple type qualifiers. |
| 4710 | /// |
| 4711 | /// Type qualifiers are often, but not always, reflected in the canonical |
| 4712 | /// type. |
| 4713 | bool isQualifier() const; |
| 4714 | |
| 4715 | bool isMSTypeSpec() const; |
| 4716 | |
| 4717 | bool isCallingConv() const; |
| 4718 | |
| 4719 | llvm::Optional<NullabilityKind> getImmediateNullability() const; |
| 4720 | |
| 4721 | /// Retrieve the attribute kind corresponding to the given |
| 4722 | /// nullability kind. |
| 4723 | static Kind getNullabilityAttrKind(NullabilityKind kind) { |
| 4724 | switch (kind) { |
| 4725 | case NullabilityKind::NonNull: |
| 4726 | return attr::TypeNonNull; |
| 4727 | |
| 4728 | case NullabilityKind::Nullable: |
| 4729 | return attr::TypeNullable; |
| 4730 | |
| 4731 | case NullabilityKind::NullableResult: |
| 4732 | return attr::TypeNullableResult; |
| 4733 | |
| 4734 | case NullabilityKind::Unspecified: |
| 4735 | return attr::TypeNullUnspecified; |
| 4736 | } |
| 4737 | llvm_unreachable("Unknown nullability kind.")__builtin_unreachable(); |
| 4738 | } |
| 4739 | |
| 4740 | /// Strip off the top-level nullability annotation on the given |
| 4741 | /// type, if it's there. |
| 4742 | /// |
| 4743 | /// \param T The type to strip. If the type is exactly an |
| 4744 | /// AttributedType specifying nullability (without looking through |
| 4745 | /// type sugar), the nullability is returned and this type changed |
| 4746 | /// to the underlying modified type. |
| 4747 | /// |
| 4748 | /// \returns the top-level nullability, if present. |
| 4749 | static Optional<NullabilityKind> stripOuterNullability(QualType &T); |
| 4750 | |
| 4751 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
| 4752 | Profile(ID, getAttrKind(), ModifiedType, EquivalentType); |
| 4753 | } |
| 4754 | |
| 4755 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, Kind attrKind, |
| 4756 | QualType modified, QualType equivalent) { |
| 4757 | ID.AddInteger(attrKind); |
| 4758 | ID.AddPointer(modified.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
| 4759 | ID.AddPointer(equivalent.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
| 4760 | } |
| 4761 | |
| 4762 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 4763 | return T->getTypeClass() == Attributed; |
| 4764 | } |
| 4765 | }; |
| 4766 | |
| 4767 | class TemplateTypeParmType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
| 4768 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
| 4769 | |
| 4770 | // Helper data collector for canonical types. |
| 4771 | struct CanonicalTTPTInfo { |
| 4772 | unsigned Depth : 15; |
| 4773 | unsigned ParameterPack : 1; |
| 4774 | unsigned Index : 16; |
| 4775 | }; |
| 4776 | |
| 4777 | union { |
| 4778 | // Info for the canonical type. |
| 4779 | CanonicalTTPTInfo CanTTPTInfo; |
| 4780 | |
| 4781 | // Info for the non-canonical type. |
| 4782 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl; |
| 4783 | }; |
| 4784 | |
| 4785 | /// Build a non-canonical type. |
| 4786 | TemplateTypeParmType(TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl, QualType Canon) |
| 4787 | : Type(TemplateTypeParm, Canon, |
| 4788 | TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation | |
| 4789 | (Canon->getDependence() & TypeDependence::UnexpandedPack)), |
| 4790 | TTPDecl(TTPDecl) {} |
| 4791 | |
| 4792 | /// Build the canonical type. |
| 4793 | TemplateTypeParmType(unsigned D, unsigned I, bool PP) |
| 4794 | : Type(TemplateTypeParm, QualType(this, 0), |
| 4795 | TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation | |
| 4796 | (PP ? TypeDependence::UnexpandedPack : TypeDependence::None)) { |
| 4797 | CanTTPTInfo.Depth = D; |
| 4798 | CanTTPTInfo.Index = I; |
| 4799 | CanTTPTInfo.ParameterPack = PP; |
| 4800 | } |
| 4801 | |
| 4802 | const CanonicalTTPTInfo& getCanTTPTInfo() const { |
| 4803 | QualType Can = getCanonicalTypeInternal(); |
| 4804 | return Can->castAs<TemplateTypeParmType>()->CanTTPTInfo; |
| 4805 | } |
| 4806 | |
| 4807 | public: |
| 4808 | unsigned getDepth() const { return getCanTTPTInfo().Depth; } |
| 4809 | unsigned getIndex() const { return getCanTTPTInfo().Index; } |
| 4810 | bool isParameterPack() const { return getCanTTPTInfo().ParameterPack; } |
| 4811 | |
| 4812 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *getDecl() const { |
| 4813 | return isCanonicalUnqualified() ? nullptr : TTPDecl; |
| 4814 | } |
| 4815 | |
| 4816 | IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const; |
| 4817 | |
| 4818 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
| 4819 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
| 4820 | |
| 4821 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
| 4822 | Profile(ID, getDepth(), getIndex(), isParameterPack(), getDecl()); |
| 4823 | } |
| 4824 | |
| 4825 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, unsigned Depth, |
| 4826 | unsigned Index, bool ParameterPack, |
| 4827 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl) { |
| 4828 | ID.AddInteger(Depth); |
| 4829 | ID.AddInteger(Index); |
| 4830 | ID.AddBoolean(ParameterPack); |
| 4831 | ID.AddPointer(TTPDecl); |
| 4832 | } |
| 4833 | |
| 4834 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 4835 | return T->getTypeClass() == TemplateTypeParm; |
| 4836 | } |
| 4837 | }; |
| 4838 | |
| 4839 | /// Represents the result of substituting a type for a template |
| 4840 | /// type parameter. |
| 4841 | /// |
| 4842 | /// Within an instantiated template, all template type parameters have |
| 4843 | /// been replaced with these. They are used solely to record that a |
| 4844 | /// type was originally written as a template type parameter; |
| 4845 | /// therefore they are never canonical. |
| 4846 | class SubstTemplateTypeParmType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
| 4847 | friend class ASTContext; |
| 4848 | |
| 4849 | // The original type parameter. |
| 4850 | const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced; |
| 4851 | |
| 4852 | SubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Param, QualType Canon) |
| 4853 | : Type(SubstTemplateTypeParm, Canon, Canon->getDependence()), |
| 4854 | Replaced(Param) {} |
| 4855 | |
| 4856 | public: |
| 4857 | /// Gets the template parameter that was substituted for. |
| 4858 | const TemplateTypeParmType *getReplacedParameter() const { |
| 4859 | return Replaced; |
| 4860 | } |
| 4861 | |
| 4862 | /// Gets the type that was substituted for the template |
| 4863 | /// parameter. |
| 4864 | QualType getReplacementType() const { |
| 4865 | return getCanonicalTypeInternal(); |
| 4866 | } |
| 4867 | |
| 4868 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
| 4869 | QualType desugar() const { return getReplacementType(); } |
| 4870 | |
| 4871 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
| 4872 | Profile(ID, getReplacedParameter(), getReplacementType()); |
| 4873 | } |
| 4874 | |
| 4875 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
| 4876 | const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced, |
| 4877 | QualType Replacement) { |
| 4878 | ID.AddPointer(Replaced); |
| 4879 | ID.AddPointer(Replacement.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
| 4880 | } |
| 4881 | |
| 4882 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 4883 | return T->getTypeClass() == SubstTemplateTypeParm; |
| 4884 | } |
| 4885 | }; |
| 4886 | |
| 4887 | /// Represents the result of substituting a set of types for a template |
| 4888 | /// type parameter pack. |
| 4889 | /// |
| 4890 | /// When a pack expansion in the source code contains multiple parameter packs |
| 4891 | /// and those parameter packs correspond to different levels of template |
| 4892 | /// parameter lists, this type node is used to represent a template type |
| 4893 | /// parameter pack from an outer level, which has already had its argument pack |
| 4894 | /// substituted but that still lives within a pack expansion that itself |
| 4895 | /// could not be instantiated. When actually performing a substitution into |
| 4896 | /// that pack expansion (e.g., when all template parameters have corresponding |
| 4897 | /// arguments), this type will be replaced with the \c SubstTemplateTypeParmType |
| 4898 | /// at the current pack substitution index. |
| 4899 | class SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
| 4900 | friend class ASTContext; |
| 4901 | |
| 4902 | /// The original type parameter. |
| 4903 | const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced; |
| 4904 | |
| 4905 | /// A pointer to the set of template arguments that this |
| 4906 | /// parameter pack is instantiated with. |
| 4907 | const TemplateArgument *Arguments; |
| 4908 | |
| 4909 | SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Param, |
| 4910 | QualType Canon, |
| 4911 | const TemplateArgument &ArgPack); |
| 4912 | |
| 4913 | public: |
| 4914 | IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const { return Replaced->getIdentifier(); } |
| 4915 | |
| 4916 | /// Gets the template parameter that was substituted for. |
| 4917 | const TemplateTypeParmType *getReplacedParameter() const { |
| 4918 | return Replaced; |
| 4919 | } |
| 4920 | |
| 4921 | unsigned getNumArgs() const { |
| 4922 | return SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBits.NumArgs; |
| 4923 | } |
| 4924 | |
| 4925 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
| 4926 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
| 4927 | |
| 4928 | TemplateArgument getArgumentPack() const; |
| 4929 | |
| 4930 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID); |
| 4931 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
| 4932 | const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced, |
| 4933 | const TemplateArgument &ArgPack); |
| 4934 | |
| 4935 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 4936 | return T->getTypeClass() == SubstTemplateTypeParmPack; |
| 4937 | } |
| 4938 | }; |
| 4939 | |
| 4940 | /// Common base class for placeholders for types that get replaced by |
| 4941 | /// placeholder type deduction: C++11 auto, C++14 decltype(auto), C++17 deduced |
| 4942 | /// class template types, and constrained type names. |
| 4943 | /// |
| 4944 | /// These types are usually a placeholder for a deduced type. However, before |
| 4945 | /// the initializer is attached, or (usually) if the initializer is |
| 4946 | /// type-dependent, there is no deduced type and the type is canonical. In |
| 4947 | /// the latter case, it is also a dependent type. |
| 4948 | class DeducedType : public Type { |
| 4949 | protected: |
| 4950 | DeducedType(TypeClass TC, QualType DeducedAsType, |
| 4951 | TypeDependence ExtraDependence) |
| 4952 | : Type(TC, |
| 4953 | // FIXME: Retain the sugared deduced type? |
| 4954 | DeducedAsType.isNull() ? QualType(this, 0) |
| 4955 | : DeducedAsType.getCanonicalType(), |
| 4956 | ExtraDependence | (DeducedAsType.isNull() |
| 4957 | ? TypeDependence::None |
| 4958 | : DeducedAsType->getDependence() & |
| 4959 | ~TypeDependence::VariablyModified)) {} |
| 4960 | |
| 4961 | public: |
| 4962 | bool isSugared() const { return !isCanonicalUnqualified(); } |
| 4963 | QualType desugar() const { return getCanonicalTypeInternal(); } |
| 4964 | |
| 4965 | /// Get the type deduced for this placeholder type, or null if it's |
| 4966 | /// either not been deduced or was deduced to a dependent type. |
| 4967 | QualType getDeducedType() const { |
| 4968 | return !isCanonicalUnqualified() ? getCanonicalTypeInternal() : QualType(); |
| 4969 | } |
| 4970 | bool isDeduced() const { |
| 4971 | return !isCanonicalUnqualified() || isDependentType(); |
| 4972 | } |
| 4973 | |
| 4974 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 4975 | return T->getTypeClass() == Auto || |
| 4976 | T->getTypeClass() == DeducedTemplateSpecialization; |
| 4977 | } |
| 4978 | }; |
| 4979 | |
| 4980 | /// Represents a C++11 auto or C++14 decltype(auto) type, possibly constrained |
| 4981 | /// by a type-constraint. |
| 4982 | class alignas(8) AutoType : public DeducedType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
| 4983 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
| 4984 | |
| 4985 | ConceptDecl *TypeConstraintConcept; |
| 4986 | |
| 4987 | AutoType(QualType DeducedAsType, AutoTypeKeyword Keyword, |
| 4988 | TypeDependence ExtraDependence, ConceptDecl *CD, |
| 4989 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TypeConstraintArgs); |
| 4990 | |
| 4991 | const TemplateArgument *getArgBuffer() const { |
| 4992 | return reinterpret_cast<const TemplateArgument*>(this+1); |
| 4993 | } |
| 4994 | |
| 4995 | TemplateArgument *getArgBuffer() { |
| 4996 | return reinterpret_cast<TemplateArgument*>(this+1); |
| 4997 | } |
| 4998 | |
| 4999 | public: |
| 5000 | /// Retrieve the template arguments. |
| 5001 | const TemplateArgument *getArgs() const { |
| 5002 | return getArgBuffer(); |
| 5003 | } |
| 5004 | |
| 5005 | /// Retrieve the number of template arguments. |
| 5006 | unsigned getNumArgs() const { |
| 5007 | return AutoTypeBits.NumArgs; |
| 5008 | } |
| 5009 | |
| 5010 | const TemplateArgument &getArg(unsigned Idx) const; // in TemplateBase.h |
| 5011 | |
| 5012 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> getTypeConstraintArguments() const { |
| 5013 | return {getArgs(), getNumArgs()}; |
| 5014 | } |
| 5015 | |
| 5016 | ConceptDecl *getTypeConstraintConcept() const { |
| 5017 | return TypeConstraintConcept; |
| 5018 | } |
| 5019 | |
| 5020 | bool isConstrained() const { |
| 5021 | return TypeConstraintConcept != nullptr; |
| 5022 | } |
| 5023 | |
| 5024 | bool isDecltypeAuto() const { |
| 5025 | return getKeyword() == AutoTypeKeyword::DecltypeAuto; |
| 5026 | } |
| 5027 | |
| 5028 | AutoTypeKeyword getKeyword() const { |
| 5029 | return (AutoTypeKeyword)AutoTypeBits.Keyword; |
| 5030 | } |
| 5031 | |
| 5032 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context) { |
| 5033 | Profile(ID, Context, getDeducedType(), getKeyword(), isDependentType(), |
| 5034 | getTypeConstraintConcept(), getTypeConstraintArguments()); |
| 5035 | } |
| 5036 | |
| 5037 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
| 5038 | QualType Deduced, AutoTypeKeyword Keyword, |
| 5039 | bool IsDependent, ConceptDecl *CD, |
| 5040 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Arguments); |
| 5041 | |
| 5042 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 5043 | return T->getTypeClass() == Auto; |
| 5044 | } |
| 5045 | }; |
| 5046 | |
| 5047 | /// Represents a C++17 deduced template specialization type. |
| 5048 | class DeducedTemplateSpecializationType : public DeducedType, |
| 5049 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
| 5050 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
| 5051 | |
| 5052 | /// The name of the template whose arguments will be deduced. |
| 5053 | TemplateName Template; |
| 5054 | |
| 5055 | DeducedTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, |
| 5056 | QualType DeducedAsType, |
| 5057 | bool IsDeducedAsDependent) |
| 5058 | : DeducedType(DeducedTemplateSpecialization, DeducedAsType, |
| 5059 | toTypeDependence(Template.getDependence()) | |
| 5060 | (IsDeducedAsDependent |
| 5061 | ? TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation |
| 5062 | : TypeDependence::None)), |
| 5063 | Template(Template) {} |
| 5064 | |
| 5065 | public: |
| 5066 | /// Retrieve the name of the template that we are deducing. |
| 5067 | TemplateName getTemplateName() const { return Template;} |
| 5068 | |
| 5069 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
| 5070 | Profile(ID, getTemplateName(), getDeducedType(), isDependentType()); |
| 5071 | } |
| 5072 | |
| 5073 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, TemplateName Template, |
| 5074 | QualType Deduced, bool IsDependent) { |
| 5075 | Template.Profile(ID); |
| 5076 | ID.AddPointer(Deduced.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
| 5077 | ID.AddBoolean(IsDependent); |
| 5078 | } |
| 5079 | |
| 5080 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 5081 | return T->getTypeClass() == DeducedTemplateSpecialization; |
| 5082 | } |
| 5083 | }; |
| 5084 | |
| 5085 | /// Represents a type template specialization; the template |
| 5086 | /// must be a class template, a type alias template, or a template |
| 5087 | /// template parameter. A template which cannot be resolved to one of |
| 5088 | /// these, e.g. because it is written with a dependent scope |
| 5089 | /// specifier, is instead represented as a |
| 5090 | /// @c DependentTemplateSpecializationType. |
| 5091 | /// |
| 5092 | /// A non-dependent template specialization type is always "sugar", |
| 5093 | /// typically for a \c RecordType. For example, a class template |
| 5094 | /// specialization type of \c vector<int> will refer to a tag type for |
| 5095 | /// the instantiation \c std::vector<int, std::allocator<int>> |
| 5096 | /// |
| 5097 | /// Template specializations are dependent if either the template or |
| 5098 | /// any of the template arguments are dependent, in which case the |
| 5099 | /// type may also be canonical. |
| 5100 | /// |
| 5101 | /// Instances of this type are allocated with a trailing array of |
| 5102 | /// TemplateArguments, followed by a QualType representing the |
| 5103 | /// non-canonical aliased type when the template is a type alias |
| 5104 | /// template. |
| 5105 | class alignas(8) TemplateSpecializationType |
| 5106 | : public Type, |
| 5107 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
| 5108 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
| 5109 | |
| 5110 | /// The name of the template being specialized. This is |
| 5111 | /// either a TemplateName::Template (in which case it is a |
| 5112 | /// ClassTemplateDecl*, a TemplateTemplateParmDecl*, or a |
| 5113 | /// TypeAliasTemplateDecl*), a |
| 5114 | /// TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack, or a |
| 5115 | /// TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm (in which case the |
| 5116 | /// replacement must, recursively, be one of these). |
| 5117 | TemplateName Template; |
| 5118 | |
| 5119 | TemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName T, |
| 5120 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args, |
| 5121 | QualType Canon, |
| 5122 | QualType Aliased); |
| 5123 | |
| 5124 | public: |
| 5125 | /// Determine whether any of the given template arguments are dependent. |
| 5126 | /// |
| 5127 | /// The converted arguments should be supplied when known; whether an |
| 5128 | /// argument is dependent can depend on the conversions performed on it |
| 5129 | /// (for example, a 'const int' passed as a template argument might be |
| 5130 | /// dependent if the parameter is a reference but non-dependent if the |
| 5131 | /// parameter is an int). |
| 5132 | /// |
| 5133 | /// Note that the \p Args parameter is unused: this is intentional, to remind |
| 5134 | /// the caller that they need to pass in the converted arguments, not the |
| 5135 | /// specified arguments. |
| 5136 | static bool |
| 5137 | anyDependentTemplateArguments(ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> Args, |
| 5138 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Converted); |
| 5139 | static bool |
| 5140 | anyDependentTemplateArguments(const TemplateArgumentListInfo &, |
| 5141 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Converted); |
| 5142 | static bool anyInstantiationDependentTemplateArguments( |
| 5143 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> Args); |
| 5144 | |
| 5145 | /// True if this template specialization type matches a current |
| 5146 | /// instantiation in the context in which it is found. |
| 5147 | bool isCurrentInstantiation() const { |
| 5148 | return isa<InjectedClassNameType>(getCanonicalTypeInternal()); |
| 5149 | } |
| 5150 | |
| 5151 | /// Determine if this template specialization type is for a type alias |
| 5152 | /// template that has been substituted. |
| 5153 | /// |
| 5154 | /// Nearly every template specialization type whose template is an alias |
| 5155 | /// template will be substituted. However, this is not the case when |
| 5156 | /// the specialization contains a pack expansion but the template alias |
| 5157 | /// does not have a corresponding parameter pack, e.g., |
| 5158 | /// |
| 5159 | /// \code |
| 5160 | /// template<typename T, typename U, typename V> struct S; |
| 5161 | /// template<typename T, typename U> using A = S<T, int, U>; |
| 5162 | /// template<typename... Ts> struct X { |
| 5163 | /// typedef A<Ts...> type; // not a type alias |
| 5164 | /// }; |
| 5165 | /// \endcode |
| 5166 | bool isTypeAlias() const { return TemplateSpecializationTypeBits.TypeAlias; } |
| 5167 | |
| 5168 | /// Get the aliased type, if this is a specialization of a type alias |
| 5169 | /// template. |
| 5170 | QualType getAliasedType() const { |
| 5171 | assert(isTypeAlias() && "not a type alias template specialization")((void)0); |
| 5172 | return *reinterpret_cast<const QualType*>(end()); |
| 5173 | } |
| 5174 | |
| 5175 | using iterator = const TemplateArgument *; |
| 5176 | |
| 5177 | iterator begin() const { return getArgs(); } |
| 5178 | iterator end() const; // defined inline in TemplateBase.h |
| 5179 | |
| 5180 | /// Retrieve the name of the template that we are specializing. |
| 5181 | TemplateName getTemplateName() const { return Template; } |
| 5182 | |
| 5183 | /// Retrieve the template arguments. |
| 5184 | const TemplateArgument *getArgs() const { |
| 5185 | return reinterpret_cast<const TemplateArgument *>(this + 1); |
| 5186 | } |
| 5187 | |
| 5188 | /// Retrieve the number of template arguments. |
| 5189 | unsigned getNumArgs() const { |
| 5190 | return TemplateSpecializationTypeBits.NumArgs; |
| 5191 | } |
| 5192 | |
| 5193 | /// Retrieve a specific template argument as a type. |
| 5194 | /// \pre \c isArgType(Arg) |
| 5195 | const TemplateArgument &getArg(unsigned Idx) const; // in TemplateBase.h |
| 5196 | |
| 5197 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> template_arguments() const { |
| 5198 | return {getArgs(), getNumArgs()}; |
| 5199 | } |
| 5200 | |
| 5201 | bool isSugared() const { |
| 5202 | return !isDependentType() || isCurrentInstantiation() || isTypeAlias(); |
| 5203 | } |
| 5204 | |
| 5205 | QualType desugar() const { |
| 5206 | return isTypeAlias() ? getAliasedType() : getCanonicalTypeInternal(); |
| 5207 | } |
| 5208 | |
| 5209 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx) { |
| 5210 | Profile(ID, Template, template_arguments(), Ctx); |
| 5211 | if (isTypeAlias()) |
| 5212 | getAliasedType().Profile(ID); |
| 5213 | } |
| 5214 | |
| 5215 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, TemplateName T, |
| 5216 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args, |
| 5217 | const ASTContext &Context); |
| 5218 | |
| 5219 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 5220 | return T->getTypeClass() == TemplateSpecialization; |
| 5221 | } |
| 5222 | }; |
| 5223 | |
| 5224 | /// Print a template argument list, including the '<' and '>' |
| 5225 | /// enclosing the template arguments. |
| 5226 | void printTemplateArgumentList(raw_ostream &OS, |
| 5227 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args, |
| 5228 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
| 5229 | const TemplateParameterList *TPL = nullptr); |
| 5230 | |
| 5231 | void printTemplateArgumentList(raw_ostream &OS, |
| 5232 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> Args, |
| 5233 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
| 5234 | const TemplateParameterList *TPL = nullptr); |
| 5235 | |
| 5236 | void printTemplateArgumentList(raw_ostream &OS, |
| 5237 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args, |
| 5238 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
| 5239 | const TemplateParameterList *TPL = nullptr); |
| 5240 | |
| 5241 | /// The injected class name of a C++ class template or class |
| 5242 | /// template partial specialization. Used to record that a type was |
| 5243 | /// spelled with a bare identifier rather than as a template-id; the |
| 5244 | /// equivalent for non-templated classes is just RecordType. |
| 5245 | /// |
| 5246 | /// Injected class name types are always dependent. Template |
| 5247 | /// instantiation turns these into RecordTypes. |
| 5248 | /// |
| 5249 | /// Injected class name types are always canonical. This works |
| 5250 | /// because it is impossible to compare an injected class name type |
| 5251 | /// with the corresponding non-injected template type, for the same |
| 5252 | /// reason that it is impossible to directly compare template |
| 5253 | /// parameters from different dependent contexts: injected class name |
| 5254 | /// types can only occur within the scope of a particular templated |
| 5255 | /// declaration, and within that scope every template specialization |
| 5256 | /// will canonicalize to the injected class name (when appropriate |
| 5257 | /// according to the rules of the language). |
| 5258 | class InjectedClassNameType : public Type { |
| 5259 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
| 5260 | friend class ASTNodeImporter; |
| 5261 | friend class ASTReader; // FIXME: ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType is not |
| 5262 | // currently suitable for AST reading, too much |
| 5263 | // interdependencies. |
| 5264 | template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeReader; |
| 5265 | |
| 5266 | CXXRecordDecl *Decl; |
| 5267 | |
| 5268 | /// The template specialization which this type represents. |
| 5269 | /// For example, in |
| 5270 | /// template <class T> class A { ... }; |
| 5271 | /// this is A<T>, whereas in |
| 5272 | /// template <class X, class Y> class A<B<X,Y> > { ... }; |
| 5273 | /// this is A<B<X,Y> >. |
| 5274 | /// |
| 5275 | /// It is always unqualified, always a template specialization type, |
| 5276 | /// and always dependent. |
| 5277 | QualType InjectedType; |
| 5278 | |
| 5279 | InjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *D, QualType TST) |
| 5280 | : Type(InjectedClassName, QualType(), |
| 5281 | TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation), |
| 5282 | Decl(D), InjectedType(TST) { |
| 5283 | assert(isa<TemplateSpecializationType>(TST))((void)0); |
| 5284 | assert(!TST.hasQualifiers())((void)0); |
| 5285 | assert(TST->isDependentType())((void)0); |
| 5286 | } |
| 5287 | |
| 5288 | public: |
| 5289 | QualType getInjectedSpecializationType() const { return InjectedType; } |
| 5290 | |
| 5291 | const TemplateSpecializationType *getInjectedTST() const { |
| 5292 | return cast<TemplateSpecializationType>(InjectedType.getTypePtr()); |
| 5293 | } |
| 5294 | |
| 5295 | TemplateName getTemplateName() const { |
| 5296 | return getInjectedTST()->getTemplateName(); |
| 5297 | } |
| 5298 | |
| 5299 | CXXRecordDecl *getDecl() const; |
| 5300 | |
| 5301 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
| 5302 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
| 5303 | |
| 5304 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 5305 | return T->getTypeClass() == InjectedClassName; |
| 5306 | } |
| 5307 | }; |
| 5308 | |
| 5309 | /// The kind of a tag type. |
| 5310 | enum TagTypeKind { |
| 5311 | /// The "struct" keyword. |
| 5312 | TTK_Struct, |
| 5313 | |
| 5314 | /// The "__interface" keyword. |
| 5315 | TTK_Interface, |
| 5316 | |
| 5317 | /// The "union" keyword. |
| 5318 | TTK_Union, |
| 5319 | |
| 5320 | /// The "class" keyword. |
| 5321 | TTK_Class, |
| 5322 | |
| 5323 | /// The "enum" keyword. |
| 5324 | TTK_Enum |
| 5325 | }; |
| 5326 | |
| 5327 | /// The elaboration keyword that precedes a qualified type name or |
| 5328 | /// introduces an elaborated-type-specifier. |
| 5329 | enum ElaboratedTypeKeyword { |
| 5330 | /// The "struct" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. |
| 5331 | ETK_Struct, |
| 5332 | |
| 5333 | /// The "__interface" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. |
| 5334 | ETK_Interface, |
| 5335 | |
| 5336 | /// The "union" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. |
| 5337 | ETK_Union, |
| 5338 | |
| 5339 | /// The "class" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. |
| 5340 | ETK_Class, |
| 5341 | |
| 5342 | /// The "enum" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. |
| 5343 | ETK_Enum, |
| 5344 | |
| 5345 | /// The "typename" keyword precedes the qualified type name, e.g., |
| 5346 | /// \c typename T::type. |
| 5347 | ETK_Typename, |
| 5348 | |
| 5349 | /// No keyword precedes the qualified type name. |
| 5350 | ETK_None |
| 5351 | }; |
| 5352 | |
| 5353 | /// A helper class for Type nodes having an ElaboratedTypeKeyword. |
| 5354 | /// The keyword in stored in the free bits of the base class. |
| 5355 | /// Also provides a few static helpers for converting and printing |
| 5356 | /// elaborated type keyword and tag type kind enumerations. |
| 5357 | class TypeWithKeyword : public Type { |
| 5358 | protected: |
| 5359 | TypeWithKeyword(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, TypeClass tc, |
| 5360 | QualType Canonical, TypeDependence Dependence) |
| 5361 | : Type(tc, Canonical, Dependence) { |
| 5362 | TypeWithKeywordBits.Keyword = Keyword; |
| 5363 | } |
| 5364 | |
| 5365 | public: |
| 5366 | ElaboratedTypeKeyword getKeyword() const { |
| 5367 | return static_cast<ElaboratedTypeKeyword>(TypeWithKeywordBits.Keyword); |
| 5368 | } |
| 5369 | |
| 5370 | /// Converts a type specifier (DeclSpec::TST) into an elaborated type keyword. |
| 5371 | static ElaboratedTypeKeyword getKeywordForTypeSpec(unsigned TypeSpec); |
| 5372 | |
| 5373 | /// Converts a type specifier (DeclSpec::TST) into a tag type kind. |
| 5374 | /// It is an error to provide a type specifier which *isn't* a tag kind here. |
| 5375 | static TagTypeKind getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(unsigned TypeSpec); |
| 5376 | |
| 5377 | /// Converts a TagTypeKind into an elaborated type keyword. |
| 5378 | static ElaboratedTypeKeyword getKeywordForTagTypeKind(TagTypeKind Tag); |
| 5379 | |
| 5380 | /// Converts an elaborated type keyword into a TagTypeKind. |
| 5381 | /// It is an error to provide an elaborated type keyword |
| 5382 | /// which *isn't* a tag kind here. |
| 5383 | static TagTypeKind getTagTypeKindForKeyword(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword); |
| 5384 | |
| 5385 | static bool KeywordIsTagTypeKind(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword); |
| 5386 | |
| 5387 | static StringRef getKeywordName(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword); |
| 5388 | |
| 5389 | static StringRef getTagTypeKindName(TagTypeKind Kind) { |
| 5390 | return getKeywordName(getKeywordForTagTypeKind(Kind)); |
| 5391 | } |
| 5392 | |
| 5393 | class CannotCastToThisType {}; |
| 5394 | static CannotCastToThisType classof(const Type *); |
| 5395 | }; |
| 5396 | |
| 5397 | /// Represents a type that was referred to using an elaborated type |
| 5398 | /// keyword, e.g., struct S, or via a qualified name, e.g., N::M::type, |
| 5399 | /// or both. |
| 5400 | /// |
| 5401 | /// This type is used to keep track of a type name as written in the |
| 5402 | /// source code, including tag keywords and any nested-name-specifiers. |
| 5403 | /// The type itself is always "sugar", used to express what was written |
| 5404 | /// in the source code but containing no additional semantic information. |
| 5405 | class ElaboratedType final |
| 5406 | : public TypeWithKeyword, |
| 5407 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode, |
| 5408 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<ElaboratedType, TagDecl *> { |
| 5409 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
| 5410 | friend TrailingObjects; |
| 5411 | |
| 5412 | /// The nested name specifier containing the qualifier. |
| 5413 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS; |
| 5414 | |
| 5415 | /// The type that this qualified name refers to. |
| 5416 | QualType NamedType; |
| 5417 | |
| 5418 | /// The (re)declaration of this tag type owned by this occurrence is stored |
| 5419 | /// as a trailing object if there is one. Use getOwnedTagDecl to obtain |
| 5420 | /// it, or obtain a null pointer if there is none. |
| 5421 | |
| 5422 | ElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, |
| 5423 | QualType NamedType, QualType CanonType, TagDecl *OwnedTagDecl) |
| 5424 | : TypeWithKeyword(Keyword, Elaborated, CanonType, |
| 5425 | // Any semantic dependence on the qualifier will have |
| 5426 | // been incorporated into NamedType. We still need to |
| 5427 | // track syntactic (instantiation / error / pack) |
| 5428 | // dependence on the qualifier. |
| 5429 | NamedType->getDependence() | |
| 5430 | (NNS ? toSyntacticDependence( |
| 5431 | toTypeDependence(NNS->getDependence())) |
| 5432 | : TypeDependence::None)), |
| 5433 | NNS(NNS), NamedType(NamedType) { |
| 5434 | ElaboratedTypeBits.HasOwnedTagDecl = false; |
| 5435 | if (OwnedTagDecl) { |
| 5436 | ElaboratedTypeBits.HasOwnedTagDecl = true; |
| 5437 | *getTrailingObjects<TagDecl *>() = OwnedTagDecl; |
| 5438 | } |
| 5439 | assert(!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) &&((void)0) |
| 5440 | "ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword "((void)0) |
| 5441 | "and name qualifier both null.")((void)0); |
| 5442 | } |
| 5443 | |
| 5444 | public: |
| 5445 | /// Retrieve the qualification on this type. |
| 5446 | NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return NNS; } |
| 5447 | |
| 5448 | /// Retrieve the type named by the qualified-id. |
| 5449 | QualType getNamedType() const { return NamedType; } |
| 5450 | |
| 5451 | /// Remove a single level of sugar. |
| 5452 | QualType desugar() const { return getNamedType(); } |
| 5453 | |
| 5454 | /// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar. |
| 5455 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
| 5456 | |
| 5457 | /// Return the (re)declaration of this type owned by this occurrence of this |
| 5458 | /// type, or nullptr if there is none. |
| 5459 | TagDecl *getOwnedTagDecl() const { |
| 5460 | return ElaboratedTypeBits.HasOwnedTagDecl ? *getTrailingObjects<TagDecl *>() |
| 5461 | : nullptr; |
| 5462 | } |
| 5463 | |
| 5464 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
| 5465 | Profile(ID, getKeyword(), NNS, NamedType, getOwnedTagDecl()); |
| 5466 | } |
| 5467 | |
| 5468 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
| 5469 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, QualType NamedType, |
| 5470 | TagDecl *OwnedTagDecl) { |
| 5471 | ID.AddInteger(Keyword); |
| 5472 | ID.AddPointer(NNS); |
| 5473 | NamedType.Profile(ID); |
| 5474 | ID.AddPointer(OwnedTagDecl); |
| 5475 | } |
| 5476 | |
| 5477 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Elaborated; } |
| 5478 | }; |
| 5479 | |
| 5480 | /// Represents a qualified type name for which the type name is |
| 5481 | /// dependent. |
| 5482 | /// |
| 5483 | /// DependentNameType represents a class of dependent types that involve a |
| 5484 | /// possibly dependent nested-name-specifier (e.g., "T::") followed by a |
| 5485 | /// name of a type. The DependentNameType may start with a "typename" (for a |
| 5486 | /// typename-specifier), "class", "struct", "union", or "enum" (for a |
| 5487 | /// dependent elaborated-type-specifier), or nothing (in contexts where we |
| 5488 | /// know that we must be referring to a type, e.g., in a base class specifier). |
| 5489 | /// Typically the nested-name-specifier is dependent, but in MSVC compatibility |
| 5490 | /// mode, this type is used with non-dependent names to delay name lookup until |
| 5491 | /// instantiation. |
| 5492 | class DependentNameType : public TypeWithKeyword, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
| 5493 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
| 5494 | |
| 5495 | /// The nested name specifier containing the qualifier. |
| 5496 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS; |
| 5497 | |
| 5498 | /// The type that this typename specifier refers to. |
| 5499 | const IdentifierInfo *Name; |
| 5500 | |
| 5501 | DependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, |
| 5502 | const IdentifierInfo *Name, QualType CanonType) |
| 5503 | : TypeWithKeyword(Keyword, DependentName, CanonType, |
| 5504 | TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation | |
| 5505 | toTypeDependence(NNS->getDependence())), |
| 5506 | NNS(NNS), Name(Name) {} |
| 5507 | |
| 5508 | public: |
| 5509 | /// Retrieve the qualification on this type. |
| 5510 | NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return NNS; } |
| 5511 | |
| 5512 | /// Retrieve the type named by the typename specifier as an identifier. |
| 5513 | /// |
| 5514 | /// This routine will return a non-NULL identifier pointer when the |
| 5515 | /// form of the original typename was terminated by an identifier, |
| 5516 | /// e.g., "typename T::type". |
| 5517 | const IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const { |
| 5518 | return Name; |
| 5519 | } |
| 5520 | |
| 5521 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
| 5522 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
| 5523 | |
| 5524 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
| 5525 | Profile(ID, getKeyword(), NNS, Name); |
| 5526 | } |
| 5527 | |
| 5528 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
| 5529 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, const IdentifierInfo *Name) { |
| 5530 | ID.AddInteger(Keyword); |
| 5531 | ID.AddPointer(NNS); |
| 5532 | ID.AddPointer(Name); |
| 5533 | } |
| 5534 | |
| 5535 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 5536 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentName; |
| 5537 | } |
| 5538 | }; |
| 5539 | |
| 5540 | /// Represents a template specialization type whose template cannot be |
| 5541 | /// resolved, e.g. |
| 5542 | /// A<T>::template B<T> |
| 5543 | class alignas(8) DependentTemplateSpecializationType |
| 5544 | : public TypeWithKeyword, |
| 5545 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
| 5546 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
| 5547 | |
| 5548 | /// The nested name specifier containing the qualifier. |
| 5549 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS; |
| 5550 | |
| 5551 | /// The identifier of the template. |
| 5552 | const IdentifierInfo *Name; |
| 5553 | |
| 5554 | DependentTemplateSpecializationType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
| 5555 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, |
| 5556 | const IdentifierInfo *Name, |
| 5557 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args, |
| 5558 | QualType Canon); |
| 5559 | |
| 5560 | const TemplateArgument *getArgBuffer() const { |
| 5561 | return reinterpret_cast<const TemplateArgument*>(this+1); |
| 5562 | } |
| 5563 | |
| 5564 | TemplateArgument *getArgBuffer() { |
| 5565 | return reinterpret_cast<TemplateArgument*>(this+1); |
| 5566 | } |
| 5567 | |
| 5568 | public: |
| 5569 | NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return NNS; } |
| 5570 | const IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const { return Name; } |
| 5571 | |
| 5572 | /// Retrieve the template arguments. |
| 5573 | const TemplateArgument *getArgs() const { |
| 5574 | return getArgBuffer(); |
| 5575 | } |
| 5576 | |
| 5577 | /// Retrieve the number of template arguments. |
| 5578 | unsigned getNumArgs() const { |
| 5579 | return DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBits.NumArgs; |
| 5580 | } |
| 5581 | |
| 5582 | const TemplateArgument &getArg(unsigned Idx) const; // in TemplateBase.h |
| 5583 | |
| 5584 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> template_arguments() const { |
| 5585 | return {getArgs(), getNumArgs()}; |
| 5586 | } |
| 5587 | |
| 5588 | using iterator = const TemplateArgument *; |
| 5589 | |
| 5590 | iterator begin() const { return getArgs(); } |
| 5591 | iterator end() const; // inline in TemplateBase.h |
| 5592 | |
| 5593 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
| 5594 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
| 5595 | |
| 5596 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context) { |
| 5597 | Profile(ID, Context, getKeyword(), NNS, Name, {getArgs(), getNumArgs()}); |
| 5598 | } |
| 5599 | |
| 5600 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
| 5601 | const ASTContext &Context, |
| 5602 | ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
| 5603 | NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, |
| 5604 | const IdentifierInfo *Name, |
| 5605 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args); |
| 5606 | |
| 5607 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 5608 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentTemplateSpecialization; |
| 5609 | } |
| 5610 | }; |
| 5611 | |
| 5612 | /// Represents a pack expansion of types. |
| 5613 | /// |
| 5614 | /// Pack expansions are part of C++11 variadic templates. A pack |
| 5615 | /// expansion contains a pattern, which itself contains one or more |
| 5616 | /// "unexpanded" parameter packs. When instantiated, a pack expansion |
| 5617 | /// produces a series of types, each instantiated from the pattern of |
| 5618 | /// the expansion, where the Ith instantiation of the pattern uses the |
| 5619 | /// Ith arguments bound to each of the unexpanded parameter packs. The |
| 5620 | /// pack expansion is considered to "expand" these unexpanded |
| 5621 | /// parameter packs. |
| 5622 | /// |
| 5623 | /// \code |
| 5624 | /// template<typename ...Types> struct tuple; |
| 5625 | /// |
| 5626 | /// template<typename ...Types> |
| 5627 | /// struct tuple_of_references { |
| 5628 | /// typedef tuple<Types&...> type; |
| 5629 | /// }; |
| 5630 | /// \endcode |
| 5631 | /// |
| 5632 | /// Here, the pack expansion \c Types&... is represented via a |
| 5633 | /// PackExpansionType whose pattern is Types&. |
| 5634 | class PackExpansionType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
| 5635 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
| 5636 | |
| 5637 | /// The pattern of the pack expansion. |
| 5638 | QualType Pattern; |
| 5639 | |
| 5640 | PackExpansionType(QualType Pattern, QualType Canon, |
| 5641 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) |
| 5642 | : Type(PackExpansion, Canon, |
| 5643 | (Pattern->getDependence() | TypeDependence::Dependent | |
| 5644 | TypeDependence::Instantiation) & |
| 5645 | ~TypeDependence::UnexpandedPack), |
| 5646 | Pattern(Pattern) { |
| 5647 | PackExpansionTypeBits.NumExpansions = |
| 5648 | NumExpansions ? *NumExpansions + 1 : 0; |
| 5649 | } |
| 5650 | |
| 5651 | public: |
| 5652 | /// Retrieve the pattern of this pack expansion, which is the |
| 5653 | /// type that will be repeatedly instantiated when instantiating the |
| 5654 | /// pack expansion itself. |
| 5655 | QualType getPattern() const { return Pattern; } |
| 5656 | |
| 5657 | /// Retrieve the number of expansions that this pack expansion will |
| 5658 | /// generate, if known. |
| 5659 | Optional<unsigned> getNumExpansions() const { |
| 5660 | if (PackExpansionTypeBits.NumExpansions) |
| 5661 | return PackExpansionTypeBits.NumExpansions - 1; |
| 5662 | return None; |
| 5663 | } |
| 5664 | |
| 5665 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
| 5666 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
| 5667 | |
| 5668 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
| 5669 | Profile(ID, getPattern(), getNumExpansions()); |
| 5670 | } |
| 5671 | |
| 5672 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pattern, |
| 5673 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) { |
| 5674 | ID.AddPointer(Pattern.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
| 5675 | ID.AddBoolean(NumExpansions.hasValue()); |
| 5676 | if (NumExpansions) |
| 5677 | ID.AddInteger(*NumExpansions); |
| 5678 | } |
| 5679 | |
| 5680 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 5681 | return T->getTypeClass() == PackExpansion; |
| 5682 | } |
| 5683 | }; |
| 5684 | |
| 5685 | /// This class wraps the list of protocol qualifiers. For types that can |
| 5686 | /// take ObjC protocol qualifers, they can subclass this class. |
| 5687 | template <class T> |
| 5688 | class ObjCProtocolQualifiers { |
| 5689 | protected: |
| 5690 | ObjCProtocolQualifiers() = default; |
| 5691 | |
| 5692 | ObjCProtocolDecl * const *getProtocolStorage() const { |
| 5693 | return const_cast<ObjCProtocolQualifiers*>(this)->getProtocolStorage(); |
| 5694 | } |
| 5695 | |
| 5696 | ObjCProtocolDecl **getProtocolStorage() { |
| 5697 | return static_cast<T*>(this)->getProtocolStorageImpl(); |
| 5698 | } |
| 5699 | |
| 5700 | void setNumProtocols(unsigned N) { |
| 5701 | static_cast<T*>(this)->setNumProtocolsImpl(N); |
| 5702 | } |
| 5703 | |
| 5704 | void initialize(ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols) { |
| 5705 | setNumProtocols(protocols.size()); |
| 5706 | assert(getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() &&((void)0) |
| 5707 | "bitfield overflow in protocol count")((void)0); |
| 5708 | if (!protocols.empty()) |
| 5709 | memcpy(getProtocolStorage(), protocols.data(), |
| 5710 | protocols.size() * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl*)); |
| 5711 | } |
| 5712 | |
| 5713 | public: |
| 5714 | using qual_iterator = ObjCProtocolDecl * const *; |
| 5715 | using qual_range = llvm::iterator_range<qual_iterator>; |
| 5716 | |
| 5717 | qual_range quals() const { return qual_range(qual_begin(), qual_end()); } |
| 5718 | qual_iterator qual_begin() const { return getProtocolStorage(); } |
| 5719 | qual_iterator qual_end() const { return qual_begin() + getNumProtocols(); } |
| 5720 | |
| 5721 | bool qual_empty() const { return getNumProtocols() == 0; } |
| 5722 | |
| 5723 | /// Return the number of qualifying protocols in this type, or 0 if |
| 5724 | /// there are none. |
| 5725 | unsigned getNumProtocols() const { |
| 5726 | return static_cast<const T*>(this)->getNumProtocolsImpl(); |
| 5727 | } |
| 5728 | |
| 5729 | /// Fetch a protocol by index. |
| 5730 | ObjCProtocolDecl *getProtocol(unsigned I) const { |
| 5731 | assert(I < getNumProtocols() && "Out-of-range protocol access")((void)0); |
| 5732 | return qual_begin()[I]; |
| 5733 | } |
| 5734 | |
| 5735 | /// Retrieve all of the protocol qualifiers. |
| 5736 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> getProtocols() const { |
| 5737 | return ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *>(qual_begin(), getNumProtocols()); |
| 5738 | } |
| 5739 | }; |
| 5740 | |
| 5741 | /// Represents a type parameter type in Objective C. It can take |
| 5742 | /// a list of protocols. |
| 5743 | class ObjCTypeParamType : public Type, |
| 5744 | public ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCTypeParamType>, |
| 5745 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
| 5746 | friend class ASTContext; |
| 5747 | friend class ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCTypeParamType>; |
| 5748 | |
| 5749 | /// The number of protocols stored on this type. |
| 5750 | unsigned NumProtocols : 6; |
| 5751 | |
| 5752 | ObjCTypeParamDecl *OTPDecl; |
| 5753 | |
| 5754 | /// The protocols are stored after the ObjCTypeParamType node. In the |
| 5755 | /// canonical type, the list of protocols are sorted alphabetically |
| 5756 | /// and uniqued. |
| 5757 | ObjCProtocolDecl **getProtocolStorageImpl(); |
| 5758 | |
| 5759 | /// Return the number of qualifying protocols in this interface type, |
| 5760 | /// or 0 if there are none. |
| 5761 | unsigned getNumProtocolsImpl() const { |
| 5762 | return NumProtocols; |
| 5763 | } |
| 5764 | |
| 5765 | void setNumProtocolsImpl(unsigned N) { |
| 5766 | NumProtocols = N; |
| 5767 | } |
| 5768 | |
| 5769 | ObjCTypeParamType(const ObjCTypeParamDecl *D, |
| 5770 | QualType can, |
| 5771 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols); |
| 5772 | |
| 5773 | public: |
| 5774 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
| 5775 | QualType desugar() const { return getCanonicalTypeInternal(); } |
| 5776 | |
| 5777 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 5778 | return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCTypeParam; |
| 5779 | } |
| 5780 | |
| 5781 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID); |
| 5782 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
| 5783 | const ObjCTypeParamDecl *OTPDecl, |
| 5784 | QualType CanonicalType, |
| 5785 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols); |
| 5786 | |
| 5787 | ObjCTypeParamDecl *getDecl() const { return OTPDecl; } |
| 5788 | }; |
| 5789 | |
| 5790 | /// Represents a class type in Objective C. |
| 5791 | /// |
| 5792 | /// Every Objective C type is a combination of a base type, a set of |
| 5793 | /// type arguments (optional, for parameterized classes) and a list of |
| 5794 | /// protocols. |
| 5795 | /// |
| 5796 | /// Given the following declarations: |
| 5797 | /// \code |
| 5798 | /// \@class C<T>; |
| 5799 | /// \@protocol P; |
| 5800 | /// \endcode |
| 5801 | /// |
| 5802 | /// 'C' is an ObjCInterfaceType C. It is sugar for an ObjCObjectType |
| 5803 | /// with base C and no protocols. |
| 5804 | /// |
| 5805 | /// 'C<P>' is an unspecialized ObjCObjectType with base C and protocol list [P]. |
| 5806 | /// 'C<C*>' is a specialized ObjCObjectType with type arguments 'C*' and no |
| 5807 | /// protocol list. |
| 5808 | /// 'C<C*><P>' is a specialized ObjCObjectType with base C, type arguments 'C*', |
| 5809 | /// and protocol list [P]. |
| 5810 | /// |
| 5811 | /// 'id' is a TypedefType which is sugar for an ObjCObjectPointerType whose |
| 5812 | /// pointee is an ObjCObjectType with base BuiltinType::ObjCIdType |
| 5813 | /// and no protocols. |
| 5814 | /// |
| 5815 | /// 'id<P>' is an ObjCObjectPointerType whose pointee is an ObjCObjectType |
| 5816 | /// with base BuiltinType::ObjCIdType and protocol list [P]. Eventually |
| 5817 | /// this should get its own sugar class to better represent the source. |
| 5818 | class ObjCObjectType : public Type, |
| 5819 | public ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCObjectType> { |
| 5820 | friend class ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCObjectType>; |
| 5821 | |
| 5822 | // ObjCObjectType.NumTypeArgs - the number of type arguments stored |
| 5823 | // after the ObjCObjectPointerType node. |
| 5824 | // ObjCObjectType.NumProtocols - the number of protocols stored |
| 5825 | // after the type arguments of ObjCObjectPointerType node. |
| 5826 | // |
| 5827 | // These protocols are those written directly on the type. If |
| 5828 | // protocol qualifiers ever become additive, the iterators will need |
| 5829 | // to get kindof complicated. |
| 5830 | // |
| 5831 | // In the canonical object type, these are sorted alphabetically |
| 5832 | // and uniqued. |
| 5833 | |
| 5834 | /// Either a BuiltinType or an InterfaceType or sugar for either. |
| 5835 | QualType BaseType; |
| 5836 | |
| 5837 | /// Cached superclass type. |
| 5838 | mutable llvm::PointerIntPair<const ObjCObjectType *, 1, bool> |
| 5839 | CachedSuperClassType; |
| 5840 | |
| 5841 | QualType *getTypeArgStorage(); |
| 5842 | const QualType *getTypeArgStorage() const { |
| 5843 | return const_cast<ObjCObjectType *>(this)->getTypeArgStorage(); |
| 5844 | } |
| 5845 | |
| 5846 | ObjCProtocolDecl **getProtocolStorageImpl(); |
| 5847 | /// Return the number of qualifying protocols in this interface type, |
| 5848 | /// or 0 if there are none. |
| 5849 | unsigned getNumProtocolsImpl() const { |
| 5850 | return ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumProtocols; |
| 5851 | } |
| 5852 | void setNumProtocolsImpl(unsigned N) { |
| 5853 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumProtocols = N; |
| 5854 | } |
| 5855 | |
| 5856 | protected: |
| 5857 | enum Nonce_ObjCInterface { Nonce_ObjCInterface }; |
| 5858 | |
| 5859 | ObjCObjectType(QualType Canonical, QualType Base, |
| 5860 | ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs, |
| 5861 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols, |
| 5862 | bool isKindOf); |
| 5863 | |
| 5864 | ObjCObjectType(enum Nonce_ObjCInterface) |
| 5865 | : Type(ObjCInterface, QualType(), TypeDependence::None), |
| 5866 | BaseType(QualType(this_(), 0)) { |
| 5867 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumProtocols = 0; |
| 5868 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs = 0; |
| 5869 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.IsKindOf = 0; |
| 5870 | } |
| 5871 | |
| 5872 | void computeSuperClassTypeSlow() const; |
| 5873 | |
| 5874 | public: |
| 5875 | /// Gets the base type of this object type. This is always (possibly |
| 5876 | /// sugar for) one of: |
| 5877 | /// - the 'id' builtin type (as opposed to the 'id' type visible to the |
| 5878 | /// user, which is a typedef for an ObjCObjectPointerType) |
| 5879 | /// - the 'Class' builtin type (same caveat) |
| 5880 | /// - an ObjCObjectType (currently always an ObjCInterfaceType) |
| 5881 | QualType getBaseType() const { return BaseType; } |
| 5882 | |
| 5883 | bool isObjCId() const { |
| 5884 | return getBaseType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId); |
| 5885 | } |
| 5886 | |
| 5887 | bool isObjCClass() const { |
| 5888 | return getBaseType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCClass); |
| 5889 | } |
| 5890 | |
| 5891 | bool isObjCUnqualifiedId() const { return qual_empty() && isObjCId(); } |
| 5892 | bool isObjCUnqualifiedClass() const { return qual_empty() && isObjCClass(); } |
| 5893 | bool isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() const { |
| 5894 | if (!qual_empty()) return false; |
| 5895 | if (const BuiltinType *T = getBaseType()->getAs<BuiltinType>()) |
| 5896 | return T->getKind() == BuiltinType::ObjCId || |
| 5897 | T->getKind() == BuiltinType::ObjCClass; |
| 5898 | return false; |
| 5899 | } |
| 5900 | bool isObjCQualifiedId() const { return !qual_empty() && isObjCId(); } |
| 5901 | bool isObjCQualifiedClass() const { return !qual_empty() && isObjCClass(); } |
| 5902 | |
| 5903 | /// Gets the interface declaration for this object type, if the base type |
| 5904 | /// really is an interface. |
| 5905 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *getInterface() const; |
| 5906 | |
| 5907 | /// Determine whether this object type is "specialized", meaning |
| 5908 | /// that it has type arguments. |
| 5909 | bool isSpecialized() const; |
| 5910 | |
| 5911 | /// Determine whether this object type was written with type arguments. |
| 5912 | bool isSpecializedAsWritten() const { |
| 5913 | return ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs > 0; |
| 5914 | } |
| 5915 | |
| 5916 | /// Determine whether this object type is "unspecialized", meaning |
| 5917 | /// that it has no type arguments. |
| 5918 | bool isUnspecialized() const { return !isSpecialized(); } |
| 5919 | |
| 5920 | /// Determine whether this object type is "unspecialized" as |
| 5921 | /// written, meaning that it has no type arguments. |
| 5922 | bool isUnspecializedAsWritten() const { return !isSpecializedAsWritten(); } |
| 5923 | |
| 5924 | /// Retrieve the type arguments of this object type (semantically). |
| 5925 | ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgs() const; |
| 5926 | |
| 5927 | /// Retrieve the type arguments of this object type as they were |
| 5928 | /// written. |
| 5929 | ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgsAsWritten() const { |
| 5930 | return llvm::makeArrayRef(getTypeArgStorage(), |
| 5931 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs); |
| 5932 | } |
| 5933 | |
| 5934 | /// Whether this is a "__kindof" type as written. |
| 5935 | bool isKindOfTypeAsWritten() const { return ObjCObjectTypeBits.IsKindOf; } |
| 5936 | |
| 5937 | /// Whether this ia a "__kindof" type (semantically). |
| 5938 | bool isKindOfType() const; |
| 5939 | |
| 5940 | /// Retrieve the type of the superclass of this object type. |
| 5941 | /// |
| 5942 | /// This operation substitutes any type arguments into the |
| 5943 | /// superclass of the current class type, potentially producing a |
| 5944 | /// specialization of the superclass type. Produces a null type if |
| 5945 | /// there is no superclass. |
| 5946 | QualType getSuperClassType() const { |
| 5947 | if (!CachedSuperClassType.getInt()) |
| 5948 | computeSuperClassTypeSlow(); |
| 5949 | |
| 5950 | assert(CachedSuperClassType.getInt() && "Superclass not set?")((void)0); |
| 5951 | return QualType(CachedSuperClassType.getPointer(), 0); |
| 5952 | } |
| 5953 | |
| 5954 | /// Strip off the Objective-C "kindof" type and (with it) any |
| 5955 | /// protocol qualifiers. |
| 5956 | QualType stripObjCKindOfTypeAndQuals(const ASTContext &ctx) const; |
| 5957 | |
| 5958 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
| 5959 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
| 5960 | |
| 5961 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 5962 | return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCObject || |
| 5963 | T->getTypeClass() == ObjCInterface; |
| 5964 | } |
| 5965 | }; |
| 5966 | |
| 5967 | /// A class providing a concrete implementation |
| 5968 | /// of ObjCObjectType, so as to not increase the footprint of |
| 5969 | /// ObjCInterfaceType. Code outside of ASTContext and the core type |
| 5970 | /// system should not reference this type. |
| 5971 | class ObjCObjectTypeImpl : public ObjCObjectType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
| 5972 | friend class ASTContext; |
| 5973 | |
| 5974 | // If anyone adds fields here, ObjCObjectType::getProtocolStorage() |
| 5975 | // will need to be modified. |
| 5976 | |
| 5977 | ObjCObjectTypeImpl(QualType Canonical, QualType Base, |
| 5978 | ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs, |
| 5979 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols, |
| 5980 | bool isKindOf) |
| 5981 | : ObjCObjectType(Canonical, Base, typeArgs, protocols, isKindOf) {} |
| 5982 | |
| 5983 | public: |
| 5984 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID); |
| 5985 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
| 5986 | QualType Base, |
| 5987 | ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs, |
| 5988 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols, |
| 5989 | bool isKindOf); |
| 5990 | }; |
| 5991 | |
| 5992 | inline QualType *ObjCObjectType::getTypeArgStorage() { |
| 5993 | return reinterpret_cast<QualType *>(static_cast<ObjCObjectTypeImpl*>(this)+1); |
| 5994 | } |
| 5995 | |
| 5996 | inline ObjCProtocolDecl **ObjCObjectType::getProtocolStorageImpl() { |
| 5997 | return reinterpret_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl**>( |
| 5998 | getTypeArgStorage() + ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs); |
| 5999 | } |
| 6000 | |
| 6001 | inline ObjCProtocolDecl **ObjCTypeParamType::getProtocolStorageImpl() { |
| 6002 | return reinterpret_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl**>( |
| 6003 | static_cast<ObjCTypeParamType*>(this)+1); |
| 6004 | } |
| 6005 | |
| 6006 | /// Interfaces are the core concept in Objective-C for object oriented design. |
| 6007 | /// They basically correspond to C++ classes. There are two kinds of interface |
| 6008 | /// types: normal interfaces like `NSString`, and qualified interfaces, which |
| 6009 | /// are qualified with a protocol list like `NSString<NSCopyable, NSAmazing>`. |
| 6010 | /// |
| 6011 | /// ObjCInterfaceType guarantees the following properties when considered |
| 6012 | /// as a subtype of its superclass, ObjCObjectType: |
| 6013 | /// - There are no protocol qualifiers. To reinforce this, code which |
| 6014 | /// tries to invoke the protocol methods via an ObjCInterfaceType will |
| 6015 | /// fail to compile. |
| 6016 | /// - It is its own base type. That is, if T is an ObjCInterfaceType*, |
| 6017 | /// T->getBaseType() == QualType(T, 0). |
| 6018 | class ObjCInterfaceType : public ObjCObjectType { |
| 6019 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
| 6020 | friend class ASTReader; |
| 6021 | friend class ObjCInterfaceDecl; |
| 6022 | template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeReader; |
| 6023 | |
| 6024 | mutable ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl; |
| 6025 | |
| 6026 | ObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) |
| 6027 | : ObjCObjectType(Nonce_ObjCInterface), |
| 6028 | Decl(const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl*>(D)) {} |
| 6029 | |
| 6030 | public: |
| 6031 | /// Get the declaration of this interface. |
| 6032 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *getDecl() const { return Decl; } |
| 6033 | |
| 6034 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
| 6035 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
| 6036 | |
| 6037 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 6038 | return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCInterface; |
| 6039 | } |
| 6040 | |
| 6041 | // Nonsense to "hide" certain members of ObjCObjectType within this |
| 6042 | // class. People asking for protocols on an ObjCInterfaceType are |
| 6043 | // not going to get what they want: ObjCInterfaceTypes are |
| 6044 | // guaranteed to have no protocols. |
| 6045 | enum { |
| 6046 | qual_iterator, |
| 6047 | qual_begin, |
| 6048 | qual_end, |
| 6049 | getNumProtocols, |
| 6050 | getProtocol |
| 6051 | }; |
| 6052 | }; |
| 6053 | |
| 6054 | inline ObjCInterfaceDecl *ObjCObjectType::getInterface() const { |
| 6055 | QualType baseType = getBaseType(); |
| 6056 | while (const auto *ObjT = baseType->getAs<ObjCObjectType>()) { |
| 6057 | if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(ObjT)) |
| 6058 | return T->getDecl(); |
| 6059 | |
| 6060 | baseType = ObjT->getBaseType(); |
| 6061 | } |
| 6062 | |
| 6063 | return nullptr; |
| 6064 | } |
| 6065 | |
| 6066 | /// Represents a pointer to an Objective C object. |
| 6067 | /// |
| 6068 | /// These are constructed from pointer declarators when the pointee type is |
| 6069 | /// an ObjCObjectType (or sugar for one). In addition, the 'id' and 'Class' |
| 6070 | /// types are typedefs for these, and the protocol-qualified types 'id<P>' |
| 6071 | /// and 'Class<P>' are translated into these. |
| 6072 | /// |
| 6073 | /// Pointers to pointers to Objective C objects are still PointerTypes; |
| 6074 | /// only the first level of pointer gets it own type implementation. |
| 6075 | class ObjCObjectPointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
| 6076 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
| 6077 | |
| 6078 | QualType PointeeType; |
| 6079 | |
| 6080 | ObjCObjectPointerType(QualType Canonical, QualType Pointee) |
| 6081 | : Type(ObjCObjectPointer, Canonical, Pointee->getDependence()), |
| 6082 | PointeeType(Pointee) {} |
| 6083 | |
| 6084 | public: |
| 6085 | /// Gets the type pointed to by this ObjC pointer. |
| 6086 | /// The result will always be an ObjCObjectType or sugar thereof. |
| 6087 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } |
| 6088 | |
| 6089 | /// Gets the type pointed to by this ObjC pointer. Always returns non-null. |
| 6090 | /// |
| 6091 | /// This method is equivalent to getPointeeType() except that |
| 6092 | /// it discards any typedefs (or other sugar) between this |
| 6093 | /// type and the "outermost" object type. So for: |
| 6094 | /// \code |
| 6095 | /// \@class A; \@protocol P; \@protocol Q; |
| 6096 | /// typedef A<P> AP; |
| 6097 | /// typedef A A1; |
| 6098 | /// typedef A1<P> A1P; |
| 6099 | /// typedef A1P<Q> A1PQ; |
| 6100 | /// \endcode |
| 6101 | /// For 'A*', getObjectType() will return 'A'. |
| 6102 | /// For 'A<P>*', getObjectType() will return 'A<P>'. |
| 6103 | /// For 'AP*', getObjectType() will return 'A<P>'. |
| 6104 | /// For 'A1*', getObjectType() will return 'A'. |
| 6105 | /// For 'A1<P>*', getObjectType() will return 'A1<P>'. |
| 6106 | /// For 'A1P*', getObjectType() will return 'A1<P>'. |
| 6107 | /// For 'A1PQ*', getObjectType() will return 'A1<Q>', because |
| 6108 | /// adding protocols to a protocol-qualified base discards the |
| 6109 | /// old qualifiers (for now). But if it didn't, getObjectType() |
| 6110 | /// would return 'A1P<Q>' (and we'd have to make iterating over |
| 6111 | /// qualifiers more complicated). |
| 6112 | const ObjCObjectType *getObjectType() const { |
| 6113 | return PointeeType->castAs<ObjCObjectType>(); |
| 6114 | } |
| 6115 | |
| 6116 | /// If this pointer points to an Objective C |
| 6117 | /// \@interface type, gets the type for that interface. Any protocol |
| 6118 | /// qualifiers on the interface are ignored. |
| 6119 | /// |
| 6120 | /// \return null if the base type for this pointer is 'id' or 'Class' |
| 6121 | const ObjCInterfaceType *getInterfaceType() const; |
| 6122 | |
| 6123 | /// If this pointer points to an Objective \@interface |
| 6124 | /// type, gets the declaration for that interface. |
| 6125 | /// |
| 6126 | /// \return null if the base type for this pointer is 'id' or 'Class' |
| 6127 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *getInterfaceDecl() const { |
| 6128 | return getObjectType()->getInterface(); |
| 6129 | } |
| 6130 | |
| 6131 | /// True if this is equivalent to the 'id' type, i.e. if |
| 6132 | /// its object type is the primitive 'id' type with no protocols. |
| 6133 | bool isObjCIdType() const { |
| 6134 | return getObjectType()->isObjCUnqualifiedId(); |
| 6135 | } |
| 6136 | |
| 6137 | /// True if this is equivalent to the 'Class' type, |
| 6138 | /// i.e. if its object tive is the primitive 'Class' type with no protocols. |
| 6139 | bool isObjCClassType() const { |
| 6140 | return getObjectType()->isObjCUnqualifiedClass(); |
| 6141 | } |
| 6142 | |
| 6143 | /// True if this is equivalent to the 'id' or 'Class' type, |
| 6144 | bool isObjCIdOrClassType() const { |
| 6145 | return getObjectType()->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass(); |
| 6146 | } |
| 6147 | |
| 6148 | /// True if this is equivalent to 'id<P>' for some non-empty set of |
| 6149 | /// protocols. |
| 6150 | bool isObjCQualifiedIdType() const { |
| 6151 | return getObjectType()->isObjCQualifiedId(); |
| 6152 | } |
| 6153 | |
| 6154 | /// True if this is equivalent to 'Class<P>' for some non-empty set of |
| 6155 | /// protocols. |
| 6156 | bool isObjCQualifiedClassType() const { |
| 6157 | return getObjectType()->isObjCQualifiedClass(); |
| 6158 | } |
| 6159 | |
| 6160 | /// Whether this is a "__kindof" type. |
| 6161 | bool isKindOfType() const { return getObjectType()->isKindOfType(); } |
| 6162 | |
| 6163 | /// Whether this type is specialized, meaning that it has type arguments. |
| 6164 | bool isSpecialized() const { return getObjectType()->isSpecialized(); } |
| 6165 | |
| 6166 | /// Whether this type is specialized, meaning that it has type arguments. |
| 6167 | bool isSpecializedAsWritten() const { |
| 6168 | return getObjectType()->isSpecializedAsWritten(); |
| 6169 | } |
| 6170 | |
| 6171 | /// Whether this type is unspecialized, meaning that is has no type arguments. |
| 6172 | bool isUnspecialized() const { return getObjectType()->isUnspecialized(); } |
| 6173 | |
| 6174 | /// Determine whether this object type is "unspecialized" as |
| 6175 | /// written, meaning that it has no type arguments. |
| 6176 | bool isUnspecializedAsWritten() const { return !isSpecializedAsWritten(); } |
| 6177 | |
| 6178 | /// Retrieve the type arguments for this type. |
| 6179 | ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgs() const { |
| 6180 | return getObjectType()->getTypeArgs(); |
| 6181 | } |
| 6182 | |
| 6183 | /// Retrieve the type arguments for this type. |
| 6184 | ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgsAsWritten() const { |
| 6185 | return getObjectType()->getTypeArgsAsWritten(); |
| 6186 | } |
| 6187 | |
| 6188 | /// An iterator over the qualifiers on the object type. Provided |
| 6189 | /// for convenience. This will always iterate over the full set of |
| 6190 | /// protocols on a type, not just those provided directly. |
| 6191 | using qual_iterator = ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator; |
| 6192 | using qual_range = llvm::iterator_range<qual_iterator>; |
| 6193 | |
| 6194 | qual_range quals() const { return qual_range(qual_begin(), qual_end()); } |
| 6195 | |
| 6196 | qual_iterator qual_begin() const { |
| 6197 | return getObjectType()->qual_begin(); |
| 6198 | } |
| 6199 | |
| 6200 | qual_iterator qual_end() const { |
| 6201 | return getObjectType()->qual_end(); |
| 6202 | } |
| 6203 | |
| 6204 | bool qual_empty() const { return getObjectType()->qual_empty(); } |
| 6205 | |
| 6206 | /// Return the number of qualifying protocols on the object type. |
| 6207 | unsigned getNumProtocols() const { |
| 6208 | return getObjectType()->getNumProtocols(); |
| 6209 | } |
| 6210 | |
| 6211 | /// Retrieve a qualifying protocol by index on the object type. |
| 6212 | ObjCProtocolDecl *getProtocol(unsigned I) const { |
| 6213 | return getObjectType()->getProtocol(I); |
| 6214 | } |
| 6215 | |
| 6216 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
| 6217 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
| 6218 | |
| 6219 | /// Retrieve the type of the superclass of this object pointer type. |
| 6220 | /// |
| 6221 | /// This operation substitutes any type arguments into the |
| 6222 | /// superclass of the current class type, potentially producing a |
| 6223 | /// pointer to a specialization of the superclass type. Produces a |
| 6224 | /// null type if there is no superclass. |
| 6225 | QualType getSuperClassType() const; |
| 6226 | |
| 6227 | /// Strip off the Objective-C "kindof" type and (with it) any |
| 6228 | /// protocol qualifiers. |
| 6229 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *stripObjCKindOfTypeAndQuals( |
| 6230 | const ASTContext &ctx) const; |
| 6231 | |
| 6232 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
| 6233 | Profile(ID, getPointeeType()); |
| 6234 | } |
| 6235 | |
| 6236 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T) { |
| 6237 | ID.AddPointer(T.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
| 6238 | } |
| 6239 | |
| 6240 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 6241 | return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCObjectPointer; |
| 6242 | } |
| 6243 | }; |
| 6244 | |
| 6245 | class AtomicType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
| 6246 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
| 6247 | |
| 6248 | QualType ValueType; |
| 6249 | |
| 6250 | AtomicType(QualType ValTy, QualType Canonical) |
| 6251 | : Type(Atomic, Canonical, ValTy->getDependence()), ValueType(ValTy) {} |
| 6252 | |
| 6253 | public: |
| 6254 | /// Gets the type contained by this atomic type, i.e. |
| 6255 | /// the type returned by performing an atomic load of this atomic type. |
| 6256 | QualType getValueType() const { return ValueType; } |
| 6257 | |
| 6258 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
| 6259 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
| 6260 | |
| 6261 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
| 6262 | Profile(ID, getValueType()); |
| 6263 | } |
| 6264 | |
| 6265 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T) { |
| 6266 | ID.AddPointer(T.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
| 6267 | } |
| 6268 | |
| 6269 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 6270 | return T->getTypeClass() == Atomic; |
| 6271 | } |
| 6272 | }; |
| 6273 | |
| 6274 | /// PipeType - OpenCL20. |
| 6275 | class PipeType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
| 6276 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
| 6277 | |
| 6278 | QualType ElementType; |
| 6279 | bool isRead; |
| 6280 | |
| 6281 | PipeType(QualType elemType, QualType CanonicalPtr, bool isRead) |
| 6282 | : Type(Pipe, CanonicalPtr, elemType->getDependence()), |
| 6283 | ElementType(elemType), isRead(isRead) {} |
| 6284 | |
| 6285 | public: |
| 6286 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
| 6287 | |
| 6288 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
| 6289 | |
| 6290 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
| 6291 | |
| 6292 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
| 6293 | Profile(ID, getElementType(), isReadOnly()); |
| 6294 | } |
| 6295 | |
| 6296 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T, bool isRead) { |
| 6297 | ID.AddPointer(T.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
| 6298 | ID.AddBoolean(isRead); |
| 6299 | } |
| 6300 | |
| 6301 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 6302 | return T->getTypeClass() == Pipe; |
| 6303 | } |
| 6304 | |
| 6305 | bool isReadOnly() const { return isRead; } |
| 6306 | }; |
| 6307 | |
| 6308 | /// A fixed int type of a specified bitwidth. |
| 6309 | class ExtIntType final : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
| 6310 | friend class ASTContext; |
| 6311 | unsigned IsUnsigned : 1; |
| 6312 | unsigned NumBits : 24; |
| 6313 | |
| 6314 | protected: |
| 6315 | ExtIntType(bool isUnsigned, unsigned NumBits); |
| 6316 | |
| 6317 | public: |
| 6318 | bool isUnsigned() const { return IsUnsigned; } |
| 6319 | bool isSigned() const { return !IsUnsigned; } |
| 6320 | unsigned getNumBits() const { return NumBits; } |
| 6321 | |
| 6322 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
| 6323 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
| 6324 | |
| 6325 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
| 6326 | Profile(ID, isUnsigned(), getNumBits()); |
| 6327 | } |
| 6328 | |
| 6329 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, bool IsUnsigned, |
| 6330 | unsigned NumBits) { |
| 6331 | ID.AddBoolean(IsUnsigned); |
| 6332 | ID.AddInteger(NumBits); |
| 6333 | } |
| 6334 | |
| 6335 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == ExtInt; } |
| 6336 | }; |
| 6337 | |
| 6338 | class DependentExtIntType final : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
| 6339 | friend class ASTContext; |
| 6340 | const ASTContext &Context; |
| 6341 | llvm::PointerIntPair<Expr*, 1, bool> ExprAndUnsigned; |
| 6342 | |
| 6343 | protected: |
| 6344 | DependentExtIntType(const ASTContext &Context, bool IsUnsigned, |
| 6345 | Expr *NumBits); |
| 6346 | |
| 6347 | public: |
| 6348 | bool isUnsigned() const; |
| 6349 | bool isSigned() const { return !isUnsigned(); } |
| 6350 | Expr *getNumBitsExpr() const; |
| 6351 | |
| 6352 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
| 6353 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
| 6354 | |
| 6355 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
| 6356 | Profile(ID, Context, isUnsigned(), getNumBitsExpr()); |
| 6357 | } |
| 6358 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
| 6359 | bool IsUnsigned, Expr *NumBitsExpr); |
| 6360 | |
| 6361 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
| 6362 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentExtInt; |
| 6363 | } |
| 6364 | }; |
| 6365 | |
| 6366 | /// A qualifier set is used to build a set of qualifiers. |
| 6367 | class QualifierCollector : public Qualifiers { |
| 6368 | public: |
| 6369 | QualifierCollector(Qualifiers Qs = Qualifiers()) : Qualifiers(Qs) {} |
| 6370 | |
| 6371 | /// Collect any qualifiers on the given type and return an |
| 6372 | /// unqualified type. The qualifiers are assumed to be consistent |
| 6373 | /// with those already in the type. |
| 6374 | const Type *strip(QualType type) { |
| 6375 | addFastQualifiers(type.getLocalFastQualifiers()); |
| 6376 | if (!type.hasLocalNonFastQualifiers()) |
| 6377 | return type.getTypePtrUnsafe(); |
| 6378 | |
| 6379 | const ExtQuals *extQuals = type.getExtQualsUnsafe(); |
| 6380 | addConsistentQualifiers(extQuals->getQualifiers()); |
| 6381 | return extQuals->getBaseType(); |
| 6382 | } |
| 6383 | |
| 6384 | /// Apply the collected qualifiers to the given type. |
| 6385 | QualType apply(const ASTContext &Context, QualType QT) const; |
| 6386 | |
| 6387 | /// Apply the collected qualifiers to the given type. |
| 6388 | QualType apply(const ASTContext &Context, const Type* T) const; |
| 6389 | }; |
| 6390 | |
| 6391 | /// A container of type source information. |
| 6392 | /// |
| 6393 | /// A client can read the relevant info using TypeLoc wrappers, e.g: |
| 6394 | /// @code |
| 6395 | /// TypeLoc TL = TypeSourceInfo->getTypeLoc(); |
| 6396 | /// TL.getBeginLoc().print(OS, SrcMgr); |
| 6397 | /// @endcode |
| 6398 | class alignas(8) TypeSourceInfo { |
| 6399 | // Contains a memory block after the class, used for type source information, |
| 6400 | // allocated by ASTContext. |
| 6401 | friend class ASTContext; |
| 6402 | |
| 6403 | QualType Ty; |
| 6404 | |
| 6405 | TypeSourceInfo(QualType ty) : Ty(ty) {} |
| 6406 | |
| 6407 | public: |
| 6408 | /// Return the type wrapped by this type source info. |
| 6409 | QualType getType() const { return Ty; } |
| 6410 | |
| 6411 | /// Return the TypeLoc wrapper for the type source info. |
| 6412 | TypeLoc getTypeLoc() const; // implemented in TypeLoc.h |
| 6413 | |
| 6414 | /// Override the type stored in this TypeSourceInfo. Use with caution! |
| 6415 | void overrideType(QualType T) { Ty = T; } |
| 6416 | }; |
| 6417 | |
| 6418 | // Inline function definitions. |
| 6419 | |
| 6420 | inline SplitQualType SplitQualType::getSingleStepDesugaredType() const { |
| 6421 | SplitQualType desugar = |
| 6422 | Ty->getLocallyUnqualifiedSingleStepDesugaredType().split(); |
| 6423 | desugar.Quals.addConsistentQualifiers(Quals); |
| 6424 | return desugar; |
| 6425 | } |
| 6426 | |
| 6427 | inline const Type *QualType::getTypePtr() const { |
| 6428 | return getCommonPtr()->BaseType; |
| 6429 | } |
| 6430 | |
| 6431 | inline const Type *QualType::getTypePtrOrNull() const { |
| 6432 | return (isNull() ? nullptr : getCommonPtr()->BaseType); |
| 6433 | } |
| 6434 | |
| 6435 | inline SplitQualType QualType::split() const { |
| 6436 | if (!hasLocalNonFastQualifiers()) |
| 6437 | return SplitQualType(getTypePtrUnsafe(), |
| 6438 | Qualifiers::fromFastMask(getLocalFastQualifiers())); |
| 6439 | |
| 6440 | const ExtQuals *eq = getExtQualsUnsafe(); |
| 6441 | Qualifiers qs = eq->getQualifiers(); |
| 6442 | qs.addFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers()); |
| 6443 | return SplitQualType(eq->getBaseType(), qs); |
| 6444 | } |
| 6445 | |
| 6446 | inline Qualifiers QualType::getLocalQualifiers() const { |
| 6447 | Qualifiers Quals; |
| 6448 | if (hasLocalNonFastQualifiers()) |
| 6449 | Quals = getExtQualsUnsafe()->getQualifiers(); |
| 6450 | Quals.addFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers()); |
| 6451 | return Quals; |
| 6452 | } |
| 6453 | |
| 6454 | inline Qualifiers QualType::getQualifiers() const { |
| 6455 | Qualifiers quals = getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.getLocalQualifiers(); |
| 6456 | quals.addFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers()); |
| 6457 | return quals; |
| 6458 | } |
| 6459 | |
| 6460 | inline unsigned QualType::getCVRQualifiers() const { |
| 6461 | unsigned cvr = getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.getLocalCVRQualifiers(); |
| 6462 | cvr |= getLocalCVRQualifiers(); |
| 6463 | return cvr; |
| 6464 | } |
| 6465 | |
| 6466 | inline QualType QualType::getCanonicalType() const { |
| 6467 | QualType canon = getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType; |
| 6468 | return canon.withFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers()); |
| 6469 | } |
| 6470 | |
| 6471 | inline bool QualType::isCanonical() const { |
| 6472 | return getTypePtr()->isCanonicalUnqualified(); |
| 6473 | } |
| 6474 | |
| 6475 | inline bool QualType::isCanonicalAsParam() const { |
| 6476 | if (!isCanonical()) return false; |
| 6477 | if (hasLocalQualifiers()) return false; |
| 6478 | |
| 6479 | const Type *T = getTypePtr(); |
| 6480 | if (T->isVariablyModifiedType() && T->hasSizedVLAType()) |
| 6481 | return false; |
| 6482 | |
| 6483 | return !isa<FunctionType>(T) && !isa<ArrayType>(T); |
| 6484 | } |
| 6485 | |
| 6486 | inline bool QualType::isConstQualified() const { |
| 6487 | return isLocalConstQualified() || |
| 6488 | getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.isLocalConstQualified(); |
| 6489 | } |
| 6490 | |
| 6491 | inline bool QualType::isRestrictQualified() const { |
| 6492 | return isLocalRestrictQualified() || |
| 6493 | getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.isLocalRestrictQualified(); |
| 6494 | } |
| 6495 | |
| 6496 | |
| 6497 | inline bool QualType::isVolatileQualified() const { |
| 6498 | return isLocalVolatileQualified() || |
| 6499 | getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.isLocalVolatileQualified(); |
| 6500 | } |
| 6501 | |
| 6502 | inline bool QualType::hasQualifiers() const { |
| 6503 | return hasLocalQualifiers() || |
| 6504 | getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.hasLocalQualifiers(); |
| 6505 | } |
| 6506 | |
| 6507 | inline QualType QualType::getUnqualifiedType() const { |
| 6508 | if (!getTypePtr()->getCanonicalTypeInternal().hasLocalQualifiers()) |
| 6509 | return QualType(getTypePtr(), 0); |
| 6510 | |
| 6511 | return QualType(getSplitUnqualifiedTypeImpl(*this).Ty, 0); |
| 6512 | } |
| 6513 | |
| 6514 | inline SplitQualType QualType::getSplitUnqualifiedType() const { |
| 6515 | if (!getTypePtr()->getCanonicalTypeInternal().hasLocalQualifiers()) |
| 6516 | return split(); |
| 6517 | |
| 6518 | return getSplitUnqualifiedTypeImpl(*this); |
| 6519 | } |
| 6520 | |
| 6521 | inline void QualType::removeLocalConst() { |
| 6522 | removeLocalFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Const); |
| 6523 | } |
| 6524 | |
| 6525 | inline void QualType::removeLocalRestrict() { |
| 6526 | removeLocalFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Restrict); |
| 6527 | } |
| 6528 | |
| 6529 | inline void QualType::removeLocalVolatile() { |
| 6530 | removeLocalFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Volatile); |
| 6531 | } |
| 6532 | |
| 6533 | inline void QualType::removeLocalCVRQualifiers(unsigned Mask) { |
| 6534 | assert(!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::CVRMask) && "mask has non-CVR bits")((void)0); |
| 6535 | static_assert((int)Qualifiers::CVRMask == (int)Qualifiers::FastMask, |
| 6536 | "Fast bits differ from CVR bits!"); |
| 6537 | |
| 6538 | // Fast path: we don't need to touch the slow qualifiers. |
| 6539 | removeLocalFastQualifiers(Mask); |
| 6540 | } |
| 6541 | |
| 6542 | /// Check if this type has any address space qualifier. |
| 6543 | inline bool QualType::hasAddressSpace() const { |
| 6544 | return getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace(); |
| 6545 | } |
| 6546 | |
| 6547 | /// Return the address space of this type. |
| 6548 | inline LangAS QualType::getAddressSpace() const { |
| 6549 | return getQualifiers().getAddressSpace(); |
| 6550 | } |
| 6551 | |
| 6552 | /// Return the gc attribute of this type. |
| 6553 | inline Qualifiers::GC QualType::getObjCGCAttr() const { |
| 6554 | return getQualifiers().getObjCGCAttr(); |
| 6555 | } |
| 6556 | |
| 6557 | inline bool QualType::hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() const { |
| 6558 | if (auto *RD = getTypePtr()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsRecordDecl()) |
| 6559 | return hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion(RD); |
| 6560 | return false; |
| 6561 | } |
| 6562 | |
| 6563 | inline bool QualType::hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() const { |
| 6564 | if (auto *RD = getTypePtr()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsRecordDecl()) |
| 6565 | return hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion(RD); |
| 6566 | return false; |
| 6567 | } |
| 6568 | |
| 6569 | inline bool QualType::hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion() const { |
| 6570 | if (auto *RD = getTypePtr()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsRecordDecl()) |
| 6571 | return hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion(RD); |
| 6572 | return false; |
| 6573 | } |
| 6574 | |
| 6575 | inline FunctionType::ExtInfo getFunctionExtInfo(const Type &t) { |
| 6576 | if (const auto *PT = t.getAs<PointerType>()) { |
| 6577 | if (const auto *FT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>()) |
| 6578 | return FT->getExtInfo(); |
| 6579 | } else if (const auto *FT = t.getAs<FunctionType>()) |
| 6580 | return FT->getExtInfo(); |
| 6581 | |
| 6582 | return FunctionType::ExtInfo(); |
| 6583 | } |
| 6584 | |
| 6585 | inline FunctionType::ExtInfo getFunctionExtInfo(QualType t) { |
| 6586 | return getFunctionExtInfo(*t); |
| 6587 | } |
| 6588 | |
| 6589 | /// Determine whether this type is more |
| 6590 | /// qualified than the Other type. For example, "const volatile int" |
| 6591 | /// is more qualified than "const int", "volatile int", and |
| 6592 | /// "int". However, it is not more qualified than "const volatile |
| 6593 | /// int". |
| 6594 | inline bool QualType::isMoreQualifiedThan(QualType other) const { |
| 6595 | Qualifiers MyQuals = getQualifiers(); |
| 6596 | Qualifiers OtherQuals = other.getQualifiers(); |
| 6597 | return (MyQuals != OtherQuals && MyQuals.compatiblyIncludes(OtherQuals)); |
| 6598 | } |
| 6599 | |
| 6600 | /// Determine whether this type is at last |
| 6601 | /// as qualified as the Other type. For example, "const volatile |
| 6602 | /// int" is at least as qualified as "const int", "volatile int", |
| 6603 | /// "int", and "const volatile int". |
| 6604 | inline bool QualType::isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(QualType other) const { |
| 6605 | Qualifiers OtherQuals = other.getQualifiers(); |
| 6606 | |
| 6607 | // Ignore __unaligned qualifier if this type is a void. |
| 6608 | if (getUnqualifiedType()->isVoidType()) |
| 6609 | OtherQuals.removeUnaligned(); |
| 6610 | |
| 6611 | return getQualifiers().compatiblyIncludes(OtherQuals); |
| 6612 | } |
| 6613 | |
| 6614 | /// If Type is a reference type (e.g., const |
| 6615 | /// int&), returns the type that the reference refers to ("const |
| 6616 | /// int"). Otherwise, returns the type itself. This routine is used |
| 6617 | /// throughout Sema to implement C++ 5p6: |
| 6618 | /// |
| 6619 | /// If an expression initially has the type "reference to T" (8.3.2, |
| 6620 | /// 8.5.3), the type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further |
| 6621 | /// analysis, the expression designates the object or function |
| 6622 | /// denoted by the reference, and the expression is an lvalue. |
| 6623 | inline QualType QualType::getNonReferenceType() const { |
| 6624 | if (const auto *RefType = (*this)->getAs<ReferenceType>()) |
| 6625 | return RefType->getPointeeType(); |
| 6626 | else |
| 6627 | return *this; |
| 6628 | } |
| 6629 | |
| 6630 | inline bool QualType::isCForbiddenLValueType() const { |
| 6631 | return ((getTypePtr()->isVoidType() && !hasQualifiers()) || |
| 6632 | getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); |
| 6633 | } |
| 6634 | |
| 6635 | /// Tests whether the type is categorized as a fundamental type. |
| 6636 | /// |
| 6637 | /// \returns True for types specified in C++0x [basic.fundamental]. |
| 6638 | inline bool Type::isFundamentalType() const { |
| 6639 | return isVoidType() || |
| 6640 | isNullPtrType() || |
| 6641 | // FIXME: It's really annoying that we don't have an |
| 6642 | // 'isArithmeticType()' which agrees with the standard definition. |
| 6643 | (isArithmeticType() && !isEnumeralType()); |
| 6644 | } |
| 6645 | |
| 6646 | /// Tests whether the type is categorized as a compound type. |
| 6647 | /// |
| 6648 | /// \returns True for types specified in C++0x [basic.compound]. |
| 6649 | inline bool Type::isCompoundType() const { |
| 6650 | // C++0x [basic.compound]p1: |
| 6651 | // Compound types can be constructed in the following ways: |
| 6652 | // -- arrays of objects of a given type [...]; |
| 6653 | return isArrayType() || |
| 6654 | // -- functions, which have parameters of given types [...]; |
| 6655 | isFunctionType() || |
| 6656 | // -- pointers to void or objects or functions [...]; |
| 6657 | isPointerType() || |
| 6658 | // -- references to objects or functions of a given type. [...] |
| 6659 | isReferenceType() || |
| 6660 | // -- classes containing a sequence of objects of various types, [...]; |
| 6661 | isRecordType() || |
| 6662 | // -- unions, which are classes capable of containing objects of different |
| 6663 | // types at different times; |
| 6664 | isUnionType() || |
| 6665 | // -- enumerations, which comprise a set of named constant values. [...]; |
| 6666 | isEnumeralType() || |
| 6667 | // -- pointers to non-static class members, [...]. |
| 6668 | isMemberPointerType(); |
| 6669 | } |
| 6670 | |
| 6671 | inline bool Type::isFunctionType() const { |
| 6672 | return isa<FunctionType>(CanonicalType); |
| 6673 | } |
| 6674 | |
| 6675 | inline bool Type::isPointerType() const { |
| 6676 | return isa<PointerType>(CanonicalType); |
| 6677 | } |
| 6678 | |
| 6679 | inline bool Type::isAnyPointerType() const { |
| 6680 | return isPointerType() || isObjCObjectPointerType(); |
| 6681 | } |
| 6682 | |
| 6683 | inline bool Type::isBlockPointerType() const { |
| 6684 | return isa<BlockPointerType>(CanonicalType); |
| 6685 | } |
| 6686 | |
| 6687 | inline bool Type::isReferenceType() const { |
| 6688 | return isa<ReferenceType>(CanonicalType); |
| 6689 | } |
| 6690 | |
| 6691 | inline bool Type::isLValueReferenceType() const { |
| 6692 | return isa<LValueReferenceType>(CanonicalType); |
| 6693 | } |
| 6694 | |
| 6695 | inline bool Type::isRValueReferenceType() const { |
| 6696 | return isa<RValueReferenceType>(CanonicalType); |
| 6697 | } |
| 6698 | |
| 6699 | inline bool Type::isObjectPointerType() const { |
| 6700 | // Note: an "object pointer type" is not the same thing as a pointer to an |
| 6701 | // object type; rather, it is a pointer to an object type or a pointer to cv |
| 6702 | // void. |
| 6703 | if (const auto *T = getAs<PointerType>()) |
| 6704 | return !T->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType(); |
| 6705 | else |
| 6706 | return false; |
| 6707 | } |
| 6708 | |
| 6709 | inline bool Type::isFunctionPointerType() const { |
| 6710 | if (const auto *T = getAs<PointerType>()) |
| 6711 | return T->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType(); |
| 6712 | else |
| 6713 | return false; |
| 6714 | } |
| 6715 | |
| 6716 | inline bool Type::isFunctionReferenceType() const { |
| 6717 | if (const auto *T = getAs<ReferenceType>()) |
| 6718 | return T->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType(); |
| 6719 | else |
| 6720 | return false; |
| 6721 | } |
| 6722 | |
| 6723 | inline bool Type::isMemberPointerType() const { |
| 6724 | return isa<MemberPointerType>(CanonicalType); |
| 6725 | } |
| 6726 | |
| 6727 | inline bool Type::isMemberFunctionPointerType() const { |
| 6728 | if (const auto *T = getAs<MemberPointerType>()) |
| 6729 | return T->isMemberFunctionPointer(); |
| 6730 | else |
| 6731 | return false; |
| 6732 | } |
| 6733 | |
| 6734 | inline bool Type::isMemberDataPointerType() const { |
| 6735 | if (const auto *T = getAs<MemberPointerType>()) |
| 6736 | return T->isMemberDataPointer(); |
| 6737 | else |
| 6738 | return false; |
| 6739 | } |
| 6740 | |
| 6741 | inline bool Type::isArrayType() const { |
| 6742 | return isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType); |
| 6743 | } |
| 6744 | |
| 6745 | inline bool Type::isConstantArrayType() const { |
| 6746 | return isa<ConstantArrayType>(CanonicalType); |
| 6747 | } |
| 6748 | |
| 6749 | inline bool Type::isIncompleteArrayType() const { |
| 6750 | return isa<IncompleteArrayType>(CanonicalType); |
| 6751 | } |
| 6752 | |
| 6753 | inline bool Type::isVariableArrayType() const { |
| 6754 | return isa<VariableArrayType>(CanonicalType); |
| 6755 | } |
| 6756 | |
| 6757 | inline bool Type::isDependentSizedArrayType() const { |
| 6758 | return isa<DependentSizedArrayType>(CanonicalType); |
| 6759 | } |
| 6760 | |
| 6761 | inline bool Type::isBuiltinType() const { |
| 6762 | return isa<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType); |
| 6763 | } |
| 6764 | |
| 6765 | inline bool Type::isRecordType() const { |
| 6766 | return isa<RecordType>(CanonicalType); |
| 6767 | } |
| 6768 | |
| 6769 | inline bool Type::isEnumeralType() const { |
| 6770 | return isa<EnumType>(CanonicalType); |
| 6771 | } |
| 6772 | |
| 6773 | inline bool Type::isAnyComplexType() const { |
| 6774 | return isa<ComplexType>(CanonicalType); |
| 6775 | } |
| 6776 | |
| 6777 | inline bool Type::isVectorType() const { |
| 6778 | return isa<VectorType>(CanonicalType); |
| 6779 | } |
| 6780 | |
| 6781 | inline bool Type::isExtVectorType() const { |
| 6782 | return isa<ExtVectorType>(CanonicalType); |
| 6783 | } |
| 6784 | |
| 6785 | inline bool Type::isMatrixType() const { |
| 6786 | return isa<MatrixType>(CanonicalType); |
| 6787 | } |
| 6788 | |
| 6789 | inline bool Type::isConstantMatrixType() const { |
| 6790 | return isa<ConstantMatrixType>(CanonicalType); |
| 6791 | } |
| 6792 | |
| 6793 | inline bool Type::isDependentAddressSpaceType() const { |
| 6794 | return isa<DependentAddressSpaceType>(CanonicalType); |
| 6795 | } |
| 6796 | |
| 6797 | inline bool Type::isObjCObjectPointerType() const { |
| 6798 | return isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(CanonicalType); |
| 6799 | } |
| 6800 | |
| 6801 | inline bool Type::isObjCObjectType() const { |
| 6802 | return isa<ObjCObjectType>(CanonicalType); |
| 6803 | } |
| 6804 | |
| 6805 | inline bool Type::isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType() const { |
| 6806 | return isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(CanonicalType) || |
| 6807 | isa<ObjCObjectType>(CanonicalType); |
| 6808 | } |
| 6809 | |
| 6810 | inline bool Type::isAtomicType() const { |
| 6811 | return isa<AtomicType>(CanonicalType); |
| 6812 | } |
| 6813 | |
| 6814 | inline bool Type::isUndeducedAutoType() const { |
| 6815 | return isa<AutoType>(CanonicalType); |
| 6816 | } |
| 6817 | |
| 6818 | inline bool Type::isObjCQualifiedIdType() const { |
| 6819 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) |
| 6820 | return OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType(); |
| 6821 | return false; |
| 6822 | } |
| 6823 | |
| 6824 | inline bool Type::isObjCQualifiedClassType() const { |
| 6825 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) |
| 6826 | return OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType(); |
| 6827 | return false; |
| 6828 | } |
| 6829 | |
| 6830 | inline bool Type::isObjCIdType() const { |
| 6831 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) |
| 6832 | return OPT->isObjCIdType(); |
| 6833 | return false; |
| 6834 | } |
| 6835 | |
| 6836 | inline bool Type::isObjCClassType() const { |
| 6837 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) |
| 6838 | return OPT->isObjCClassType(); |
| 6839 | return false; |
| 6840 | } |
| 6841 | |
| 6842 | inline bool Type::isObjCSelType() const { |
| 6843 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<PointerType>()) |
| 6844 | return OPT->getPointeeType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCSel); |
| 6845 | return false; |
| 6846 | } |
| 6847 | |
| 6848 | inline bool Type::isObjCBuiltinType() const { |
| 6849 | return isObjCIdType() || isObjCClassType() || isObjCSelType(); |
| 6850 | } |
| 6851 | |
| 6852 | inline bool Type::isDecltypeType() const { |
| 6853 | return isa<DecltypeType>(this); |
| 6854 | } |
| 6855 | |
| 6856 | #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \ |
| 6857 | inline bool Type::is##Id##Type() const { \ |
| 6858 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Id); \ |
| 6859 | } |
| 6860 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" |
| 6861 | |
| 6862 | inline bool Type::isSamplerT() const { |
| 6863 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLSampler); |
| 6864 | } |
| 6865 | |
| 6866 | inline bool Type::isEventT() const { |
| 6867 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLEvent); |
| 6868 | } |
| 6869 | |
| 6870 | inline bool Type::isClkEventT() const { |
| 6871 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLClkEvent); |
| 6872 | } |
| 6873 | |
| 6874 | inline bool Type::isQueueT() const { |
| 6875 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLQueue); |
| 6876 | } |
| 6877 | |
| 6878 | inline bool Type::isReserveIDT() const { |
| 6879 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLReserveID); |
| 6880 | } |
| 6881 | |
| 6882 | inline bool Type::isImageType() const { |
| 6883 | #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) is##Id##Type() || |
| 6884 | return |
| 6885 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" |
| 6886 | false; // end boolean or operation |
| 6887 | } |
| 6888 | |
| 6889 | inline bool Type::isPipeType() const { |
| 6890 | return isa<PipeType>(CanonicalType); |
| 6891 | } |
| 6892 | |
| 6893 | inline bool Type::isExtIntType() const { |
| 6894 | return isa<ExtIntType>(CanonicalType); |
| 6895 | } |
| 6896 | |
| 6897 | #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) \ |
| 6898 | inline bool Type::is##Id##Type() const { \ |
| 6899 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Id); \ |
| 6900 | } |
| 6901 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" |
| 6902 | |
| 6903 | inline bool Type::isOCLIntelSubgroupAVCType() const { |
| 6904 | #define INTEL_SUBGROUP_AVC_TYPE(ExtType, Id) \ |
| 6905 | isOCLIntelSubgroupAVC##Id##Type() || |
| 6906 | return |
| 6907 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" |
| 6908 | false; // end of boolean or operation |
| 6909 | } |
| 6910 | |
| 6911 | inline bool Type::isOCLExtOpaqueType() const { |
| 6912 | #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) is##Id##Type() || |
| 6913 | return |
| 6914 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" |
| 6915 | false; // end of boolean or operation |
| 6916 | } |
| 6917 | |
| 6918 | inline bool Type::isOpenCLSpecificType() const { |
| 6919 | return isSamplerT() || isEventT() || isImageType() || isClkEventT() || |
| 6920 | isQueueT() || isReserveIDT() || isPipeType() || isOCLExtOpaqueType(); |
| 6921 | } |
| 6922 | |
| 6923 | inline bool Type::isTemplateTypeParmType() const { |
| 6924 | return isa<TemplateTypeParmType>(CanonicalType); |
| 6925 | } |
| 6926 | |
| 6927 | inline bool Type::isSpecificBuiltinType(unsigned K) const { |
| 6928 | if (const BuiltinType *BT = getAs<BuiltinType>()) { |
| 6929 | return BT->getKind() == static_cast<BuiltinType::Kind>(K); |
| 6930 | } |
| 6931 | return false; |
| 6932 | } |
| 6933 | |
| 6934 | inline bool Type::isPlaceholderType() const { |
| 6935 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this)) |
| 6936 | return BT->isPlaceholderType(); |
| 6937 | return false; |
| 6938 | } |
| 6939 | |
| 6940 | inline const BuiltinType *Type::getAsPlaceholderType() const { |
| 6941 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this)) |
| 6942 | if (BT->isPlaceholderType()) |
| 6943 | return BT; |
| 6944 | return nullptr; |
| 6945 | } |
| 6946 | |
| 6947 | inline bool Type::isSpecificPlaceholderType(unsigned K) const { |
| 6948 | assert(BuiltinType::isPlaceholderTypeKind((BuiltinType::Kind) K))((void)0); |
| 6949 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(K); |
| 6950 | } |
| 6951 | |
| 6952 | inline bool Type::isNonOverloadPlaceholderType() const { |
| 6953 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this)) |
| 6954 | return BT->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType(); |
| 6955 | return false; |
| 6956 | } |
| 6957 | |
| 6958 | inline bool Type::isVoidType() const { |
| 6959 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Void); |
| 6960 | } |
| 6961 | |
| 6962 | inline bool Type::isHalfType() const { |
| 6963 | // FIXME: Should we allow complex __fp16? Probably not. |
| 6964 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Half); |
| 6965 | } |
| 6966 | |
| 6967 | inline bool Type::isFloat16Type() const { |
| 6968 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float16); |
| 6969 | } |
| 6970 | |
| 6971 | inline bool Type::isBFloat16Type() const { |
| 6972 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::BFloat16); |
| 6973 | } |
| 6974 | |
| 6975 | inline bool Type::isFloat128Type() const { |
| 6976 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float128); |
| 6977 | } |
| 6978 | |
| 6979 | inline bool Type::isNullPtrType() const { |
| 6980 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::NullPtr); |
| 6981 | } |
| 6982 | |
| 6983 | bool IsEnumDeclComplete(EnumDecl *); |
| 6984 | bool IsEnumDeclScoped(EnumDecl *); |
| 6985 | |
| 6986 | inline bool Type::isIntegerType() const { |
| 6987 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
| 6988 | return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::Bool && |
| 6989 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::Int128; |
| 6990 | if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType)) { |
| 6991 | // Incomplete enum types are not treated as integer types. |
| 6992 | // FIXME: In C++, enum types are never integer types. |
| 6993 | return IsEnumDeclComplete(ET->getDecl()) && |
| 6994 | !IsEnumDeclScoped(ET->getDecl()); |
| 6995 | } |
| 6996 | return isExtIntType(); |
| 6997 | } |
| 6998 | |
| 6999 | inline bool Type::isFixedPointType() const { |
| 7000 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) { |
| 7001 | return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::ShortAccum && |
| 7002 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatULongFract; |
| 7003 | } |
| 7004 | return false; |
| 7005 | } |
| 7006 | |
| 7007 | inline bool Type::isFixedPointOrIntegerType() const { |
| 7008 | return isFixedPointType() || isIntegerType(); |
| 7009 | } |
| 7010 | |
| 7011 | inline bool Type::isSaturatedFixedPointType() const { |
| 7012 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) { |
| 7013 | return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::SatShortAccum && |
| 7014 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatULongFract; |
| 7015 | } |
| 7016 | return false; |
| 7017 | } |
| 7018 | |
| 7019 | inline bool Type::isUnsaturatedFixedPointType() const { |
| 7020 | return isFixedPointType() && !isSaturatedFixedPointType(); |
| 7021 | } |
| 7022 | |
| 7023 | inline bool Type::isSignedFixedPointType() const { |
| 7024 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) { |
| 7025 | return ((BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::ShortAccum && |
| 7026 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::LongAccum) || |
| 7027 | (BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::ShortFract && |
| 7028 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::LongFract) || |
| 7029 | (BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::SatShortAccum && |
| 7030 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatLongAccum) || |
| 7031 | (BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::SatShortFract && |
| 7032 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatLongFract)); |
| 7033 | } |
| 7034 | return false; |
| 7035 | } |
| 7036 | |
| 7037 | inline bool Type::isUnsignedFixedPointType() const { |
| 7038 | return isFixedPointType() && !isSignedFixedPointType(); |
| 7039 | } |
| 7040 | |
| 7041 | inline bool Type::isScalarType() const { |
| 7042 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
| 7043 | return BT->getKind() > BuiltinType::Void && |
| 7044 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::NullPtr; |
| 7045 | if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType)) |
| 7046 | // Enums are scalar types, but only if they are defined. Incomplete enums |
| 7047 | // are not treated as scalar types. |
| 7048 | return IsEnumDeclComplete(ET->getDecl()); |
| 7049 | return isa<PointerType>(CanonicalType) || |
| 7050 | isa<BlockPointerType>(CanonicalType) || |
| 7051 | isa<MemberPointerType>(CanonicalType) || |
| 7052 | isa<ComplexType>(CanonicalType) || |
| 7053 | isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(CanonicalType) || |
| 7054 | isExtIntType(); |
| 7055 | } |
| 7056 | |
| 7057 | inline bool Type::isIntegralOrEnumerationType() const { |
| 7058 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
| 7059 | return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::Bool && |
| 7060 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::Int128; |
| 7061 | |
| 7062 | // Check for a complete enum type; incomplete enum types are not properly an |
| 7063 | // enumeration type in the sense required here. |
| 7064 | if (const auto *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType)) |
| 7065 | return IsEnumDeclComplete(ET->getDecl()); |
| 7066 | |
| 7067 | return isExtIntType(); |
| 7068 | } |
| 7069 | |
| 7070 | inline bool Type::isBooleanType() const { |
| 7071 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
| 7072 | return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Bool; |
| 7073 | return false; |
| 7074 | } |
| 7075 | |
| 7076 | inline bool Type::isUndeducedType() const { |
| 7077 | auto *DT = getContainedDeducedType(); |
| 7078 | return DT && !DT->isDeduced(); |
| 7079 | } |
| 7080 | |
| 7081 | /// Determines whether this is a type for which one can define |
| 7082 | /// an overloaded operator. |
| 7083 | inline bool Type::isOverloadableType() const { |
| 7084 | return isDependentType() || isRecordType() || isEnumeralType(); |
| 7085 | } |
| 7086 | |
| 7087 | /// Determines whether this type is written as a typedef-name. |
| 7088 | inline bool Type::isTypedefNameType() const { |
| 7089 | if (getAs<TypedefType>()) |
| 7090 | return true; |
| 7091 | if (auto *TST = getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) |
| 7092 | return TST->isTypeAlias(); |
| 7093 | return false; |
| 7094 | } |
| 7095 | |
| 7096 | /// Determines whether this type can decay to a pointer type. |
| 7097 | inline bool Type::canDecayToPointerType() const { |
| 7098 | return isFunctionType() || isArrayType(); |
| 7099 | } |
| 7100 | |
| 7101 | inline bool Type::hasPointerRepresentation() const { |
| 7102 | return (isPointerType() || isReferenceType() || isBlockPointerType() || |
| 7103 | isObjCObjectPointerType() || isNullPtrType()); |
| 7104 | } |
| 7105 | |
| 7106 | inline bool Type::hasObjCPointerRepresentation() const { |
| 7107 | return isObjCObjectPointerType(); |
| 7108 | } |
| 7109 | |
| 7110 | inline const Type *Type::getBaseElementTypeUnsafe() const { |
| 7111 | const Type *type = this; |
| 7112 | while (const ArrayType *arrayType = type->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) |
| 7113 | type = arrayType->getElementType().getTypePtr(); |
| 7114 | return type; |
| 7115 | } |
| 7116 | |
| 7117 | inline const Type *Type::getPointeeOrArrayElementType() const { |
| 7118 | const Type *type = this; |
| 7119 | if (type->isAnyPointerType()) |
| 7120 | return type->getPointeeType().getTypePtr(); |
| 7121 | else if (type->isArrayType()) |
| 7122 | return type->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe(); |
| 7123 | return type; |
| 7124 | } |
| 7125 | /// Insertion operator for partial diagnostics. This allows sending adress |
| 7126 | /// spaces into a diagnostic with <<. |
| 7127 | inline const StreamingDiagnostic &operator<<(const StreamingDiagnostic &PD, |
| 7128 | LangAS AS) { |
| 7129 | PD.AddTaggedVal(static_cast<std::underlying_type_t<LangAS>>(AS), |
| 7130 | DiagnosticsEngine::ArgumentKind::ak_addrspace); |
| 7131 | return PD; |
| 7132 | } |
| 7133 | |
| 7134 | /// Insertion operator for partial diagnostics. This allows sending Qualifiers |
| 7135 | /// into a diagnostic with <<. |
| 7136 | inline const StreamingDiagnostic &operator<<(const StreamingDiagnostic &PD, |
| 7137 | Qualifiers Q) { |
| 7138 | PD.AddTaggedVal(Q.getAsOpaqueValue(), |
| 7139 | DiagnosticsEngine::ArgumentKind::ak_qual); |
| 7140 | return PD; |
| 7141 | } |
| 7142 | |
| 7143 | /// Insertion operator for partial diagnostics. This allows sending QualType's |
| 7144 | /// into a diagnostic with <<. |
| 7145 | inline const StreamingDiagnostic &operator<<(const StreamingDiagnostic &PD, |
| 7146 | QualType T) { |
| 7147 | PD.AddTaggedVal(reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(T.getAsOpaquePtr()), |
| 7148 | DiagnosticsEngine::ak_qualtype); |
| 7149 | return PD; |
| 7150 | } |
| 7151 | |
| 7152 | // Helper class template that is used by Type::getAs to ensure that one does |
| 7153 | // not try to look through a qualified type to get to an array type. |
| 7154 | template <typename T> |
| 7155 | using TypeIsArrayType = |
| 7156 | std::integral_constant<bool, std::is_same<T, ArrayType>::value || |
| 7157 | std::is_base_of<ArrayType, T>::value>; |
| 7158 | |
| 7159 | // Member-template getAs<specific type>'. |
| 7160 | template <typename T> const T *Type::getAs() const { |
| 7161 | static_assert(!TypeIsArrayType<T>::value, |
| 7162 | "ArrayType cannot be used with getAs!"); |
| 7163 | |
| 7164 | // If this is directly a T type, return it. |
| 7165 | if (const auto *Ty = dyn_cast<T>(this)) |
| 7166 | return Ty; |
| 7167 | |
| 7168 | // If the canonical form of this type isn't the right kind, reject it. |
| 7169 | if (!isa<T>(CanonicalType)) |
| 7170 | return nullptr; |
| 7171 | |
| 7172 | // If this is a typedef for the type, strip the typedef off without |
| 7173 | // losing all typedef information. |
| 7174 | return cast<T>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); |
| 7175 | } |
| 7176 | |
| 7177 | template <typename T> const T *Type::getAsAdjusted() const { |
| 7178 | static_assert(!TypeIsArrayType<T>::value, "ArrayType cannot be used with getAsAdjusted!"); |
| 7179 | |
| 7180 | // If this is directly a T type, return it. |
| 7181 | if (const auto *Ty = dyn_cast<T>(this)) |
| 7182 | return Ty; |
| 7183 | |
| 7184 | // If the canonical form of this type isn't the right kind, reject it. |
| 7185 | if (!isa<T>(CanonicalType)) |
| 7186 | return nullptr; |
| 7187 | |
| 7188 | // Strip off type adjustments that do not modify the underlying nature of the |
| 7189 | // type. |
| 7190 | const Type *Ty = this; |
| 7191 | while (Ty) { |
| 7192 | if (const auto *A = dyn_cast<AttributedType>(Ty)) |
| 7193 | Ty = A->getModifiedType().getTypePtr(); |
| 7194 | else if (const auto *E = dyn_cast<ElaboratedType>(Ty)) |
| 7195 | Ty = E->desugar().getTypePtr(); |
| 7196 | else if (const auto *P = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) |
| 7197 | Ty = P->desugar().getTypePtr(); |
| 7198 | else if (const auto *A = dyn_cast<AdjustedType>(Ty)) |
| 7199 | Ty = A->desugar().getTypePtr(); |
| 7200 | else if (const auto *M = dyn_cast<MacroQualifiedType>(Ty)) |
| 7201 | Ty = M->desugar().getTypePtr(); |
| 7202 | else |
| 7203 | break; |
| 7204 | } |
| 7205 | |
| 7206 | // Just because the canonical type is correct does not mean we can use cast<>, |
| 7207 | // since we may not have stripped off all the sugar down to the base type. |
| 7208 | return dyn_cast<T>(Ty); |
| 7209 | } |
| 7210 | |
| 7211 | inline const ArrayType *Type::getAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const { |
| 7212 | // If this is directly an array type, return it. |
| 7213 | if (const auto *arr = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(this)) |
| 7214 | return arr; |
| 7215 | |
| 7216 | // If the canonical form of this type isn't the right kind, reject it. |
| 7217 | if (!isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType)) |
| 7218 | return nullptr; |
| 7219 | |
| 7220 | // If this is a typedef for the type, strip the typedef off without |
| 7221 | // losing all typedef information. |
| 7222 | return cast<ArrayType>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); |
| 7223 | } |
| 7224 | |
| 7225 | template <typename T> const T *Type::castAs() const { |
| 7226 | static_assert(!TypeIsArrayType<T>::value, |
| 7227 | "ArrayType cannot be used with castAs!"); |
| 7228 | |
| 7229 | if (const auto *ty = dyn_cast<T>(this)) return ty; |
| 7230 | assert(isa<T>(CanonicalType))((void)0); |
| 7231 | return cast<T>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); |
| 7232 | } |
| 7233 | |
| 7234 | inline const ArrayType *Type::castAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const { |
| 7235 | assert(isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType))((void)0); |
| 7236 | if (const auto *arr = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(this)) return arr; |
| 7237 | return cast<ArrayType>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); |
| 7238 | } |
| 7239 | |
| 7240 | DecayedType::DecayedType(QualType OriginalType, QualType DecayedPtr, |
| 7241 | QualType CanonicalPtr) |
| 7242 | : AdjustedType(Decayed, OriginalType, DecayedPtr, CanonicalPtr) { |
| 7243 | #ifndef NDEBUG1 |
| 7244 | QualType Adjusted = getAdjustedType(); |
| 7245 | (void)AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(Adjusted); |
| 7246 | assert(isa<PointerType>(Adjusted))((void)0); |
| 7247 | #endif |
| 7248 | } |
| 7249 | |
| 7250 | QualType DecayedType::getPointeeType() const { |
| 7251 | QualType Decayed = getDecayedType(); |
| 7252 | (void)AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(Decayed); |
| 7253 | return cast<PointerType>(Decayed)->getPointeeType(); |
| 7254 | } |
| 7255 | |
| 7256 | // Get the decimal string representation of a fixed point type, represented |
| 7257 | // as a scaled integer. |
| 7258 | // TODO: At some point, we should change the arguments to instead just accept an |
| 7259 | // APFixedPoint instead of APSInt and scale. |
| 7260 | void FixedPointValueToString(SmallVectorImpl<char> &Str, llvm::APSInt Val, |
| 7261 | unsigned Scale); |
| 7262 | |
| 7263 | } // namespace clang |
| 7264 | |
| 7265 | #endif // LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPE_H |